QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2005

Registration No. 333-121947



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3578
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification in Number)
  04-3692546
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2099 Gateway Place, Suite 600
San Jose, California 95110
(408) 232-7800
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of Registrant's principal executive offices)

Douglas G. Bergeron
VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
2099 Gateway Place, Suite 600
San Jose, California 95110
(408) 232-7800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Scott D. Miller, Esq.
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
1870 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, California 94303
(650) 461-5600

 

Alan F. Denenberg, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 752-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") check the following box.     o

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee


Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share   $230,000,000   $27,071(3)

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2)
Includes amounts attributable to shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3)
Previously paid.

         The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 23, 2005

PROSPECTUS

            Shares

VERIFONE LOGO

COMMON STOCK

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $            and $            per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PAY". We are selling            shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are selling            shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders.

        The underwriters have an option to purchase up to a maximum of            additional shares from the selling stockholders, to cover over-allotment of shares.

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
  Price to Public
  Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
  Proceeds to VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
  Proceeds to Selling Stockholders
Per Share   $                      $                      $                      $                   
Total   $                      $                      $                      $                   

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                , 2005.

Credit Suisse First Boston   JPMorgan

Goldman, Sachs & Co.            Lehman Brothers            Banc of America Securities LLC

Prospectus dated                , 2005.


[GRAPHICS FOR INSIDE FRONT COVER TO COME]



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   9
Forward-Looking Statements   20
Dividend Policy   20
Use of Proceeds   21
Capitalization   22
Dilution   23
Selected Consolidated Financial Data   24
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   27
Business   54
Management   68
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions   78
Principal and Selling Stockholders   83
Description of Our Capital Stock   85
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   88
Certain United States Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock   90
Underwriting   93
Validity of Securities   97
Experts   97
Where You Can Find More Information   97
Notice to Canadian Residents   98
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.


        Except as otherwise indicated, market data and industry statistics used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications and other publicly available information. Although we believe that these data and statistics are reliable, they have been prepared on the basis of underlying data to which we do not have access, and which we cannot independently verify. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on this information.

        Through and including                , 2005 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

        No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Before making an investment decision, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled "Risk Factors," our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms "VeriFone," "we," "us," "our," "our company" and "our business" refer to VeriFone Holdings, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

VeriFone

        We are a leading global provider of technology that enables electronic payment transactions and value-added services at the point of sale. Since 1981, we have designed and marketed system solutions that facilitate the long-term shift toward electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks. We have one of the leading electronic payment solutions brands and are one of the largest providers of electronic payment systems worldwide. Our net revenues grew organically by 14.8% and 15.0%, respectively, in the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, in each case as compared with the prior year, reaching $390.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2004. Our net revenues grew organically by 26.5% for the three months ended January 31, 2005 as compared to the three months ended January 31, 2004.

        Our system solutions consist of point of sale electronic payment devices that run our proprietary operating systems, security and encryption software and certified payment software as well as third party, value-added applications. Our system solutions are able to process a wide range of payment types including signature and PIN-based debit cards, credit cards, contactless / radio frequency identification, or RFID, cards, smart cards, pre-paid gift and other stored-value cards, electronic bill payment, check authorization and conversion, signature capture and electronic benefits transfer, or EBT. Our proprietary architecture was the first to enable multiple value-added applications, such as gift card and loyalty card programs, healthcare insurance eligibility and time and attendance tracking, to reside on the same system without requiring recertification upon the addition of new applications. Today we are an industry leader in multi-application payment systems deployments.

        Our customers are primarily global financial institutions, payment processors, petroleum companies, large retailers, government organizations and healthcare companies, as well as independent sales organizations, or ISOs. They choose our system solutions for their robust functionality, ability to be compatible with previously deployed VeriFone system solutions, intuitive user interface and modular design. The functionality of our system solutions includes transaction security, connectivity, compliance with certification standards, as well as the flexibility to execute a variety of payment and non-payment applications on a single system solution.

        We believe that we benefit from a number of competitive advantages gained through our 24-year history and success in our industry. These advantages include our globally trusted brand name, large installed base, history of significant involvement in the development of industry standards, global operating scale, customizable platform and investment in research and development. We believe that these advantages position us well to capitalize on key industry trends.

Industry Opportunity

        We believe the industry trends of increasing intelligence at the point of sale, the global shift toward electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks and increasing focus on security and interoperability will drive growth in demand for electronic payment systems.

    Increasing Intelligence at the Point of Sale

    Advances in microprocessing technology, storage capacity and software are enabling increasing complexity and functionality of electronic payment systems at the point of sale;

    Development of value-added applications such as gift card and loyalty card programs, health care insurance eligibility and time and attendance tracking is driving demand for electronic payment systems that support multiple applications;

1


    Broadening use of wireline and wireless internet protocol, or IP, networks is opening new markets for electronic payment systems; and

    Greater competition among card associations, card issuers and payment processors is driving innovation at the point of sale, including the incorporation of new technologies such as contactless / RFID and biometrics.

    Global Shift Toward Electronic Payment Transactions and Away from Cash and Checks

    Increased consumer adoption of electronic payments is driving greater usage of debit and credit card-based payments, especially PIN-based debit;

    Advances in wireless data networking are enabling greater usage of electronic payment systems, particularly in emerging markets such as Russia, India and China; and

    Government initiatives to increase VAT and sales tax collection are promoting the distribution of electronic payment systems in emerging markets.

    Increasing Focus on Security and Interoperability

    Evolving card association and other industry standards are leading to replacement of existing electronic payment systems; and

    Evolving country-specific security standards are requiring additional customization of electronic payment systems.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we benefit from a number of competitive advantages gained through our 24-year history and success in our industry. These include:

    Trusted Brand Name.   The VeriFone brand has a strong global reputation for quality, reliability and data security. We believe that financial institutions, payment processors and merchants trust our system solutions to handle critical financial transactions in a secure and user-friendly operating environment.

    Large Installed Base.   We believe that we have a larger installed base of electronic payment systems than any of our competitors. We believe that customers typically purchase electronic payment systems from the incumbent provider in order to reduce risk and to avoid the costs of implementing a new electronic payment system from a different provider. In addition, our large installed base of electronic payment systems makes our proprietary operating systems a preferred choice for third party developers of value-added applications seeking broad distribution of their applications.

    Global Scale.   We are one of the largest worldwide providers of electronic payment system solutions for use at the point of sale. We have developed a global network of 24 sales and marketing offices and 18 development centers. We believe that our scale and broad geographic coverage enable us to market and distribute our products more effectively and in more markets than most of our competitors, and to provide our customers with innovative, comprehensive and customized system solutions.

    Leading Research and Development Initiatives and Technology Innovation.   We are a leading innovator of technology that enables electronic payment transactions and value-added services at the point of sale. In the year ended October 31, 2004, we launched 20 new system solutions and 195 custom solutions. Our core operating environment is a secure, multi-tasking and multi-application proprietary operating system with a consistent and intuitive user interface that allows payment processors or financial institutions to directly or remotely deliver predominantly third party value-

2


      added applications without having to recertify existing payment applications. This dramatically reduces the time and cost for our customers to deploy additional functionality to their systems. We believe this capability is a distinguishing feature of our architecture. The modular configuration of our electronic payment systems offers our customers flexibility to support a variety of connectivity options, including wireline and wireless IP technologies. In addition, our modular software development environment enables our system solutions to be customized to meet our customers' specific needs through internally developed or third party applications.

    Broad Set of Industry Certifications.   Our system solutions are certified by major payment processors, card associations and international card standards organizations. The knowledge of certification processes that we have gained over our history and through our participation in international standards organizations enables us to manage the lengthy and expensive certification process effectively. As a result, we believe that we are able to bring innovative products to market faster than our competitors.

    Proven Track Record of Execution.   Our senior management team has increased net revenues by 14.8% and 15.0% over the past two fiscal years, respectively, from $295.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2002 to $390.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, while significantly increasing profitability, working capital efficiency and operating cash flow.

Growth Strategy

        Our objective is to enhance our position as a leading provider of technology that enables electronic payment transactions and value-added services at the point of sale. The key elements of our strategy are to:

    Increase Market Share in North America and Europe.   We intend to continue to seek opportunities to expand our market share in North America and Europe by leveraging our brand, scale, technology and distribution channels. We plan to capitalize on industry trends, including our customers' increasing focus on security, growing prevalence of PIN-based debit, evolving communication technologies and greater availability of value-added services at the point of sale. Furthermore, we intend to continue to penetrate key sales channels and further strengthen our relationships with ISOs in North America.

    Further Penetrate Attractive Vertical Markets.   We plan to continue to increase the functionality of our system solutions to address the specific needs of key vertical markets. We currently provide system solutions that are customized for the needs of our financial services, petroleum company, retail, government and healthcare customers. We intend to continue to focus on these attractive vertical markets, as well as increase our penetration of new markets such as quick service restaurants, or QSRs.

    Capitalize on High Growth Opportunities in Emerging Markets.   We seek to establish a leading position in emerging, high growth electronic payment markets in Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America. In order to do so, we intend to continue to invest in additional sales and marketing and research and development resources targeted towards these regions. We have already achieved a leading position in Russia, Poland and Mexico and intend to grow our presence further in additional markets, such as China, India and Brazil, where demand for electronic payment systems is growing rapidly.

    Pursue Selective, Strategic Acquisitions.   We may augment our organic growth by acquiring businesses, product lines or technologies. Our acquisition strategy is intended to broaden our suite of electronic payment solutions, expand our presence in selected geographies, broaden our customer base and increase our penetration of distribution channels and vertical markets. We recently announced an agreement to acquire the assets of Return on Investment Corporation's GO Software business, which will broaden our presence at the point of sale beyond our core solutions.

3


      GO Software provides PC-based point of sale payment processing software to more than 150,000 businesses. According to Return on Investment Corporation's annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, GO Software had total revenues for that fiscal year of approximately $9.4 million.

Company History

        VeriFone, Inc., our principal operating subsidiary, was incorporated in 1981. Shortly afterward, we introduced the first check verification and credit authorization device ever utilized by merchants in a commercial setting. In 1984, we introduced the first mass market electronic payment system intended to replace manual credit card authorization devices for small merchants. VeriFone, Inc. became a publicly traded company in 1990 and was acquired by Hewlett-Packard Company in 1997. Hewlett-Packard operated VeriFone, Inc. as a division until July 2001, when it sold VeriFone, Inc. to Gores Technology Group, LLC, a privately held acquisition and management firm, in a transaction led by our Chief Executive Officer, Douglas G. Bergeron. In July 2002, Mr. Bergeron and certain investment funds affiliated with GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., or GTCR, a private equity firm, led a recapitalization in which VeriFone Holdings, Inc. was organized as the indirect owner of all the stock of VeriFone, Inc., and the GTCR-affiliated funds became our majority stockholders.

4



THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us                   shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

                shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                shares

Use of proceeds

 

We expect to receive net proceeds from our sale of common stock in the offering of approximately $             million at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use approximately $74.2 million to repay outstanding principal of $72.0 million owed on the second lien loan under our secured credit facility and pay a prepayment premium of $2.2 million, and to use the remainder for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions of companies and technologies that complement our business.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from sales of common stock by the selling stockholders in the offering.

Risk factors

 

Please read "Risk Factors" and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange trading symbol

 

"PAY"

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares outstanding as of            , 2005 and excludes:

    1,548,200 shares subject to outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share; and

    additional shares to be reserved for issuance under our stock option plans.

        Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    the effect of a three-for-two split of all common stock outstanding on April 30, 2003;

    the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws concurrently with the completion of this offering which, among other things, will effectively convert our nonvoting common stock into our voting common stock on a share-for-share basis, with a corresponding effective conversion of all outstanding options and shares reserved for issuance under our New Founders' Stock Option Plan.

5



SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the discussion under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The summary consolidated historical financial data set forth below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations.

 
  Predecessor (1)
  Successor (2)
 
 
  Years ended
October 31,

   
  Period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002
  Years ended
October 31,

  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  Period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002
 
 
  2000
  2001
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:                                                  
Net revenues   $ 338,541   $ 349,187   $ 184,356   $ 111,237   $ 339,331   $ 390,088   $ 87,949   $ 111,283  
Cost of net revenues:                                                  
  Cost of net revenues excluding amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets     266,723     258,891     125,542     80,479     200,291     231,892     50,606     66,697  
  Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets                 4,679     14,148     9,745     2,994     1,962  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of net revenues     266,723     258,891     125,542     85,158     214,439     241,637     53,600     68,659  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     71,818     90,296     58,814     26,079     124,892     148,451     34,349     42,624  
Operating expenses:                                                  
  Research and development     66,480     47,352     20,037     10,322     28,193     33,703     7,241     9,494  
  Sales and marketing     73,566     57,331     26,848     13,925     40,024     44,002     10,159     12,044  
  General and administrative     33,074     30,578     26,093     10,342     25,039     25,503     6,059     6,704  
  Amortization of purchased intangible assets                 3,399     10,200     10,200     2,550     1,304  
  In-process research and development                 17,934                  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     173,120     135,261     72,978     55,922     103,456     113,408     26,009     29,546  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     (101,302 )   (44,965 )   (14,164 )   (29,843 )   21,436     35,043     8,340     13,078  
Interest expense     (11,064 )   (2,630 )   (2,407 )   (3,794 )   (12,456 )   (12,597 )   (2,837 )   (4,294 )
Other income (expense), net     (3,118 )   7,031     1,694     (4,904 )   3,557     (11,869 )   (308 )   (200 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (115,484 )   (40,564 )   (14,877 )   (38,541 )   12,537     10,577     5,195     8,584  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     9,230     23,196     4,593     (4,509 )   12,296     4,971     2,442     2,747  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)     (124,714 )   (63,760 )   (19,470 )   (34,032 )   241     5,606     2,753     5,837  
Accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock                 5,218     6,916     4,959     1,827      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ (124,714 ) $ (63,760 ) $ (19,470 ) $ (39,250 ) $ (6,675 ) $ 647   $ 926   $ 5,837  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per common share — diluted (3)               $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.10  
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  As of January 31, 2005
 

 

 

Actual


 

As
adjusted (4)


 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 28,083      
Total assets     260,284      
Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion     261,590      
Total stockholders' deficit     (129,317 )    

6


 
   
  Successor (2)
 
  Predecessor (1)
  Period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002
  Years ended October 31,
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
  Period from November 1, 2001 to June 30,
2002

 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
  (in thousands)

Other Data:                                    
EBITDA, as adjusted (5)   $ (12,359 ) $ 7,968   $ 49,753   $ 59,420   $ 14,743   $ 17,526
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (9,233 )   8,078     9,772     33,217     7,436     16,382
Capital expenditures (6)         664     4,151     5,273     1,203     486

(1)
Predecessor company was owned by Hewlett-Packard Company until acquired on July 20, 2001 by an entity affiliated with Gores Technology Group, LLC. Financial information presented reflects adjustment of assets and liabilities to then-fair value at July 20, 2001, which became the basis for amounts included in results of operations from July 20, 2001 until June 30, 2002.

(2)
On July 1, 2002, VeriFone was recapitalized whereby certain investment funds affiliated with GTCR became the majority stakeholders while the existing equity investor, an entity affiliated with Gores Technology Group, LLC, retained an ownership interest in the company. Financial information presented reflects adjustment of assets and liabilities to fair value as of July 1, 2002, which became the basis for amounts included in results of operations starting July 1, 2002.

(3)
Net income (loss) per common share data is not presented for the years ended October 31, 2000 and 2001 because our predecessor did not have a formal capital structure prior to July 20, 2001.

(4)
As adjusted to give effect to this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of a portion of the net proceeds therefrom to repay outstanding principal of $72.0 million owed on the second lien loan under our secured credit facility and pay a prepayment premium of $2.2 million.

(5)
We define EBITDA, as adjusted, as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, in-process research and development expense, other purchase accounting-related adjustments, interest expense, taxes, stock-based compensation, management fees to our majority stockholder, foreign exchange gains and losses and nonrecurring non-operating gains and losses. We believe that earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, as adjusted, is a useful financial metric to assess our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures. Our management evaluates our performance on the basis of EBITDA, as adjusted. We also believe that EBITDA, as adjusted, will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures. The term EBITDA, as adjusted, is not defined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, and EBITDA, as adjusted, is not a measure of operating income, operating performance or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. When assessing our operating performance you should not consider this data in isolation or as a substitute for our net income calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our EBITDA, as adjusted, has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for net income or other consolidated income statement data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

it does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

it does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

it does not reflect income taxes or the cash requirements for any tax payments;

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, as adjusted, does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

restructuring and impairment charges, as well as losses from discontinued operations, reflect costs associated with strategic decisions about resource allocations made in prior periods; we may incur similar charges and losses in the future; and

other companies may calculate EBITDA and EBITDA, as adjusted, differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

        A reconciliation of net income (loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, to EBITDA, as adjusted, for each of the respective periods indicated is as follows.

7


 
   
  Successor
 
 
  Predecessor
 
 
  Period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002
  Years ended
October 31,

  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  Period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
U.S. GAAP net income (loss)   $ (19,470 ) $ (34,032 ) $ 241   $ 5,606   $ 2,753   $ 5,837  
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     4,593     (4,509 )   12,296     4,971     2,442     2,747  
  Interest expense     2,407     3,794     12,456     12,597     2,837     4,294  
  Depreciation and amortization of equipment and improvements         337     1,333     2,451     474     723  
  Amortization of capitalized software             108     698     67     267  
  In-process research and development         17,934                  
  Amortization of purchased intangible assets         8,078     24,348     19,945     5,544     3,266  
  Amortization of step-up in inventories on acquisition         10,087                  
  Amortization of step-up in deferred revenue on acquisition         981     1,561     519     151     108  
  Stock-based compensation         17     81     400     22     15  
  Management fees to majority stockholder     2,045     83     250     250     91     63  
  Foreign currency transaction losses (gains)     (185 )   5,198     (1,246 )   (252 )   (246 )   (14 )
  Foreign currency contract losses             1,145     2,425     608     220  
  Gain on sale of assets     (1,749 )                    
  Refund of foreign unclaimed pension benefits             (2,820 )            
  Loss on debt extinguishment (a)                 9,810          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA, as adjusted   $ (12,359 ) $ 7,968   $ 49,753   $ 59,420   $ 14,743   $ 17,526  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (a)
    Loss on debt extinguishment consists of a $1.4 million cash payment for early retirement fees and $8.4 million of non-cash write offs of the unamortized amounts of debt issuance costs and debt discount associated with our June 2004 recapitalization.

(6)
Includes purchase of equipment and improvements, software development costs capitalized and purchase of other assets.

8



RISK FACTORS

         The purchase of our common stock involves significant investment risks. You should consider the following risks carefully before making a decision to invest in our common stock. There may also be risks of which we are currently unaware, or that we currently regard as immaterial based on the information available to us that later prove to be material. These risks may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose some or all of your investment.


Risks Related to Our Business

We depend upon third parties to manufacture our products and to supply the components necessary to manufacture our products.

        We do not manufacture the physical devices that we design which form part of our system solutions; rather, we arrange for a limited number of third parties to manufacture these devices for us. Similarly, components such as application-specific integrated circuits, or ASICs, payment processors, wireless modules, modems and printer mechanisms that are necessary to manufacture and assemble our devices are sourced either directly by us or on our behalf by our contract manufacturers from a variety of component suppliers. We generally do not have long-term agreements with our manufacturers or component suppliers. If our suppliers become unwilling or unable to provide us with adequate supplies of parts or products when we need them, or if they increase their prices, we might not be able to find alternative sources in a timely manner and could be faced with a critical shortage. This could harm our relationships with our customers and cause our revenues to decline. Even if we are able to secure alternative sources in a timely manner, our costs could increase. We expect that in the year ending October 31, 2005, over half of our component spending will be for components we source from a single supplier or a small number of suppliers.

        Periodically, constraints in the supply of certain components cause short-term production disruptions or adversely affect our operating results, either because we seek to fill customer orders with less than normal lead times or because of supply/demand imbalances in the component marketplace. During the last twelve months, certain Synchronous Random Access Memory, or SRAM, components were in short supply in the marketplace, and our requirements exceeded the available supply from our vendor. To cover this shortage, we procured these components in the spot market at prices in excess of our historical purchase price, which had a negative impact on our gross profit for the year ended October 31, 2004 which we estimate at approximately $2.0 million.

We depend on a limited number of customers, including distributors and resellers, for sales of a large percentage of our system solutions. If we do not effectively manage our relationships with them, our net revenues and operating results will suffer.

        We sell a significant portion of our solutions through third parties such as independent distributors, ISOs, value-added resellers and payment processors. We depend on their active marketing and sales efforts. These third parties also provide after-sales support and related services to end user customers. When we introduce new applications and solutions, they also provide critical support for developing and porting the custom software applications to run on our various electronic payment systems and, internationally, in obtaining requisite certifications in the markets in which they are active. Accordingly, the pace at which we are able to introduce new solutions in markets in which these parties are active depends on the resources they dedicate to these tasks. Moreover, our arrangements with these third parties typically do not prevent them from selling products of other companies, including our competitors, and they may elect to market our competitor's products and services in preference to our system solutions. If one or more of our major resellers terminates or otherwise adversely changes its relationship with us, we may be unsuccessful in replacing it. The loss of one of our major resellers could impair our ability to sell our solutions and result in lower revenues and income. It could also be time consuming and expensive to replicate the certifications and the custom applications owned by these third parties.

9



        A significant percentage of our net revenues is attributable to a limited number of customers, including distributors and independent sales organizations. In the year ended October 31, 2004, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 36.3% of our net revenues and sales to First Data Corporation and its affiliates represented 16.9% of our net revenues in that year. Our sales of system solutions to First Data and its affiliates include sales to its TASQ Technology division, which distributes payment devices to ISOs and financial institutions such as Wells Fargo & Company and Chase Merchant Services. If any of our large customers significantly reduces or delays purchases from us or if we are required to sell products to them at reduced prices or on other terms less favorable to us, our revenues and income could be materially adversely affected.

A significant portion of our net revenues is generated outside of the U.S. and we intend to continue to expand our operations internationally. Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our international expansion and operations effectively.

        During the year ended October 31, 2004, 36.3% of our net revenues were generated outside of the U.S. Part of our strategy is to expand our penetration in existing foreign markets and to enter new foreign markets. Our ability to penetrate some international markets may be limited due to different technical standards, protocols or product requirements. Expansion of our International business will require significant management attention and financial resources. Our International net revenues will depend on our continued success in the following areas:

    securing commercial relationships to help establish our presence in international markets;

    hiring and training personnel capable of marketing, installing and integrating our solutions, supporting customers and managing operations in foreign countries;

    localizing our solutions to target the specific needs and preferences of foreign customers, which may differ from our traditional customer base in the United States;

    building our brand name and awareness of our services among foreign customers; and

    implementing new systems, procedures and controls to monitor our operations in new markets.

In addition, we are subject to risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including:

    multiple, changing and often inconsistent enforcement of laws and regulations;

    satisfying local regulatory or industry imposed security or other certification requirements;

    competition from existing market participants that may have a longer history in and greater familiarity with the foreign markets we enter;

    tariffs and trade barriers;

    laws and business practices that favor local competitors;

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

    extended payment terms and the ability to collect account receivables;

    imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars or remittance of dividends and other payments by foreign subsidiaries; and

    changes in a specific country's or region's political or economic conditions.

        If we fail to address the challenges and risks associated with international expansion, we may encounter difficulties implementing our strategy, which could impede our growth or harm our operating results.

10



Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly as a result of factors outside of our control, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

        We expect our revenues and operating results to vary from quarter to quarter. As a consequence, our operating results in any single quarter may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline. Factors that may affect our operating results include:

    the type, timing and size of orders and shipments;

    demand for and acceptance of our new product offerings;

    delays in the implementation and delivery of our products and services, which may impact the timing of our recognition of revenue;

    variations in product mix and cost during any period;

    development of new relationships and maintenance and enhancement of existing relationships with customers and strategic partners;

    component supplies, manufacturing or distribution difficulties;

    deferral of customer contracts in anticipation of product or service enhancements;

    timing of commencement, implementation or completion of major implementations projects;

    the relative mix of North America and International net revenues;

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

    the fixed nature of many of our expenses; and

    industry and economic conditions, including competitive pressures and inventory obsolescence.

        In particular, differences in relative growth rates between our businesses in North America and internationally may have a significant effect on our operating results, particularly our reported gross profit percentage, in any individual quarter, with International sales typically carrying lower margins. For example, net revenues in North America grew by 16% in the three months ended January 31, 2005 while International net revenues grew by 44%, in each case as compared to the three months ended January 31, 2004. Partially due to this faster growth in our International business, our gross profit percentage was 38.3% in the three months ended January 31, 2005 as compared to 39.1% in the three months ended January 31, 2004.

        In addition, we may experience seasonality in our operating results. Net revenues have tended to be stronger from July to December due to increased electronic payment system purchases in advance of the retail holiday season and patterns in the purchasing cycles of our customers. These seasonal variations may lead to fluctuations in our quarterly operating results and volatility in our stock price.

Our North American and International operations are not equally profitable, which may promote volatility in our earnings and may adversely impact future growth in our earnings.

        Our International sales tend to carry lower prices and therefore have lower gross margins than our sales in North America. As a result, if we successfully expand our International sales, any improvement in our results of operations will likely not be as favorable as an expansion of similar magnitude in the U.S. and Canada. In addition, it is impossible to predict for any future period our proportion of revenues that will result from International sales versus sales in North America. Variations in this proportion from period to period may lead to volatility in our results of operations which, in turn, may depress the trading price of our common stock.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations.

        A substantial part of our business consists of sales made to customers outside the United States. A portion of the net revenues we receive from such sales is denominated in currencies other than the U.S.

11



dollar. Additionally, portions of our cost of net revenues and our other operating expenses are incurred by our International operations and denominated in local currencies. While fluctuations in the value of these net revenues, costs and expenses as measured in U.S. dollars have not materially affected our results of operations historically, we cannot assure you that adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations will not have a material impact in the future. In addition, our balance sheet reflects non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, primarily inter-company balances, which can be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In certain periods, we have not hedged our exposure to these fluctuations. For example, in the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, we recorded net foreign currency transaction losses of $5.2 million primarily due to the exchange rate change of the Brazilian real. More recently, we have entered into foreign currency forward contracts and other arrangements intended to hedge our exposure to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates. Nevertheless, these hedging arrangements may not always be effective, particularly in the event of imprecise forecasts of non-U.S. denominated assets and liabilities. Accordingly, if there is an adverse movement in exchange rates, we might suffer significant losses. For instance, in the year ended October 31, 2004, we incurred foreign currency contract losses of $2.2 million net of foreign currency transaction gains primarily as a result of our hedging activities.

Security is vital to our customers and end users and therefore breaches in the security of our solutions could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

        Protection against fraud is of key importance to the purchasers and end users of our solutions. We incorporate security features, such as encryption software and secure hardware, into our solutions to protect against fraud in electronic payment transactions and to ensure the privacy and integrity of consumer data. Our solutions may be vulnerable to breaches in security due to defects in the security mechanisms, the operating system and applications or the hardware platform. Security vulnerabilities could jeopardize the security of information transmitted using our solutions. In general, liability associated with security breaches of a certified electronic payment system belongs to the institution that acquires the financial transaction. However, if the security of our solutions is compromised, our reputation and marketplace acceptance of our solutions will be adversely affected, which would cause our business to suffer, and we may become subject to damage claims. We have not experienced any material security breaches affecting our business.

Our solutions may have defects that could result in sales delays, delays in our collection of receivables and claims against us.

        We offer complex solutions that are susceptible to undetected hardware and software errors or failures. Solutions may experience failures when first introduced, as new versions are released or at any time during their lifecycle. Any product recall as a result of errors or failures could result in the loss of or delay in market acceptance of our solutions and adversely affect our business and reputation. Any significant returns or warranty claims could result in significant additional costs to us and could adversely affect our results of operations. Our customers may also run third-party software applications on our electronic payment systems. Errors in third-party applications could adversely affect the performance of our solutions.

        The existence of defects and delays in correcting them could result in negative consequences, including the following: harm to our brand; delays in shipping solutions; loss of market acceptance for our solutions; additional warranty expenses; diversion of resources from product development; and loss of credibility with distributors and customers. Correcting defects can be time consuming and in some circumstances extremely difficult. Software errors may take several months to correct, and hardware defects may take even longer to correct. As an example, beginning in 2001 we experienced a problem in which the ink cartridge in a product sold to a particular customer leaked ink and had to be replaced with a different cartridge. By the time we reached a settlement agreement to resolve this issue with that customer in the first quarter of fiscal year 2005, we had incurred aggregate costs and reserves of approximately $11 million in respect of cartridge replacement, extended warranty costs and customer rebates.

12



We may accumulate excess or obsolete inventory that could result in unanticipated price reductions and write-downs and adversely affect our financial condition.

        In formulating our solutions, we have focused our efforts on providing to our customers solutions with higher levels of functionality, which requires us to develop and incorporate cutting edge and evolving technologies. This approach tends to increase the risk of obsolescence for products and components we hold in inventory and may compound the difficulties posed by other factors that affect our inventory levels, including the following:

    the need to maintain significant inventory of components that are in limited supply;

    buying components in bulk for the best pricing;

    responding to the unpredictable demand for products;

    cancellation of customer orders; and

    responding to customer requests for quick delivery schedules.

        As a result of these factors, we regularly run the risk of maintaining excess inventory levels. The accumulation of excess or obsolete inventory may result in price reductions and inventory write-downs, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. For example, in late 2002 we developed our first wireless product line. However, the market for wireless products developed more slowly than we anticipated. By the time this market developed to a point in the year ended October 31, 2004 where we could sell our built-up inventory, some of the wireless technology in our products needed to be upgraded. As a result, almost all the inventory was upgraded before sale, at a cost of $1.4 million. We also incurred an increased obsolescence cost of $0.5 million in respect of some accessories.

Our proprietary technology is difficult to protect and unauthorized use of our proprietary technology by third parties may impair our ability to compete effectively.

        We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology, which could enable competitors to develop services that compete with our own. We rely on copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality, licensing and other contractual arrangements to establish and protect the proprietary aspects of our solutions. We do not own any patents that protect important aspects of our current solutions. The laws of some countries in which we sell our solutions and services may not protect software and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws in the United States. If we are unable to prevent misappropriation of our technology, competitors may be able to use and adapt our technology. Our failure to protect our technology could diminish our competitive advantage and cause us to lose customers to competitors.

Our business may suffer if we are sued for infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, or if we are unable to obtain rights to third party intellectual property on which we depend.

        Third parties have in the past asserted and may in the future assert claims that we are infringing their proprietary rights. Such infringement claims may cause us to incur significant costs in defending those claims. We may be required to discontinue using and selling any infringing technology and services, to expend resources to develop non-infringing technology or to purchase licenses or pay royalties for other technology. Similarly, we depend on our ability to license intellectual property from third parties. These or other third parties may become unwilling to license to us on acceptable terms intellectual property that is necessary to our business. In either case, we may be unable to acquire licenses for other technology on reasonable commercial terms or at all. As a result, we may find that we are unable to continue to offer the solutions and services upon which our business depends.

        We have received, and have currently pending, third-party claims and may receive additional notices of such claims of infringement in the future. To date, such activities have not had a material adverse effect on our business and we have either prevailed in all litigation, obtained a license on commercially acceptable terms or otherwise been able to modify any affected products or technology. However, there

13



can be no assurance that we will continue to prevail in any such actions or that any license required under any such patent or other intellectual property would be made available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. See "Business—Legal Proceedings."

We depend on a limited number of key members of senior management who would be difficult to replace. If we lose the services of these individuals or are unable to attract new talent, our business will be adversely affected.

        We depend upon the ability and experience of a number of our key members of senior management who have substantial experience with our operations, the rapidly changing electronic payment transaction industry and the selected markets in which we offer our solutions. The loss of the services of one or a combination of our senior executives or key managers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, manage and retain other qualified middle management and technical and clerical personnel as we grow. We may not be able to continue to attract or retain such personnel in the future.

We intend to make acquisitions and strategic investments, which will involve numerous risks. We may not be able to address these risks without substantial expense, delay or other operational or financial problems.

        Although we have a limited history of making acquisitions or strategic investments, a part of our strategy will be to acquire or make investments in related businesses, technologies or products in the future. For example, we recently announced our agreement to acquire the assets of Return on Investment Corporation's GO Software business. Acquisitions or investments involve various risks, such as:

    the difficulty of integrating the technologies, operations and personnel of the acquired business, technology or product;

    the potential disruption of our ongoing business, including the diversion of management attention;

    the possible inability to obtain the desired financial and strategic benefits from the acquisition or investment;

    loss of customers;

    assumption of unanticipated liabilities;

    the loss of key employees of an acquired business; and

    the possibility of our entering markets in which we have limited prior experience.

        Future acquisitions and investments could also result in substantial cash expenditures, potentially dilutive issuance of our equity securities, our incurring of additional debt and contingent liabilities, and amortization expenses related to other intangible assets that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Our pending acquisition of GO Software has consumed and will continue to consume management attention and company resources, and will continue to require substantial efforts and involve ongoing risks in operational integration. We depend on the retention and performance of existing management and employees of acquired businesses for the day-to-day management and future operating results of these businesses.

Shipments of electronic payment systems may be delayed by factors outside of our control, which can harm our reputation and our relationships with our customers.

        The shipment of payment systems requires us or our manufacturers, distributors or other agents to obtain customs or other government certifications and approvals, and, on occasion, to submit to physical inspection of our systems in transit. Failure to satisfy these requirements, and the very process of trying to satisfy them, can lead to lengthy delays in the delivery of our solutions to our direct or indirect customers. Delays and unreliable delivery by us may harm our reputation in the industry and our relationships with our customers.

14



Force majeure events, such as terrorist attacks, other acts of violence or war, political instability and health epidemics may adversely affect us.

        Terrorist attacks, war, and international political instability, along with health epidemics may disrupt our ability to generate revenues. Such events may negatively affect our ability to maintain sales revenue and to develop new business relationships. Because a substantial and growing part of our revenues is derived from sales and services to customers outside of the United States and we have our electronic payment systems manufactured outside the U.S., terrorist attacks, war and international political instability anywhere may decrease international demand for our products and inhibit customer development opportunities abroad, disrupt our supply chain and impair our ability to deliver our electronic payment systems, which could materially adversely affect our net revenues or results of operations. Any of these events may also disrupt global financial markets and precipitate a decline in the price of our common stock.


Risks Related to Our Industry

Our markets are highly competitive and subject to price erosion.

        The markets for our system solutions and services are highly competitive, and we have been subject to price pressures. Competition from manufacturers, distributors or providers of products similar to or competitive with our system solutions or services could result in price reductions, reduced margins and a loss of market share or could render our solutions obsolete.

        We expect to continue to experience significant and increasing levels of competition in the future. We compete with suppliers of cash registers that provide built in electronic payment capabilities and producers of software that facilitates electronic payment over the internet, as well as other manufacturers or distributors of electronic payment systems. We must also compete with smaller companies that have been able to develop strong local or regional customer bases. In certain foreign countries, some competitors are more established, benefit from greater name recognition and have greater resources within those countries than we do.

If we do not continually enhance our existing solutions and develop and market new solutions and enhancements, our net revenues and income will be adversely affected.

        The market for electronic payment systems is characterized by:

    rapid technological change;

    frequent product introductions and enhancements;

    evolving industry and government performance and security standards; and

    changes in customer and end-user requirements.

        Because of these factors, we must continually enhance our existing solutions and develop and market new solutions.

        We cannot be sure that we will successfully complete the development and introduction of new solutions or enhancements or that our new solutions will be accepted in the marketplace. We may also fail to develop and deploy new solutions and enhancements on a timely basis. In either case, we may lose market share to our competitors, and our net revenues and income could suffer.

15


We must adhere to industry and government regulations and standards and therefore sales will suffer if we cannot comply with them.

        Our system solutions must meet industry standards imposed by EMVCo, Visa, MasterCard and other credit card associations and standard setting organizations. New standards are continually being adopted or proposed as a result of worldwide anti-fraud initiatives, the increasing need for system compatibility and technology developments such as wireless and wireline IP communication. Our solutions also must comply with government regulations, including those imposed by telecommunications authorities and independent standards groups worldwide regarding emissions, radiation and connections with telecommunications and radio networks. We cannot be sure that we will be able to design our solutions to comply with future standards or regulations on a timely basis, if at all. Compliance with these standards could increase the cost of developing or producing our solutions. If we are unable to comply with new industry standards, or we cannot obtain or retain necessary regulatory approval or certifications in a timely fashion, or if compliance increases the cost of our solutions, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure

Our secured credit facility contains restrictive and financial covenants and, if we are unable to comply with these covenants, we will be in default. A default could result in the acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness, which would have an adverse effect on our business and stock price.

        In June 2004, our principal operating subsidiary, VeriFone, Inc., and another subsidiary entered into a secured credit facility under which, as of October 31, 2004, VeriFone, Inc. had outstanding indebtedness, excluding capital leases, of approximately $261.5 million.

        Our secured credit facility contains customary covenants that require our subsidiaries to maintain certain specified financial ratios and restrict their ability to make certain distributions with respect to their capital stock, prepay other debt, encumber their assets, incur additional indebtedness, make capital expenditures above specified levels, engage in certain business combinations, or undertake various other corporate activities. Our business is conducted through subsidiaries of VeriFone Holdings, Inc., the issuer of the common stock to be sold in this offering. Therefore, as a practical matter, these covenants restrict our ability to engage in or benefit from such activities. In addition, we have, in order to secure repayment of our secured credit facility, pledged substantially all of our assets and properties. This pledge may reduce our operating flexibility because it restricts our ability to dispose of these assets or engage in other transactions that may be beneficial to us.

        If we are unable to comply with any of these covenants, we will be in default, which could result in the acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness. If acceleration occurred, we would not be able to repay our debt and it is unlikely that we would be able to borrow sufficient additional funds to refinance our debt. Even if new financing is made available to us, it may not be available on acceptable terms.

We have negative stockholders' equity, which could limit our ability to obtain additional financing.

        As of January 31, 2005, we had negative stockholders' equity of $129.3 million, due in part to a $97.4 million dividend paid on June 30, 2004, and expect to have negative stockholders' equity after giving effect to this offering. This may make lenders and other potential investors less likely to provide us with additional debt or equity financing. If we require additional financing, there is no guarantee that we can obtain it on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain additional, needed financing, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

16



If we are unable to improve and maintain the quality of our internal controls, any weaknesses could materially and adversely affect our ability to provide timely and accurate information about our company, which could harm our reputation and share price.

        On several occasions since our separation from Hewlett-Packard, our independent registered public accounting firm has identified deficiencies in our internal controls which rose to the level of "reportable conditions," which means that these were matters that in our auditors' judgment could adversely affect our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data consistent with the assertions of our management in our financial statements. We have worked diligently to correct these deficiencies. We are not aware of any matters involving internal controls that we consider to be reportable conditions as of October 31, 2004 and January 31, 2005. Nevertheless, we cannot be certain that the measures we have taken will ensure that we will maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain adequate controls or to adequately implement required new or improved controls could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

We will continue to be controlled by GTCR, which will limit your ability to influence corporate activities and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        Upon completion of the offering, GTCR will own or control shares representing, in the aggregate, a            % voting interest in our company, or             % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, and will have three representatives on our board of directors, which will at that time have seven members. Accordingly, GTCR will exercise control over our operations and business strategy. GTCR will be able to control the outcome of votes on all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. GTCR's ownership or control may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares. These actions may be taken even if other stockholders oppose them.

Our Chief Executive Officer owns a significant stake in the Company and may be difficult to remove.

        Our Chief Executive Officer, Douglas Bergeron, upon completion of this offering, will beneficially own shares representing, in the aggregate, a            % voting interest in our company, or            % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Moreover, Mr. Bergeron and several senior managers have a long professional history together at SunGard Data Systems Inc. Mr. Bergeron's significant ownership stake in our company and his history with other senior management may also make it difficult for the board of directors to remove Mr. Bergeron or other members of senior management.

Conflicts of interest may arise because some of our directors are principals of our controlling stockholder.

        Three principals of GTCR serve on our board of directors, which will have seven members upon the completion of this offering. GTCR and its affiliates may invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us or companies in which they currently invest may begin competing with us. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts between the interests of GTCR and the interests of our other stockholders arise, these directors may not be disinterested. Although our directors and officers have a duty of loyalty to us, under Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be adopted in connection with this offering, transactions that we enter into in which a director or officer has a conflict of interest are generally permissible so long as (1) the material facts relating to the director's or officer's relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors and a majority of our disinterested directors approves the transaction, (2) the material facts relating to the director's or officer's relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our stockholders and a majority of our disinterested stockholders approves the transaction, or (3) the transaction is otherwise fair

17



to us. GTCR's representatives will not be required to offer to us any transaction opportunity of which they become aware and could take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment, unless such opportunity is expressly offered to them solely in their capacity as a director of our company.

We will incur increased costs as a public company.

        As a public company, we will be required to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, as a result of being a public company, we will be required to create additional board committees and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could depress our stock price.

        Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the possibility of such sales, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. These sales may also make it more difficult for us to raise capital through the issuance of equity securities at a time and at a price we deem appropriate.

        Upon completion of this offering, there will be            shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares,            shares of common stock sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The remaining            shares of common stock available for future sale will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and will be eligible for resale subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. See "Underwriting." In addition to outstanding shares eligible for sale, additional shares of our common stock will be issuable upon consummation of this offering under currently outstanding stock options. We have granted GTCR and other stockholders the right to require us to register their shares of our common stock, representing approximately            shares of our common stock following completion of this offering. Accordingly, the number of shares subject to registration rights is substantial and the sale of these shares may have a negative impact on the market price for our common stock. These shares, and the shares held by our other stockholders, are subject to lock-up agreements and may not be sold to the public during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or prevent transactions that many stockholders may favor.

        Some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying, discouraging, or preventing a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:

    authorization of the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock without the need for action by stockholders;

    the removal of directors or amendment of our organizational documents only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

18


    provision that any vacancy on the board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of the directors then in office;

    inability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; and

    advance notice requirements for board nominations and proposing matters to be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Some provisions of Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us. See "Description of Our Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws" for a discussion of these provisions.

Our common stock has not been publicly traded, and we expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially.

        There has not been a public market for our common stock prior to this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in the public trading markets. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the underwriters and us. You may not be able to resell your shares above the initial public offering price and may suffer a loss on your investment.

        Broad market and industry factors may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Factors that could cause fluctuations in our stock price may include, among other things:

    actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

    changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock, or our failure to meet the estimates made by securities analysts;

    changes in the market valuations of other companies operating in our industry;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

    additions or departures of key personnel; and

    sales of our common stock, including sales of our common stock by our directors and officers or by GTCR or our other principal stockholders.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

        The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. You will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $            per share in the net tangible book value of our common stock as of January 31, 2005 at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share. You will incur additional dilution if holders of options to purchase shares of common stock, whether currently outstanding or subsequently granted, exercise their options following this offering.

19



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "expect," "plan," "intend," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "potential," or "continue," the negative of such terms or comparable terminology.

        Actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined in "Risk Factors." These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement.

        Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements.

        These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in expectations.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        Other than a special dividend to our common stockholders of approximately $97.4 million paid in June 2004 and $14.1 million in respect of accrued dividends paid to the holders of our Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock as part of the redemption of all our outstanding Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock, we have not declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock in our most recent two full fiscal years. We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance our operations and growth. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on earnings, financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, our secured credit facility contains limitations on the ability of our principal operating subsidiary, VeriFone, Inc., to declare and pay cash dividends. Because we conduct our business through our subsidiaries, as a practical matter these restrictions similarly limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

20



USE OF PROCEEDS

        Our net proceeds from the sale of            shares of common stock in this offering are estimated to be approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from shares of common stock sold by our selling stockholders.

        We expect to use the net proceeds to be received by us in this offering to repay outstanding principal of $72.0 million owed on the second lien loan under our secured credit facility and pay a prepayment premium of $2.2 million, and to use the remainder for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions of companies and technologies that complement our business, although we have no such agreements for any such acquisitions at this time, other than an agreement to acquire Return on Investment Corporation's GO Software business. As of January 31, 2005, the outstanding indebtedness under our second lien loan was approximately $72.0 million. The second lien loan has an interest rate that adjusts according to changes in three-month LIBOR, a benchmark interest rate. As of January 31, 2005, the interest rate for the second lien loan was 8.73% per annum. The scheduled maturity date for the second lien loan is December 31, 2011. We used the proceeds of the second lien loan and the other loans under our secured credit agreement in June 2004 to refinance then-existing debt, to redeem preferred stock, to pay a special dividend to our common stockholders and to provide future working capital.

21



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, short-term debt and capitalization as of January 31, 2005:

    on an actual basis;

    on a pro forma basis to reflect the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws concurrently with the completion of this offering, which, among other things, will effectively convert our nonvoting common stock into our voting common stock on a share-for-share basis, with a corresponding effective conversion of all outstanding options and shares reserved for issuance under our New Founders' Stock Option Plan resulting in recognition of related deferred stock-based compensation of $              and stock compensation expense of $              ; and

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, reflecting the sale of            shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of such proceeds to repay outstanding principal of $72.0 million owed on the second lien loan under our secured credit facility and pay a prepayment premium of $2.2 million.

        You should read this table in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and with our financial statements and related notes.

 
  As of January 31, 2005
 
  Actual
  Pro forma
  Pro forma
as adjusted

 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 28,083   $      
   
 
 
Short-term debt, excluding capital leases:                
  Current portion of Term B loan   $ 1,900   $      
   
 
 
Long-term debt, excluding capital leases:                
  Revolver            
  Term B loan     186,810          
  Second lien loan     72,000          
   
 
 
    Total long-term debt, excluding capital leases     258,810          
   
 
 
Stockholders' deficit:                
  Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 64,000 shares authorized and 56,377 shares issued and outstanding actual;            shares authorized and            shares issued and outstanding pro forma;            shares authorized and            shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted     564          
  Nonvoting common stock: par value $0.01 per share; 1,500 shares authorized, 28 shares issued and outstanding actual; 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted            
  Additional paid-in capital     612          
  Deferred stock-based compensation     (573 )        
  Accumulated deficit     (130,381 )        
  Other comprehensive income     461          
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' deficit     (129,317 )        
   
 
 
    Total capitalization   $ 129,493   $      
   
 
 

        The number of shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding in the table above excludes:

    1,548,200 shares subject to outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share as of January 31, 2005; and

    additional shares to be reserved for issuance under our stock option plans.

22



DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of January 31, 2005 was approximately negative $205.1 million, or approximately negative $3.64 per share. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

        After giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of January 31, 2005 would have been approximately $            million, or $            per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the initial offering price.

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock         $  
  Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of January 31, 2005   $ (3.64 )    
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering   $        
   
     
Net tangible book value per share as of January 31, 2005 after giving effect to the offering         $  
         
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors         $  
         

        The following table summarizes as of January 31, 2005, on the pro forma basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The table assumes an initial public offering price of $            per share, and deducts underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Shares purchased
  Total consideration
   
 
  Average price
per share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
Existing stockholders   56,404,859     % $ 1,803,102     % $ 0.03
New investors           $         $  
   
 
 
 
     
  Total       100 % $     100 %    
   
 
 
 
     

        The above discussion and tables are based on            shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of            , 2005 and excludes:

    1,548,200 shares subject to outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share as of January 31, 2005; and

    additional shares to be reserved for issuance under our stock option plans.

23



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth certain of our historical financial data. We have derived the selected historical financial data as of January 31, 2005 and for the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial data as of October 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2003 and the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial data for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002 from the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes of our predecessor, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial data as of October 31, 2002 from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial data as of October 31, 2001 and 2000 and for the years ended October 31, 2001 and 2000 from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of our predecessor which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated historical financial data set forth below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with the discussion under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Predecessor (1)
  Successor (2)
 
 
  Years ended October 31,
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30,
2002

  Period from
July 1,
2002 to
October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  2000
  2001
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:                                                  
Net revenues   $ 338,541   $ 349,187   $ 184,356   $ 111,237   $ 339,331   $ 390,088   $ 87,949   $ 111,283  
Cost of net revenues:                                                  
  Cost of net revenues excluding amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets     266,723     258,891     125,542     80,479     200,291     231,892     50,606     66,697  
  Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets                 4,679     14,148     9,745     2,994     1,962  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of net revenues     266,723     258,891     125,542     85,158     214,439     241,637     53,600     68,659  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     71,818     90,296     58,814     26,079     124,892     148,451     34,349     42,624  
Operating expenses:                                                  
  Research and development     66,480     47,352     20,037     10,322     28,193     33,703     7,241     9,494  
  Sales and marketing     73,566     57,331     26,848     13,925     40,024     44,002     10,159     12,044  
  General and administrative     33,074     30,578     26,093     10,342     25,039     25,503     6,059     6,704  
  Amortization of purchased intangible assets                 3,399     10,200     10,200     2,550     1,304  
  In-process research and development                 17,934                  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     173,120     135,261     72,978     55,922     103,456     113,408     26,009     29,546  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     (101,302 )   (44,965 )   (14,164 )   (29,843 )   21,436     35,043     8,340     13,078  
Interest expense     (11,064 )   (2,630 )   (2,407 )   (3,794 )   (12,456 )   (12,597 )   (2,837 )   (4,294 )
Other income (expense), net     (3,118 )   7,031     1,694     (4,904 )   3,557     (11,869 )   (308 )   (200 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (115,484 )   (40,564 )   (14,877 )   (38,541 )   12,537     10,577     5,195     8,584  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     9,230     23,196     4,593     (4,509 )   12,296     4,971     2,442     2,747  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)     (124,714 )   (63,760 )   (19,470 )   (34,032 )   241     5,606     2,753     5,837  
Accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock                 5,218     6,916     4,959     1,827      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ (124,714 ) $ (63,760 ) $ (19,470 ) $ (39,250 ) $ (6,675 ) $ 647   $ 926   $ 5,837  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per common share (3):                                                  
  Basic               $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.11  
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted               $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.10  
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (3):                                                  
  Basic                 9,121     48,459     48,869     50,725     49,487     53,397  
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted                 9,121     48,459     48,869     56,588     56,881     57,128  
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends per common share (3)               $   $   $   $ 1.72   $   $  
               
 
 
 
 
 
 

24


 
  Predecessor (1)
  Successor (2)
 
 
  As of October 31,
  As of October 31,
   
 
 
  January 31,
2005

 

 

 

2000


 

2001


 

2002


 

2003


 

2004


 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:                                      
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 40,015   $ 20,881   $ 3,040   $ 5,877   $ 12,705   $ 28,083  
Total assets     202,932     127,577     248,852     236,967     245,619     260,284  
Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion         33,934     66,565     62,634     262,187     261,590  
Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock             74,294     81,210          
Total stockholders' deficit     (122,285 )   (15,921 )   (32,659 )   (39,141 )   (135,387 )   (129,317 )
 
   
  Successor (2)
 
 
  Predecessor (1)
 
 
   
  Years ended October 31,
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  Period from
November 1, 2001
to June 30,
2002

  Period from
July 1, 2002
to October 31,
2002

 

 

 

2003


 

2004


 

2004


 

2005


 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Other Data:                                      
EBITDA, as adjusted (4)   $ (12,359 ) $ 7,968   $ 49,753   $ 59,420   $ 14,743   $ 17,526  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ (9,233 ) $ 8,078   $ 9,772   $ 33,217   $ 7,436   $ 16,382  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures:                                      
  Purchase of equipment and improvements   $   $ 542   $ 2,196   $ 2,430   $ 525   $ 395  
  Software development costs capitalized         122     1,955     2,555     678     91  
  Purchase of other assets                 288          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total capital expenditures   $   $ 664   $ 4,151   $ 5,273   $ 1,203   $ 486  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense), net:                                      
  Loss on debt extinguishment   $   $   $   $ (9,810 ) $   $  
  Refund of foreign unclaimed pension benefits             2,820              
  Gain on sale of assets     1,749                      
  Foreign exchange transaction gains (losses)     185     (5,198 )   1,246     252     246     14  
  Foreign currency contract losses             (1,145 )   (2,425 )   (608 )   (220 )
  Other     (240 )   294     636     114     54     6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total other income (expense)   $ 1,694   $ (4,904 ) $ 3,557   $ (11,869 ) $ (308 ) $ (200 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Predecessor company was owned by Hewlett-Packard Company until acquired on July 20, 2001 by an entity affiliated with Gores. Financial information presented reflects adjustment of assets and liabilities to then-fair value at July 20, 2001, which became the basis for amounts included in results of operations from July 20, 2001 until June 30, 2002.

(2)
On July 1, 2002, VeriFone was recapitalized whereby certain investment funds affiliated with GTCR became the majority stakeholders while the existing equity investor, an entity affiliated with Gores retained an ownership interest in the Company. Financial information presented reflects adjustment of assets and liabilities to fair value as of July 1, 2002, which became the basis for amounts included in results of operations starting July 1, 2002.

(3)
Net income (loss) per common share and cash dividends per common share data is not presented for the years ended October 31, 2000 and 2001 because our predecessor did not have a formal capital structure prior to July 20, 2001.

(4)
We define EBITDA, as adjusted, as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, in-process research and development expense, other purchase accounting-related adjustments, interest expense, taxes, stock-based compensation, management fees to our majority stockholder, foreign exchange gains and losses and nonrecurring non-operating gains and losses. We believe that earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, as adjusted, is a useful financial metric to assess our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures. Our management evaluates our performance on the basis of EBITDA, as adjusted. We also believe that

25


    EBITDA, as adjusted, will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures. The term EBITDA, as adjusted, is not defined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, and EBITDA, as adjusted, is not a measure of operating income, operating performance or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. When assessing our operating performance, you should not consider this data in isolation or as a substitute for our net income calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our EBITDA, as adjusted, has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for net income or other consolidated income statement data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    it does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

    it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

    it does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

    it does not reflect income taxes or the cash requirements for any tax payments;

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, as adjusted, does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

    restructuring and impairment charges, as well as losses from discontinued operations, reflect costs associated with strategic decisions about resource allocations made in prior periods; we may incur similar charges and losses in the future; and

    other companies may calculate EBITDA and EBITDA, as adjusted, differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

        A reconciliation of net income (loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, to EBITDA, as adjusted, for each of the respective periods indicated is as follows.

 
   
  Successor
 
 
  Predecessor
 
 
   
  Years ended October 31,
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30, 2002

  Period from
July 1, 2002 to
October 31,
2002

 

 

 

2003


 

2004


 

2004


 

2005


 
 
  (in thousands)

 
U.S. GAAP net income (loss)   $ (19,470 ) $ (34,032 ) $ 241   $ 5,606   $ 2,753   $ 5,837  
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     4,593     (4,509 )   12,296     4,971     2,442     2,747  
  Interest expense     2,407     3,794     12,456     12,597     2,837     4,294  
  Depreciation and amortization of equipment and improvements         337     1,333     2,451     474     723  
  Amortization of capitalized software             108     698     67     267  
  In-process research and development         17,934                  
  Amortization of purchased intangible assets         8,078     24,348     19,945     5,544     3,266  
  Amortization of step-up in inventories on acquisition         10,087                  
  Amortization of step-up in deferred revenue on acquisition         981     1,561     519     151     108  
  Stock-based compensation         17     81     400     22     15  
  Management fees to majority stockholder     2,045     83     250     250     91     63  
  Foreign currency transaction losses (gains)     (185 )   5,198     (1,246 )   (252 )   (246 )   (14 )
  Foreign currency contract losses             1,145     2,425     608     220  
  Gain on sale of assets     (1,749 )                    
  Refund of foreign unclaimed pension benefits             (2,820 )            
  Loss on debt extinguishment (a)                 9,810          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA, as adjusted   $ (12,359 ) $ 7,968   $ 49,753   $ 59,420   $ 14,743   $ 17,526  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (a)
    Loss on debt extinguishment consists of a $1.4 million cash payment for early retirement fees and $8.4 million of non-cash write offs of the unamortized amounts of debt issuance costs and debt discount associated with our June 2004 recapitalization.

26



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following commentary in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this prospectus. In this discussion and analysis, "North America" refers to the United States and Canada, and "International" refers to all jurisdictions outside the United States and Canada. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties, including those described under the caption "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. We discuss our results for the year ended October 31, 2002 by combining the eight months prior to the acquisition of our predecessor on June 30, 2002 with the four months of post acquisition operations. We believe that presenting these results on a combined basis is the most meaningful way in which we can analyze our results of operations. These combined amounts are for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our financial results would have been in the combined period if our 2002 acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the combined period.

Overview

        We are a leading global provider of technology that enables electronic payment transactions and value-added services at the point of sale. We have one of the leading electronic payment solutions brands and are one of the largest providers of electronic payment systems worldwide. We believe that we benefit from a number of competitive advantages gained through our 24-year history and success in our industry. These advantages include our globally trusted brand name, large installed base, history of significant involvement in the development of industry standards, global operating scale, customizable platform and investment in research and development. We believe that these advantages position us well to capitalize on the continuing global shift toward electronic payment transactions as well as other long-term industry trends.

History

        VeriFone, Inc., our principal operating subsidiary, was incorporated in 1981. Shortly afterward, we introduced the first check verification and credit authorization device ever utilized by merchants in a commercial setting. In 1984, we introduced the first mass-market electronic payment system intended to replace manual credit card authorization devices for small merchants. VeriFone, Inc. became a publicly traded company in 1990 and was acquired by Hewlett-Packard Company in 1997. Hewlett-Packard operated VeriFone, Inc. as a division until July 2001, when it sold VeriFone, Inc. to Gores Technology Group in a transaction led by our CEO, Douglas G. Bergeron. In July 2002, Mr. Bergeron and certain investment funds affiliated with GTCR led a recapitalization in which VeriFone Holdings, Inc. was organized as the indirect owner of all the stock of VeriFone, Inc., and the GTCR-affiliated funds became our majority stockholders. We refer to this transaction as our 2002 acquisition.

        In our 2002 acquisition, we effectively acquired 88% of the outstanding common stock of our predecessor from Gores Technology Group, which retained a 12% equity interest. This acquisition was valued at $164.6 million including transaction costs of $5.6 million. We accounted for this acquisition under the purchase method, with the total consideration allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identified purchased intangibles of $74.6 million. We entered into long-term debt arrangements and issued equity to finance the acquisition. Notes 3, 5 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements provide more information.

        The financial statements subsequent to July 1, 2002 included in this prospectus have been prepared using a new basis of accounting resulting from the acquisition of VeriFone, Inc. (predecessor) by VeriFone Holdings, Inc. (successor) which is different from the basis of accounting used to prepare the predecessor's financial statements.

27


Net Revenues

        We generate revenues through the sale of our electronic payment systems and solutions that enable electronic transactions, which we identify as System Solutions, and, to a lesser extent, warranty and support services and customer specific application development, which we identify as Services.

        Our net revenues grew from $295.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2002, our first full year of operations following our acquisition from Hewlett-Packard, to $339.3 million in the year ended October 31, 2003 and $390.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2004. These increases resulted from the continuing growth in worldwide demand for electronic payment solutions. Improved data transfer speeds made possible by proliferating wireline and wireless broadband infrastructure development are fueling demand for advanced electronic payment solutions with greater processing speed and memory to run new, more robust value-added applications at the point of sale, as well as growth in consumer-activated system solutions, such as, particularly in the U.S., PIN-based debit solutions. In addition, we have gained market share in certain international markets as the result of our strong brand and extensive certifications, as well as our investments in research and development and in market development. In addition, developing security and interoperability standards, such as EMV internationally, are driving replacement of electronic payment systems, particularly in Europe. We expect that the ongoing need for merchants and financial institutions to meet EMV standards will continue to favorably affect our International sales, particularly in Europe for at least the next two years.

        Historically, a significant portion of our net revenues has resulted from purchases made by a limited number of customers, including distributors and ISOs. This customer concentration has diminished over time. In the year ended October 31, 2002, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 41.6% of our net revenues, which fell to 36.3% in the year ended October 31, 2004, a year in which only one customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues.

Gross Profit

        Gross profit depends primarily on the level of our net revenues, as well as third party contract manufacturing costs, the amortization of core and developed technology acquired in our 2002 acquisition and the relative mix of revenues between our North American and International businesses. We commenced third party outsourcing of our manufacturing processes in July 2001, which enabled us to achieve improvement in gross profit as a percentage of our net revenues beginning in the year ended October 31, 2002. In addition, we amortize the fair value of our core and developed technology on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives of 1.5 to five years, depending on the product. Scheduled amortization of the fair value of our core and developed technology related to our 2002 acquisition is $6.1 million, $4.0 million and $2.1 million in the years ending October 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Our gross profit as a percentage of net revenues is higher in North America than internationally. Consequently, differences in relative growth rates between our North American and International businesses may have a significant effect on our reported gross profit percentages. We expect our International gross profit percentage will improve as the scale of our international operations grows and as our investments in research and development yield new product platforms targeted to the international requirements. In addition, our International gross profit percentage should increase if our plans to increase the proportion of direct sales in international markets are successful. However, we anticipate that our International gross profit percentage will remain lower than our gross profit percentage in our North American business for at least the next several years.

Operating Expenses

        Our research and development expense includes salaries and other costs related to product development and research activities. Substantially all of these costs are expensed as incurred. The remaining development costs we incur during the software application development stage are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the developed software, usually three to five years. During

28



the years ended October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, our research and development expense as a percentage of net revenues was 10.3%, 8.3% and 8.6%, respectively. We expect our research and development expense in the year ending October 31, 2005 to remain in approximately the same range as a percentage of net revenues as we experienced in the three years ended October 31, 2004.

        Our sales and marketing expense is primarily for personnel related expenses and marketing programs such as promotional events, trade shows and sales support. During the years ended October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, our sales and marketing expense as a percentage of net revenues was 13.8%, 11.8% and 11.4%, respectively. We expect our sales and marketing expense in the year ending October 31, 2005 to increase as a percentage of net revenues from the level in the year ended October 31, 2004 as we invest further in the development of our international markets.

        Our general and administrative expense includes management and administrative personnel, as well as outside legal, accounting and consulting services. During the years ended October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, our general and administrative expense as a percentage of net revenues was 12.3%, 7.4% and 6.5%, respectively. We expect our general and administrative expense in the year ending October 31, 2005 to increase as a percentage of net revenues from the level in the year ended October 31, 2004 as we incur additional costs associated with being a publicly traded company, including higher legal, insurance and financial reporting expenses as well as the expense of complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

        The amortization of purchased intangible assets relates to our 2002 acquisition. We amortize the value assigned to customer relationships on a straight-line basis over an average estimated useful life of up to 2.5 years. We amortize the value assigned to our trade name on a straight-line basis over an average estimated useful life of five years. Scheduled amortization of purchased intangible assets related to our 2002 acquisition is $4.2 million, $3.5 million and $2.3 million in the years ending October 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Income Taxes

        We are currently subject to U.S. statutory tax rates approximating 39% on the majority of our income. In light of our growing International operations, we are developing a structure designed to align our taxable income with tax jurisdictions where that income is generated. We expect to implement this structure during the year ending October 31, 2005 with full effect during the year ending October 31, 2006. Following full implementation of our plans, we expect to reduce our average worldwide statutory tax rate to a percentage in the low thirties. Our current plan, if implemented, may result in a one-time tax payment in the year ended October 31, 2005 in connection with the transfer of the rights to a portion of our intangible assets from our principal U.S. subsidiary to one or more non-U.S. subsidiaries. The amount of any tax payment will depend upon the value of the rights to be transferred. We have engaged outside experts to determine this value. Although this study has not yet been completed, we expect the required tax payment to be in the range of $5 million to $12 million, which will be amortized to income tax expense in future periods based on the lives of the intangibles transferred to our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Our Operating Segments

        We operate in two segments: (1) North America and (2) International. Net revenues and operating income (loss) of each business segment reflect net revenues generated within the segment, standard cost of System Solutions net revenues, actual cost of services net revenues and expenses that directly benefit only that segment. Corporate net revenues and operating income (loss) reflect the difference between the actual and standard cost of System Solutions net revenues including the non-cash amortization of the fair value adjustments of assets and liabilities resulting from our 2002 acquisition. Also, corporate operating income (loss) reflects shared operating expenses that benefit both segments. We present segment information below within each year-to-year discussion of our results of operation.

29


Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, certain statements of operations data as reported and as a percentage of total net revenues. For the purposes of this management's discussion and analysis only, our results for the year ended October 31, 2002 discussed below represent the combination of the statement of operations for the eight months prior to the acquisition of our predecessor on July 1, 2002 and the four months of post acquisition operations. The financial data set forth below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
   
   
   
  Successor
 
 
  Predecessor
  Successor
  Combined
  Years ended
October 31,

  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  Period from November 1, 2001 to June 30,
2002

  Period from July 1,
2002 to October 31, 2002

  Year ended October 31, 2002
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net revenues:                                            
  System Solutions   $ 162,233   $ 95,762   $ 257,995   $ 292,824   $ 344,639   $ 77,148   $ 97,989  
  Services     22,123     15,475     37,598     46,507     45,449     10,801     13,294  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total net revenues     184,356     111,237     295,593     339,331     390,088     87,949     111,283  
Cost of net revenues:                                            
  Cost of System Solutions net revenues excluding amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets     111,333     70,176     181,509     170,647     205,381     43,617     59,147  
  Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets         4,679     4,679     14,148     9,745     2,994     1,962  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of System Solutions net revenues     111,333     74,855     186,188     184,795     215,126     46,611     61,109  
  Services     14,209     10,303     24,512     29,644     26,511     6,989     7,550  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of net revenues     125,542     85,158     210,700     214,439     241,637     53,600     68,659  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit (1)     58,814     26,079     84,893     124,892     148,451     34,349     42,624  

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Research and development     20,037     10,322     30,359     28,193     33,703     7,241     9,494  
  Sales and marketing     26,848     13,925     40,773     40,024     44,002     10,159     12,044  
  General and administrative     26,093     10,342     36,435     25,039     25,503     6,059     6,704  
  Amortization of purchased intangible assets         3,399     3,399     10,200     10,200     2,550     1,304  
  In-process research and development         17,934     17,934                  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     72,978     55,922     128,900     103,456     113,408     26,009     29,546  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(14,164

)

 

(29,843

)

 

(44,007

)

 

21,436

 

 

35,043

 

 

8,340

 

 

13,078

 
Interest expense     (2,407 )   (3,794 )   (6,201 )   (12,456 )   (12,597 )   (2,837 )   (4,294 )
Other income (expense), net     1,694     (4,904 )   (3,210 )   3,557     (11,869 )   (308 )   (200 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (14,877 )   (38,541 )   (53,418 )   12,537     10,577     5,195     8,584  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     4,593     (4,509 )   84     12,296     4,971     2,442     2,747  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)     (19,470 )   (34,032 )   (53,502 )   241     5,606     2,753     5,837  
Accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock         5,218     5,218     6,916     4,959     1,827      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ (19,470 ) $ (39,250 ) $ (58,720 ) $ (6,675 ) $ 647   $ 926   $ 5,837  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Gross profit for our Systems Solution and Services is presented below:

  System Solutions   $ 50,900   $ 20,907   $ 71,807   $ 108,029   $ 129,513   $ 30,537   $ 36,880
  Services     7,914     5,172     13,086     16,863     18,938     3,812     5,744
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 58,814   $ 26,079   $ 84,893   $ 124,892   $ 148,451   $ 34,349   $ 42,624
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

30


 
   
   
   
  Successor
 
 
  Predecessor
  Successor
  Combined
  Years ended
October 31,

  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  Period from November 1, 2001 to June 30,
2002

  Period from July 1,
2002 to October 31, 2002

  Year ended October 31, 2002
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 

Net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  System Solutions   88.0 % 86.1 % 87.3 % 86.3 % 88.3 % 87.7 % 88.1 %
  Services   12.0   13.9   12.7   13.7   11.7   12.3   11.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total net revenues   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0  
Cost of net revenues:                              
  Cost of System Solutions net revenues excluding amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets   60.4   63.1   61.4   50.3   52.6   49.6   53.1  
  Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets     4.2   1.6   4.2   2.5   3.4   1.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of System Solutions net revenues   60.4   67.3   63.0   54.5   55.1   53.0   54.9  
  Services   7.7   9.3   8.3   8.7   6.8   7.9   6.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of net revenues   68.1   76.6   71.3   63.2   61.9   60.9   61.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit   31.9   23.4   28.7   36.8   38.1   39.1   38.3  

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Research and development   10.9   9.3   10.3   8.3   8.6   8.2   8.5  
  Sales and marketing   14.6   12.5   13.8   11.8   11.4   11.6   10.8  
  General and administrative   14.1   9.2   12.3   7.4   6.5   6.9   6.0  
  Amortization of purchased intangible assets     3.1   1.1   3.0   2.6   2.9   1.2  
  In-process research and development     16.1   6.1          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses   39.6   50.2   43.6   30.5   29.1   29.6   26.5  

Operating income (loss)

 

(7.7

)

(26.8

)

(14.9

)

6.3

 

9.0

 

9.5

 

11.8

 
Interest expense   (1.3 ) (3.4 ) (2.1 ) (3.7 ) (3.2 ) (3.2 ) (3.9 )
Other income (expense), net   0.9   (4.4 ) (1.1 ) 1.1   (3.1 ) (0.4 ) (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes   (8.1 ) (34.6 ) (18.1 ) 3.7   2.7   5.9   7.7  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes   2.5   (4.0 )   3.6   1.3   2.8   2.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   (10.6 ) (30.6 ) (18.1 ) 0.1   1.4   3.1   5.2  
Accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock     4.7   1.8   2.1   1.2   2.0    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   (10.6 )% (35.3 )% (19.9 )% (2.0 )% 0.2 % 1.1 % 5.2 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Gross profit as a percentage of our Systems Solutions and our Services net revenues, respectively, is presented below:

  System Solutions   31.4 % 21.8 % 27.8 % 36.9 % 37.6 % 39.6 % 37.6 %
  Services   35.8   33.4   34.8   36.3   41.7   35.3   43.2  

31


Three Months Ended January 31, 2005 Compared to Three Months Ended January 31, 2004

    Net Revenues

        Net revenues increased $23.4 million, or 26.5%, to $111.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $87.9 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004.

        System Solutions.     System Solutions net revenues increased $20.9 million, or 27.0%, to $98.0 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $77.1 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. System Solutions net revenues comprised 88.1% of total net revenues in the three months ended January 31, 2005, up from 87.7% in the three months ended January 31, 2004. The growth in System Solutions net revenues was primarily due to higher net revenues internationally, particularly in Europe and in Latin America. International net revenues increased by $13.7 million, or 44.6%. In Europe, net revenues increased by $6.0 million, or 45.8%. Growth in our European business was mainly attributable to changes in EMV standards which are driving electronic payment system replacement activity. We expect that our customers' needs to meet EMV standards will continue to favorably impact our International sales, and European sales in particular, for at least the next two years. Additionally, the availability of new products, such as our Vx product platform, had a significant positive impact on our sales, particularly in Turkey. Emerging markets net revenues increased by $7.7 million, or 43.7% with sales in Malaysia, the Andes region, China and India contributing the majority of this growth.

        North America net revenues also contributed to the growth in System Solutions net revenues, with an increase of $7.1 million, or 15.4%. This increase was primarily attributable to higher sales of multilane retail and financial solutions. To a lesser extent, there was continued growth in sales to the petroleum market.

        Services.     Services net revenues increased $2.5 million, or 23.1%, to $13.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $10.8 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Services net revenues comprised 11.9% of net revenues in the three months ended January 31, 2005 as compared to 12.3% in the three months ended January 31, 2004. The growth in Services net revenues was primarily due to a $1.6 million increase in technical support contracts and repair services, with the balance of the growth relating to installation and deployment services.

    Gross Profit

        Gross profit, including amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets, increased $8.3 million, or 24.1%, to $42.6 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $34.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Gross profit as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 38.3% in the three months ended January 31, 2005, compared to 39.1% in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets was $2.0 million, or 1.8% of net revenues, in the three months ended January 31, 2005, compared to $3.0 million, or 3.4% of net revenues, in the three months ended January 31, 2004, as several systems solutions projects became fully amortized prior to the three months ended January 31, 2005.

        System Solutions.     Gross profit on System Solutions, including amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets, increased $6.4 million, or 20.8%, to $36.9 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $30.5 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Gross profit on System Solutions represented 37.6% of System Solutions net revenues in the three months ended January 31, 2005, down from 39.6% in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Approximately 1.1 percentage points of the gross profit percentage decline was due to a low margin product that was bought and resold in the three months ended January 31, 2005 to meet a particular customer's requirement which is not expected to continue to any material extent. In addition, a higher weighting of international shipments, higher inventory reserves relating to our wireless product line, and increased volume-related discounts for some large customers resulted in a combined 2.1 percentage points decline in the gross profit percentage. The

32



majority of the remaining 0.7 percentage points decline was due to a change in product mix. These declines were partially offset by lower amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets, which was 2.0% of System Solutions net revenues in the three months ended January 31, 2005, and 3.9% of System Solutions net revenues in the three months ended January 31, 2004 as several purchased core and developed technology assets were fully amortized prior to the three months ended January 31, 2005.

        Services.     Gross profit on Services increased $1.9 million, or 50.7%, to $5.7 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $3.8 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Gross profit on Services represented 43.2% of Services net revenues in the three months ended January 31, 2005, as compared to 35.3% in the three months ended January 31, 2004. The improvement in Services gross profit as a percentage of Services net revenues was attributable to a benefit of $0.4 million due to settled claims for pricing adjustments on installation contracts, improved margins in technical services due to economies of scale, and a lower weighting of software application revenues, which generally carry a lower gross profit percentage than technical services.

    Research and Development Expense

        Research and development expense increased $2.3 million, or 31.1%, to $9.5 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $7.2 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Research and development expense represented 8.5% of net revenues in the three months ended January 31, 2005, compared to 8.2% in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Of the $2.3 million increase, slightly more than half was attributable to new product development in our application development centers, particularly development of countertop system solutions as well as system solutions for the petroleum market.

    Sales and Marketing Expense

        Sales and marketing expense increased $1.8 million, or 18.6%, to $12.0 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $10.2 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of net revenues was 10.8% in the three months ended January 31, 2005, compared to 11.6% in the three months ended January 31, 2004. The increase in expense was mainly attributable to $1.4 million of higher expenses internationally as we grew our technical sales support infrastructure and broadened our sales and marketing efforts. North American sales and marketing expense grew by $0.4 million due to investments in sales management and personnel.

    General and Administrative Expense

        General and administrative expense increased $0.6 million, or 10.6%, to $6.7 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $6.1 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. General and administrative expense represented 6.0% of net revenues in the three months ended January 31, 2005, compared to 6.9% in the three months ended January 31, 2004. In the three months ended January 31, 2005, $0.5 million relating to consultants who assisted us in preparing for the requirements of being a public company and $0.3 million attributable to legal expenses relating to the Verve litigation. These higher costs were in part offset by $0.4 million in lower bad debt expense as a result of improved collections.

    Amortization of Purchase Intangible Assets

        Amortization of purchased intangible assets decreased $1.3 million, from $2.6 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004, to $1.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005. The decrease is due to several purchased intangible assets having been fully amortized during the year ended October 31, 2004.

33


    Interest Expense

        Interest expense increased $1.5 million, to $4.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005 from $2.8 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. The increase in interest expense was attributable to higher debt balances following our June 2004 recapitalization, partially offset by the lower interest rate paid on our new secured credit facility. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay the $72.0 million principal amount of the second lien loan under our secured credit facility, which will reduce our interest expense in future periods. In the three months ended January 31, 2005, we accrued $1.5 million in interest expense attributable to the second lien loan.

    Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense), net improved $0.1 million to an expense of $0.2 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from an expense of $0.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004 primarily due to lower foreign currency exchange losses.

    Income Tax Expense

        We recorded income tax expense of $2.7 million for the three months ended January 31, 2005 compared to $2.4 million for the three months ended January 31, 2004. The increase in tax expense is primarily attributable to increases in our pre-tax income partially offset by a decrease in our estimated effective rate of tax. We determine our quarterly tax accrual by applying our estimated quarterly effective tax rate to our pre-tax income for the quarter. Our estimated quarterly effective tax rate for the year ended October 31, 2005 applied to our quarterly pre-tax income declined from 47% in the three months ended January 31, 2004 to 32% in the three months ended January 31, 2005. The reduction in our estimated tax rate for the year ending October 31, 2005 is primarily due to an anticipated reduction in our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as temporary differences related to the amortization of purchased intangibles are realized for tax purposes.

        As of January 31, 2005, we have recorded a $20.0 million valuation allowance for deferred tax assets that are expected to reverse in taxable years beyond those for which management has forecasted future taxable income. As of January 31, 2005 we have recorded $14.2 million of net deferred tax assets the realization of which is dependent on future domestic and certain foreign taxable income. Although realization is not assured, management believes that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, may increase or decrease in subsequent quarters when we reevaluate the underlying basis for our estimates of future domestic and certain foreign taxable income.

    Segment Information

        North America net revenues increased $9.0 million, or 16.1%, to $64.8 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $55.8 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Net revenues growth was primarily driven by a $7.1 million increase in System Solutions net revenues largely as a result of stronger demand in multilane retail, financial and petroleum company markets.

        North America operating income increased $1.1 million, or 6.1% to $20.7 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $19.6 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004, mainly due to higher net revenues, lower gross profit percentage and higher operating expenses. The lower gross profit percentage was due to a low margin product bought and resold to meet a particular customer requirement which is not expected to continue to any material extent, volume-related discounts for some customers and a change in product mix.

        International net revenues increased $14.3 million, or 44.2%, to $46.6 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $32.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004. Net revenues grew

34



primarily from a $13.7 million increase in System Solutions net revenues in the three months ended January 31, 2005. Our System Solutions net revenues growth was mainly driven by sales in the European market which is facing electronic payment systems replacement activity associated with approaching deadlines for compliance with more stringent EMV standards.

        International operating income increased $3.5 million, or 79.6%, to $7.9 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, from $4.4 million in the three months ended January 31, 2004, mainly due to increased net revenues and a higher gross profit percentage, partially offset by higher operating expenses.

        The following table reconciles segment net revenues and operating income to totals for the quarters ended January 31, 2005 and 2004. Corporate net revenues and operating income (loss) reflect amortization of intangible assets, in-process research and development expense, and amortization of step ups in the fair value of inventories, equipment and improvements and deferred revenue resulting from our 2002 acquisition. Corporate income (loss) also reflects the difference between the actual and standard cost of system solutions net revenues and shared operating costs that benefit both segments, predominately research and development expenses and supply chain management.

 
  Three months ended January 31, 2005
  Three months ended January 31, 2004
 
  North
America

  International
  Corporate
  Total
  North
America

  International
  Corporate
  Total
Net revenues   $ 64,808   $ 46,583   $ (108 ) $ 111,283   $ 55,805   $ 32,295   $ (151 ) $ 87,949
Operating income (loss)   $ 20,746   $ 7,940   $ (15,608 ) $ 13,078   $ 19,559   $ 4,415   $ (15,634 ) $ 8,340

Year Ended October 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended October 31, 2003

    Net Revenues

        Net revenues increased $50.8 million, or 15.0%, to $390.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $339.3 million in the year ended October 31, 2003.

        System Solutions.     System Solutions net revenues increased $51.8 million, or 17.7%, to $344.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $292.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. System Solutions net revenues comprised 88.3% of the total net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2004, up from 86.3% in the year ended October 31, 2003. The growth in System Solutions net revenues was primarily due to a $30.5 million improvement in net revenues from our International business. Net revenues increased by $22.6 million in Europe, where EMV standards are driving electronic payment system replacement activity and where we increased our market share. We expect our customers' needs to meet EMV standards will continue to favorably impact our International sales, and European sales in particular, for at least the next two years. We also benefited from higher demand for consumer-activated system solutions and increased sales of system solutions that utilize improved communication capabilities such as wireline and wireless IP, which amounted to $30.8 million of North American growth and $23.7 million of international growth. Net revenues increased by $19.2 million in North America, which experienced strong growth in sales to petroleum companies and QSRs.

        Services.     Services net revenues declined $1.1 million, or 2.3%, from $46.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2003 to $45.4 million in the year ended October 31 2004. Services net revenues comprised 11.7% of net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2004 as compared to 13.7% in the year ended October 31, 2003. The decline in Services net revenues was driven primarily by a $1.4 million recognition of net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003 that had been deferred in the year ended October 31, 2002 because collectibility was not reasonably assured. The decline was partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in Services net revenues internationally.

35



    Gross Profit

        Gross profit, including amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets, increased $23.6 million, or 18.9%, to $148.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $124.9 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. Gross profit as a percentage of net revenues increased to 38.1% in the year ended October 31, 2004, compared to 36.8% in the year ended October 31, 2003. Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets was $9.7 million, or 2.5% of net revenues, in the year ended October 31, 2004, compared to $14.1 million, or 4.2% of net revenues, in the year ended October 31, 2003.

        System Solutions.     Gross profit on System Solutions, including amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets, increased $21.5 million, or 19.9%, to $129.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $108.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. Gross profit on System Solutions represented 37.6% of System Solutions net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2004, up from 36.9% in the year ended October 31, 2003. Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets was 2.8% of System Solutions net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2004, and 4.8% of System Solutions net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003 as several purchased core and developed technology assets were fully amortized during the year ended October 31, 2004. The increase in gross profit on System Solutions as a percentage of System Solutions net revenues was largely due to a 2.0 percentage point improvement in gross profit percentage from the reduction in amortization. This was in part offset by a 0.6 percentage points decline from a higher weighting of International net revenues, a higher usage of air freight and a larger volume of spot purchases of components, particularly SRAM components, necessary to respond to increasing customer demand as well as start up and ramping costs associated with the introduction of a new system solution. We also incurred costs to upgrade and sell existing inventory to respond to customer requirements.

        Services.     Gross profit on Services increased $2.0 million, or 12.3%, to $18.9 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $16.9 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. Gross profit on Services represented 41.7% of Services net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2004, as compared to 36.3% in the year ended October 31, 2003. The improvement in Services gross profit as a percentage of Services net revenues was attributable to improved project management offset in part by the $1.4 million recognition of previously deferred net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003 for which there were no associated costs in the period.

    Research and Development Expense

        Research and development expense increased $5.5 million, or 19.5%, to $33.7 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $28.2 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. Research and development expense represented 8.6% of net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2004, compared to 8.3% in the year ended October 31, 2003. Research and development expenses increased primarily due to application development center spending on the Verix operating system to meet EMV security standards and further develop our wireless offering.

    Sales and Marketing Expense

        Sales and marketing expense increased $4.0 million, or 9.9%, to $44.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $40.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of net revenues was 11.4% in the year ended October 31, 2004, compared to 11.8% in the year ended October 31, 2003. Our expense growth occurred primarily in Europe and North America. In Europe, expense increased $1.9 million, or 48.0%, from $3.9 million for the year ended October 31, 2003 to $5.8 million for the year ended October 31, 2004. The growth in Europe was mainly from the expansion of our infrastructure of technical sales support, recruitment of senior sales management and broadening of our sales and marketing efforts in countries such as France and Russia. In North America, expense

36


increased $1.8 million, or 8.2%, from $22.2 million for the year ended October 31, 2003 to $24.0 million for the year ended October 31, 2004. The growth in North America was mainly due to investment in sales support to address opportunities with ISOs and strengthened our senior sales management team.

    General and Administrative Expense

        General and administrative expense increased $0.5 million, or 1.9%, to $25.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $25.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. General and administrative expense represented 6.5% of net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2004, compared to 7.4% in the year ended October 31, 2003. In the year ended October 31, 2004, we had $2.2 million in lower bad debt expense due to improved collections. After factoring in this decrease, the remaining $2.7 million net increase was primarily due to $1.1 million in expenses incurred in anticipation of becoming a public company, particularly costs related to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance initiatives.

    Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets

        Amortization of purchased intangible assets was $10.2 million in each of the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2003.

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense increased $0.1 million, to $12.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2004 from $12.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. The slight increase in interest expense was attributable to a higher debt balance for the last five months of the year ended October 31, 2004 as a result of our June 2004 recapitalization which was almost entirely offset by the lower effective interest cost of our new secured credit facility. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay the $72.0 million principal amount of the second lien loan under our secured credit facility, which will further reduce our interest expense.

    Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense), net decreased $15.5 million to an expense of $11.9 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from income of $3.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. The majority of the other income in the year ended October 31, 2003 was due to a refund of $2.8 million for foreign unclaimed pension benefits in Taiwan. Of the expense recorded in the year ended October 31, 2004, $8.4 million was related to the write off of the unamortized debt discount and prepaid fees on the subordinated debt and an early extinguishment fee of $1.4 million due to our June 2004 recapitalization. In addition, we had a $2.2 million expense related to net foreign currency contract and transaction losses related to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar as compared with foreign currencies, primarily the Brazilian real, and to a lesser extent the euro, Australian dollar and Mexican peso.

    Income Tax Expense

        In the year ended October 31, 2004, our income tax provision was $5.0 million compared to $12.3 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. Our effective rate of tax also decreased from 98.1% in the year ended October 31, 2003 to 47.0% in the year ended October 31, 2004. The high effective tax rate in the year ended October 31, 2003 was due primarily to an increase in valuation allowances on deferred tax assets of $6.6 million resulting from amortization of purchased intangibles in our 2002 acquisition. Due to our recent history of net losses for accounting purposes, we have recorded a valuation allowance of $23.9 million for deferred tax assets at October 31, 2004 that are expected to reverse in taxable years beyond those for which management has forecasted future taxable income. In addition, we have recorded a further $16.1 million of deferred tax assets at October 31, 2004 the realization of which depend on future domestic and certain foreign taxable income. Although realization is not assured, management believes

37


that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, may increase or decrease in subsequent quarters when we reevaluate the underlying basis for our estimates of future U.S. and certain foreign taxable income. The decline in the effective tax rate for the year ended October 31, 2004 resulted primarily from a smaller increase in the valuation allowance in the year ended October 31, 2004 as compared with the year ended October 31, 2003.

    Segment Information

        North America net revenues increased $19.2 million, or 8.2%, to $254.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $234.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. Net revenues growth was primarily driven by a $21.6 million increase in System Solutions net revenues which was attributable to improved sales of system solutions that utilize improved communication capabilities, most notably wireline and wireless IP, offset slightly by lower sales of our system solutions with less advanced capabilities. The additional demand for system solutions with improved communications technology was driven by our QSR and petroleum customers.

        North America operating income increased $8.7 million, or 11.4% to $84.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $75.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, mainly due to higher net revenues and slightly higher gross profit percentage, partially offset by higher operating expenses.

        International net revenues increased $30.5 million, or 28.8%, to $136.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $106.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2003. Net revenues grew primarily from a $30.2 million increase in System Solutions net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2004. Our System Solutions net revenues growth was driven by sales in the European market which is facing electronic payment systems replacement activity associated with approaching deadlines for compliance with more stringent EMV standards. In addition, we successfully increased penetration in certain countries due in part to improved sales coverage and a system solutions offering better tailored to the requirements of the specific markets.

        International operating income increased $6.1 million, or 39.1%, to $21.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, from $15.4 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, mainly due to increased net revenues partially offset by a lower gross profit percentage and higher operating expenses.

        The following table reconciles segment net revenues and operating income to totals for the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004. Corporate net revenues and operating income (loss) reflect amortization of purchased intangible assets, in-process research and development expense, and amortization of step ups in the fair value of inventories, equipment and improvements and deferred revenue resulting from our 2002 acquisition. Corporate income (loss) also reflects the difference between the actual and standard cost of System Solutions net revenues and shared operating costs that benefit both segments, predominately research and development expenses and supply chain management.

 
  Year ended October 31, 2004
  Year ended October 31, 2003
 
  North
America

  International
  Corporate
  Total
  North
America

  International
  Corporate
  Total
Net revenues   $ 254,010   $ 136,597   $ (519 ) $ 390,088   $ 234,828   $ 106,064   $ (1,561 ) $ 339,331
Operating income (loss)   $ 84,471   $ 21,450   $ (70,878 ) $ 35,043   $ 75,845   $ 15,425   $ (69,834 ) $ 21,436

Year Ended October 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended October 31, 2002

    Net Revenues

        Net revenues increased $43.7 million, or 14.8%, to $339.3 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $295.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2002.

38


        System Solutions.     System Solutions net revenues increased $34.8 million, or 13.5%, to $292.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $258.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. System Solutions net revenues comprised 86.3% of total net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003, down from 87.3% in the year ended October 31, 2002. The growth in System Solutions net revenues was attributable to a $40.4 million increase in sales of system solutions that incorporate advanced communications capabilities and system solutions that accept debit and credit cards, offset by declines in sales of system solutions with less advanced capabilities. In addition, our net revenues benefited from improved sales in India and Taiwan.

        Services.     Services net revenues increased $8.9 million, or 23.7%, to $46.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2003 from $37.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. Services net revenues comprised 13.7% of net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003 up from 12.7% in the year ended October 31, 2002. The improvement was primarily attributable to the greater demand for custom software application development and out-of-warranty repair. In addition, there was a $1.4 million net revenues benefit in the year ended October 31, 2003 from recognition of net revenues that had been deferred in the year ended October 31, 2002 because collectibility was not reasonably assured.

    Gross Profit

        Gross profit, including amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets, increased $40.0 million, or 47.1%, to $124.9 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $84.9 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. Gross profit represented 36.8% of total net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003, compared to 28.7% of total net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2002. Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets was $14.1 million, or 4.2% of net revenues, in the year ended October 31, 2003, compared to $4.7 million, or 1.6% of net revenues, in the year ended October 31, 2002. In addition, gross profit in the year ended October 31, 2002 included an expense of $10.1 million, or 3.4% of net revenues, due to amortization of the inventory step-up recorded at the time of our 2002 acquisition.

        System Solutions.     Gross profit on System Solutions, including amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets and the fair value adjustment to inventory, increased $36.2 million, or 50.4%, to $108.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $71.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. Gross profit on System Solutions represented 36.9% of System Solutions net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003, compared to 27.8% in the year ended October 31, 2002. Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets as a percentage of System Solutions net revenues increased to 4.8% in the year ended October 31, 2003 from 1.8% in the year ended October 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to the full year's amortization included in the year ended October 31, 2003, while the year ended October 31, 2002 included the amortization for only four months from the time of our 2002 acquisition. During the year ended October 31, 2002, gross profit was reduced by $10.1 million, or 3.9% of our System Solutions net revenues, due to amortization of the inventory step-up recorded at the time of our 2002 acquisition. In the year ended October 31, 2003, System Solutions gross profit also reflected lower procurement costs, partially due to a more favorable component market. In addition, we benefited from $3.9 million reduction in inventory obsolescence charges, a $1.9 million settlement received from a contract manufacturer which also provided for a reduction in future procurement costs, and a $1.0 million reduction in warranty expenses.

39


        Services.     Gross profit on Services increased $3.8 million, or 28.9%, to $16.9 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $13.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. Gross profit on Services represented 36.3% of Services net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003, compared to 34.8% in the year ended October 31, 2002. The improvement in gross profit percentage was favorably impacted by the recognition of $1.4 million of previously deferred net revenues for which there were no associated costs in the period, the outsourcing of repair activities and few large installation contracts.

    Research and Development Expense

        Research and development expense decreased $2.2 million, or 7.1%, to $28.2 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $30.4 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. Research and development expense represented 8.3% of net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003 compared to 10.3% in the year ended October 31, 2002. Research and development expense decreased due to increased deployment of engineering resources to custom applications development contracts charged to cost of Services net revenues.

    Sales and Marketing Expense

        Sales and marketing expense decreased $0.8 million, or 1.8%, to $40.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $40.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of net revenues was 11.8% in the year ended October 31, 2003, compared to 13.8% in the year ended October 31, 2002. This decline was primarily due to reduction in sales and marketing personnel which occurred in the year ended October 31, 2002. The reduction was largely related to a change from a direct channel model to an indirect channel model in France.

    General and Administrative Expense

        General and administrative expense decreased $11.4 million, or 31.3%, to $25.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $36.4 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. General and administrative expense represented 7.4% of net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003, compared to 12.3% of net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2002. The substantial reduction was attributable to lower professional fees paid to our auditors of $3.2 million, lower restructuring charges of $3.1 million, lower bad debt expense of $2.6 million and lower management fees of $1.9 million.

    Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets

        Amortization of purchased intangible assets increased $6.8 million, to $10.2 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $3.4 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. The increase is due to the year ended October 31, 2002 reflecting only four months of amortization subsequent to our 2002 acquisition.

    In-process Research and Development

        We recognized in-process research and development expense of $17.9 million during the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, in connection with our 2002 acquisition. The products considered to be in-process research and development at the time of our 2002 acquisition were in our countertop, consumer-activated, mobile and wireless, and petroleum company system solutions which have subsequently reached technological feasibility. As of the aquisition date, our in-process research and development primarily related to the following projects:

        Countertop Systems.     The countertop systems project was developing a next generation, low cost countertop payment system for world-wide financial/retail markets. The project was 4% complete at the acquisition date. The project was completed substantially on time and on budget in March 2004. The estimated cost of completion at the acquisition date was $2.4 million and the expected completion date was February 2004.

40



        Consumer-activated systems.     We had two projects involving consumer-activated systems in process. The first involved a new category of PIN pad devices with debit, credit and smart card payment capabilities with interfaces to countertop systems and ECRs. The project was 45% complete at the acquisition date and was completed on time and on budget in October 2002. The estimated cost of completion at the acquisition date was $1.1 million and the expected completion date was October 2002.

        The second project was a new product family of consumer-activated payment systems for multi-lane retailers. New features include a faster processor, more memory, modular design, a signature capture option, Ethernet/USB option and smart card option. The project was 21% complete at aquisition date. The project was completed on time and on budget in May 2003. The estimated cost of completion at the acquisition date was $1.3 million and the expected completion date was May 2003.

        Countertop communication modules.     This project was developing new modem, Ethernet and ISDN communication modules for countertop system solutions, consisting of custom firmware and circuit board design intended to achieve desired functions, operating system drivers, library and application modifications. The project was 11% complete at the acquisition date. The project was completed on time and on budget in January 2003. The estimated cost of completion at the acquisition date was $0.7 million and the expected completion date was January 2003.

        We engaged a third-party valuation firm to assist management in determining the fair value of these in-process research and development projects. We prepared cash flow forecasts for the acquired projects and those forecasts were used by the valuation firm to develop a discounted cash flow model. Discount rates assigned to in-process technologies ranged from 17% to 22% with consideration given to the risk associated with these in-process projects.

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense increased $6.3 million to $12.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $6.2 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. The increase was attributable to the increase in debt of approximately $95.0 million used to partially finance our 2002 acquisition, which was outstanding for only four months in the year ended October 31, 2002.

    Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense), net increased $6.8 million, to income of $3.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from an expense of $3.2 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. The majority of the gain in the year ended October 31, 2003 was due to a refund of $2.8 million for foreign unclaimed pension benefits in Taiwan. Of the expense recorded in the year ended October 31, 2002, $5.2 million was due to net foreign currency transaction losses primarily related to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to foreign currencies, primarily the Brazilian real. This was partially offset by a gain of $1.7 million resulting from the sale of our Asian manufacturing facility in the year ended October 31, 2002.

    Income Tax Expense

        In the year ended October 31, 2003, our income tax provision was $12.3 million, compared to a provision of $0.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. Income taxes for the year ended October 31, 2002 were affected in part by our predecessor's election of S-corporation status, which resulted in a $2.5 million loss of deferred tax assets and our inability to recognize a tax benefit on pre-tax losses. We achieved profitability in the year ended October 31, 2003 and recorded a tax expense resulting from those profits. Due to our recent history of net losses for accounting purposes, we have recorded a valuation allowance of $23.4 million for deferred tax assets at October 31, 2003 that are expected to reverse in taxable years beyond those for which management has forecasted future taxable income. In addition, we have recorded a further $7.2 million of deferred tax assets at October 31, 2003 the realization of which are dependent on future domestic and certain foreign taxable income. Although realization is not assured,

41


management believes that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, may increase or decrease in subsequent quarters, when we reevaluate the underlying basis for our estimates of future U.S. and certain foreign taxable income.

    Segment Information

        North America net revenues increased $33.8 million, or 16.8%, to $234.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2003 from $201.0 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. Net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2003 grew primarily because of a $28.8 million increase in System Solutions net revenues as a result of $17.6 million of increased sales of our consumer-activated system solutions and strong demand for our system solutions that utilize improved communications capabilities. The remaining $5.0 million of growth was due to increased Services net revenues, driven primarily by demand from petroleum companies for our custom application development services.

        North America operating income increased $12.3 million, or 19.5%, to $75.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2003 from $63.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2002 mainly due to increased revenue and stable gross profit percentage, partially offset by increased operating expenses.

        International net revenues increased $10.6 million, or 11.0%, to $106.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from $95.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. The main driver for this increase was improved sales in India and Taiwan. In the year ended October 31, 2002, we switched our distribution strategy in India, from a direct selling model to an indirect model, which caused net revenues to decline during the transition. During the year ended October 31, 2003, sales in India recovered strongly as our sales channel recovered. In Taiwan, sales in the year ended October 31, 2003 were boosted by a migration of banks to a new EMV standard. Sales in Europe and Latin America also increased slightly.

        International operating income (loss) increased $23.6 million to an income of $15.4 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, from a loss of $8.2 million in the year ended October 31, 2002, mainly due to the increased net revenues and improved gross profit percentage, partially offset by increased operating expenses.

        The following table reconciles segment net revenues and operating income to totals for the years ended October 31, 2002 and 2003. Corporate net revenues and operating income (loss) reflect amortization of purchased intangible assets, in-process research and development expense, and amortization of step ups in the fair value of inventories, equipment and improvements and deferred revenue resulting from our 2002 acquisition. Corporate income (loss) also reflects the difference between the actual and standard cost of System Solutions net revenues and shared operating costs that benefit both segments, predominately research and development expenses and supply chain management.

 
  Year ended October 31, 2003
  Year ended October 31, 2002
 
 
  North
America

  International
  Corporate
  Total
  North
America

  International
  Corporate
  Total
 
Net revenues   $ 234,828   $ 106,064   $ (1,561 ) $ 339,331   $ 201,044   $ 95,530   $ (981 ) $ 295,593  
Operating income (loss)   $ 75,845   $ 15,425   $ (69,834 ) $ 21,436   $ 63,453   $ (8,207 ) $ (99,253 ) $ (44,007 )

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth supplemental selected consolidated statements of operations data for the nine quarters in the period ended January 31, 2005. This data has been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements which have been prepared on the same basis as our audited

42



financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results for any quarter are not indicative of results for any future period.

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
 
  Jan 31
  Apr 30
  Jul 31
  Oct 31
  Jan 31
  Apr 30
  Jul 31
  Oct 31
  Jan 31
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:                                                        
Net revenues:                                                        
  System Solutions   $ 68,207   $ 65,925   $ 78,661   $ 80,031   $ 77,148   $ 78,554   $ 92,779   $ 96,158   $ 97,989  
  Services     14,637     11,461     10,189     10,220     10,801     10,923     11,264     12,461     13,294  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total net revenues     82,844     77,386     88,850     90,251     87,949     89,477     104,043     108,619     111,283  

Cost of net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cost of System Solutions net revenues excluding amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets     40,849     36,330     44,282     49,186     43,617     44,854     57,453     59,458     59,147  
  Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets     3,537     3,537     3,537     3,537     2,994     2,468     2,264     2,018     1,962  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of System Solutions net revenues     44,386     39,867     47,819     52,723     46,611     47,322     59,717     61,476     61,109  
  Services     8,686     8,000     6,637     6,321     6,989     5,947     6,027     7,548     7,550  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of net revenues     53,072     47,867     54,456     59,044     53,600     53,269     65,744     69,024     68,659  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     29,772     29,519     34,394     31,207     34,349     36,208     38,299     39,595     42,624  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:                                                        
  Research and development     6,562     7,237     6,704     7,690     7,241     8,513     8,501     9,448     9,494  
  Sales and marketing     9,419     9,824     9,579     11,202     10,159     11,229     10,858     11,756     12,044  
  General and administrative     6,134     6,994     6,760     5,151     6,059     5,270     7,697     6,477     6,704  
  Amortization of purchased intangible assets     2,550     2,550     2,550     2,550     2,550     2,550     2,550     2,550     1,304  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     24,665     26,605     25,593     26,593     26,009     27,562     29,606     30,231     29,546  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     5,107     2,914     8,801     4,614     8,340     8,646     8,693     9,364     13,078  
Interest expense     (2,843 )   (3,397 )   (3,320 )   (2,896 )   (2,837 )   (2,573 )   (3,113 )   (4,074 )   (4,294 )
Other income (expense), net     (769 )   716     3,012     598     (308 )   (464 )   (11,043 )   (54 )   (200 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     1,495     233     8,493     2,316     5,195     5,609     (5,463 )   5,236     8,584  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     1,466     229     8,330     2,271     2,442     2,636     (2,568 )   2,461     2,747  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)     29     4     163     45     2,753     2,973     (2,895 )   2,775     5,837  

Accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock

 

 

1,672

 

 

1,709

 

 

1,748

 

 

1,787

 

 

1,827

 

 

1,868

 

 

1,264

 

 


 

 


 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ (1,643 ) $ (1,705 ) $ (1,585 ) $ (1,742 ) $ 926   $ 1,105   $ (4,159 ) $ 2,775   $ 5,837  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net income (loss) per common share—diluted

 

$

(0.03

)

$

(0.03

)

$

(0.03

)

$

(0.03

)

$

0.02

 

$

0.02

 

$

(0.08

)

$

0.05

 

$

0.10

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

43


 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
 
  Jan 31
  Apr 30
  Jul 31
  Oct 31
  Jan 31
  Apr 30
  Jul 31
  Oct 31
  Jan 31
 
Net revenues:                                      
  System Solutions   82.3 % 85.2 % 88.5 % 88.7 % 87.7 % 87.8 % 89.2 % 88.5 % 88.1 %
  Services   17.7   14.8   11.5   11.3   12.3   12.2   10.8   11.5   11.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total net revenues   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0  

Cost of net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cost of System Solutions net revenues excluding amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets   49.3   47.0   49.8   54.5   49.6   50.1   55.2   54.7   53.1  
  Amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets   4.3   4.6   4.0   3.9   3.4   2.8   2.2   1.9   1.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of Systems Solutions net revenues   53.6   51.6   53.8   58.4   53.0   52.9   57.4   56.6   54.9  
  Services   10.5   10.3   7.5   7.0   7.9   6.6   5.8   6.9   6.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total cost of net revenues   64.1   61.9   61.3   65.4   60.9   59.5   63.2   63.5   61.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit   35.9   38.1   38.7   34.6   39.1   40.5   36.8   36.5   38.3  

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Research and development   7.9   9.4   7.5   8.5   8.2   9.5   8.2   8.7   8.5  
  Sales and marketing   11.3   12.6   10.8   12.5   11.6   12.5   10.3   10.9   10.8  
  General and administrative   7.4   9.0   7.6   5.7   6.9   6.0   7.4   6.0   6.0  
  Amortization of purchased intangible assets   3.1   3.3   2.9   2.8   2.9   2.8   2.5   2.3   1.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses   29.7   34.3   28.8   29.5   29.6   30.8   28.4   27.9   26.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)   6.2   3.8   9.9   5.1   9.5   9.7   8.4   8.6   11.8  
Interest expense   (3.4 ) (4.4 ) (3.7 ) (3.2 ) (3.2 ) (2.9 ) (3.0 ) (3.8 ) (3.9 )
Other income (expense), net   (1.0 ) 0.9   3.4   0.7   (0.4 ) (0.5 ) (10.7 )   (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes   1.8   0.3   9.6   2.6   5.9   6.3   (5.3 ) 4.8   7.7  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes   1.8   0.3   9.4   2.6   2.8   3.0   (2.5 ) 2.2   2.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   0.0   0.0   0.2   0.0   3.1   3.3   (2.8 ) 2.6   5.2  
Accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock   2.0   2.2   2.0   1.9   2.0   2.1   1.2      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   (2.0 )% (2.2 )% (1.8 )% (1.9 )% 1.1 % 1.2 % (4.0 )% 2.6 % 5.2 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

    Net Revenues

        Fluctuations in our net revenues over the first three quarters in the year ended October 31, 2003, were primarily related to volatility in net revenues internationally, particularly in Latin America. We benefited from a number of large customer orders in Latin America in the first quarter and third quarter as well as a significant customer order in Greece in the third quarter associated with preparations for the 2004 Olympics.

        Net revenues were relatively flat in the first half of the year ended October 31, 2004 before accelerating in the second half of the year ended October 31, 2004, a trend which continued in the three months ended January 31, 2005. The significant increase in revenues was due to higher sales volumes internationally, particularly due to our customers' EMV compliance requirements and customer demand for system solutions.

    Gross Profit

        Gross profit as a percentage of net revenues increased from 35.9% in the quarter ended January 31, 2003 to 38.1% in the quarter ended April 30, 2003 due to a $1.9 million settlement received from a contract manufacturer that included a commitment for future reductions in procurement costs. The trend in gross profit as a percentage of net revenues remained relatively flat in the next quarter but fell to 34.6%

44


in the quarter ended October 31, 2003 because of supply chain constraints in fulfilling a large order in Brazil that resulted in increased freight and import duty charges.

        Gross profit as a percentage of net revenues improved slightly during the first and second quarters of the year ended October 31, 2004, reflecting the benefit of lower procurement costs. In the second half of the year ended October 31, 2004, gross profit as a percentage of net revenues declined as a result of higher usage of air freight and spot purchases of components to respond to increasing customer demands as well as ramping costs associated with the launch of a new product line. In addition, the higher mix of International revenues also caused a lower gross profit percentage.

    Other Income (Expense), Net

        In the quarter ended July 31, 2003, we realized other income of $2.8 million associated with a refund of foreign unclaimed pension benefits in Taiwan. In the quarter ended July 31, 2004, we realized a $9.8 million expense associated with the retirement of debt.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our primary liquidity and capital resource needs are to service our debt, finance working capital, and make capital expenditures. At January 31, 2005 our primary sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $28.1 million and our $30 million undrawn revolving credit facility. Management utilizes EBITDA, as adjusted, as the principal metric to evaluate performance and to manage our cash flow requirements. Our EBITDA, as adjusted, amounted to $17.5 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, $59.4 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, $49.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2003 and a loss of $4.4 million in the year ended October 31, 2002. See Note 4 of "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" for a reconciliation of EBITDA, as adjusted, to net income (loss).

        Our operations provided us cash of $16.4 million in the three months ended January 31, 2005, which was attributable to net income of $5.8 million, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of $4.6 million and $6.0 million provided by net operating assets and liabilities. Cash flow from operating assets and liabilities in the three months ended January 31, 2005 was largely attributable to a reduction in accounts receivables of $13.8 million, reflecting increased collections as a result of more balanced shipments through the quarter, which allowed more cash to be received before the end of the quarter, and an increase in accounts payable of $8.7 million, supporting increased inventories of $13.4 million. Inventories were increased in anticipation of stronger demand, the ramp-up of a new product platform, and the requirement to address certain product shortages. Our operations provided us cash of $33.2 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, which was attributable to net income of $5.6 million and depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of $33.1 million offset in part by a use of $5.5 million in net operating assets and liabilities. The principal uses in net operating assets and liabilities were deferred tax assets, which increased by $9.8 million because book purchase accounting amortization was greater than tax purchase accounting amortization, and accounts receivable which increased by $7.7 million because of higher revenue. Offsetting this use of cash was decreased inventory balances of $8.5 million, due to initiatives to reduce transit time from the factory to our customers and increased deferred services revenues of $5.5 million due to higher technical support contract volume. Our operations provided us cash of $9.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2003, which was attributable to net income of $0.2 million and depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of $27.3 million offset in part by a use of $17.7 million in net operating assets and liabilities. The principal use of cash from operating assets and liabilities in the year ended October 31, 2003 was largely attributable to an $8.4 million increase in account receivables from higher net revenues.

        Our cash requirements for investing activities have tended to be relatively stable, although our strategy to augment our organic growth through selected strategic acquisitions may increase our investment requirements. We used cash of $0.5 million in investing activities in the three months ended

45



January 31, 2005, which was principally comprised of $0.4 million of capitalized expenditures related primarily to computer equipment and leasehold improvements and $0.1 million of capitalized software development costs. We used cash of $5.3 million in investing activities in the year ended October 31, 2004, which was principally comprised of $2.6 million of capitalized software development costs and $2.4 million of capital expenditures related primarily to computer equipment and leasehold improvements. We used cash of $10.4 million in investing activities in the year ended October 31, 2003, which consisted of $6.3 million for the remaining obligations related to our 2002 acquisition, $2.2 million of capital expenditures related primarily to computer equipment and $2.0 million of capitalized software development costs. We currently have no significant capital spending or purchase commitments related to investments but expect to continue to engage in capital spending in the ordinary course of business.

        Our financing activities will consist largely of meeting any financing needs for our planned acquisition strategy, which will be offset by our need to repay existing debt. We used cash of $0.6 million in financing activities in the three months ended January 31, 2005, which consisted primarily of proceeds of $9.6 million from a revolving promissory note, offset by repayment of the revolving promissory note of $9.6 million and repayment of long-term debt of $0.5 million. We used cash of $21.6 million in financing activities in the year ended October 31, 2004, which consisted primarily of proceeds of $250.1 million, net of $11.9 million of financing fees, related to our recapitalization and new secured credit facility, offset by uses of $97.4 million for a common stock dividend, $86.2 million related to the repurchase of preferred stock, $60.0 million related to the retirement of the related party promissory notes and $28.1 million of net borrowings under our revolving note, term note facilities and capital leases. Our financing activities provided cash of $3.2 million during the year ended October 31, 2003, which was comprised primarily of $2.3 million of net borrowings under our revolving note and term note facilities. We will be required to repay a portion of our existing secured debt with a portion of any excess cash flow generated through our operations.

        A portion of our net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay our $72.0 million in outstanding principal amount of the second lien loan under our secured credit facility. This will enable us to benefit from lower future interest expenses after paying a prepayment premium of $2.2 million.

        Our future capital requirements may vary significantly from prior periods as well as from those currently planned. These requirements, will depend on a number of factors, including operating factors such as our terms and payment experience with customers and investment we may make in product or market development such as our current investments in expanding our International operations. Finally, our capital needs may be significantly affected by any acquisition we may make in the future. Based upon our current level of operations, we expect that our cash flow from operations, together with the amounts we are able to borrow under our secured credit facility, will be adequate to meet our anticipated needs for at least the next several years.

Secured Credit Facility

        On June 30, 2004, we entered into a secured credit facility with a syndicate of financial institutions, led by Banc of America Securities and Credit Suisse First Boston. This facility allowed us to retire our promissory notes payable to stockholders, retire our prior term and revolving note payable, redeem all outstanding Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock, pay a dividend to common stockholders and provide future working capital. The secured credit facility consists of a revolving credit facility, or revolver, permitting borrowings up to $30.0 million, a Term B loan of $190.0 million, and a second lien loan of $72.0 million. The secured credit facility is guaranteed by our subsidiaries and is secured by collateral including substantially all of our assets and the stock of our subsidiaries. As of January 31, 2005, we had $261.1 million in borrowings outstanding under the secured credit facility, made up of $189.1 million in respect of Term B loan and $72.0 million in respect of the second lien loan. Nothing was outstanding under the revolver at January 31, 2004. As of January 31, 2005, the interest rate on the Term B loan was 5.23% and the second lien loan was 8.73%. For the period from December 31, 2004 to January 31, 2005 the

46



weighted average interest rate on the secured credit facility was 5.60%. We also pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the commitments of the lenders under our credit facility at a rate that varies depending upon our consolidated total leverage ratio.

        The revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate equal to a margin over LIBOR or the lenders' base rate, with the margin varying based on a grid in which the pricing depends on our consolidated total leverage ratio. Currently interest accrues at either 2.75% over three-month LIBOR, which was 2.73% at January 31, 2005, or 1.75% over the lender's base rate, which was 5.25% at January 31, 2005. Borrowings on the Term B loan bear interest at a rate of either 2.50% over three-month LIBOR or 1.50% over the lender's base rate. Borrowings on the second lien loan generally bear interest at a rate of either 6.00% over three-month LIBOR or 5.00% over the lender's base rate. Interest payments are due monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly or bi-quarterly at our option. After the application of a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay the second lien loan, our weighted average interest rate (calculated on a pro forma basis as of January 31, 2005) would reduce from approximately 5.59% to approximately 5.23%.

        We are required under our secured credit facility to fix the interest rate through swaps, rate caps, collars and similar agreements with respect to at least 30% of the outstanding principal amount of all loans and other indebtedness that have floating interest rates. This interest rate protection must extend through June 30, 2006.

        The respective maturity dates on the components of the secured credit facility are June 30, 2009, June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011 for the revolver, Term B loan, and second lien loan, respectively.

        The terms of the secured credit facility require us to comply with financial covenants, including maintaining leverage, and fixed charge coverage ratios, obtaining protection against fluctuation in interest rates, and limits on capital expenditure levels at the end of each fiscal quarter. As of October 31, 2004, we were required to maintain a senior leverage ratio of not greater than 3.6 to 1.0, a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 5.0 to 1.0 and a fixed charge ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0. As of October 31, 2004, our senior leverage ratio was 3.3 to 1.0, our maximum leverage ratio, which includes the senior leverage ratio and the second lien leverage ratio, was 4.5 to 1.0 and our fixed charge ratio was 3.1 to 1.00. Some of the financial covenants become more restrictive over the term of the secured credit facility. If we fail to comply with any of the financial covenants the lenders may declare an event of default under the secured credit facility. An event of default resulting from a breach of a financial covenant may result, at the option of lenders holding a majority of the loans, in an acceleration of repayment of the principal and interest outstanding and a termination of the revolving credit facility. The secured credit facility also contains nonfinancial covenants that restrict some of our activities, including our ability to dispose of assets, incur additional debt, pay dividends, create liens, make investments, make capital expenditures and engage in specified transactions with affiliates. The secured credit facility also contains customary events of default, including defaults based on events of bankruptcy and insolvency, nonpayment of principal, interest or fees when due, subject to specified grace periods, breach of specified covenants, change in control and material inaccuracy of representations and warranties.

        We believe we were in compliance with the secured credit facility's financial and nonfinancial covenants as of January 31, 2005.

        The secured credit facility also contains customary events of default, including defaults based on events of bankruptcy and insolvency, nonpayment of principal, interest or fees when due, subject to specified grace periods, breach of specified covenants, change in control and material inaccuracy of representations and warranties.

47



Contractual Commitments

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of October 31, 2004 (in thousands):

 
 
 
 
  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3
years

  4-5
years

  After
5 years

 
Term B loan   $ 189,525   $ 1,900   $ 5,700   $ 3,800   $ 178,125 (1)
Second lien loan     72,000                 72,000 (2)
Capital lease obligation     662     408     242     12      
Operating leases     18,919     5,771     11,578     1,570      
Minimum purchase obligations     37,400     37,400              
Other long-term liabilities                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 318,506   $ 45,479   $ 17,520   $ 5,382   $ 250,125  
   
 
 
 
 
 

      (1)
      Of this amount, $177.2 million is due on June 30, 2011. Payments on the secured credit facility are due in equal quarterly installments over the seven-year term, beginning on the last day of each quarter.

      (2)
      We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the $72.0 million principal due on the second lien debt under our secured credit facility as well as pay a prepayment premium of $2.2 million.

        We have manufacturing agreements with third-party contract manufacturers with facilities in China, Mexico and Brazil to manufacture substantially all of our inventories. The agreements require us to provide each manufacturer with a master purchase order on a monthly basis, which constitutes a binding commitment by us to purchase products produced by the manufacturer as specified in the master purchase order. The total amount of purchase commitments as of October 31, 2004 was approximately $37.4 million.

        We expect that we will be able to fund our remaining obligations and commitments with cash flows from operations. To the extent we are unable to fund these obligations and commitments with cash flows from operations, we intend to fund these obligations and commitments with proceeds from our $30.0 million revolver under our secured credit facility or future debt or equity financings.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Our only off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(v) of the SEC's Regulation S-K, consist of interest rate cap agreements and forward foreign currency exchange agreements described under "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk" below.

Effects of Inflation

        Our monetary assets, consisting primarily of cash and receivables, are not affected by inflation because they are short-term and in the case of cash are immaterial. Our non-monetary assets, consisting primarily of inventory, intangible assets, goodwill and prepaid expenses and other assets, are not affected significantly by inflation. We believe that replacement costs of equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements will not materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our cost of goods sold and expenses, such as those for employee compensation, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of system solutions and services offered by us.

48



Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

    Interest Rates

        We are exposed to interest rate risk related to our debt, which bears interest based upon the three-month LIBOR rate. In July 2004, we purchased a two-year interest rate cap with a notional amount of $50.0 million under which we will receive interest payments if the three-month LIBOR rate exceeds 4%. In July 2004, we purchased one-year interest rate caps with combined notional amounts of $140.0 million under which we will receive interest payments if the three-month LIBOR rate exceeds 5%. We purchased the interest rate caps for a total of $330,000, which is being amortized as interest expense over the life of the caps. Since July 2004, LIBOR has remained under 4% and we have not received any interest payments to date. A 1% increase in the variable rate of interest on the currently outstanding debt under our secured credit facility would increase annual interest expense by approximately $2.6 million.

    Foreign Currency Risk

        A substantial part of our business consists of sales made to customers outside the United States. A portion of the net revenues we receive from such sales is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Additionally, portions of our costs of net revenues and our other operating expenses are incurred by our International operations and denominated in local currencies. While fluctuations in the value of these net revenues, costs and expenses as measured in U.S. dollars have not materially affected our results of operations historically, we cannot assure you that adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations will not have a material impact in the future. In addition, our balance sheet reflects non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, primarily inter-company balances which can be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In certain periods, we have not hedged our exposure to these fluctuations. For example, in the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, we recorded net foreign currency transaction losses of $5.2 million primarily due to the exchange rate change of the Brazilian real. More recently, we have entered into foreign currency forward contracts and other arrangements intended to hedge our exposure to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates. As of October 31, 2004, our foreign currency risk pertaining to non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities primarily were a $2.2 million intercompany payable from our Brazil subsidiary and a $2.5 million intercompany payable from our Australia subsidiary, both due to our principal U.S. operating subsidiary. As of October 31, 2004, we had outstanding foreign currency forward contracts to sell Brazilian reals and Australian dollars with notional amounts of $2.0 million and $2.6 million, respectively. However, if we chose not to enter into foreign currency forward contract transactions to hedge against these exposures and the Brazilian real and Australian dollar both were to devalue 5% to 10% against the U.S. dollar, results of operations at that time would include a foreign exchange loss of $0.2 million to $0.5 million.

        Hedging arrangements of this sort may not always be effective to protect our results of operations against currency exchange rate fluctuations, particularly in the event of imprecise forecasts of non-U.S. denominated assets and liabilities. Accordingly, if there is an adverse movement in exchange rates, we might suffer significant losses. For instance, in the year ended October 31, 2004, we suffered foreign currency contract losses of $2.2 million net of foreign currency transaction gains as a result of our hedging activities.

Critical Accounting Policies

    General

        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the

49


carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact our consolidated financial statements. We believe the following critical accounting policies reflect our more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Revenue Recognition

        Net revenues from System Solutions is recognized upon shipment, delivery, or customer acceptance of the product as required pursuant to the customer arrangement. Net revenues from services such as customer support and refurbishment is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period. For arrangements with multiple elements, we allocate revenues to each element using the residual method based on objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered element. We defer the portion of the arrangement fee equal to the objective evidence of fair value of the undelivered elements until they are delivered.

        While the majority of our sales transactions contain standard business terms and conditions, there are some transactions that contain non-standard business terms and conditions. As a result, significant contract interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting including: (1) whether an arrangement exists and what is included in the arrangement; (2) how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the deliverables if there are multiple deliverables; (3) when to recognize revenues on the deliverables; (4) whether undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of delivered elements; and (5) whether we have fair value for the undelivered element. In addition, our revenue recognition policy requires an assessment as to whether collectibility is probable, which inherently requires us to evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers. Changes in judgments on these assumptions and estimates could materially impact the timing of revenue recognition.

        To a limited extent, we also enter into software development contracts with our customers that we recognize as revenue on a completed contract basis. As a result, estimates of whether the contract is going to be profitable is necessary since, if we will lose money on the contract, we are required to record a provision for such loss in the period identified.

    Goodwill

        We review goodwill at least annually for impairment. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, we: (1) allocate goodwill to our various reporting units to which the acquired goodwill relates; (2) estimate the fair value of our reporting units; and (3) determine the carrying value (book value) of those reporting, as some of the assets and liabilities related to those reporting are not held by those reporting units but by corporate. Furthermore, if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we must estimate the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This can require independent valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as in-process research and development and developed technology. Only after this process is completed can the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, be determined.

        The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. In estimating the fair value of a reporting unit for the purposes of our annual or periodic analyses, we make estimates and judgments about the future cash flows of that reporting unit. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with

50



our plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses, there is significant exercise of judgment involved in determining the cash flows attributable to a reporting unit over its estimated remaining useful life. In addition, we make certain judgments about allocating shared assets to the estimated balance sheets of our reporting units. We also consider our and our competitor's market capitalization on the date we perform the analysis. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and estimates could result in a goodwill impairment charge.

    Long-lived Assets

        We review our long-lived assets including property and equipment, capitalized software development costs and identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Determining if such events or changes in circumstances have occurred is subjective and judgmental. Should we determine such events have occurred, we then determine whether such assets are recoverable based on estimated future undiscounted net cash flows. If future undiscounted net cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, we write down that asset to its fair value.

        We make estimates and judgments about future undiscounted cash flows and fair value. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans, there is significant exercise of judgment involved in determining the cash flows attributable to a long-lived asset over its estimated remaining useful life. Our estimates of anticipated future cash flows could be reduced significantly in the future. As a result, the carrying amount of our long-lived assets could be reduced through impairment charges in the future. Additionally, changes in estimated future cash flows could result in a shortening of estimated useful lives for long-lived assets including intangibles.

    Inventory Valuation

        The valuation of inventories requires us to estimate obsolete or excess inventory and inventory that is not of saleable quality. The determination of obsolete or excess inventories requires us to estimate the future demand for our products within specific time horizons, generally twelve months or less. If our demand forecast for specific products is greater than actual demand and we fail to reduce manufacturing output accordingly, we could be required to record additional inventories write-offs, which would have a negative impact on our gross profit percentage.

        We review the adequacy of our inventories valuation on a quarterly basis. For production inventory, our methodology involves matching our on-hand and on-order inventories with our sales estimate over the next twelve and eighteen months. We then evaluate the inventory found to be in excess of the twelve-month demand estimate and take appropriate write-downs to reflect the risk of obsolescence. For on-hand and on-order inventory in excess of eighteen month requirements we generally record a 100% reserve. This methodology is significantly affected by our sales estimate. If actual demand were to be substantially lower than estimated, additional inventories write-downs for excess or obsolete inventories may be required.

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to pay their invoices to us in full. We regularly review the adequacy of our accounts receivable allowance after considering the size of the accounts receivable balance, each customer's expected ability to pay, aging of accounts receivable balances and our collection history with each customer. We make estimates and judgments about the inability of customers to pay the amount they owe us which could change significantly if their financial condition changes or the economy in general deteriorates.

51


    Warranty Costs

        We accrue for estimated warranty obligations when revenue is recognized based on an estimate of future warranty costs for delivered product. Our warranty obligation typically extends from 13 months to five years from the date of shipment. We estimate such obligations based on historical experience and expectations of future costs. Our estimate and judgments is affected by actual product failure rates and actual costs to repair. These estimates and judgments are more subjective for new product introductions as these estimates and judgments are based on similar products versus actual history.

    Stock-based Compensation

        Stock-based awards, such as stock options, to employees are accounted for under the intrinsic-value method whereby we record deferred stock-based compensation for the difference between the option exercise price at the date of grant and the estimated fair value of our common shares at that date. At October 31, 2004 we had unamortized deferred stock compensation of $146,000. In estimating the fair value of our common stock, we make estimates and judgments about the future cash flows for our company. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates we are using to manage our company, there is significant judgment in our cash flow forecasts. We also consider our and our competitor's market capitalization on the date we perform the analysis. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and estimates could result in additional deferred stock compensation.

    Restructuring

        Our predecessor made estimates of the costs to be incurred as a part of its restructuring plan. We assumed such restructuring plan which primarily represents vacant lease space related liabilities at October 31, 2004 of approximately $2.0 million. We make estimates and judgments about the length of time it will take to obtain a sublease tenant, and the rate at which we can sublease such vacant space. The amounts we have accrued represent our best estimate of the obligations we expect to incur, but could be subject to change due to various factors including market conditions and the outcome of negotiations with third parties. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of the restructuring charges could be materially impacted.

    Income Taxes

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets we consider all available positive and negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in past fiscal years and our forecast of future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which we have operations.

        We have placed a valuation allowance on certain U.S. deferred tax assets and our non-U.S. net operating loss carry forwards because realization of these tax benefits through future taxable income cannot be reasonably assured. We intend to maintain the valuation allowances until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances. An increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional expense in such period. We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted.

52



New Accounting Pronouncement

        On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , or Statement 123(R) . Statement 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and amends FASB Statement No. 95 , Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in Statement 123(R) is similar to the approach described in Statement 123. However, Statement 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. The new standard will be effective for public entities in the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. We have not yet quantified the impact of Statement 123(R) on our consolidated statement of operations.

        In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 . SFAS No. 151 clarifies that abnormal inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) are required to be recognized as current period charges. The provisions of SFAS No. 151 are effective for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 151 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

53



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading global provider of technology that enables electronic payment transactions and value-added services at the point of sale. Since 1981, we have designed and marketed system solutions that facilitate the long-term shift toward electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks. We have one of the leading electronic payment solutions brands and are one of the largest providers of electronic payment systems worldwide. Our net revenues grew organically by 14.8% and 15.0%, respectively, in the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, in each case as compared with the prior year, reaching $390.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2004. Our net revenues grew organically by 26.6% for the three months ended January 31, 2005 as compared to the three months ended January 31, 2004.

        Our system solutions consist of point of sale electronic payment devices that run our proprietary operating systems, security and encryption software and certified payment software as well as third party, value-added applications. Our system solutions are able to process a wide range of payment types including signature and PIN-based debit cards, credit cards, contactless / radio frequency identification, or RFID, cards, smart cards, pre-paid gift and other stored-value cards, electronic bill payment, check authorization and conversion, signature capture and electronic benefits transfer, or EBT. Our proprietary architecture was the first to enable multiple value-added applications, such as gift card and loyalty card programs, healthcare insurance eligibility and time and attendance tracking, to reside on the same system without requiring recertification upon the addition of new applications. Today we are an industry leader in multi-application payment systems deployments.

        We design our system solutions to meet the demanding requirements of our direct and indirect customers. Our electronic payment systems are available in several distinctive modular configurations, maximizing value to our customers by offering them flexibility to support a variety of connectivity options, including wireline and wireless internet protocol, or IP, technologies. We also offer our customers support for installed systems, consulting and project management services for system deployment and customization of integrated software solutions.

        Our customers are primarily global financial institutions, payment processors, petroleum companies, large retailers, government organizations and healthcare companies, as well as independent sales organizations, or ISOs. They choose our system solutions for their robust functionality, ability to be compatible with previously deployed VeriFone system solutions, intuitive user interface and modular design. The functionality of our system solutions includes transaction security, connectivity, compliance with certification standards, and the flexibility to execute a variety of payment and non-payment applications on a single system solution.

        We believe that we benefit from a number of competitive advantages gained through our 24-year history and success in our industry. These advantages include our globally trusted brand name, large installed base, history of significant involvement in the development of industry standards, global operating scale, customizable platform and investment in research and development. We believe that these advantages position us well to capitalize on key industry trends.

Our Industry

        The electronic payment solutions industry encompasses systems, software and services that enable the acceptance and processing of electronic payments for goods and services and provide other value-added functionality at the point of sale. The electronic payment system is a critical part of the payment infrastructure. We believe the industry trends of increasing intelligence at the point of sale, the global shift toward electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks and the increasing focus on security and interoperability will drive growth in demand for electronic payment systems.

        The electronic payment system serves as the interface between consumers and merchants at the point of sale and with the payment processing infrastructure, capturing critical electronic payment data, securing

54



the data through sophisticated encryption software and algorithms and routing the data across a range of payment networks for processing, authorization and settlement. Payment networks include credit card networks, such as Visa, MasterCard and American Express, that route credit card and signature-based debit transactions, as well as electronic funds transfer, or EFT, networks, such as STAR, Interlink and NYCE, that route PIN-based debit transactions. In a typical electronic payment transaction, the electronic payment system first captures and secures consumer payment data from one of a variety of payment media, such as a credit or debit card, smart card or contactless / RFID card. Consumer payment data is then routed from the electronic payment system to the appropriate payment processor and financial institution for authorization. Finally, the electronic payment system receives the authorization to complete the transaction between the merchant and consumer.

    Increasing Intelligence at the Point of Sale

        Advances in Computing.     Advances in microprocessing technology, storage capacity and software are enabling increasing complexity and functionality of electronic payment systems at the point of sale. Historically, electronic payment systems' primary purpose was to initiate and complete credit card transactions at the point of sale. System-on-Chip technologies and enhanced operating systems and applications now enable multi-purpose functionality that can accommodate a wide range of payment-related transactions and non-payment applications. We believe electronic payment system providers that can continue to take advantage of the advances in computing will be able to offer retailers, card associations, card issuers and payment processors an expanding value proposition at the point of sale.

        Multi-purpose Functionality.     Industry participants are developing value-added payment applications — including pre-paid cards, gift card and loyalty card programs, electronic bill payment and electronic check truncation — that expand the range of services and functionality offered by electronic payment systems. Further, the use of new secure non-payment value-added applications, such as age verification, money transfer, healthcare insurance eligibility, Medicaid processing, advertising, retail fraud prevention and time and attendance tracking is increasing. When new value-added applications are installed into an electronic payment system, payment processors typically require extensive testing and recertification, which is costly and time intensive. Accordingly, we believe that industry participants, such as retailers, card associations, card issuers and payment processors, value an electronic payment system solution that can incorporate a new application without lengthy testing and recertification.

        Broadband and IP Connectivity.     Broadband connectivity provides faster transmission of transaction data at a lower cost, enabling more advanced payment and other value-added applications at the point of sale. Major telecommunications carriers have expanded their communications networks and lowered fees to allow more merchants to utilize wireline and wireless IP networks cost effectively. The faster processing and lower costs associated with IP connectivity have opened new markets for electronic payment systems, many of which have been primarily cash-only industries such as quick service restaurants, or QSRs. New wireless electronic payment solutions are being developed to increase transaction processing speed, throughput and mobility at the point of sale, and offer significant security benefits by enabling consumers to avoid relinquishing their payment cards. A portable device can be presented to consumers, for example, to pay at the table in full-service restaurants or to pay in other environments, such as outdoor arenas, farmers' markets and taxi cabs.

        Card Innovation at the Point of Sale.     The point of sale is becoming an important area of differentiation for card associations, card issuers and payment processors. As the market for issuing credit cards has become more saturated in the U.S., card associations and card issuers are differentiating their brands by expanding their offerings. Payment processors are also differentiating themselves by expanding their offerings as front-end authorization and back-end clearing and settlement have become more commoditized. Card associations, card issuers and payment processors are differentiating their offerings, in part, by offering value-added applications and incorporating innovative technologies including contactless /

55



RFID and biometrics. As a result, electronic payment systems that can run value-added applications and enable emerging technologies are becoming increasingly critical.

    Global Shift Toward Electronic Payment Transactions and Away from Cash and Checks

        North America.     Usage of credit and debit card-based payments, especially PIN-based debit, continues to increase substantially. During the five years ended in 2003, total U.S. debit purchase volume grew at a 28.6% compound annual growth rate, from $167 billion to $589 billion. By 2008, debit purchase volume is expected to reach $1.2 trillion, representing a 15.9% compound annual growth rate from 2003. PIN-based debit, which is appealing to merchants because of lower transaction fees relative to credit cards, and to consumers because of increased security and enhanced features, is a major factor behind the recent growth in demand for electronic payment systems in emerging vertical markets such as QSRs. Currently, nine of the ten largest QSR chains in the U.S. are in the process of endorsing a formal electronic payment program for their franchisees. Furthermore, government-related opportunities, including EBT programs, healthcare claims and eligibility, license verification and background checks, are driving additional growth in demand for electronic payment systems.

        Europe.     While credit card and debit card usage in the U.S. has grown significantly, usage in international markets has grown at an even faster rate. Visa and MasterCard purchase volume increased 15.2% in Europe in 2003 compared to 2002, versus 7.4% in the U.S. Due to card fraud, European nations and card associations have focused on developing and implementing next-generation security measures. MasterCard International and Visa International have established EMVCo, LLC, or EMV, a smart card standards organization, and have prescribed specifications for certification of all new and existing electronic payment systems. Other security initiatives include the U.K.'s chip and PIN standard, which combines smart card technology with PIN-based debit security features. Such standards are expected to drive additional growth in sales of next-generation electronic payment systems. Additionally, Europe's relatively expensive wireline telecommunications costs and adoption of next-generation wireless networks are driving growth in sales of wireless electronic payment systems.

        Emerging Markets.     Certain regions, such as Eastern Europe, Latin America, and Asia, and certain countries in particular, including Russia, India and China, are experiencing rapid growth in the usage of card-based payments. In China, Visa and MasterCard purchase volume increased 34% from 2002 to 2003, from $6.8 billion to $9.1 billion. Similarly, India — where only 14% of citizens currently have a credit card, according to a MasterCard International survey — experienced 31% growth in Visa and MasterCard purchase volume during the same period, from $1.8 billion in 2002 to $2.4 billion in 2003. The increasing adoption of electronic payments in these regions is driven primarily by strong economic growth, improving infrastructure development, strong support from governments seeking to increase VAT and sales tax collection, and the expanding presence of wireless networks.

    Increasing Focus on Security and Interoperability

        New industry security and interoperability standards are driving recertification and replacement of electronic payment systems, particularly in Europe and the U.S. In order to offer electronic payment systems that connect to payment networks, electronic payment system providers must certify their products and services with card associations, financial institutions and payment processors and comply with government and telecommunications company regulations. The certification process may take up to twelve months to complete.

        Card Association Standards.     The major card associations have introduced new security standards to address the growing need for transaction security. Visa International and MasterCard International recently cooperated on the development and release of the Payment Card Industry, or PCI, specification and test methods for the certification of electronic payment systems for secure debit transactions. This new set of stringent standards supersedes previous standards issued separately by Visa and MasterCard. In addition, EMV has prescribed specifications designed to ensure interoperability between smart cards and

56



electronic payment systems on a global basis, increase functionality of electronic payment systems and reduce fraud. The deadlines for EMV compliance vary by card association and region, with compliance required in Europe ahead of other regions. Merchants and financial institutions that are not compliant with EMV standards will be subject to various sanctions.

        Class A / B Certification.     U.S. payment processors have two levels of certification, Class A and Class B. Class B certification ensures that an electronic payment system adheres to the payment processor's basic functional and network requirements. Class A certification adds another stipulation that the payment processor will support the electronic payment system on its internal help desk systems. Obtaining these certifications can be time intensive and is required by U.S. payment processors.

        Regional Security Standards.     Electronic payment systems must comply with evolving country-specific security regulations. Countries such as Australia, Canada, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Sweden and Switzerland have particularly stringent and specific security requirements. Electronic payment systems also must comply with the recommendations of quasi-regulatory authorities and standards-setting committees, which address, among other things, fraud prevention, processing protocols and technologies utilized. New standards are continually being adopted as a result of worldwide fraud prevention initiatives, increasing the need for system compatibility and new developments in technology. Electronic payment system providers must manage these complex requirements, which may require ongoing enhancements to existing systems or replacement with newly certified electronic payment systems.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we benefit from a number of competitive advantages gained through our 24-year history and success in our industry. They include:

    Trusted Brand Name

        The VeriFone brand has a strong global reputation for quality, reliability and data security. We believe that financial institutions, payment processors and merchants trust our system solutions to handle critical financial transactions in a secure and user-friendly operating environment.

    Large Installed Base

        We believe that we have a larger installed base of electronic payment systems than any of our competitors. We believe that financial institutions, payment processors and merchants typically purchase electronic payment systems from the incumbent provider in order to reduce risk and to avoid the costs of implementing a new payment system from a different provider. Our installed base supports our global sales and marketing infrastructure by enhancing our ability to establish or expand our market position in specific vertical and geographic markets. In addition, our large installed base of electronic payment systems makes our proprietary operating systems a preferred choice on which third party developers can create value-added applications for broad distribution of their applications, further reinforcing our competitive advantage.

    Global Scale

        We are one of the largest worldwide providers of electronic payment system solutions for use at the point of sale. During the year ended October 31, 2004, we generated total net revenues of $390.1 million, of which 65.1% was generated in North America and 34.9% was generated internationally. We have developed a global network of 24 sales and marketing offices and 18 development centers. We believe that our scale and broad geographic coverage enable us to market and distribute our products more effectively and in more markets than most of our competitors, and to provide our customers with innovative, comprehensive and customized system solutions. As an example, certain multinational customers have

57


chosen our electronic payment systems over those of our competitors because of our ability to customize our technology platform for different worldwide geographic markets.

    Leading Research and Development Initiatives and Technology Innovation

        We are a leading innovator of technology that enables electronic payment transactions and value-added services at the point of sale. Our global research and development initiatives focus on adding features and functionality to our system solutions through the development and utilization of new technology. In the year ended October 31, 2004, we launched 20 new system solutions and 195 custom solutions. Our technology strengths include security, interoperability and the provision of value-added applications at the point of sale. We provide among the highest levels of security for payment transactions at the point of sale through our advanced encryption technology and tamper-resistant system solutions. Our core operating environment is a secure, multi-tasking and multi-application proprietary operating system with a consistent and intuitive user interface that allows payment processors or financial institutions to directly or remotely deliver predominantly third party, value-added applications without having to recertify existing applications. This operating environment dramatically reduces the time and cost for our customers to deploy additional functionality to their systems. We believe the ability to avoid recertification of existing certified systems when adding applications is a distinguishing feature of our architecture. The modular configuration of our electronic payment systems offers our customers flexibility to support a variety of connectivity options, including wireline and wireless IP technologies, such as IP-based CDMA, GPRS and Wi-Fi. In addition, our modular software development environment enables our system solutions to be customized to meet our customers' specific needs through our internally developed or third party applications.

    Broad Set of Industry Certifications

        Our system solutions are certified by major payment processors, card associations and international card standards organizations. These certifications impose minimum standards for security and interoperability of electronic payment systems. The knowledge of certification processes that we have gained over our history and through our participation in international standards organizations enables us to manage the lengthy and expensive certification process effectively. As a result, we believe that we are able to bring innovative products to market faster than our competitors. Examples of our strong capability in this area are the certifications we have received in several countries with particularly stringent and specific security standards, such as Australia, Canada, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Sweden and Switzerland.

    Proven Track Record of Execution

        Our senior management team has increased net revenues by 14.8% and 15.0% over the past two fiscal years, respectively, from $295.6 million in the year ended October 31, 2002 to $390.1 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, while significantly increasing profitability, working capital efficiency and operating cash flow.

Our Growth Strategy

        Our objective is to enhance our position as a leading provider of technology that enables electronic payment transactions and value-added services at the point of sale. The key elements of our strategy are to:

    Increase Market Share in North America and Europe

        We intend to increase our market share in North America and Europe by capitalizing on industry trends, continuing to penetrate key sales channels and expanding our solutions offering. As an example, in Europe, we plan to take advantage of recently enacted requirements that will result in upgrades to EMV-compliant electronic payment systems. In North America, we are increasing sales to small and

58


medium-sized merchants by further strengthening our relationships with ISOs. We intend to continue to seek opportunities to expand our market share in North America and Europe by leveraging our brand, market position, scale, technology and distribution channels.

    Further Penetrate Attractive Vertical Markets

        We plan to continue to increase the functionality of our system solutions to address the specific needs of various vertical markets. We currently provide system solutions that are customized for the needs of our financial services, petroleum company, multi-lane retail, government and healthcare customers. As an example, our system solutions allow our petroleum company customers to manage fuel dispensing and control and enable "pay at the pump" functionality, cashiering, store management, inventory management and accounting for goods and services at the point of sale. We intend to continue to focus on these attractive vertical markets, as well as increase our penetration of new markets such as QSRs.

    Capitalize on High Growth Opportunities in Emerging Markets

        We seek to establish a leading position in emerging, high growth electronic payment markets in Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America. In order to do so, we intend to continue to invest in additional sales and marketing and research and development resources targeted towards these regions. Examples of emerging payment markets in which we have already established a leading position include Russia, Poland and Mexico. We intend to grow our presence further in emerging markets, especially China, India and Brazil, where demand for electronic payment systems is growing rapidly.

    Pursue Selective, Strategic Acquisitions

        We may augment our organic growth by acquiring businesses, product lines or technologies. Our acquisition strategy is intended to broaden our suite of electronic payment solutions, expand our presence in selected geographies, broaden our customer base, and increase our penetration of distribution channels and vertical markets. We recently announced an agreement to acquire the assets of Return on Investment Corporation's GO Software business, which will broaden our presence at the point of sale beyond our core solutions. GO Software provides PC-based point of sale payment processing software to more than 150,000 businesses. According to Return on Investment Corporation's annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, GO Software had total revenues for that fiscal year of approximately $9.4 million.

Our System Solutions

        Our system solutions are available in several distinctive modular configurations, offering our customers flexibility to support a variety of connectivity options, including wireline and wireless IP technologies.

    Countertop

        Our countertop electronic payment systems accept magnetic and smart cards and support credit, debit, check, electronic benefits transfer and a full range of pre-paid products, including gift cards and loyalty programs, among many others. Our newest line of countertop solutions is our Vx electronic payment systems, which include a high performance 32-bit ARM9 microprocessor and have product line extensions targeted at the high-end countertop and wireless pay-at-table market segments. Our products are designed in a modular fashion to offer a wide range of options to our customers, including the ability to deploy new technologies at minimal cost as technology standards change. Our electronic payment systems are easily integrated with a full range of optional external devices, including secure PIN pads, check imaging equipment, barcode readers, contactless / RFID readers and biometric devices. Our secure PIN pads support credit and debit transactions, as well as a wide range of applications that are either built into electronic payment systems or connect to electronic cash registers, or ECRs, and other electronic payment

59


systems. In addition, we offer an array of certified software applications and application libraries that enable our secure PIN pads to interface with major ECR systems.

    Mobile / Wireless

        We offer a line of wireless system solutions that support IP-based CDMA, GPRS and Wi-Fi technologies for secure, "always on" connectivity. We expect that one of the largest market opportunities for wireless solutions will be developing countries where wireless telecommunications networks are being deployed at a much faster rate than wireline networks.

    Consumer-activated

        We offer a line of products specifically designed for consumer-activated functionality at the point of sale. These products include large, easy-to-read displays, user-friendly interfaces, ECR interfaces, durable key pads, signature capture functionality and other features that are important to serving customers in a multi-lane retail environment. For example, our signature capture devices automatically store signatures and transaction data for fast recall, and the signature image is time stamped for fraud prevention. Our consumer-activated system solutions also enable merchants to display advertising, promotional content, loyalty program information and electronic forms in order to market products and services to consumers at the point of sale.

    Petroleum

        Our family of products for petroleum companies consists of integrated electronic payment systems that combine card processing, fuel dispensing and ECR functions. These products are designed to meet the needs of petroleum company operations, where rapid consumer turnaround, easy pump control and accurate record keeping are imperative. These products allow our petroleum company customers to manage fuel dispensing and control and enable "pay at the pump" functionality, cashiering, store management, inventory management and accounting for goods and services at the point of sale. They are compatible with a wide range of fuel pumps, allowing retail petroleum outlets to integrate our systems easily at most locations.

    Server-based

        Our server-based transaction products enable merchants to integrate advanced payment functionality into PC-based electronic systems seamlessly. These products handle all of the business logic steps related to an electronic payment transaction, including collection of payment-related information from the consumer and merchant, and communication with payment processors for authorization and settlement. Our products also enable the functionality of peripherals that connect to PC-based electronic payment systems, including consumer-activated products such as secure PIN pads and signature capture devices.

Our Services

    Client Services

        We support our installed base by providing deployment, on-site and telephone-based installation and training, 24-hour help desk support, repairs, replacement of impaired system solutions, asset tracking and reporting. We provide a single source of comprehensive management services providing support primarily for our own system solutions in most vertical markets. Our services address many system configurations, including local area networks, leased-line and dial-up environments. We also offer customized service programs for specific vertical markets in addition to standardized service plans.

    Customized Application Development

        We provide specific project management services for large turn-key implementations. Our project management services include all phases of implementation, including customized software development,

60


procurement, vendor coordination, site preparation, training, installation, follow-on support and legacy system disposal. We also offer customer education programs as well as consulting services regarding selection of product and payment methodologies and strategies such as debit implementation. We believe that our client services are distinguished by our ability to perform mass customizations for large customers quickly and efficiently.

Technology

        We have developed the following core technologies that are essential to the creation, delivery and management of our system solutions. We believe these technologies are central to our leadership position in the electronic payment solutions industry.

    Platform Architecture

        Our secure, multi-tasking, multi-application platform architecture consists of an ARM9 System-on-Chip and our Verix operating system, Verix multi-application conductor application and VeriShield file authentication technology. The combination of these technologies in an innovative hardware and software memory protection and separation scheme provides a robust and secure operating environment, enabling the download and execution of multiple applications on an electronic payment system without the need for recertification.

        Our operating environment and modular design provide a consistent and intuitive user interface for third party applications as well as our own. We believe these characteristics of our platform enable our customers to deliver and manage multi-application payment systems in a timely, secure and cost-effective manner. We continue to enhance and extend the capabilities of our platform to meet the growing demands of our customers for multi-application payment systems.

    Libraries and Development Tools

        We believe that by delivering a broad portfolio of Verix application libraries and development tools to our large community of internal and third party application developers, we are able to significantly reduce the time to obtain certification for our system solutions. By packaging complex programming modules such as EMV, smart card interfaces, wireless communications, IP and secure socket layer, or SSL, into standard libraries with defined programming interfaces, we facilitate the timely and consistent implementation of our multi-application system solutions. Further, we maintain a high level of application compatibility across platforms, facilitating the migration of applications to future solutions.

        We also provide developer tool kits that contain industry standard visual development environments (C/C++) along with platform-specific compilers and debuggers. We provide numerous support vehicles for our application development communities, including Verix Developer Training, a dedicated developers' support team and VeriFone DevNet, an online developers' portal that provides registered Verix developers access to libraries, tools, programming guides and support. Our libraries, tool kits, training and support systems facilitate the rapid growth in deployment of third party, value-added applications for our system solutions.

        We believe that this growing portfolio of value-added applications increases the attractiveness of our solutions to global financial institutions and payment processors. In the highly competitive transaction processing market, these institutions are looking for ways to differentiate their solutions by adding additional services beyond credit and debit transaction processing. These value-added applications provide this differentiation and also provide a way to increase merchant retention and revenue for these channels.

    Application Framework

        Our SoftPay application framework contains a comprehensive set of pre-certified software modules enabling rapid configuration and delivery of merchant-ready applications for payment processors and

61


financial institutions. We have configured SoftPay for use in a broad range of vertical markets including retail, restaurants, lodging and rental services. SoftPay supports our comprehensive range of wireline and wireless IP communications options, including Ethernet, CDMA, GPRS and Wi-Fi.

    Remote Management System

        Effective remote management is essential to cost effective deployment and maintenance of electronic payment systems. Our VeriCentre system provides broad remote management functionality for our system solutions, including software downloads, application management, remote diagnostics and information reporting. Our VeriCentre system licencees are responsible for the implementation, maintenance and operation of the VeriCentre system. In certain markets and with certain customers, VeriFone maintains and manages the system to provide remote management services directly to customers. In addition, message management functionality allows financial institutions and payment processors to send customized text and graphics messages to any or all of their Verix terminal based merchants, and receive pre-formatted responses.

Customers

        We specifically design our system solutions to meet the demanding requirements of our direct and indirect customers. These customers include global financial institutions, payment processors, petroleum companies, large retailers, government organizations and healthcare companies, as well as ISOs, which re-sell our system solutions to small merchants. In North America, for the year ended October 31, 2004, approximately one third of our sales were via ISOs, distributors, resellers and system integrators, approximately one quarter were direct sales to petroleum companies, retailers and government-sponsored payment processors, and the remainder were to non-government-sponsored payment processors and financial institutions. Internationally, for the year ended October 31, 2004, approximately 73% of our sales were via distributors, resellers and system integrators and the remaining 27% were direct sales to financial institutions, payment processors and major retailers.

        In the year ended October 31, 2004, we derived 36.3% of our net revenues from our ten largest customers. Sales to First Data Corporation and its affiliates, including its TASQ Technology division, which aggregates orders it receives from payment processors and ISOs, represented 16.9% of our net revenues in the year ended October 31, 2004, and no other customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues. In the year ended October 31, 2003, we derived 36.7% of our net revenues from our ten largest customers, down from 41.6% in the year ended October 31, 2002. In the year ended October 31, 2003, we derived 14.7% of our net revenues from sales to First Data and its affiliates, and no other customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues.

Sales and Marketing

        Our North American sales teams are focused specifically on financial institutions, payment processors, third party distributors and value-added resellers, and on specific vertical markets, such as petroleum, multi-lane retail, restaurants, government and healthcare. Our International sales teams are based in offices located in 17 countries with regional coverage responsibilities in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, Asia / Pacific and Latin America. Typically, each sales team includes a general manager or managing director, account representatives, business development personnel, sales engineers and customer service representatives with specific vertical market expertise. The sales teams are supported by client services, manufacturing and product development teams to deliver products and services that meet the needs of our diverse customer base.

        Our marketing group is responsible for product management, account management, program marketing and corporate communications. Our product management group analyzes and identifies product and technology trends in the marketplace and works closely with our research and development group to develop new products and enhancements. Our program marketing function promotes adoption of

62



our branded solutions through initiatives such as our Value-Added Partner, or VAP, Program. Our corporate communications function coordinates key market messaging across regions, including public relations and go-to-market product campaigns.

        As of January 1, 2005, we had 223 sales and marketing employees, representing approximately 26% of our total workforce. Our sales and marketing employees are located in the following regions: 146 in North America, 24 in EMEA, 21 in Asia / Pacific and 32 in Latin America.

        Our VAP Program provides a technical, operational and marketing environment for third party developers to leverage our distribution channels to sell value-added applications and services. Over 25 third party developers, or partners, in our VAP Program, have provided solutions for pre-paid cards, gift card and loyalty card and age verification services, among others. Through the program, merchants obtain seamless access to value-added applications, allowing them to differentiate their offerings without a costly product development cycle.

Global Outsourcing Operations

        Since Fall 2001, we have outsourced 100% of our product manufacturing to providers in the Electronic Manufacturing Services, or EMS, industry. We outsource most of our manufacturing to Jabil Circuit in Guadalajara, Mexico, Sanmina-SCI in Shanghai and Singapore, and Solectron in Sao Paolo state, Brazil. These three EMS providers collectively accounted for approximately 96% of our EMS spending in the year ended October 31, 2004. Jabil Circuit's facility in Mexico manufactures the majority of our high volume product lines, and Sanmina-SCI manufactures the majority of our lower volume, higher value product lines. Solectron manufactures products for sale in Brazil and other Latin American countries. We have enabled direct shipment capability for several product lines from our EMS providers to our customers in various countries around the world. This outsourcing and direct shipment model enables a significant reduction in working capital while leveraging the cost efficiencies, logistics and global scale of our EMS providers. We believe this enables us to focus our management and capital resources on differentiation in the areas of product design, software technologies, solution integration, sales, distribution and services.

Competition

        Our principal competitors in the market for electronic payment systems and services are: Gilbarco, Inc., a subsidiary of Danaher Corporation, Hypercom Corporation, Ingenico S.A., International Business Machines Corporation, Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd., MICROS Systems, Inc., NCR Corporation, Radiant Systems, Inc. and Symbol Technologies, Inc.

        We compete primarily on the basis of the following factors: trusted brand, end-to-end system solutions, availability of certifications, value-added applications and advanced product features, advanced communications modularity, reliability and low total cost of ownership.

        We expect competition in our industry will be largely driven by the requirements to respond to increasingly complex technology, industry certifications and security standards.

Research and Development

        We work with our customers to develop system solutions that address existing and anticipated end-user needs. Our development activities are distributed globally and managed primarily from the U.S. We utilize regional application development capabilities in locations where labor costs are lower than in the U.S. and where regional expertise can be leveraged for our target markets in Asia, Europe and Latin America. Our regional development centers provide customization and adaptation to meet the needs of customers in local markets. Our modular designs enable us to customize existing systems in order to shorten development cycles and time to market.

63



        Our research and development goals include:

    developing new solutions, technologies and applications;

    developing enhancements to existing technologies and applications; and

    ensuring compatibility and interoperability between our solutions and those of third parties.

        Our research and development expenses were $30.4 million in the year ended October 31, 2002, $28.2 million in the year ended October 31, 2003 and $33.7 million in the year ended October 31, 2004. As of October 31, 2004, we had 309 research and development employees representing 36% of our total workforce.

Industry Standards and Government Regulations

        In order to offer products that connect to payment networks, electronic payment system providers must certify their products and services with card associations, financial institutions and payment processors, as well as comply with government and telecommunications company regulations.

        We have gained an in-depth knowledge of certification requirements and processes by working closely with card associations, payment processors, security organizations and international regulatory organizations to certify our new products. We accelerate this certification process by leveraging our applications, user interface and core technologies.

        We retain a group of engineers who specialize in security design methodologies. This group is responsible for designing and integrating security measures in our system solutions and conducts early design reviews with independent security lab consultants to ensure compliance of our electronic payment system designs with worldwide security standards.

        Regulatory certifications are addressed by our compliance engineering department, which is staffed by electromagnetic compatibility, or EMC, safety, telecommunications and wireless carrier certification experts.

        We actively participate in electronic payment industry working groups that help develop market standards. Our personnel are members of several working groups of the American National Standards Institute, or ANSI, a private, non-profit organization that administrates and coordinates voluntary standardization in the U.S. They have leadership roles on subcommittees that develop standards in such areas as financial transactions, petroleum industry and smart cards. We are also a member of GlobalPlatform, an international trade association that seeks to establish, maintain and drive adoption of standards that enable an open and interoperable infrastructure for smart cards and electronic payment systems.

        We comply with the following standards and requirements:

    Security Standards

        Industry and government security standards ensure the integrity of the electronic payment process and protect the privacy of consumers using electronic payment systems. New standards are continually being adopted or proposed as a result of worldwide fraud prevention initiatives, increasing the need for new security solutions and technologies. In order for us to remain compliant with the growing variety of international requirements, we have developed a security architecture that incorporates physical, electronic, operating system, encryption and application-level security measures. This architecture has proven successful even in countries that have particularly stringent and specific security requirements, such as Australia, Canada, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Sweden and Switzerland.

64


    Card Association Standards

        EMV Standards.     MasterCard International and Visa International have introduced new security standards to address the growing need for transaction security. One important example is their establishment of EMV, a smart card standards organization that has prescribed specifications for all electronic payment systems to receive certifications for smart card transactions. The EMV standard is designed to ensure global smart card interoperability across all electronic payment systems. To ensure adherence to this standard, specific certifications are required for all electronic payment systems and their application software. We maintain EMV certifications across our applicable product lines.

        Visa and MasterCard PCI Standards.     Visa International and MasterCard International recently agreed to a common standard methodology for how PIN-enabled devices, or PEDs, are tested and approved. These standards, called Payment Card Industry, or PCI, standards, supersede Visa and MasterCard's respective standards. Effective October 1, 2004, newly submitted point of sale PED models must meet Visa and MasterCard PCI as evaluated by a recognized test laboratory. The PED standards apply to previously existing PEDs effective July 1, 2010. To meet the PCI standards, a PED must pass testing by a laboratory recognized for this purpose. Visa International and MasterCard International will both approve a PED that tests successfully. They have opened the PCI standards to other payment networks that might wish to align their standards with PCI as well. This alignment is expected to enable electronic payment system providers to develop payment technology more quickly and cost effectively. In addition, electronic payment system providers can reduce the complexity of new product development by undergoing security evaluation at one of the certified testing laboratories.

    Payment Processor / Financial Institution Requirements

        U.S. payment processors have two types of certification levels, Class A and Class B. Class B certification ensures that an electronic payment system adheres to the payment processor's basic functional and network requirements. Class A certification adds another stipulation that the processor actively support the electronic payment system on its internal help desk systems. Attainment of Class A certification, which may take up to twelve months, requires working with each payment processor to pass extensive functional and end-user testing and to establish the help desk-related infrastructure necessary to provide Class A support. Attaining Class A certifications increases the number of payment processors that may actively sell and deploy a particular electronic payment system. We have significant experience in attaining these critical payment processor certifications and have a large portfolio of Class A certifications with major U.S. processors. In addition, several international financial institutions and payment processors have certification requirements that electronic payment systems must comply with in order to process transactions on their specific networks. We have significant direct experience and, through our international distributors, indirect experience in attaining these required certifications across the broad range of system solutions that we offer to our international customers.

    Telecommunications Regulatory Authority and Carrier Requirements

        Our products must comply with government regulations, including those imposed by the Federal Communications Commission and similar telecommunications authorities worldwide regarding emissions, radiation, safety and connections with telephone lines and radio networks. Our products must also comply with recommendations of quasi-regulatory authorities and of standards-setting committees. Our electronic payment systems have been certified as compliant with a large number of national requirements, including those of the Federal Communications Commission and Underwriters Laboratory in the U.S. and similar local requirements in other countries.

        Wireless network carriers have standards with which systems connected to their networks must comply. In addition to national requirements for telecommunications systems, many wireless network carriers have their own certification process for devices to be used on their networks. Our wireless electronic payment systems have been certified by leading wireless carrier networks around the world.

65



Proprietary Rights

        We rely primarily on copyrights, trademarks and trade secret laws to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our technology and products. We do not own any patents that protect important aspects of our current solutions.

        We currently hold trademark registration in approximately 26 countries for VERIFONE and in approximately 39 countries for VERIFONE and our ribbon logo. We currently hold trademark registration in the United States and a variety of other countries for product names and other marks.

        We have not had a consistent practice of registering copyrights in our software and other written works. Instead, we have relied upon common law copyright, customer license agreements and other forms of protection. We use non-disclosure agreements and license agreements to protect software and other written materials as copyrighted and/or trade secrets.

        In the U.S. and other countries, prior to 2001, our predecessor held patents relating to a variety of point of sale and related inventions, which expire in accordance with the applicable law in the country where filed. In 2001, as part of the divestiture of VeriFone, Inc. from Hewlett-Packard, or HP, HP and VeriFone, Inc. entered into a technology agreement whereby HP retained ownership of most of the patents owned or applied for by VeriFone prior to the date of divestiture. The technology agreement grants VeriFone a perpetual, non-exclusive license to use any of the patented technology retained by HP at no charge. In addition, we hold a non-exclusive license to patents held by NCR related to signature capture in electronic payment systems. This license expires in 2011, along with the underlying patents.

Employees

        As of October 31, 2004, we employed 858 persons worldwide, including 309 persons in research and development. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we have experienced no work stoppages. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Facilities

        Our principal executive offices are located in approximately 17,500 square feet of leased office space in San Jose, California under a lease expiring in July of 2010. We also lease the following principal facilities in the U.S.:

Use

  Location
  Approximate
square footage

  Lease
expiration date

R&D / Supply Chain   Rocklin, California   49,000   October 2008
Distribution Center   Lincoln, California   99,000   June 2006
North American Sales Offices   Alpharetta, Georgia   87,500   February 2007
Petro Sales and R&D / Call Center   Clearwater, Florida   75,293   April 2009

        We also lease and occupy regional offices in various cities for our sales, service and application engineering operations. These leases total approximately 49,000 square feet and expire on dates ranging from September 2005 to November 2009.

        Outside the U.S., we lease the following principal facilities:

Use

  Location
  Approximate
square footage

  Lease
expiration date

Sales Office   Sao Paolo, Brazil   4,564   March 2007
Sales Office   London, U.K.   9,510   December 2010
Sales Office   Mexico City, Mexico   6,159   December 2006
Sales Office   Hong Kong   2,090   June 2005
Sales Office   Manila, Philippines   7,707   April 2007

66


        We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current operations and, if necessary, can be replaced with little disruption.

Geographical Information

        Our U.S. net revenues were $194.5 million, $228.9 million and $248.9 million, respectively, for the years ended October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004. Our net revenues for all other countries were $101.1 million, $110.4 million and $141.2 million, respectively, for the years ended October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

        As of October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, our long-lived assets located in the U.S. were $112.3 million, $89.9 million and $69.3 million, and in all other countries were $13.2 million, $14.1 million and $16.1 million.

Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims. Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

        We are party to several lawsuits and an International Trade Commission investigation relating to claims made by Verve L.L.C., a purported assignee of certain patents. Verve claims that we, as well as other companies that design, manufacture, or sell point of sale electronic payment systems, have infringed certain patents, and seeks injunctive relief and unspecified damages. We believe that Verve's claims are without merit and are vigorously defending these actions. Verve requested the commencement of an investigation against us in the International Trade Commission on July 13, 2004, and filed lawsuits against us on September 11, 2003 in the U.S. federal district court for the Eastern District of Michigan, on August 2, 2004 in the U.S. federal district court for the Northern District of California and February 4, 2004 in the U.S. federal district court for the Western District of Texas. We brought our own claims against Verve in a lawsuit filed July 13, 2004 in the Northern District of California in San Francisco, where Verve's lawsuits against us have been transferred. The Administrative Law Judge at the International Trade Commission issued an order dated February 7, 2005 granting a motion to terminate the investigation based on Verve's lack of standing. The other proceedings are continuing.

67



MANAGEMENT

        Set forth below is information concerning our directors and executive officers.

Name

  Age
  Position

Douglas G. Bergeron (1)   44   Chairman of the Board of Directors; Chief Executive Officer
Barry Zwarenstein   56   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jesse Adams   54   Executive Vice President, North America Sales
William Atkinson   51   Executive Vice President, Global Marketing and Business Development
David Turnbull   42   Executive Vice President, Operations
Elmore Waller   56   Executive Vice President, Integrated Solutions
Craig A. Bondy (4)   31   Director
James C. Castle (1)(2)(3)   68   Director
Leslie Denend (2)(3)   63   Director
Collin E. Roche (1)   33   Director
Daniel Timm (4)   44   Director
Robert B. Henske (2)(3)   43   Director

(1)
Prospective member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2)
Prospective member of the compensation committee.
(3)
Prospective member of the audit committee.
(4)
Current member of the audit committee. Messrs. Bondy and Timm will resign from the audit committee at the time Drs. Castle and Denend and Mr. Henske are appointed.

        Executive officers are appointed by and serve at the pleasure of our board of directors. A brief biography of each person who serves as a director or executive officer follows below.

        Douglas G. Bergeron.     Mr. Bergeron has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and as Chief Executive Officer of VeriFone Holdings, Inc. since July 2001. From December 2000 to June 2002, Mr. Bergeron was President of Gores Technology Group and, from April 1999 to October 2000 served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Geac Computer Corporation. From 1990 to 1999, Mr. Bergeron served in a variety of executive management positions at SunGard Data Systems Inc., including Group CEO of SunGard Brokerage Systems Group and President of SunGard Futures Systems. Mr. Bergeron holds a Bachelor of Arts degree (with Honors) in Computer Science from York University in Toronto, Canada, and a Masters of Science degree from the University of Southern California. Mr. Bergeron is on the Board of First Consulting Group of Long Beach, California and the Multiple Sclerosis Society of Silicon Valley and, upon completion of this offering will become a member of the Listed Company Advisory Committee of the New York Stock Exchange.

        Barry Zwarenstein.     Mr. Zwarenstein joined VeriFone Holdings, Inc. in June 2004 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Zwarenstein served as Chief Financial Officer of Iomega Corporation from November 2001 to June 2004, of Mellanox Technologies Limited from January 2001 to June 2001, of Acuson Corporation from October 1998 to December 2000, and of Logitech S.A. from July 1996 to September 1998. Mr. Zwarenstein started his career at FMC Corporation, where he held a variety of financial positions, including, at the time of his departure, Chief Financial Officer for FMC Europe in Brussels, Belgium. Mr. Zwarenstein received a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of Natal, South Africa and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania. He is qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa).

        Jesse Adams.     Mr. Adams has served as Executive Vice President, North America Sales, since July 2001. From July 1999 through December 2000, Mr. Adams was employed by Geac Computer Corporation as President of the Hospitality Group and as Senior Vice President of North America Sales

68



and Marketing for the Enterprise Resource Planning Group. From 1983 through 1999, Mr. Adams was employed by SunGard Data Systems Inc. in a variety of sales and executive roles, including eight years as SVP of Western Regional Sales. Mr. Adams also worked as a marketing representative and systems engineer at IBM Data Processing Division from 1979 to 1983. Mr. Adams holds a B.S. in Applied Science and Engineering from the U.S. Military Academy at West Point.

        William Atkinson.     Mr. Atkinson has worked for VeriFone Holdings, Inc. since August 2001, and as Executive Vice President of Global Marketing and Business Development since August 2002. From August 2001 through April 2002, Mr. Atkinson served as Vice President, North America Financial Channels at VeriFone. From October 1999 through January 2001, Mr. Atkinson was Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing at Cayenta, Inc., a subsidiary of Titan Corporation. He was also Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales Operations at Vertel Corporation, from March 1999 to October 1999. From October 1996 to March 1999, he served in various positions, including Vice President of Worldwide Sales, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Atkinson has also served in senior sales management roles at Dun and Bradstreet Systems, Inc. and SunGard Data Systems Inc. Mr. Atkinson earned a B.S. from Northern Illinois University.

        David Turnbull.     Mr. Turnbull joined VeriFone in May 2002, serving as Executive Vice President, Operations since July 2004. Prior to joining VeriFone, Mr. Turnbull worked for Apple Computer, Inc. in a variety of engineering and project management positions, and, from January 1998 to August 2001, as Director of Engineering for Consumer Portables and Communication Products. Mr. Turnbull has a B.S. in electrical and computer engineering from University of California at Santa Barbara and is a member of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.

        Elmore Waller.     Mr. Waller has served as Executive Vice President, Integrated Solutions since December 2004 and, since joining VeriFone in 1986, has served in a number of leadership positions including Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Worldwide Petro Division. Prior to working at VeriFone, Mr. Waller worked for 11 years at General Electric Company, serving in several financial management positions. Mr. Waller holds an M.B.A. from Syracuse University.

        Craig A. Bondy.     Mr. Bondy has served as a director since July 2002. He is a Principal of GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., which he joined in August 2000. He previously worked in the investment banking department of Credit Suisse First Boston from 1995 until 1998 when he entered the Stanford Graduate School of Business. He received a B.B.A. in Finance from the Honors Business Program at the University of Texas at Austin and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Bondy also serves on the board of directors of several private companies in GTCR's portfolio.

        Dr. James C. Castle.     Dr. Castle has served as a director since January 2005. Dr. Castle is currently President and Chief Executive Officer of Castle Information Technologies, LLC, a provider of information technology and board of directors consulting services, since 2001. He was formerly the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of DST Systems of California, Inc. (formerly USCS International, Inc.), a position he held from August 1992 to April 2002. DST Systems of California is a worldwide provider of computer services to the cable industry and a provider of billing services to the cable, telephony, financial services and utility industries. From 1991 to 1992, Dr. Castle was President and Chief Executive Officer of Teradata Corporation, until that company merged with NCR Corporation, a subsidiary of AT&T. From 1987 to 1991, Dr. Castle was Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Infotron Systems Corporation. Dr. Castle earned a Ph.D. in computer and information sciences from the University of Pennsylvania, an M.S.E.E. from the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. from the U.S. Military Academy at West Point. Dr. Castle is also a director of ADC Telecommunications, Inc., a supplier of network equipment, software and systems integration services, the PMI Group, Inc., a provider of credit enhancement and other products that promote homeownership and facilitate mortgage transactions in the capital markets, and Southwest Water Company, a provider of a broad range of services, including water production and distribution.

69



        Dr. Leslie G. Denend.     Dr. Denend has served as a director since January 2005. Dr. Denend was President of Network Associates, Inc., from December 1997 until May 1998. Since 1998, Dr. Denend has served on the boards of numerous public and private companies. Dr. Denend also was President and CEO of Network General Corporation from February 1993 until December 1997 and Chairman, President and CEO of Vitalink Communications Corporation from October 1990 until its acquisition by Network Systems Corp. in June 1991. Dr. Denend remained as a business unit president at Network Systems Corp. until December 1992. He was Executive Vice President at 3Com Corporation from January 1989 until October 1990. He was also a partner in McKinsey and Company from December 1984 until January 1989. Dr. Denend served as Executive Assistant to the Executive Director of the Council on International Economic Policy in the Executive Office of the President from August 1974 until August 1975, as a member of the National Security Council Staff from June 1977 until 1979, when he became the Special Assistant to the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, until January 1981. Dr. Denend also served as Deputy Director of the Cabinet Council on Economic Affairs from May 1982 until June 1983. Dr. Denend earned a Ph.D. and an M.B.A. from Stanford University and a B.S. from the U.S. Air Force Academy. He also currently serves as a director of Exponent, Inc., a science and engineering consulting firm, and McAfee, Inc., a supplier of computer security solutions.

        Robert B. Henske.     Mr. Henske has served as a director since January 2005. Mr. Henske is currently Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration of Intuit Inc., which he joined in 2003. He was previously CFO of Synopsys Inc., a supplier of electronic design automation software from May 2000 until January 2003. Mr. Henske was also CFO at American Savings Bank, a partner at Oak Hill Capital Management, a Robert M. Bass Group private equity investment firm, and a partner at Bain & Company. He earned an M.B.A. in finance and strategic planning from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a B.A. in chemical engineering from Rice University.

        Collin E. Roche.     Mr. Roche has served as a director since July 2002. Mr. Roche is currently a Principal of GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., which he joined in 1996 and rejoined in 2000 after receiving an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Prior to joining GTCR, Mr. Roche worked as an investment banking analyst at Goldman, Sachs & Co. and as an associate at Everen Securities. He received a B.A. in Political Economy from Williams College. Mr. Roche serves on the board of directors of TNS, Inc., a provider of business-critical data communications services to processors of credit card, debit card and ATM transactions and of secure data and voice network services to the global financial services industry, Syniverse Holdings, Inc., a provider of mission-critical technology services to wireless telecommunications companies worldwide, and several private GTCR portfolio companies.

        Daniel Timm.     Mr. Timm has served as a director since July 2002. He is a Principal of GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., which he joined in 2001. He was previously Chief Financial Officer at Chatham Technologies, a contract electronics manufacturer, and President and Chief Operating Officer at The Bruss Company, a food processor. Mr. Timm earned an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago and a B.S. in Accountancy from the University of Illinois and is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Timm currently serves as a director of HomeBanc Corp., a residential mortgage REIT, and several private companies in GTCR's portfolio.

Composition of our Board of Directors

        Our board of directors consists of seven members. Our board of directors is elected annually, and each director holds office for a one-year term.

        Messrs. Bergeron, Bondy, Roche and Timm were appointed to the board pursuant to a stockholders agreement among Mr. Bergeron, us, certain affiliates of GTCR and certain funds managed by TCW Asset Management Company and its affiliates, referred to collectively in this prospectus as TCW/Crescent Mezzanine, as well as a related prior letter agreement between Mr. Bergeron and such affiliates of GTCR that was entered into in contemplation of our 2002 acquisition. The parties to the stockholders agreement

70


agreed to cause the election to the board of, among others, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (Mr. Bergeron) and three representatives designated by an affiliate of GTCR (Messrs. Bondy, Roche and Timm). In addition, Drs. Castle and Denend and Mr. Henske were appointed to the board at the agreement of Mr. Bergeron and an affiliate of GTCR, also as contemplated by the stockholders agreement. The relevant provision of the stockholders agreement will expire upon the completion of this offering.

Committees of our Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has an audit committee and, prior to the completion of this offering, will have a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee.

        Audit Committee.     The audit committee of our board of directors appoints, determines the compensation for and supervises our independent registered public accounting firm, reviews our internal accounting procedures, systems of internal controls and financial statements, reviews and approves the services provided by our internal and independent registered public accounting firm, including the results and scope of their audit, and resolves disagreements between management and our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Bondy and Timm. Prior to the completion of this offering, Messrs. Bondy and Timm will resign from the audit committee and we will appoint to the audit committee Drs. Castle and Denend, as well as Mr. Henske, whom we intend to designate as an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules.

        Compensation Committee.     The compensation committee of our board of directors will review and recommend to the board of directors the compensation and benefits of all of our executive officers, administer our equity incentive plans and establish and review general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees. We anticipate that the compensation committee will consist of Dr. Denend, as chairman, and Dr. Castle and Mr. Henske.

        Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The role of the nominating and corporate governance committee will be to identify individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors, recommend that the board of directors select director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders, and develop and recommend to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles. We anticipate that the nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Dr. Castle, as chairman, and Messrs. Bergeron and Roche.

Director Compensation

        All directors who are not our employees or representatives of our major stockholders receive an annual fee of $30,000. In addition, each member of our audit committee receives an additional annual fee of $5,000, with the chairman of the audit committee receiving $10,000; each member of our compensation committee receives an additional annual fee of $2,500, with the chairman of our compensation committee receiving $5,000; and each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee receives an additional annual fee of $2,500, with the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee receiving $5,000. These additional annual fees are payable only to committee members who are not our employees or affiliated with any of our principal stockholders. All annual fees are paid in quarterly installments. In addition, under our Outside Directors' Stock Option Plan, we have granted to each director who is not our employee or affiliated with any of our principal stockholders, upon the director's initial appointment to the board, options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock and plan, each year thereafter, to grant options to purchase an additional 7,500 shares of our common stock. The exercise price for these options is the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the grant of the options. For each grant of options, one quarter of the options vest after one year, and the remainder vest ratably by quarter over the succeeding three years. The options have a term of seven years.

71



Executive Compensation

        The following table presents information regarding compensation earned during the year ended October 31, 2004 by our Chief Executive Officer and our four other highest-paid executive officers. These executives are referred to as the "named executive officers" elsewhere in this prospectus. The named executive officers do not include our Chief Financial Officer, who joined VeriFone in June 2004.


Summary Compensation Table

 
   
   
   
  Long-Term Compensation
   
 
 
  Annual Compensation
   
   
   
 
 
  Awards
   
 
 
   
   
  Other
Annual
Compen-
sation ($)(1)

   
 
Name and Principal Position

  Salary ($)
  Bonus ($)
  Restricted
Stock
Awards ($)(2)

  Securities
Underlying
Options (#)

  All Other
Compen-
sation ($)

 
Douglas G. Bergeron
    Chairman of the Board of
    Directors and Chief Executive
    Officer
  534,438   350,000   38,428       351,240 (3)
Jesse Adams
    Executive Vice President, North
    America Sales
  279,917   108,129   2,560       11,520 (4)
William Atkinson
    Executive Vice President, Global
    Marketing and Business
    Development
  274,083   104,700   2,560       7,536 (5)
David Turnbull
    Executive Vice President,
    Operations
  249,083   94,741   2,560       792 (6)
Elmore Waller
    Executive Vice President,
    Integrated Systems
  223,958   107,769   1,024     10,000   8,984 (7)

(1)
Relates to the difference between fair value at time of the grant of restricted stock and the purchase price for restricted stock granted under our 2002 Securities Purchase Plan. The amount represents the pro rata amount of such discount for the restricted stock vesting during the fiscal year.

(2)
As of October 31, 2004, our named executive officers owned restricted shares of our common stock with values as follows: Mr. Bergeron (together with his affiliate DGB Investments, Inc.), 3,910,428 shares with a value of $                ; Mr. Adams, 260,695 shares with a value of $                ; Mr. Atkinson, 260,695 shares with a value of $                ; Mr. Turnbull, 260,695 shares with a value of $                ; and Mr. Waller, 104,278 shares with a value of $                . These values are based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                , the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus.

(3)
Includes $175,000 of relocation related payment, $171,878 paid to compensate Mr. Bergeron for taxes due on the relocation related payment, $3,570 of company 401(k) plan matching contribution and $792 of life insurance premium.

(4)
Includes $10,728 of company 401(k) plan matching contribution and $792 of life insurance premium.

(5)
Includes $6,744 of company 401(k) plan matching contribution and $792 of life insurance premium.

(6)
Includes $792 of life insurance premium.

72


(7)
Includes $8,192 of company 401(k) plan matching contribution and $792 of life insurance premium.

Stock Option Grants in the Year Ended October 31, 2004

        The following table sets forth information regarding grants of stock options we granted during the year ended October 31, 2004 to the named executive officers. We granted options to purchase common stock equal to a total of 742,000 shares during the year ended October 31, 2004. Potential realizable values are net of exercise price before taxes, and are based on the assumption that our common stock appreciates at the annual rate shown, compounded annually, from the date of grant until expiration of the ten-year option term. These numbers are calculated based on SEC requirements and do not reflect our projection or estimate of future stock price growth.

 
  Individual Grants
  Potential Realizable Value at Assumed Annual Rates of Stock Price Appreciation for Option Term
 
  Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Underlying
Option/ SARs
Granted

  Percentage of
Total
Options/ SARs
Granted to
Employees in
FY 2004

   
   
 
  Exercise or
Base Price
Per
Share

   
 
  Expiration
Date

 
  5%
  10%
Douglas G. Bergeron                  
Jesse Adams                  
William Atkinson                  
David Turnbull                  
Elmore Waller   10,000   1.35 % $          1/1/2014   $              $           

Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

        The following table sets forth the number and value of securities underlying options held as of October 31, 2004, based on an initial public offering price of $            .

 
   
   
  Number of Shares
Underlying Unexercised
Options at
Fiscal Year-End

   
   
 
   
   
  Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money Options
at Fiscal Year-End

 
  Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Exercise

   
Name

  Value
Realized

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
Douglas G. Bergeron                
Jesse Adams       11,250   13,750        
William Atkinson       11,250   13,750        
David Turnbull       11,250   13,750        
Elmore Waller       9,000   21,000        

Employment Agreements

    Douglas G. Bergeron

        We entered into a senior management agreement with Mr. Bergeron dated July 1, 2002, containing provisions relating to employment terms and stock ownership.

        The senior management agreement provides for Mr. Bergeron to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of VeriFone, Inc., until his resignation, disability or death, or a decision by our board of directors to terminate his employment with or without cause (as defined in the agreement). Mr. Bergeron's annual base salary was initially set at $510,000, subject to any increase as determined by the board of directors based on achievements of budgetary or other objectives set by the board, and Mr. Bergeron was also eligible for a bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of budgetary and other objectives set by the board. Mr. Bergeron was paid a base salary of $513,188 and a bonus of $305,000 for fiscal year 2003 and a base salary of $534,438 and a bonus of $350,000 for fiscal year 2004. On

73



December 27, 2004, Mr. Bergeron's senior management agreement was amended to provide for an annual base salary of $535,000 for fiscal year 2005 and to provide for Mr. Bergeron to be eligible for a bonus of up to 100% of his annual base salary.

        If Mr. Bergeron's employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason (as defined in the agreement), then during the one-year period following his termination (or any extension to that period which may apply), Mr. Bergeron would be entitled to receive an amount equal to his annual base salary plus an amount equal to the bonus he received for the immediately preceding full fiscal year.

        Mr. Bergeron's senior management agreement contains provisions requiring him to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary and confidential information. Mr. Bergeron has agreed not to compete with us or solicit our employees or customers for a period of one year if he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, or for a period of two years if his employment is terminated for any other reason.

        Pursuant to this senior management agreement, Mr. Bergeron purchased 3,910,428 shares, designated as carried common, of our voting common stock at a price of $0.0333 per share; and DGB Investments, Inc., a corporation controlled by Mr. Bergeron, purchased 2,021,791 shares, designated as co-invest common, of our voting common stock at a price of $0.0333 per share and 3,302 shares of our Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $1,000 per share. We redeemed all of our outstanding Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock on June 30, 2004 for an amount equal to $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, or a total of $3,945,642 for the Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock owned by DGB Investments.

        The co-invest common was fully vested upon purchase by DGB Investments, Inc., the corporation controlled by Mr. Bergeron. The carried common vests at a rate of 20% of the entire amount of carried common per year, subject to Mr. Bergeron's continued employment, with an initial vesting date of July 1, 2003. All of the unvested carried common will vest upon a sale of the company, if Mr. Bergeron's employment has not been terminated at that time.

        The senior management agreement provides that in the event that Mr. Bergeron ceases to be employed by us, all stock purchased pursuant to the senior management agreement will be subject to repurchase by us, or by affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine to the extent that we do not exercise our repurchase right to all applicable shares. The repurchase price for each share depends in part on whether it is vested. The repurchase price for each unvested share of common stock is $0.0333 per share. The purchase price for each vested share of common stock is its fair market value as of the date of termination, except that if Mr. Bergeron's employment is terminated for cause, the purchase price for each vested share of carried common will be $0.0333. This repurchase right terminates with respect to vested shares upon consummation of a sale of the company or a public offering and so will terminate upon completion of this offering.

        The senior management agreement prohibits the transfer of Mr. Bergeron's carried common and co-invest common owned by DGB Investments, Inc., other than transfers:

    to us or specified affiliates of GTCR or TCW/Crescent Mezzanine pursuant to the repurchase right described above;

    family members, pursuant to laws of inheritance or to a guardian, in each case so long as the transferee agrees to be bound by the transfer restrictions; or

    pursuant to certain public sales of common stock executed by specified affiliates of GTCR or TCW/Crescent Mezzanine.

        By a separate agreement with us and VeriFone, Inc., Mr. Bergeron (together with a corporation and trusts through which he beneficially owns shares of our common stock) has agreed not to use the public-sale exception to the general prohibition on transfer, from the completion of this offering until the earlier of (i) six months after the completion of this offering and (ii) the completion of another registered

74



offering of our securities. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement—Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement with Mr. Bergeron, DGB Investments and Other of His Affiliates."

        The transfer restrictions survive with respect to each share of carried common and co-invest common until the earliest of:

    the date on which such share is transferred in a public sale permitted by the agreement; and

    the consummation of a sale of the company.

    Barry Zwarenstein

        We entered into a change in control severance agreement effective July 1, 2004 with Mr. Zwarenstein that requires us to provide specified payments and benefits to Mr. Zwarenstein if we undergo a change in control that results in a qualifying termination. A qualifying termination occurs if Mr. Zwarenstein's employment is terminated for cause or if he resigns for good reason (as defined in the agreement) in the period beginning 90 days before a change in control and ending 18 months after a change in control or otherwise, in certain circumstances if the termination occurs prior to the above-referenced period if the termination was at the request of a person that had indicated an intention to, or had taken steps reasonably calculated to, effect a change in control.

        A change in control for purposes of the agreement means any of the following events, subject to specified exceptions:

    any person or group of persons, other than Douglas G. Bergeron and his affiliates and investment funds affiliated with GTCR, become the beneficial owners of 40% or more of our outstanding voting securities;

    the consummation of a merger or similar transaction that requires the approval of our stockholders (either for the transaction itself or for the issuance of securities);

    a change in the majority composition of our board of directors;

    a sale of all or substantially all of our assets; and

    our liquidation or dissolution.

        If there is a qualifying termination, we must pay Mr. Zwarenstein, within 10 days following the date of termination, the following:

    a sum equal to the total of (i) Mr. Zwarenstein's base salary through the date of termination and any bonuses that have become payable and have not been paid or deferred, (ii) a pro rata portion of Mr. Zwarenstein's annual bonus for the fiscal year in which termination occurs (subject to specified minimums and elimination of duplicative payments) and (iii) any accrued vacation pay and compensation previously deferred by Mr. Zwarenstein, other than pursuant to a tax-qualified plan; and

    a sum equal to the total of (i) Mr. Zwarenstein's annual base salary during the twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of termination and (ii) his target incentive bonus for the fiscal year in which the date of termination or the change in control occurs (whichever is greater).

        In connection with a qualifying termination, we must also provide Mr. Zwarenstein with continuing medical, insurance and related benefits for twelve months following the date of termination.

        In connection with the consummation of a merger or similar transaction or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets that constitutes a change in control, the agreement also provides for the full vesting of any

75



stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based rights held by Mr. Zwarenstein pursuant to the New Founders' Stock Option Plan unless a specific grant otherwise provides.

        The agreement provides for modification to these payments and other benefits in order to mitigate the tax effects on Mr. Zwarenstein of a specified federal excise tax.

        Mr. Zwarenstein has agreed that in the event of a tender or exchange offer, proxy contest or the execution of an agreement whose consummation would constitute a change in control, he will not voluntarily leave his employment with us (other than in the case of death, mandatory retirement or for good reason) until the change in control occurs or is terminated or abandoned.

        This agreement continues in effect until we give two years' written notice of cancellation, but the agreement ends immediately if Mr. Zwarenstein's employment is terminated more than 90 days before a change in control.

Benefit Plans

    2002 Securities Purchase Plan

        Our 2002 Securities Purchase Plan is designed to provide incentives to our employees through the sale of common stock. The plan empowers our board of directors to select participants in the plan from among our employees and to sell to any participant any common stock in such quantities, at such prices, on such terms and subject to such conditions as may be established by the board of directors under the plan.

        In 2002 and 2003 we sold an aggregate of 1,929,145 shares of our voting common stock under the plan to 11 of our executives at $0.0333 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $64,300. Generally, the terms of these sales provide that in the event the purchaser ceases to be employed by us, the stock will be subject to repurchase by us, or by affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine to the extent that we do not exercise our repurchase right. The repurchase price for each share depends in part on whether it is vested. The repurchase price for each unvested share is its original purchase price. The repurchase price for each vested share is its fair market value as of the date of termination of employment (except in the case of termination for cause, in which case the repurchase price is the original purchase price). The repurchase right terminates with respect to vested shares upon the consummation of a sale of the company or a public offering, and so will terminate upon completion of this offering.

        The terms of these sales also generally prohibit the transfer of the shares, other than transfers (i) to us or to affiliates of GTCR or TCW/Crescent Mezzanine pursuant to the repurchase right described above, (ii) family members, pursuant to laws of inheritance or to a guardian, in each case so long as the transferee agrees to be bound by the transfer restrictions or (iii) pursuant to certain public sales of common stock executed by specified affiliates of GTCR or TCW/Crescent Mezzanine. The transfer restrictions survive with respect to each share until the earliest of:

    the date on which such share is transferred in a public sale permitted by the agreement; and

    the consummation of a sale of the company.

        We made grants under the plan on July 1, 2002 to the following executive officers, in each case for a purchase price of $0.0333 per share: Jesse Adams (260,695 shares), William Atkinson (260,695 shares), David Turnbull (260,695 shares) and Elmore Waller (104,278 shares). These shares vest at 20% per year, on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, in each case if and only if the as of such anniversary the executive officer has been continuously employed by us from the grant date. All unvested stock becomes vested upon a sale of the company, if the executive officer is then still employed by us. The fair value of the shares at the time of grant was $0.08 per share.

76



    New Founders' Stock Option Plan

        Our New Founders' Stock Option Plan permits grants to executives or other key employees of options to purchase shares of our nonvoting common stock. This plan is available generally to our employees. Upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering, all options granted or to be granted under the plan will be options to purchase our common stock.

        Grants of options to purchase an aggregate of 1,500,000 shares are currently authorized under the plan. The options have a term of ten years and generally vest over a period of five years from the date of grant, with 20% vesting after one year, and an additional 5% vesting every three months thereafter. Through January 31, 2005, we had issued options under the plan to purchase an aggregate of 1,644,300 shares at a weighted average exercise price of $3.85. At January 31, 2005, there were 1,458,200 options outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $3.95, of which 295,400 were exercisable, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.05 per share.

Outside Directors' Stock Option Plan

        Our Outside Directors' Stock Option Plan permits grants of options to purchase shares of our voting common stock to members of our board of directors who are not our employees or representatives of our major stockholders. The plan authorizes grants of options to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 shares. The options may have a term of no more than seven years and generally vest over a period of four years from the date of grant, with one quarter vesting after one year, and the remainder vesting ratably by quarter over the succeeding three years, but generally vest immediately upon a sale of the company for an optionholder who has been a member of the board continuously from the grant until the sale of the company. Through January 31, 2005, we had issued options under the plan to purchase an aggregate of 90,000 shares at a weighted average exercise price of $10.00 per share, all of which were outstanding at January 31, 2005.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Our certificate of incorporation generally provides that our directors will not be liable to us or to our stockholders for breach of a fiduciary duty. Our bylaws provide for indemnification against all losses actually incurred by directors and officers in connection with any action, suit or proceeding relating to their position as a director or officer. Our bylaws also provide for indemnification or reimbursement of expenses to any of our employees. These provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are discussed further under the heading "Description of Our Capital Stock—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters."

77



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Since October 31, 2001, there has not been, nor is there currently planned, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeds $60,000 and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of such persons' immediate families had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than agreements which are described under the caption "Management" and the transactions described below.

Transactions with Certain Affiliates

        Since July 1, 2002, we have paid approximately $2.0 million to Driver Alliant Insurance Services, Inc., of which Driver Alliant received approximately $118,000 as service fees for insurance brokerage services and the remainder of which was remitted to insurers as insurance premiums, and we have paid approximately $91,000 to Horn Murdock Cole for consulting services. Both of these entities are controlled by GTCR. While we believe that each of these transactions was on terms substantially comparable to those we could have obtained from unaffiliated parties, we did not seek proposals from third parties for their services. We no longer receive services from any of the foregoing entities controlled by GTCR, other than from Driver Alliant for health insurance brokerage.

        We paid management fees of $2,045,000 to an affiliate of Gores Technology Group and of Alec Gores, one of our principal stockholders, during the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002. During that period we also paid approximately $559,000 to MPC Computers, LLC, formerly known as Micron PC, LLC, an affiliate of Gores Technology Group and of Alec Gores. We have also paid management and other fees to GTCR described under the caption "Our 2002 Acquisition—Professional Services Agreement" elsewhere in this prospectus.

Indemnification and Employment Agreements

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that authorize and require us to indemnify our officers and directors to the full extent permitted under Delaware law, subject to limited exceptions. See "Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors." We have also entered into change of control agreements and/or employment agreements with our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. See "Management—Employment Agreements."

Stock Option Grants

        We have granted stock options to purchase shares of our common stock to our executive officers and directors. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Management—Summary Compensation Table."

Restricted Stock Grants to Executive Officers

        We granted restricted stock to our CEO in connection with our 2002 acquisition. See "Management—Employment Agreements—Douglas G. Bergeron."

Our 2002 Acquisition

        On July 1, 2002, we acquired all of the outstanding common stock of VeriFone, Inc., our principal operating subsidiary, from VeriFone Holding Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Gores Technology Group. Our 2002 acquisition was financed through (i) borrowings of $95 million, including a $35 million revolving and term loan facility with a third party and a $60 million senior subordinated loan agreement with affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine, and (ii) proceeds of approximately $1 million from the issuance of common stock and $63 million from the issuance of class A redeemable convertible

78



preferred stock. The loan agreement with affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine also contained warrants to purchase common stock and Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Senior Subordinated Loan Agreement with Affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine

        Under the senior subordinated loan agreement, we borrowed an aggregate of $60 million under promissory notes, consisting of $30 million borrowed from each of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine, to facilitate the acquisition of VeriFone, Inc. The notes bore interest at 13.0% per annum, which was payable quarterly, and were due in full in July 2012. The promissory notes were fully repaid in June 2004 with proceeds from our secured credit facility.

        In conjunction with the loan agreement, an affiliate of GTCR received warrants to purchase 2,577,102 shares of our voting common stock for $0.0067 per share and 4,209 shares of our class A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.01 per share, and affiliates of TCW/Crescent Mezzanine were issued warrants to purchase 2,577,162 shares of our voting common stock for $0.0067 per share and 4,209 shares of our class A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.01 per share. In each case, the exercise price for the warrants was deemed paid on issuance of the promissory notes. These lenders immediately exercised the warrants for our class A redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the affiliate of GTCR immediately exercised all of their warrants to purchase our voting common stock. The affiliates of TCW/Crescent Mezzanine exercised their warrants to purchase our voting common stock in June 2004.

Issuance of Common Stock in Our 2002 Acquisition

        On July 1, 2002, in connection with our 2002 acquisition, we issued an aggregate of 5,932,219 shares of voting common stock to Mr. Bergeron and an affiliate pursuant to a senior management agreement with Mr. Bergeron. These arrangements are described in greater detail under the caption "Management—Employment Agreements—Douglas G. Bergeron" elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, on July 1, 2002 we issued under our 2002 securities purchase plan an aggregate of 1,199,198 shares of voting common stock to eight other executives. These arrangements are described in greater detail under the caption "Management—Benefit Plans—2002 Securities Purchase Plan" elsewhere in this prospectus.

Issuance of Class A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        In July 2002, we issued 4,209 shares of class A redeemable convertible preferred stock to affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine pursuant to the exercise of warrants, and sold 3,302 shares of class A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $1,000 per share to DGB Investments, Inc., a company controlled by Douglas G. Bergeron, our chief executive officer, pursuant to a senior management agreement.

        On June 30, 2004, the Company redeemed all outstanding class A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $1,000 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends aggregating to $86.2 million.

        Dividends on each share of class A redeemable convertible preferred stock accrued on a daily basis at a rate of 9% per annum of the sum of the liquidation value, which was $1,000 per share, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. To the extent not paid on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year, all dividends that had accrued on each share of class A redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding accumulated and remained accumulated until paid. At the request of a majority of the holders of the class A redeemable convertible preferred stock, we would have applied the net proceeds from any public offering to redeem all or any portion of the shares of class A redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding at $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

79



Agreements Related to Our 2002 Acquisition

        In connection with our 2002 acquisition, we and our subsidiaries entered into several agreements with various related parties under which we have ongoing obligations, including the registration rights agreement discussed below.

        Purchase Agreement.     We issued common stock and Class A preferred stock in our 2002 acquisition to affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine pursuant to a purchase agreement. The Class A preferred stock has been redeemed according to its terms and is no longer outstanding. The purchase agreement imposes continuing requirements on us in favor of the stockholders who purchased stock in the 2002 acquisition, as well as in favor of certain of their assignees.

        We must deliver periodic financial statements and other financial information to the affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine that purchased our stock in the recapitalization, as well as to any person or entity to which they may assign such stock, as long as that person holds at least 15% of our stock issued in the recapitalization and that stock has not been sold in a registered public offering or in a transaction exempt from registration under Rule 144.

        In addition, in order for us or our subsidiaries to take certain actions, we must, subject to specified exceptions, obtain the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock that we issued in the recapitalization (but not including any stock that is subsequently sold in a registered public offering or in a transaction exempt from registration under Rule 144).

        Stockholders Agreement.     In connection with our 2002 acquisition, we entered into a stockholders agreement with certain executives and affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine. This agreement requires us to provide financial information and access to management to discuss our affairs at regular intervals.

        The stockholders agreement also has a provision that applies to transactions in which we undergo a change in control. Subject to specified conditions, the agreement requires the stockholders who are parties to it to consent to any sale of VeriFone Holdings to a non-affiliate of GTCR if the sale is approved by the holders of a majority of the shares subject to the agreement. This provision generally applies to any set of transactions that results in the acquisition, by a person or group of related persons, of substantially all of our assets or of an amount of our stock with sufficient voting power to elect a majority of our directors. However, a public offering of our stock or a sale to GTCR affiliates is not subject to this provision.

        Generally, the stockholders agreement prohibits the stockholders that are parties to it from transferring their shares unless the transferee also becomes a party to the stockholders agreement.

Professional Services Agreement

        In connection with our 2002 acquisition, our subsidiary VeriFone, Inc. entered into a Professional Services Agreement with GTCR, pursuant to which VeriFone, Inc. engaged GTCR as a financial and management consultant. Under this agreement, GTCR agrees to consult with the boards of directors and management of us and our affiliates regarding corporate strategy, budgeting of future corporate investments, acquisition and divestiture strategies, and debt and equity financings. VeriFone, Inc. agrees to pay GTCR an annual management fee of $250,000, and to reimburse GTCR for fees and expenses incurred by GTCR or its personnel. For the three months ended January 31, 2005, we paid GTCR a management fee of $63,000 under this agreement. VeriFone, Inc. also agreed to pay GTCR a placement fee equal to 1% of the gross amount of any debt or equity financing of VeriFone Holdings, Inc., and to indemnify GTCR and its personnel against losses arising from their performance under the agreement (except due to gross negligence or willful misconduct). We paid GTCR approximately $1.6 million in connection with our 2002 acquisition and approximately $2.9 million in connection with our establishment of our secured credit facility.

80



Registration Rights Agreement

        We entered into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which we have agreed to register for sale under the Securities Act shares of our common stock in the circumstances described below. This agreement provides some stockholders with the right to require us to register common stock owned by them and other stockholders who are parties to the agreement, and provides stockholders who are parties to the agreement with the right to include common stock owned by them in a registration statement under most other circumstances.

    Demand Rights

        The holders of a majority of the shares described below, acting as a single group, have the right to require us to register such shares:

    shares of our common stock issued to specified affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine as part of our 2002 acquisition, as well as any other shares of common stock owned by any person who owns such shares issued as part of our 2002 acquisition; and

    shares of our common stock issuable on the exercise of warrants that have been or may be issued to specified affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine, as well as any other shares of common stock owned by any person who owns shares issued on exercise of such warrants.

We call the right to require us to register shares a demand right, and the resulting registration a demand registration. Stockholders with demand rights may make an unlimited number of such demands for registration on Form S-1 or, if available to us, on Form S-3. In addition, the holders of a majority of the shares or warrants described above that were issued initially to specified affiliates of TCW/Crescent Mezzanine may separately demand registration once on Form S-3 beginning 180 days after our initial public offering, if registration on Form S-3 is then available to us. Holders of piggyback rights, described below, may include shares they own in a demand registration.

    Piggyback Rights

        A larger group of stockholders can request to participate in, or "piggyback" on, registrations of any of our securities for sale by us or by a third party. We call this right a piggyback right, and the resulting registration a piggyback registration. The piggyback right applies to the following shares:

    the shares described above that have demand rights;

    shares of our common stock held by specified executives, as well as any other executive who, with the consent of an affiliate of GTCR, becomes a party to the registration rights agreement. As of December 31, 2004, the executives who were parties to the registration rights agreement were Messrs. Adams, Atkinson, Bergeron, Turnbull and Waller, Nigel Bidmead and Robert Lopez, as well as several former executives who remain stockholders, Denis Calvert, Donald Campion, Robert Cook, Gary Grant and James Sheehan; and

    shares of our common stock held by any other person to whom we issue equity securities and whom we permit, with the consent of an affiliate of GTCR, to become a party to the registration rights agreement.

The piggyback right applies to any registration other than:

    a demand registration,

    an initial public offering of our equity securities, unless any stockholder with piggyback rights is entitled to participate in the offering, or

    a registration on Form S-4 or S-8.

81


    Conditions and Limitations; Expenses

        The registration rights outlined above are subject to conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration and our right to delay or withdraw a registration statement under specified circumstances.

        We are not required to make a demand registration on Form S-1 within 90 days of either a prior demand registration on Form S-1 or a prior piggyback registration, unless those stockholders with piggyback rights were unable to register all the shares they wished to in the prior piggyback registration. In addition, holders of securities with registration rights may not make any public sale of our equity securities (including sales under Rule 144) during a period that begins seven days before the effectiveness of a registration statement and that ends, in the case of this offering, 180 days after the offering and, in any other underwritten offering in which registration rights were exercised, 90 days after effectiveness. (In either case, the managing underwriters for the relevant offering may agree to shorten this period.) See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        The underwriters in any demand registration, and in any piggyback registration that is underwritten, will be selected by the holders of a majority of the shares with demand rights that are included in the registration.

        Other than underwriting discounts and commissions and brokers' commissions, we will pay all registration expenses in connection with a registration, as well as reasonable (or otherwise limited) fees for legal counsel to the stockholders with registration rights.

    Amendment to Registration Agreement with Mr. Bergeron, DGB Investments and Other of His Affiliates

        In November 2004, we, VeriFone, Inc., our Chief Executive Officer, Douglas G. Bergeron (together with a corporation and trusts through which he beneficially owns shares of our common stock) and our majority stockholder, an investment fund affiliate of GTCR, entered into an amendment to the registration rights agreement that amended provisions of the registration rights agreement and Mr. Bergeron's senior management agreement as those agreements apply to shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Bergeron. See "Management—Employment Agreements—Douglas G. Bergeron." Under this amendment, Mr. Bergeron (and relevant affiliated entities through which he beneficially owns shares of our common stock) agreed, provided that this offering is priced on or before April 30, 2005, that no shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Mr. Bergeron would be included in this registration statement and that Mr. Bergeron (and the relevant affiliated entities) would not make use of a specified exception under the senior management agreement to the general prohibition imposed by the senior management agreement on transferring shares of our common stock. The agreement not to use this exception extends from the completion of this offering until the earlier of (i) six months after the completion of this offering and (ii) the completion of another registered offering of our securities.

        The amendment provides that, in the first underwritten registration of our securities after the completion of this offering in which registrable securities are included, those shares beneficially owned by Mr. Bergeron that could have been sold under the specified exception under the senior management agreement will be included in such registration before any other registrable securities. This right of priority terminates if this offering is not priced on or before April 30, 2005 or on the earlier to occur of (i) the completion of the first underwritten registration of our securities after the completion of this offering in which registrable securities are included and (ii) the sale of all shares eligible for sale pursuant to the specified exception under the senior management.

82



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table presents information concerning the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2004, by:

    each person we know to be the beneficial owner of 5% of more of our outstanding shares of common stock;

    each of our executive officers listed on the Summary Compensation Table above under "Management";

    each of our directors; and

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

        Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 56,404,858.60 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2004, and             shares of common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2004 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless indicated below, the address of each individual listed below is c/o VeriFone Holdings, Inc., 2099 Gateway Place, Suite 600, San Jose, California 95110.

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Before Offering

   
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering(1)

 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Number of
Shares
Offered

 
  Number
  Percent
  Number
  Percent
 
Beneficial owners                      
GTCR Fund VII, L.P(2)(3)   38,355,310.77   68.0 %            
GTCR Capital Partners, L.P(2)(3)   38,355,310.77   68.0 %            
GTCR Co-Invest, L.P(2)(3)   38,355,310.77   68.0 %            
Douglas G. Bergeron(7)   6,620,454.54   11.7 %            
Alec E. Gores(4)   4,301,571.77   7.6 %            
TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P.(5)(6)   3,777,102.20   6.7 %            
TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III(5)(6)   3,777,102.20   6.7 %            
TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P.(5)(6)   3,777,102.20   6.7 %            
TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P.(5)(6)   3,777,102.20   6.7 %            
Jesse Adams   273,195.19   *              
William Atkinson   273,195.19   *              
David Turnbull   273,195.19   *              
Elmore Waller   116,278.08   *              
Craig A. Bondy(2)(3)   38,355,310.77   68.0 %            
James C. Castle                  
Leslie Denend                  
Robert B. Henske                  
Collin E. Roche(2)(3)   38,355,310.77   68.0 %            
Daniel Timm(2)(3)   38,355,310.77   68.0 %            
  All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)   45,911,628.96   81.3 %            

*
Less than 1%.

83


(1)
Assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an aggregate of             additional shares.

(2)
The address of each of GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P. and Messrs. Bondy, Roche and Timm is c/o GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., 6100 Sears Tower, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

(3)
Includes 35,453,628.65 shares of common stock held by GTCR Fund VII, L.P., 2,577,102.20 shares of common stock held by GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., and 324,579.92 shares of common stock held by GTCR Co-Invest, L.P. Each of Messrs. Bondy, Roche and Timm is a Principal of GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., which is the general partner of the general partner of GTCR Fund VII, L.P., the general partner of the general partner of the general partner of GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., and the general partner of GTCR Co-Invest, L.P. Each of Messrs. Bondy, Roche and Timm disclaims the beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities.

(4)
Includes 3,015,729.25 shares of common stock held by the Revocable Living Trust Agreement of Alec E. Gores and 1,285,842.52 shares of common stock held by various affiliated trusts. Mr. Turnbull, who is a brother-in-law of Mr. Gores, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Mr. Gores.

(5)
The address of each of TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P. and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P. is c/o TCW Asset Management Company, 200 Crescent Court, Dallas Texas 75201.

(6)
Includes 2,998,569.30 shares of common stock held by TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., 467,147.28 shares of common stock held by TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, 188,855.12 shares of common stock held by TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P. and 122,530.50 shares of common stock held by TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P. TCW Asset Management Company is the investment adviser of TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P. and sub-advisor of TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Management III, L.L.C., which is the investment manager of TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P.

(7)
Includes 2,370,470.68 shares held by DGB Investments, Inc., an investment company controlled by Mr. Bergeron, and 4,249,983.86 shares held by various family trusts the beneficiaries of which are members of Mr. Bergeron's family.

84



DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

         The following descriptions are summaries of material terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as each will be in effect upon the completion of the offering. They may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand them fully, you should read our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The following descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

        Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and            shares of preferred stock. As of                  , 2005, there were            shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have            shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. In addition, as of                  , 2005,            shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance under our stock option plans, and options to purchase            shares of our common stock were outstanding.

Common Stock

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue one class of common stock. Stockholders will be entitled to one vote for each share of our common stock held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled or permitted to vote. Our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. As a result, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock voting for the election of directors can elect all the directors standing for election. Upon the completion of this offering, GTCR will own a majority of the shares of our outstanding common stock. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Capital Structure." Holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends, if any, out of legally available funds when and if declared from time to time by our board of directors. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to the rights of any then outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock will have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable and the shares of common stock offered hereby will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Our Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of our common stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of delaying or preventing our change in control, and may cause the market price of our common stock to decline or impair the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Antitakeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying, discouraging, or preventing a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider

85



favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:

    authorization of the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock without the need for action by stockholders;

    removal of directors or amendment of our organizational documents only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

    provision that any vacancy on the board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of the directors then in office;

    inability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; and

    advance notice requirements for board nominations and proposing matters to be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the completion of this offering contains provisions that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of a corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders,

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,

    any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends, or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        The duty of loyalty generally requires that, when acting on behalf of a corporation, officers and directors act in the best interests of the corporation and its stockholders. In circumstances where an officer or director owes fiduciary duties to more than one entity it can be difficult for such person to satisfy duties of loyalty to both entities. Messrs. Bondy, Roche and Timm are principals of our majority stockholder and also serve on our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation provides that transactions that we enter into in which a director or officer has a conflict of interest are generally permissible so long as (1) the material facts relating to the director's or officer's relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors and a majority of our disinterested directors approves the transaction, (2) the material facts relating to the director's or officer's relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our stockholders and a majority of our disinterested stockholders approves the transaction, or (3) the transaction is otherwise fair to us. GTCR's representatives will not be required to offer to us any transaction opportunity of which they become aware and could take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment, unless such opportunity is expressly offered to them solely in their capacity as a director of the Company.

        These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

86



        Additionally, as permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation provides that:

    we shall indemnify our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law,

    we shall advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions, and

    the rights provided in our certificate of incorporation are not exclusive.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                  .

Listing

        We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PAY."

87



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. Upon completion of the offering there will be            shares of common stock outstanding, excluding approximately            shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options and rights. Of these shares,             shares of common stock expected to be sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The remaining            shares of common stock held by us, our executive officers, directors, and stockholders will be subject to the lock-up arrangements described below and will be eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 as described below, after the expiration of the lock-up arrangements.

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers, our directors who own shares of our common stock or options to acquire shares of our common stock and our stockholders will enter into 180-day lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which neither we nor they may, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of the underwriters. See "Underwriting."

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned shares for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately            shares after the completion of this offering; or

    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

        In addition to this volume limitation, sales under Rule 144 also are subject to manner-of-sale restrictions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

        Under paragraph (k) of Rule 144, persons who are not our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, are entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner-of-sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. The two-year holding period includes the holding period of any prior owner who is not our affiliate. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, shares covered by Rule 144(k) may be sold at any time.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be

88



made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.

Stock Options

        In addition, as of                  , 2005, employee stock options to purchase a total of approximately            shares of common stock were outstanding. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the issuance and resale of those shares issuable under our stock option plans. That registration statement automatically becomes effective upon filing. As a result, when the options or rights are exercised, such shares issuable on exercise thereof will be freely tradable under the Securities Act, subject to the lock up agreements described above, and except that any shares purchased by "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144, would be subject to limitations and restrictions under Rule 144 that are described above. For a discussion of key terms of the Company's stock option and stock purchase plans, see "Management—Benefit Plans."

Registration Rights

        Beginning 180 days after the date of this offering, holders of approximately            restricted shares of our common stock will be entitled to registration rights described above. For more detailed information regarding these registration rights, see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement." Registration of such shares under the Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144, immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.

89



CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        This section summarizes certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock by a non-U.S. holder. You are a non-U.S. holder if you are, for United States federal income tax purposes:

    a nonresident alien individual,

    a foreign corporation, or

    an estate or trust that in either case is not subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis on income or gain from common stock.

        This section does not consider the specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder and does not address the treatment of a non-U.S. holder under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction. This section is based on the tax laws of the United States, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, existing and proposed regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

        If a partnership holds the common stock, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the common stock should consult its tax advisor with regard to the United States federal income tax treatment of an investment in the common stock.



        
You should consult a tax advisor regarding the United States federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of common stock in your particular circumstances, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.


Dividends

        As discussed under the section entitled "Dividend Policy" above, we do not currently anticipate paying dividends for the foreseeable future. In the event that we do pay dividends, except as described below, if you are a non-U.S. holder of common stock, dividends paid to you are subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we and other payors will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless you have furnished to us or another payor:

    a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, your status as (or, in the case of a United States alien holder that is a partnership or an estate or trust, such forms certifying the status of each partner in the partnership or beneficiary of the estate or trust as) a non-United States person and your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments, or

    in the case of payments made outside the United States to an offshore account (generally, an account maintained by you at an office or branch of a bank or other financial institution at any location outside the United States), other documentary evidence establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by filing a refund claim with the United States Internal Revenue Service.

90


        If dividends paid to you are "effectively connected" with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and, if required by a tax treaty, the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, we and other payors generally are not required to withhold tax from the dividends, provided that you have furnished to us or another payor a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or an acceptable substitute form upon which you represent, under penalties of perjury, that:

    you are a non-United States person, and

    the dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and are includible in your gross income.

"Effectively connected" dividends are taxed at rates applicable to United States citizens, resident aliens and domestic United States corporations.

        If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, "effectively connected" dividends that you receive may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

        If you are a non-U.S. holder, you generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on gain that you recognize on a disposition of common stock unless:

    the gain is "effectively connected" with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to United States taxation on a net income basis,

    you are an individual, you hold the common stock as a capital asset, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions exist, or

    we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation for federal income tax purposes and you held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of the common stock and you are not eligible for any treaty exemption.

        If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, "effectively connected" gains that you recognize may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

        We have not been, are not and do not anticipate becoming a United States real property holding corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Federal Estate Taxes

        Common stock held by a non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in the holder's gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        If you are a non-U.S. holder, you are generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting requirements with respect to:

    dividend payments and

    the payment of the proceeds from the sale of common stock effected at a United States office of a broker,

91


as long as the income associated with such payments is otherwise exempt from United States federal income tax, and:

    the payor or broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and you have furnished to the payor or broker:

    a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are (or, in the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a partnership or an estate or trust, such forms certifying that each partner in the partnership or beneficiary of the estate or trust is) a non-United States person, or

    other documentation upon which it may rely to treat the payments as made to a non-United States person in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations, or

    you otherwise establish an exemption.

        Payment of the proceeds from the sale of common stock effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, a sale of common stock that is effected at a foreign office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding if:

    the proceeds are transferred to an account maintained by you in the United States,

    the payment of proceeds or the confirmation of the sale is mailed to you at a United States address, or

    the sale has some other specified connection with the United States as provided in U.S. Treasury regulations,

unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption.

        In addition, a sale of common stock will be subject to information reporting if it is effected at a foreign office of a broker that is:

    a United States person,

    a controlled foreign corporation for United States tax purposes,

    a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business for a specified three-year period, or

    a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year:

    one or more of its partners are "U.S. persons," as defined in U.S. Treasury regulations, who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, or

    such foreign partnership is engaged in the conduct of a United States trade or business,

unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption. Backup withholding will apply if the sale is subject to information reporting and the broker has actual knowledge that you are a United States person.

        You generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the Internal Revenue Service.

92



UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                  , 2005, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint book-running managers, are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Underwriter

  Number of
Shares

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC    
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.    
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
Lehman Brothers Inc.    
Banc of America Securities LLC    
        
        
        
        
   
  Total    
   

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to            additional shares from us and an aggregate of            additional outstanding shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $            per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $            per share on sales to other brokers or dealers. After the initial public offering, the underwriters may change the public offering price and concession and discount to brokers and dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

 
  Per Share
  Total
 
  Without
Over-allotment

  With
Over-allotment

  Without
Over-allotment

  With
Over-allotment

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us   $     $     $     $  
Expenses payable by us   $     $     $     $  
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling stockholders   $     $     $     $  
Expenses payable by the selling stockholders   $     $     $     $  

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

93



        We have agreed that we will not, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

        Our officers and directors who own shares of our common stock or options to acquire shares of our common stock and all of our stockholders, including the selling stockholders, have agreed that they will not, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

        Credit Suisse First Boston and Banc of America Securities, two of our underwriters, acted as agents in connection with our secured credit facility. Neither of them, nor their affiliates, currently hold any portion of our outstanding indebtedness. Affiliates of Credit Suisse First Boston own minority interests in affiliates of GTCR and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine, two of our principal stockholders.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We intend to apply to list the shares of common stock on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PAY". In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on The New York Stock Exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders. Following the offering, we will have outstanding in the United States more than 1,100,000 publicly held shares with an aggregate market value of at least $60 million.

        There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters negotiated the initial public offering price. The factors considered included:

    prevailing market conditions;

    the history of and prospects for our industry;

    an assessment of our management;

    our present operations;

    our historical results of operations;

    the trend of our revenues and earnings;

    our earnings prospects; and

    an analysis of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us based on certain growth rates including revenues and earnings growth.

        Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that our common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

94



        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

    Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market.

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering, and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that: (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiration of a period of six months from the completion of this offering, will not offer or sell any shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA")) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the

95



Issuer; and (iii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

        The shares may not be offered or sold, transferred or delivered, as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, to any individual or legal entity in the Netherlands other than to individuals or legal entities who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of their profession or trade, which includes banks, securities intermediaries, insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and commercial enterprises which, as an ancillary activity, regularly trade or invest in securities.

        The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent, or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder.

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation or subscription or purchase, of the securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than under circumstances in which such offer, sale or invitation does not constitute an offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the securities to the public in Singapore.

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the "Securities and Exchange Law") and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

96



VALIDITY OF SECURITIES

        The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, Palo Alto, California and for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell, Menlo Park, California.


EXPERTS

        Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, have audited our and our predecessor's consolidated financial statements and schedule at October 31, 2004 and 2003, and for the years ended October 31, 2004 and 2003, the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 and the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, as set forth in their report. We have included our and our predecessor's consolidated financial statements and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedule, contains additional relevant information about us and our capital stock. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this document certain information included in the registration statement.

        You may read and copy the reports and other information we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference section of the SEC, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1(800) SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. This reference to the SEC's website is an inactive textual reference only, and is not a hyperlink.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as a result will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference room and the website of the SEC referred to above, as well as on our website, http://www.verifone.com. This reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only, and is not a hyperlink. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

        We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, and make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

97



NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the shares in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling shareholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of shares are made. Any resale of the shares in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares.

Representations of Purchasers

        By purchasing shares in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling shareholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

    the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,

    where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and

    the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

        Under Ontario securities legislation, a purchaser who purchases a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares, for rescission against us and the selling shareholders in the event that this circular contains a misrepresentation. A purchaser will be deemed to have relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling shareholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling shareholders will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling shareholders will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling shareholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Canadian purchasers of the shares should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

98



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005 (unaudited)   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, and the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005 (unaudited)   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the periods from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, and the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended January 31, 2005 (unaudited)   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the periods from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, and the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005 (unaudited)   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-8

F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
VeriFone Holdings, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of VeriFone Holdings, Inc. (the "Successor") as of October 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 and years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004. We have also audited the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows of VeriFone, Inc. (the "Predecessor"), for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Successor and Predecessor management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Successor at October 31, 2003 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 and the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, and the consolidated results of operations of the Predecessor and its cash flows for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

  

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California
December 20, 2004

F-2



VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PAR VALUE)

 
  October 31,
   
 
 
  January 31,
2005

 
 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)
(Unaudited)

 
Assets                    
Current assets:                    
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 5,877   $ 12,705   $ 28,083  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $4,268 and $2,868 and $2,535 at October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005     70,118     77,839     64,000  
  Inventories     40,657     32,113     45,519  
  Deferred tax assets     1,231     4,548     4,091  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     7,715     9,208     12,480  
   
 
 
 
Total current assets     125,598     136,413     154,173  

Equipment and improvements, net

 

 

5,378

 

 

5,754

 

 

5,427

 
Purchased intangible assets, net     42,179     22,234     18,968  
Goodwill     54,449     53,224     53,224  
Deferred tax assets     3,779     11,508     12,506  
Debt issuance costs, net     1,179     11,500     11,192  
Other assets     4,405     4,986     4,794  
   
 
 
 
Total assets   $ 236,967   $ 245,619   $ 260,284  
   
 
 
 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Current liabilities:                    
  Revolving promissory notes payable   $ 17,212   $   $  
  Accounts payable     41,243     43,702     52,405  
  Income taxes payable     13,102     13,749     16,784  
  Accrued compensation     10,383     11,048     10,112  
  Accrued warranty     3,136     2,651     2,962  
  Deferred revenue     9,601     14,152     15,257  
  Deferred tax liabilities     421     459     459  
  Accrued expenses     8,851     8,067     3,618  
  Other current liabilities     18,708     14,875     16,223  
  Current portion of long-term debt     10,318     2,308     2,240  
   
 
 
 
Total current liabilities     132,975     111,011     120,060  

Accrued warranty

 

 

1,425

 

 

1,144

 

 

942

 
Deferred revenue     4,923     5,872     6,154  
Promissory notes payable to stockholders, net of unamortized discount of $8,047     51,953          
Other long-term debt, less current portion     363     259,879     259,350  
Deferred tax liabilities     40     1,726     1,984  
Other long-term liabilities     3,219     1,374     1,111  
Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 75 shares authorized; 72, zero and zero shares issued and outstanding as of October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005; $81,210, zero, and zero redemption value at October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005     81,210          

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Voting Common Stock: $0.01 par value, 64,000 shares authorized; 54,299, 56,430 and 56,377 shares issued and outstanding at October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005     543     564     564  
  Nonvoting Common Stock: $0.01 par value, 1,000, 1,500 and 1,500 shares authorized at October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005; 5, 19 and 28 shares issued and outstanding at October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005              
  Additional paid-in capital     348     146     612  
  Deferred stock-based compensation     (348 )   (146 )   (573 )
  Accumulated deficit     (39,869 )   (136,218 )   (130,381 )
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     185     267     461  
   
 
 
 
Total stockholders' deficit     (39,141 )   (135,387 )   (129,317 )
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit   $ 236,967   $ 245,619   $ 260,284  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-3



VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 
   
   
   
   
  Three months
ended January 31,

 
 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30, 2002

  Period from
July 1, 2002 to
October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

 
Net revenues                                      
  System Solutions   $ 162,233   $ 95,762   $ 292,824   $ 344,639   $ 77,148   $ 97,989  
  Services     22,123     15,475     46,507     45,449     10,801     13,294  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total net revenues     184,356     111,237     339,331     390,088     87,949     111,283  
Cost of net revenues                                      
  System Solutions     111,333     74,855     184,795     215,126     46,611     61,109  
  Services     14,209     10,303     29,644     26,511     6,989     7,550  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total cost of net revenues     125,542     85,158     214,439     241,637     53,600     68,659  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     58,814     26,079     124,892     148,451     34,349     42,624  
Operating expenses:                                      
  Research and development     20,037     10,322     28,193     33,703     7,241     9,494  
  Sales and marketing     26,848     13,925     40,024     44,002     10,159     12,044  
  General and administrative     26,093     10,342     25,039     25,503     6,059     6,704  
  Amortization of purchased intangible assets         3,399     10,200     10,200     2,550     1,304  
  In-process research and development         17,934                  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses     72,978     55,922     103,456     113,408     26,009     29,546  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     (14,164 )   (29,843 )   21,436     35,043     8,340     13,078  
Interest expense     (2,407 )   (3,794 )   (12,456 )   (12,597 )   (2,837 )   (4,294 )
Other income (expense), net     1,694     (4,904 )   3,557     (11,869 )   (308 )   (200 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (14,877 )   (38,541 )   12,537     10,577     5,195     8,584  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     4,593     (4,509 )   12,296     4,971     2,442     2,747  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)     (19,470 )   (34,032 )   241     5,606     2,753     5,837  
Accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock         5,218     6,916     4,959     1,827      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ (19,470 ) $ (39,250 ) $ (6,675 ) $ 647   $ 926   $ 5,837  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net income (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic   $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.11  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted   $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.10  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share:                                      
  Basic     9,121     48,459     48,869     50,725     49,487     53,397  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted     9,121     48,459     48,869     56,588     56,881     57,128  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-4



VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(IN THOUSANDS)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
 
PREDECESSOR

  Additional Paid-in Capital (Deficit)
  Accumulated
Deficit

  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit

 
 
  Shares
  Amount
 
Balance as of November 1, 2001   9,121   $ 91   $ (17,840 ) $   $ 1,828   $ (15,921 )
Distributions to VeriFone Holding Corp.           (14,005 )           (14,005 )
Forgiveness of debt due to an affiliate           21,409             21,409  
Comprehensive loss:                                    
  Net loss for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002               (19,470 )       (19,470 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustments                   396     396  
                               
 
  Total comprehensive loss                                 (19,074 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of June 30, 2002   9,121   $ 91   $ (10,436 ) $ (19,470 ) $ 2,224   $ (27,591 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUCCESSOR

  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Voting
  Nonvoting
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital

  Deferred
Stock-Based
Compensation

  Accumulated
Deficit

  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit

 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
 
Balance at July 1, 2002     $     $   $   $   $   $   $  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and exercise of warrants, net of issuance costs   53,569     536           3,577                 4,113  
Deferred stock-based compensation                 251     (251 )            
Amortization of stock-based compensation                     17             17  
Comprehensive loss:                                                    
  Net loss for the period from July 1 to October 31, 2002                         (34,032 )       (34,032 )
  Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax                             1,256     1,256  
                                               
 
  Total comprehensive loss                                                 (32,776 )
Contribution of capital from Gores Technology Group                 1,335                 1,335  
Reclassification of common stock issued but not vested                 (130 )               (130 )
Accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock                 (4,799 )       (419 )       (5,218 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of October 31, 2002   53,569     536           234     (234 )   (34,451 )   1,256     (32,659 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock   730     7   5         42                 49  
Deferred stock-based compensation                 195     (195 )            
Amortization of stock-based compensation                     81             81  
Comprehensive loss:                                                    
  Net income                         241         241  
  Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax                             (1,071 )   (1,071 )
                                               
 
  Total comprehensive loss                                                 (830 )
Contribution of capital from Gores Technology Group                 1,108                 1,108  
Reclassification of common stock that vested                 26                 26  
Accrued dividends on preferred stock                 (1,257 )       (5,659 )       (6,916 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of October 31, 2003   54,299     543   5         348     (348 )   (39,869 )   185     (39,141 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock   2,577     25   14         46         (25 )       46  
Repurchase of unvested restricted common stock   (446 )   (4 )         (11 )               (15 )
Reversal of unvested deferred stock-based compensation on restricted common stock repurchased                 (139 )   139              
Dividends on common stock                         (97,432 )       (97,432 )
Amortization of stock-based compensation                     63             63  
Stock-based compensation upon acceleration of vesting                 337                 337  
Comprehensive income:                                                    
  Net income                         5,606         5,606  
  Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax                             233     233  
  Unrecognized loss on interest rate hedges, net of tax                             (151 )   (151 )
                                               
 
  Total comprehensive income                                                 5,688  
Reclassification of common stock that vested                 26                 26  
Accrued dividends on preferred stock                 (461 )       (4,498 )       (4,959 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of October 31, 2004   56,430     564   19         146     (146 )   (136,218 )   267     (135,387 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock         9         24                 24  
Repurchase of unvested restricted common stock   (53 )                              
Amortization of stock-based compensation                     15             15  
Deferred stock-based compensation                 442     (442 )            
Comprehensive income:                                                    
  Net income                         5,837         5,837  
  Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax                             178     178  
  Unrecognized loss on derivatives, net of tax                             16     16  
                                               
 
Total comprehensive income                                                 6,031  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of January 31, 2005 (unaudited)   56,377   $ 564   28   $   $ 612   $ (573 ) $ (130,381 ) $ 461   $ (129,317 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-5


VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(IN THOUSANDS)

 
   
   
   
   
  Three months
ended January 31,

 
 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30, 2002

  Period from
July 1, 2002 to
October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

 
Operating activities                                      
Net income (loss)   $ (19,470 ) $ (34,032 ) $ 241   $ 5,606   $ 2,753   $ 5,837  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:                                      
  Amortization of purchased intangibles         8,078     24,348     19,945     5,544     3,266  
  Depreciation and amortization of equipment and improvements         337     1,333     2,451     474     723  
  Amortization of capitalized software             108     698     67     267  
  In-process research and development         17,934                  
  Accretion of debt discount         122     388     295     107      
  Amortization of debt issuance costs         337     1,010     945     253     318  
  Stock-based compensation         17     81     400     22     15  
  Non cash portion of loss on debt extinguishment                 8,385          
  Gain on disposal of assets     (1,749 )                    
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                                      
      Accounts receivable     4,071     (6,103 )   (8,419 )   (7,721 )   4,930     13,839  
      Inventories     (10,491 )   7,195     (414 )   8,544     3,681     (13,406 )
      Deferred tax assets     1,801     (5,682 )   1,038     (9,821 )       (541 )
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets     2,481     3,330     (1,038 )   (1,493 )   228     (3,272 )
      Other assets     1,114     (2,295 )   1,183     1,543     717     6  
      Accounts payable     9,720     11,862     (3,198 )   2,459     (6,234 )   8,703  
      Income taxes payable     (7,961 )   144     1,365     647     (2,298 )   3,035  
      Accrued compensation     (6,166 )   (615 )   (227 )   665     (596 )   (936 )
      Accrued warranty     1,026     2     (1,998 )   (766 )   (343 )   109  
      Deferred revenue     8,713     2,061     (3,883 )   5,500     385     1,387  
      Deferred tax liabilities     723     506     93     1,724         312  
      Accrued expenses and other liabilities     6,955     4,880     (2,239 )   (6,789 )   (2,254 )   (3,280 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (9,233 )   8,078     9,772     33,217     7,436     16,382  

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Software development costs capitalized         (122 )   (1,955 )   (2,555 )   (678 )   (91 )
Purchase of equipment and improvements         (542 )   (2,196 )   (2,430 )   (525 )   (396 )
Purchase of other assets                 (288 )        
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired         (155,194 )   (6,261 )            
Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets     1,749                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     1,749     (155,858 )   (10,412 )   (5,273 )   (1,203 )   (487 )

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Proceeds from revolving promissory notes payable and revolver     128,978     20,000     240,500     192,431     64,540     9,600  
Repayments of revolving promissory notes payable and revolver     (135,813 )   (10,038 )   (233,250 )   (209,643 )   (68,338 )   (9,600 )
Proceeds from long-term debt         15,000         250,102          
Repayment of long-term debt             (5,000 )   (10,475 )   (1,500 )   (475 )
Repayments of capital leases         (49 )   (237 )   (396 )   (78 )   (122 )
Proceeds from promissory notes payable to stockholders and warrants         60,000                  
Repayment of promissory notes payable to stockholders                 (60,000 )        
Proceeds from notes payable to an affiliate     10,650                      
Payment of common stock dividend                 (97,432 )        
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock         63,110                  
Repurchase of preferred stock                 (86,169 )        
Proceeds from issuance of common stock         1,522     49     46     5     24  
Repurchase of common stock                 (15 )        
Contribution of capital from Gores Technology Group         1,335     1,108              
Distributions paid to stockholder     (14,005 )                    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (10,190 )   150,880     3,170     (21,551 )   (5,371 )   (573 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash     (60 )   (60 )   307     435     189     56  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash     (17,734 )   3,040     2,837     6,828     1,051     15,378  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     20,881         3,040     5,877     5,877     12,705  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 3,147   $ 3,040   $ 5,877   $ 12,705   $ 6,928   $ 28,083  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information                                      
Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 350   $ 2,572   $ 10,454   $ 12,433   $ 2,514   $ 3,975  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for income taxes   $ 8,739   $ 498   $ 12,268   $ 12,182   $ 3,780   $ 658  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                       

F-6


Schedule of noncash transactions                                      
Accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock   $   $ 5,218   $ 6,916   $ 4,959   $ 1,827   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment purchased under capital leases   $   $ 545   $ 414   $ 377   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt discount related to issuance of warrants in connection with issuance of promissory notes payable to stockholders   $   $ 8,557   $   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forgiveness of amount due to an affiliate   $ 21,409   $   $   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes.

F-7


VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OCTOBER 31, 2004

(Information as of January 31, 2005 and for the three months ended
January 31, 2004 and 2005 is unaudited)

1.    Description of the Business and Basis of Presentation

        VeriFone Holdings, Inc. ("VeriFone" or the "Successor") was incorporated in the state of Delaware on June 13, 2002 in order to effectively acquire 88% of the outstanding common stock of VeriFone, Inc. (the "Predecessor") on July 1, 2002 as more fully described in Note 3. VeriFone is majority owned by GTCR Fund VII, L.P., an equity fund managed by GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC, a private equity firm. VeriFone, Inc. designs, markets, and services transaction automation systems that enable secure electronic payments among consumers, merchants, and financial institutions.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements subsequent to July 1, 2002 have been prepared using a new basis of accounting for 88% of the difference between the fair value and book value of VeriFone, Inc.'s assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of VeriFone, Inc. by the Successor as more fully described in Note 3. Because of this acquisition, different bases of accounting have been used to prepare the Successor's and Predecessor's (collectively the "Company") consolidated financial statements. Therefore, results of operations before and after July 1, 2002 are not comparable.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The interim financial information as of January 31, 2005 and for the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005 is unaudited. The unaudited interim financial information has been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited interim financial information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's financial position as of January 31, 2005 and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005. The results for the three months ended January 31, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the year ending October 31, 2005.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

F-8



Revenue Recognition

        The Company's revenue recognition policy is consistent with the requirements of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21 ("EITF 00-21"), Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, Statement of Position 97-2 ("SOP 97-2"), Software Revenue Recognition , Statement of Position 81-1 ("SOP 81-1") Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production Type Contracts, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 ("SAB 104"), Revenue Recognition, and other applicable revenue recognition guidance and interpretations.

        The Company records revenue when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectibility is reasonably assured. Cash received in advance of revenue recognition is recorded as deferred revenue.

        Net revenues from System Solutions sales to end-users, resellers, value added resellers and distributors are recognized upon shipment, delivery, or customer acceptance of the product as required pursuant to the customer arrangement. End-users, resellers, value added resellers and distributors generally have no rights of return, stock rotation rights or price protection.

        The Company's System Solutions sales include software that is incidental to the electronic payment devices and services included in its sales arrangements.

        The Company enters revenue arrangements for individual products or services. As a System Solutions provider, the Company's sales arrangements often include support services in addition to electronic payment devices ("multiple deliverables"). These services may include installation, training, consulting, customer support and/or refurbishment arrangements.

        Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are evaluated to determine if the deliverables (items) can be divided into more than one unit of accounting. An item can generally be considered a separate unit of accounting if all of the following criteria are met:

    The delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a standalone basis;

    There is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item(s); and

    If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company.

        Items which do not meet these criteria are combined into a single unit of accounting. If there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values. In cases where there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value(s) of the undelivered item(s) in an arrangement but no such evidence for one or more of the delivered item(s), the residual method is used to allocate the arrangement consideration. For units of accounting which include more than one deliverable, the Company defers all revenue for the unit of accounting until the period or periods over which the last item is delivered.

        For revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, upon shipment of its electronic payment devices the Company has fair value for all remaining undelivered elements and recognizes the residual amount

F-9



within the arrangement as revenue for the delivered items as prescribed in EITF 00-21. Revenues for the Company's arrangements that include multiple elements are allocated to each undelivered element based on the fair value of each element. Fair value is determined based on the price charged when each element is sold separately and/or the price charged by third parties for similar services.

        Net revenues from services such as customer support and refurbishment arrangements are initially deferred and then recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Net revenues from services such as installations, equipment repairs, training and consulting are recognized as the services are rendered.

        For software development contracts, the Company recognizes revenue on the completed contracts method pursuant to SOP 81-1. During the period of performance of such contracts, billings and costs are accumulated on the balance sheet, but no profit is recorded before completion or substantial completion of the work. The Company uses customers' acceptance of such products as the specific criteria to determine when such contracts are substantially completed. Provisions for losses on these contracts are recorded in the period they become evident.

        In addition, the Company sells products to leasing companies that, in turn, lease these products to end-users. In transactions where the leasing companies have no recourse to the Company in the event of default by the end-user, the Company recognizes revenue at the point of shipment or point of delivery, depending on the shipping terms and if all the other revenue recognition criteria have been met. In arrangements where the leasing companies have substantive recourse to the Company in the event of default by the end-user, the Company recognizes both the product revenue and the related cost of the product as the payments are made to the leasing company by the end-user, generally ratably over the lease term.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, where the local currency is the functional currency, are translated from their respective functional currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect at the balance sheet date, with resulting foreign currency translation adjustments recorded as other comprehensive income in the the accompanying consolidated statements of changes in stockholders' deficit and comprehensive income (loss). Revenue and expense amounts are translated at average rates during the period. Where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, translation adjustments are recorded in other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        Gains and losses realized from transactions, including intercompany balances not considered as permanent investment, denominated in currencies other than an entity's functional currency are included in other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Cash is placed on deposit in major financial institutions in the United States and other countries. Such deposits may be in excess of insured limits. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company's cash are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these balances.

F-10


        VeriFone's accounts receivable are derived from sales to a large number of direct customers, resellers, and distributors in the Americas, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region. VeriFone performs ongoing evaluations of its customers' financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary, but generally requires no collateral.

        An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined with respect to those amounts that the Company has determined to be doubtful of collection using specific identification of doubtful accounts and an aging of receivables analysis based on invoice due dates. Actual collection losses may differ from management's estimates, and such differences could be material to the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Uncollectible receivables are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when all efforts to collect them have been exhausted and recoveries are recognized when they are received. Generally, accounts receivable are past due after 30 days of an invoice date unless special payment terms are provided.

        In the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, one customer, First Data and Affiliates, accounted for 21% of net revenues. In the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, two customers, First Data and Affiliates and Visanet, accounted for 12% and 11% of net revenues, respectively. In the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, one customer First Data and Affiliates, accounted for 15% and 17% of net revenues, respectively. In the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, one customer First Data and Affiliates, accounted for 17% and 12% of net revenues, respectively.

        At October 31, 2003 and 2004, and January 31, 2005 one customer, First Data and Affiliates, accounted for 15%, 22% and 17% of accounts receivable, respectively.

        The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by counterparties on the foreign currency exchange contracts used to mitigate the effect of exchange rate changes and interest rate caps used to mitigate the effect of interest rate changes. These counterparties are large international financial institutions and to date, no such counterparty has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company. The Company does not anticipate nonperformance by these counterparties.

        Besides those noted above, the Company has no other off-balance-sheet concentrations of credit risk, such as option contracts or other hedging arrangements at October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005.

Contract Manufacturing

        The Company outsources the manufacturing of its products to contract manufacturers with facilities in China, Mexico, Singapore, and Brazil. The Company also utilizes a third-party service provider in the United States for its equipment repair service.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, notes payable, foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate caps. The estimated fair value of these instruments, except for the promissory notes payable to shareholders and interest rate caps, approximates their carrying value due to the short period of time to their maturities. Due to the related party nature of the promissory notes payable to shareholders, fair value is not readily determinable. The fair value of financial hedge instruments are based on quotes from brokers using market prices for those or similar instruments.

F-11



Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company uses financial instruments from time to time, such as foreign currency forward contracts, to fix a portion of, but not all, existing and anticipated foreign currency denominated transactions. The terms of financial instruments used are generally consistent with the timing of the foreign currency transactions. Under its foreign currency risk management strategy, the Company utilizes derivative instruments to protect its interests from unanticipated fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by volatility in currency exchange rates. This financial exposure is monitored and managed by the Company as an integral part of its overall risk management program which focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects that the volatility of these markets may have on its operating results. The Company also enters into interest rate caps in managing its interest rate risk on its variable rate Credit Facility.

        The Company records derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives which do not qualify or are not effective as hedges are recognized currently in earnings. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes, nor does it hold or issue leveraged derivative financial instruments.

        The Company formally documents relationships between hedging instruments and associated hedged items. This documentation includes: identification of the specific foreign currency asset, liability or forecasted transaction being hedged; the nature of the risk being hedged; the hedge objective; and, the method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Hedge effectiveness is formally assessed, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, to determine whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in foreign currency denominated assets, liabilities and anticipated cash flow or hedged items. When an anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, the corresponding derivative instrument is de-designated as a hedge, and changes in fair value of the instrument are recognized in net income. Through January 31, 2005, there had been no derivative instruments that had become ineffective once designated.

        The Company's international sales are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. For foreign currency denominated sales, however, the volatility of the foreign currency markets represents risk to the Company's margins. The Company defines its exposure as the risk of changes in the functional-currency-equivalent cash flows (generally U.S. dollars) attributable to changes in the related foreign currency exchange rates. In fiscal years 2003 and 2004, the Company entered into certain transactions with forward foreign currency contracts with critical terms designed to match those of the underlying exposure. The Company did not qualify these forward sales contracts as hedging instruments and, as such, records the changes in the fair value of these derivatives immediately in other income (expense), net in the Company's accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company had no derivative financial instrument transactions for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002 and the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002. As of October 31, 2003, the Company had outstanding foreign currency forward contracts to sell Brazilian reals and Euros with notional amounts of $6.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of October 31, 2004, the Company had outstanding foreign currency forward contracts to sell Brazilian reals and Australian dollars with notional amounts of $2.0 million and $2.6 million, respectively. As of January 31, 2005, the Company had outstanding foreign currency forward contracts to sell Brazilian reals and Australian dollars with notional amounts of $2.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively. All of the Company's foreign currency forward contracts have original maturities of 35 days or

F-12



less. The gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts are recorded in other income (expense), net in the Company's accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        The Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to its debt, which bears interest based upon the LIBOR rate. On June 30, 2004, the Company entered into a secured credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with a syndicate of financial institutions, led by Banc of America Securities and Credit Suisse First Boston. Under the Credit Facility, the Company is required to fix the interest rate-through swaps, rate caps, collars and similar agreements with respect to at least 30% of the outstanding principal amount of all loans and other indebtedness that have floating interest rates. This interest rate protection must extend through June 30, 2006. In July 2004, the Company purchased a two-year interest rate cap with a notional amount of $50 million under which the Company will receive interest payments if the three-month LIBOR rate exceeds 4%. Additionally, in July 2004, the Company purchased one-year interest rate caps with combined notional amounts of $140 million under which the Company will receive interest payments if the three-month LIBOR rate exceeds 5%. The Company purchased the interest rate caps for a total of $330,000, which was recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet and is being amortized as interest expense over the life of the caps. Since July 2004, three-month LIBOR has remained under 4% and the Company has not received any interest payments to date.

        The interest rate caps were designated as cash flow hedges and are recorded at fair value. Based upon valuations provided by a third party financial institution, the fair value of the interest rate caps as of October 31, 2004 was $69,000 which was recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet, with the related $247,000 unrealized loss recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of $96,000 tax benefit. The fair value of the interest rate caps as of January 31, 2005 was $75,000 which was recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet, with the related $220,000 unrealized loss recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of $86,000 tax benefit.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market funds, and other highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Debt Issuance Costs

        Debt issuance costs are stated at cost, net of accumulated amortization. Amortization expense is calculated using the effective interest method and recorded in interest expense.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost or market. Standard costs approximate the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and records write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories based primarily on the Company's estimated forecast of product demand and production requirements. Such write-downs establish a new cost-basis of accounting for the related inventory. Actual inventory losses may differ from management's estimates.

Shipping and Handling Costs

        Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are included in cost of net revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

F-13



Warranty Costs

        The Company accrues for estimated warranty obligations when revenue is recognized based on an estimate of future warranty costs for delivered products. Such estimates are based on historical experience and expectations of future costs. The Company periodically evaluates and adjusts the accrued warranty costs to the extent actual warranty costs vary from the original estimates. The Company's warranty period typically extends from 13 months to five years from the date of shipment. Costs associated with maintenance contracts, including extended warranty contracts, are expensed when they are incurred. Actual warranty costs may differ from management's estimates.

Research and Development Costs

        Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Costs eligible for capitalization under SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed , were zero, $0.1 million, $2.0 million, $2.6 million, $0.7 million and $0.1 million for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, and the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Capitalized software development costs of $2.1 million, $4.6 million and $4.7 million at October 31, 2003 and 2004, and January 31, 2005, respectively, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the product to which the costs relate, ranging from three to five years. These costs, net of accumulated amortization of $108,000, $806,000 and $1.1 million as of October 31, 2003 and 2004, and January 31, 2005, respectively, are recorded in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled approximately $213,000, $167,000, $136,000, $161,000, $33,000 and $7,000 for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, and the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

Income Taxes

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is expected to be realized on a more likely than not basis.

        On November 1, 2001, the Predecessor elected to be treated as an S Corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Therefore, the Predecessor was generally not subject to U.S. federal and state income/franchise taxes. As a result of this election, the Predecessor was deemed for federal and state tax purposes to have liquidated into its S Corporation parent, VeriFone Holding Corp., and the Predecessor's earnings were taxed directly to the stockholders of VeriFone Holding Corp. However, the State of California imposed a 1.5% franchise tax based on any California taxable income earned by the Predecessor.

F-14



Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from results of operations. Specifically, foreign currency translation adjustments and changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedges are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated statements of changes in stockholders' deficit and comprehensive income (loss).

Equipment and Improvements

        Equipment and improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment and improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally two to seven years. The cost of equipment under capital leases is recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the assets and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Amortization of assets under capital leases is included with depreciation expense.

Goodwill and Other Purchased Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and other purchased intangible assets have been recorded as a result of the Company's acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an annual impairment test. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, generally 1.5 to five years.

        The Company is required to perform an annual two-step impairment test of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, the Company performs the two-step impairment test of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets at that date. In the first step of the analysis, the Company's assets and liabilities, including existing goodwill and other intangible assets, are assigned to these identified reporting units to determine their carrying value. Based on how the business is managed, the Company has five reporting units. Goodwill was allocated to the reporting units based on their relative contributions to the Company's operating results. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment may exist, and the Company must perform the second step of comparing the implied fair value of the goodwill to its carrying value to determine the impairment charge. Through January 31, 2005, no impairment charge has been required.

        The fair value of the reporting units is determined using the income approach. The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of an asset, measuring the current value of the asset by calculating the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and proceeds from disposition. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation, and risks associated with the particular investment.

Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        The Company periodically evaluates whether changes have occurred that would require revision of the remaining useful life of equipment and improvements and purchased intangible assets or render them not recoverable. If such circumstances arise, the Company uses an estimate of the undiscounted value of expected future operating cash flows to determine whether the long-lived assets are impaired. If the

F-15



aggregate undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the assets, the resulting impairment charge to be recorded is calculated based on the excess of the carrying value of the assets over the fair value of such assets, with the fair value determined based on an estimate of discounted future cash flows. Through January 31, 2005, no significant impairment charges have been required.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Stock-based awards to employees are accounted for under the intrinsic-value method. Accordingly, deferred stock-based compensation is recognized for an option or share purchase right that has an exercise price that is less than the fair value of the common shares and is calculated as the difference between the option exercise price or share purchase right exercise price at the date of grant and the fair value of the Company's common shares at that date. Such deferred stock-based compensation is amortized using the straight-line method over the vesting period, generally a maximum of five years.

        Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options granted under the fair value method.

        The Company did not grant any options or share purchase rights for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002. The fair value of each stock option and stock purchase right was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 
  Period from
November 1,
2001
to June 30,
2002

   
  Years ended
October 31,

  Three months
ended January 31,

 
 
  Period from
July 1, 2002
to October 31,
2002

 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

 
Expected life of the options   Not applicable   4 years   4 years   2 years   4 years   4 years  
Risk-free interest rate   Not applicable   3.2 % 2.8 % 3.3 % 2.8 % 3.2 %
Expected stock price volatility   Not applicable   80 % 80 % 80 % 80 % 61 %
Expected dividend yield   Not applicable   0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 %

        The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company's employee stock option plan has characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models may not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of such Company options.

F-16



        For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting periods using the straight-line method. The Company's pro forma information is as follows (in thousands, except per share data ) :

 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30,
2002

   
   
   
  Three months
ended
January 31,

 
 
  Period from
July 1, 2002 to
October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders — as reported   $ (19,470 ) $ (39,250 ) $ (6,675 ) $ 647   $ 926   $ 5,837  
  Plus: stock based employee compensation expense included in reported net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders         17     81     400     22     15  
  Less: total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards         (29 )   (114 )   (763 )   (33 )   (112 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ (19,470 ) $ (39,262 ) $ (6,708 ) $ 284   $ 915   $ 5,740  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic net income (loss) per common share — as reported   $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.11  
Basic net income (loss) per common share — pro forma   $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.11  
Diluted net income (loss) per common share — as reported   $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.10  
Diluted net income (loss) per common share — pro forma   $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.10  

Reclassifications

        Certain prior year figures have been reclassified to conform to the October 31, 2004 presentation.

Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The diluted earnings (loss) per common share data is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the effect of common stock equivalents, unless the common stock equivalents are antidilutive.

F-17



Segment Reporting

        The Company maintains two operating segments, North America, consisting of U.S. and Canada, and International.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment ("Statement 123(R)") , which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ("Statement 123") . Statement 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and amends FASB Statement No. 95 , Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in Statement 123(R) is similar to the approach described in Statement 123. However, Statement 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. The new standard will be effective for public entities in the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company has not yet quantified the impact of Statement 123(R) on its consolidated statement of operations.

        In November 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 ("Statement 151"). Statement No. 151 clarifies that abnormal inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) are required to be recognized as current period charges. The provisions of Statement No. 151 are effective for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of Statement No. 151 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

3.    Acquisition of VeriFone, Inc.

        On July 1, 2002, the Successor effectively acquired 88% of the outstanding Common Stock of VeriFone, Inc. from VeriFone Holding Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Gores Technology Group ("Gores"). The Successor's results of operations include the results of operations of VeriFone, Inc. subsequent to July 1, 2002. The transaction was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.

        The purchase price is as follows (in thousands):

Cash   $ 159,000
Transaction costs and expenses     5,602
   
Total purchase price   $ 164,602
   

        The acquisition was financed through (i) borrowings of $95 million, including a $35 million revolving and term loan facility with a third party and a $60 million loan agreement with two stockholders (See Note 5), and (ii) proceeds of approximately $1 million from the issuance of Common Stock (See Note 8) and $63 million from the issuance of Class A Preferred Stock (see Note 7). The loan agreement with the stockholders also contained warrants to purchase Common Stock and Class A Preferred Stock (See Note 5). As result of these concurrent transactions with stockholders, the Company, with assistance from a third party valuation specialist, determined and initially recorded for accounting purposes the fair value of the revolving and term loan facility of $35 million, promissory notes payable to stockholders of $51.4 million, Common Stock and warrants to purchase Common Stock of $3.9 million and Class A Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase Class A Preferred Stock of $69.7 million.

F-18


        Under the purchase method of accounting, the purchase price as shown in the previous table is allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of the date of the completion of the transaction. VeriFone engaged a third-party valuation specialist to assist it in determining the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.

        The purchase price allocation is as follows (in thousands):

Cash   $ 3,147  
Accounts receivable     55,596  
Inventories     47,438  
Prepaid and other current assets     10,639  
Other assets     4,133  
Equipment and improvements     3,351  
Accounts payable     (32,579 )
Income taxes payable     (11,593 )
Accrued compensation     (11,225 )
Other accrued liabilities     (35,269 )
Deferred revenue     (16,346 )
   
 
Net tangible assets     17,292  
Developed and core technology     40,746  
Trade name     22,225  
Customer relationships     11,634  
In-process research and development     17,934  
Goodwill     54,771  
   
 
Total purchase price   $ 164,602  
   
 

        VeriFone acquired core and developed technology, which are comprised of products that are technologically feasible, primarily including point-of-purchase solutions for multilane retail, financial, and petroleum applications. Depending on the product, the Company amortizes the value assigned to core and developed technology on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 1.5 to five years.

        The acquired trade name is comprised of the value of the VeriFone name and products in the marketplace. The Company amortizes the value assigned to the trade name on a straight-line basis over an average estimated useful life of five years.

        The Company amortizes the value assigned to customer relationships on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of approximately 2.5 years. The value was fully amortized as of October 31, 2004.

        In-process research and development ("IPR&D") represents that portion of the purchase price of an acquisition related to the research and development activities that: (i) have not demonstrated their technological feasibility, and (ii) have no alternative future uses. Accordingly, VeriFone recognized IPR&D expense totaling $17.9 million during the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, in conjunction with the acquisition.

F-19



        Goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price of an investment in an acquired business over the fair value of the underlying net identifiable assets, is not amortized but rather is subject to an annual impairment assessment, at a minimum. The purchase price in excess of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets reflects the Successor's recognition of the value of the VeriFone, Inc. brand, the significant installed base of equipment, and VeriFone Inc.'s products, services, and support. Goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

        The most significant adjustments to the Predecessor historical carrying amounts of tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were inventories (an increase of $10.1 million), deferred revenues (a decrease of $3.8 million), and equipment and improvements (an increase of $3.3 million). The consolidated statement of operations effect of these items collectively contributed approximately $11.3 million to the pretax loss for the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, reduced pretax income by approximately $2.4 million and $1.3 million for the years ended October 31, 2003, and 2004, and reduced pretax income by approximately $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, consisting of the following (in thousands):

 
   
   
   
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
  Period from
July 1, 2002 to
October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

Inventories   $ 10,087   $   $   $   $
Equipment and improvements     281     843     753     198     163
Deferred revenue     981     1,561     519     151     108
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 11,349   $ 2,404   $ 1,272   $ 349   $ 271
   
 
 
 
 

        Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, and acquired core and developed technology. Management's estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.

4.    Balance Sheet and Statement of Operations Details

Inventories

        Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  October 31,
   
 
  January 31,
2005

 
  2003
  2004
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Unaudited)

Raw materials   $ 8,680   $ 6,104   $ 6,570
Work-in-process     1,729     2,143     1,592
Finished goods     30,248     23,866     37,357
   
 
 
    $ 40,657   $ 32,113   $ 45,519
   
 
 

F-20


Equipment and Improvements

        Equipment and improvements consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  October 31,
   
 
 
  January 31,
2005

 
 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)

 
Computer hardware and software   $ 2,879   $ 3,759   $ 3,759  
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures     559     1,447     1,513  
Machinery and equipment     917     1,687     1,974  
Leasehold improvements     2,693     2,975     3,027  
   
 
 
 
      7,048     9,868     10,273  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (1,670 )   (4,114 )   (4,846 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 5,378   $ 5,754   $ 5,427  
   
 
 
 

        At October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005, equipment amounting to $959,000, $1,336,000 and $1,336,000, respectively, was capitalized under capital leases. Related accumulated amortization at October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005 amounted to $285,000, $676,000 and $792,000, respectively.

Purchased Intangible Assets

        Purchased intangible assets subject to amortization consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  October 31, 2003
  October 31, 2004
  January 31, 2005 (unaudited)
 
  Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Book Value
  Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Book
Value

  Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net Book
Value

 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

Developed technology   $ 26,304   $ 14,840   $ 11,464   $ 26,304   $ 21,831   $ 4,473   $ 26,304   $ 23,071   $ 3,233
Core technology     14,442     3,987     10,455     14,442     6,741     7,701     14,442     7,463     6,979
Trade name     22,225     6,951     15,274     22,225     12,165     10,060     22,225     13,469     8,756
Customer relationships     11,634     6,648     4,986     11,634     11,634         11,634     11,634    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 74,605   $ 32,426   $ 42,179   $ 74,605   $ 52,371   $ 22,234   $ 74,605   $ 55,637   $ 18,968
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

        Amortization of purchased intangibles was allocated as follows (in thousands):

 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30,
2002

   
   
   
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
  Period from
July 1, 2002 to
October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

Included in cost of net revenues   $   $ 4,679   $ 14,148   $ 9,745   $ 2,994   $ 1,962
Included in operating expenses   $   $ 3,399   $ 10,200   $ 10,200   $ 2,550   $ 1,304
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $   $ 8,078   $ 24,348   $ 19,945   $ 5,544   $ 3,266
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-21


        Estimated amortization expense as of January 31 is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year

   
2005 (remaining nine months)   $ 7,043
2006     7,549
2007     4,376
   
    $ 18,968
   

Goodwill

        Activity related to goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Years ended October 31,
   
 
  Three months
ended January 31,
2005

 
  2003
  2004
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)
(Unaudited)

Balance, beginning of period   $ 54,771   $ 54,449   $ 53,224
Adjustment to valuation allowance for the realization of acquisition-related deferred tax assets     (322 )   (1,225 )  
   
 
 
Balance, end of period   $ 54,449   $ 53,224   $ 53,224
   
 
 

Warranty

        Warranty consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Years ended October 31,
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)

 
Balance, beginning of period   $ 6,559   $ 4,561   $ 4,561   $ 3,795  
Warranty charged to cost of net revenues     2,280     2,124     378     758  
Utilization of warranty     (3,660 )   (2,865 )   (488 )   (685 )
Changes in estimates     (618 )   (25 )   (232 )   36  
   
 
 
 
 
Balance, end of period   $ 4,561   $ 3,795   $ 4,219   $ 3,904  
   
 
 
 
 

F-22


Other Income (Expense)

        Other income (expense), net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30,
2002

   
   
   
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  Period from
July 1, 2002 to
October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

 
Loss on debt extinguishment   $   $   $   $ (9,810 ) $   $  
Refund of foreign unclaimed pension benefits             2,820              
Gain on sale of assets     1,749                      
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses)     185     (5,198 )   1,246     252     246     14  
Foreign currency contract losses             (1,145 )   (2,425 )   (608 )   (220 )
Other     (240 )   294     636     114     54     6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 1,694   $ (4,904 ) $ 3,557   $ (11,869 ) $ (308 ) $ (200 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

        Accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  October 31,
   
 
 
  January 31,
2005

 
 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)
(Unaudited)

 
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $375, $535 and $780   $ 185   $ 418   $ 596  
Unrecognized loss on interest rate hedges, net of tax of zero, $96 and $86         (151 )   (135 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 185   $ 267   $ 461  
   
 
 
 

F-23


        Income tax expense (benefit) allocated to the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30,
2002

   
   
   
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
  Period from
July 1, 2002
to October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

Foreign currency translation adjustments   $   $   $ 375   $ 160   $ 122   $ 245
Unrealized losses on interest rate hedges                 (96 )       10
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $   $   $ 375   $ 64   $ 122   $ 255
   
 
 
 
 
 

5.    Financing

        The Company's financings consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  October 31,
   
 
 
  January 31,
2005

 
 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)
(Unaudited)

 
Secured credit facility                    
  Revolver   $   $   $  
  Term B loan         189,525     189,050  
  Second lien loan         72,000     72,000  
Term and revolving note payable facility                    
  Revolving promissory notes payable     17,212          
  Term note payable     10,000          
Promissory note payable to stockholders, net of
unamortized discount of $8,047
    51,953          
Capital leases     681     662     540  
   
 
 
 
      79,846     262,187     261,590  
Less revolver     (17,212 )        
Less current portion     (10,318 )   (2,308 )   (2,240 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 52,316   $ 259,879   $ 259,350  
   
 
 
 

Secured Credit Facility

        On June 30, 2004, the Company entered into a secured credit facility (the "Credit Facility") with a syndicate of financial institutions, led by Banc of America Securities and Credit Suisse First Boston. The Company used the proceeds from the Credit Facility to i) repay all amounts outstanding under the Term and Revolving Notes Payable Facility and the promissory notes payable to stockholders, ii) redeem all

F-24



outstanding Preferred Stock, and iii) pay a dividend to common stockholders. The Company recorded a loss of $9.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2004, on early extinguishment of the debt which was recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The Credit Facility consists of a Revolver permitting borrowings up to $30 million, a Term B Loan of $190 million, and a Second Lien Loan of $72 million. The Credit Facility is guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiaries and is secured by collateral including substantially all of the Company's assets and stock of the Company's subsidiaries. As of October 31, 2004, the interest rate on the Term B Loan was 4.63% and the Second Lien credit facility was 8.13%. For the period from June 30, 2004 to October 31, 2004 the weighted average interest rate on the Credit Facility was 5.08%. As of January 31, 2005, the interest rate on the Term B Loan was 5.23% and the Second Lien credit facility was 8.73%. For the three months ended January 31, 2005 the weighted average interest rate on the Credit Facility was 5.59%. The Company also pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Revolver under its Credit Facility at a rate that varies between 0.375% and 0.5% per annum depending upon its consolidated total leverage ratio.

        At the Company's option, the Revolver bears interest at a rate of either 2.75% over the three-month LIBOR, which was 2.13% and 2.73% at October 31, 2004 and January 31, 2005, or 1.75% over the lender's base rate, which was 4.75% and 5.25% at October 31, 2004 and January 31, 2005, respectively. The entire $30 million Revolver was available for borrowing to meet short-term working capital requirements at October 31, 2004 and January 31, 2005. At the Company's option, borrowings on the Term B Loan bear interest at a rate of either 2.50% over the three-month LIBOR or 1.50% over the lender's base rate. At the Company's option, borrowings on the Second Lien Loan generally bear interest at a rate of either 6.00% over the three-month LIBOR or 5.00% over the lender's base rate. Interest payments are due monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly or bi-quarterly at the Company's option. The lender's base rate is the greater of the Fed Funds rate plus 50 basis points or the Bank of America prime rate.

        The respective maturity dates on the components of the Credit Facility are June 30, 2009, June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011 for the Revolver, Term B Loan, and Second Lien Loan.

        The terms of the Credit Facility require the Company to comply with financial covenants, including maintaining leverage, and fixed charge coverage ratios, obtaining protection against fluctuation in interest rates, and limits on capital expenditure levels at the end of each fiscal quarter. As of January 31, 2005, the Company was required to maintain a senior leverage ratio of not greater than 3.6 to 1.0, a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 5.0 to 1.0 and a fixed charge ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0. Some of the financial covenants become more restrictive over the term of the Credit Facility. Noncompliance with any of the financial covenants without cure or waiver would constitute an event of default under the Credit Facility. An event of default resulting from a breach of a financial covenant may result, at the option of lenders holding a majority of the loans, in an acceleration of repayment of the principal and interest outstanding and a termination of the revolving Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also contains nonfinancial covenants that restrict some of the Company's activities, including, its ability to dispose of assets, incur additional debt, pay dividends, create liens, make investments, make capital expenditures and engage in specified transactions with affiliates. The Credit Facility also contains customary events of default, including defaults based on events of bankruptcy and insolvency, nonpayment of principal, interest or fees when due, subject to specified grace periods, breach of specified covenants, change in control and material inaccuracy of representations and warranties. The Company was in compliance with its financial and nonfinancial covenants as of October 31, 2004 and January 31, 2005.

F-25



Term and Revolving Notes Payable Facility

        In July 2002, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution to borrow $15 million under a term promissory note and up to $45 million under a revolving promissory note. Upon signing of the agreement, the Company borrowed $15 million under the term promissory note and $20 million under the revolving note to partially fund the acquisition of VeriFone, Inc. On June 30, 2004, the Company repaid all balances outstanding under the Term and Revolving Notes Payable Facility.

        The term promissory note bore interest at the Prime Rate plus 3.0% (7.00% at October 31, 2003), and the revolving promissory note bore interest at the Prime Rate plus 0.5% (4.50% at October 31, 2003). Interest was due monthly and was calculated based on the amounts outstanding under each note.

Promissory Notes Payable to Stockholders

        In July 2002, the Company entered into a loan agreement with two stockholders and borrowed an aggregate of $60 million under certain promissory notes to facilitate the acquisition of VeriFone, Inc. The notes bore interest at 13.0% per annum, which was payable quarterly, and were due in full in July 2012. The promissory notes were repaid on June 30, 2004.

        In conjunction with the loan agreement, the stockholders were issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 5,154,204 shares of Voting Common Stock for $0.0067 per share and an aggregate of 8,418 shares of Class A Preferred Stock for $0.01 per share. The exercise price was deemed paid upon issuance of the promissory notes. Certain lenders immediately exercised warrants to purchase 2,577,102 shares of Voting Common Stock and 8,418 shares of Class A Preferred Stock. As of October 31, 2003, the warrants to purchase the remaining 2,577,102 shares of Voting Common Stock were outstanding and were exercisable through July 1, 2012. On June 28, 2004 the outstanding warrants were exercised.

        With the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, the Company determined the fair value of the warrants to purchase shares of Voting Common Stock to be approximately $0.4 million and warrants to purchase shares of Class A Preferred Stock to be approximately $8.1 million, which were recorded as equity and mezzanine equity, respectively, and a discount to the promissory notes payable to stockholders. Prior to repayment of the promissory notes payable to stockholders, the discount on the notes was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual term of the notes payable to stockholders. The unamortized debt discount of $7.8 million at June 30, 2004 was included as part of the loss on debt extinguishment included in other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. After consideration of the debt discount, the effective interest rate was 15.8% at October 31, 2003.

F-26



Capital Leases

        The Company leases certain equipment under capital leases. Payments due under capital leases as of October 31, 2004, are as follows (in thousands):

Twelve months ending October 31:        
  2005   $ 438  
  2006     153  
  2007     62  
  2008     39  
  2009     12  
   
 
Total minimum lease payments     704  
Amount representing interest     (42 )
   
 
Present value of minimum lease payments     662  
Less current portion     (408 )
   
 
Long-term portion   $ 254  
   
 

Principal Payments

        Principal payments due for financings, including capital leases, over the next eight years are as follows (in thousands):

Twelve months ending October 31:        
  2005   $ 2,338  
  2006     2,053  
  2007     1,962  
  2008     1,939  
  2009     1,912  
  2010     1,900  
  2011     178,125  
  2012     72,000  
   
 
      262,229  
Amount representing interest on capital leases     (42 )
   
 
    $ 262,187  
   
 

6.    Income Taxes

        For the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002 the Predecessor was organized as a Subchapter S corporation. Effective with the Successor's acquisition of the Predecessor, the Company became a C corporation.

        On November 1, 2001, the Predecessor elected qualified Subchapter S subsidiary status in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Therefore, the Predecessor was generally not subject

F-27



to U.S. federal and state income/franchise taxes on income earned subsequent to such date. As a result of this election, the Predecessor was deemed for federal and state tax purposes to have liquidated into its S Corporation parent, VeriFone Holding Corp., and the Predecessor's earnings were taxed directly to the stockholders of VeriFone Holding Corp. However, the State of California imposes a 1.5% franchise tax based on any California taxable income earned by the Predecessor.

        Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30, 2002

  Period from
July 1, 2002
to October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
  2003
  2004
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

U.S.   $ (16,720 ) $ (40,938 ) $ 9,286   $ 3,372
Foreign     1,843     2,397     3,251     7,205
   
 
 
 
    $ (14,877 ) $ (38,541 ) $ 12,537   $ 10,577
   
 
 
 

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30, 2002

  Period from
July 1, 2002
to October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
Current:                          
  Federal   $ 449   $   $ 8,924   $ 9,453  
  State     59     122     2,082     1,836  
  Foreign     1,563     676     521     2,599  
   
 
 
 
 
      2,071     798     11,527     13,888  
   
 
 
 
 
Deferred:                          
  Federal     2,500     (4,854 )   275     (8,291 )
  State     400     (694 )   39     (1,185 )
  Foreign     (378 )   241     455     559  
   
 
 
 
 
      2,522     (5,307 )   769     (8,917 )
   
 
 
 
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes   $ 4,593   $ (4,509 ) $ 12,296   $ 4,971  
   
 
 
 
 

F-28


        A reconciliation of taxes computed at the federal statutory income tax rate to the provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30, 2002

  Period from
July 1, 2002
to October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
Provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate   $ (5,207 ) $ (13,511 ) $ 4,388   $ 3,702  
State income tax (benefit), net of federal tax benefit     459     (372 )   1,379     423  
Foreign income taxes     1,185     540         (234 )
Valuation allowance     286     8,196     6,565     1,239  
Losses not benefited due to qualified Subchapter S status     4,920              
Write-off of net domestic deferred tax assets recorded in prior periods due to qualified Subchapter S subsidiary election in current period     2,500              
Other     450     638     (36 )   (159 )
   
 
 
 
 
    $ 4,593   $ (4,509 ) $ 12,296   $ 4,971  
   
 
 
 
 

        The Company's effective tax rate was 47% for the three months period ended January 31, 2004. The Company's effective tax rate was 32% for the three months period ended January 31, 2005. The reduction in the Company's effective tax rate during the three months period ended January 31, 2005 is primarily due to anticipated reductions in the Company's valuation allowances in fiscal year 2005 for deferred tax assets as temporary differences related to the amortization of purchased intangibles are expected to be realized for tax purposes.

F-29



        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years ended October 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Inventories   $ 720   $ 1,844  
  Net operating loss carryforwards     6,539     5,518  
  Accrued expenses and reserves     4,053     6,400  
  Deferred revenue     1,680     2,756  
  Depreciation     601     393  
  Acquisition related items     16,802     21,964  
  Foreign currency         37  
  Foreign tax credit         1,090  
  Other assets     205      
  Valuation allowance     (23,385 )   (23,945 )
   
 
 
Total deferred tax assets     7,215     16,057  
   
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Lease receivable     (401 )   (144 )
  Inventories         (315 )
  Foreign currency     (696 )   (535 )
  Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries     (700 )   (541 )
  Other     (869 )   (651 )
   
 
 
Total deferred tax liabilities     (2,666 )   (2,186 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets   $ 4,549   $ 13,871  
   
 
 

        At October 31, 2004, the Company had recorded net deferred tax assets of $13.9 million. The realization of the deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on the Company generating sufficient U.S. and certain foreign taxable income in fiscal years 2005, 2006, and 2007 as forecasted by management. Although realization is not assured, the Company's management believes that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, may increase or decrease when the Company reevaluates the underlying basis for its estimates of future taxable income.

        At October 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company had recorded a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $23.4 and $23.9 million, respectively. Approximately $3.9 million of deferred tax assets subject to the valuation allowance are attributable to acquisition-related items that, when realized, may reduce goodwill. During the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, goodwill was reduced by approximately $0.3 million and $1.2 million as a result of a reduction in the valuation allowance for acquisition-related deferred tax assets that were realized.

F-30



        The Company had aggregate net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) in various foreign countries of approximately $20.0 million at October 31, 2004. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance on deferred tax assets recorded in connection with the foreign NOLs in countries where management believes that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized. Approximately $11.3 million of foreign NOLs may be carried forward indefinitely. The remaining balance of approximately $8.7 million of foreign NOLs is subject to limited carryfoward terms of 5 to 15 years. NOLs of $1.4 million, $3.8 million and $2.3 million will expire in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, if not utilized.

        The Predecessor's deferred tax asset valuation allowance increased $3.2 million and the Successor's increased $9.4 million, $10.8 million and $0.6 million in the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 and the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

        The Company has not provided U.S. taxes on certain non-U.S. subsidiaries for which the earnings are permanently reinvested. These subsidiaries had accumulated earnings of approximately $0.5 million as of October 31, 2004. No U.S. tax liability would be incurred if these earnings were remitted to the U.S. parent.

7.    Nonvoting Class A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        On June 30, 2004, the Company redeemed all outstanding Class A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Class A Preferred Stock"), including Restricted Class A Preferred Stock, for $1,000 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends aggregating to $86.2 million.

        The Class A Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase shares of Class A Preferred Stock were initially recorded at fair value of $69.7 million and classified as mezzanine equity because representatives of the holders of the Class A Preferred Stock control a majority of the board of directors and, as such, the redemption of the Class A Preferred Stock is outside the control of the Company. Since the Class A Preferred stock was therefore considered immediately redeemable on the date of issuance, the difference between the redemption amount and the carrying value of approximately $3.0 million was accreted at the date of issuance. Further, since the dividend rate is fixed and the dividends accrue and accumulate regardless of whether or not declared by the board or directors, they have been accreted in each period as a deemed dividend. Deemed dividends were $2.2 million, $6.9 million, and $5.0 million for the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 and the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

        Dividends on each share of Class A Preferred Stock accrued on a daily basis at a rate of 9% per annum of the sum of the liquidation value ($1,000) thereof, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon. To the extent not paid on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year, all dividends that had accrued on each share of Class A Preferred Stock outstanding accumulated and remained accumulated until paid.

        At the request of a majority of the holders of the Class A Preferred Stock, the Company would have applied the net proceeds from any public offering to redeem all or any portion of the shares of Class A Preferred Stock then outstanding at $1,000 per share of Class A Preferred Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

        On July 1, 2002, the Company sold 3,302 shares of Class A Preferred Stock to DGB Investments, Inc., a company controlled by the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"), pursuant to a senior

F-31



management agreement at a price of $1,000 per share in consideration for cash. In the event the CEO ceased to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the agreements would have permitted the Company to repurchase any or all of these shares of Class A Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. On June 30, 2004, the Company also redeemed all of DGB Investments, Inc. shares of Class A Preferred Stock.

8.    Stockholders' Deficit

Common Stock

        The Company is authorized to issue shares of both Voting and Nonvoting Common Stock. The rights and privileges for each share of Nonvoting Common Stock are identical to and rank equally with those of Voting Common Stock except they are nonvoting.

        On June 30, 2004 the Company paid a dividend to Voting and Nonvoting Common Shareholders of $1.72 per share for an aggregate dividend of $97.4 million.

    Restricted Common Stock

        On July 1, 2002, the Company sold for cash, 2,021,791 shares of Voting Common Stock to DGB Investments, Inc. and 3,910,428 shares of Voting Common Stock to the CEO of VeriFone, Inc. pursuant to a senior management agreement at a price of $0.0333 per share. The Company has a right to repurchase any or all of 3,910,428 shares of Voting Common Stock sold to the CEO at the original sale price in the event the CEO ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. This right lapses at a rate of 20% per year. Upon sale of the Company, any remaining unvested shares will become vested. At October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005, respectively, 3,910,428, 3,128,342, 2,346,257 and 2,346,257 shares of Voting Common Stock issued to the CEO under the senior management agreement remained subject to this lapsing repurchase right.

        Further, in the event the CEO ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the agreement permits the Company to repurchase 2,021,791 shares of Voting Common Stock sold to DGB Investments, Inc., plus that number of shares of Voting Common Stock sold to the CEO for which the lapsing repurchase right has expired, at the fair value on the date of separation. However, if the CEO were to be terminated for cause, the repurchase price would be the original sale price. Upon the sale of the Company or the closing of a public offering, all repurchase rights cease. At October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005, 2,021,791 shares of Voting Common Stock sold to DGB Investments, Inc. remained subject to the repurchase right. At October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005, respectively, nil, 782,086, 1,564,171 and 1,564,171 shares of Voting Common Stock sold to the CEO remained subject to this repurchase right.

        On July 1, 2002, the Company adopted the 2002 Securities Purchase Plan (the "Plan"), under which the board of directors may sell stock to employees, directors, consultants, or advisors of the Company in such quantity, at such price, on such terms, and subject to such conditions as established by the board of directors.

        On July 1, 2002, the Company sold 1,199,198 shares of Voting Common Stock to eight executives of VeriFone, Inc. pursuant to the Plan at a price of $0.0333 per share. In February and March 2003, the Company sold a total of 729,947 shares of Voting Common Stock to three executives of VeriFone, Inc.

F-32



pursuant to the Plan at a price of $0.0333 per share. The Company has the right to repurchase any or all of the shares of Voting Common Stock issued to the executives at the lesser of the original exercise price or the fair value on the date of separation in the event that the executives cease to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. This right lapses at a rate of 20% per year. Upon the sale of the Company, all remaining unvested shares will become vested. At October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005, respectively, 1,199,198, 1,689,306, 740,378 and 677,810 shares of Voting Common Stock remained subject to this lapsing repurchase right.

        Further, in the event an executive ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the agreements permit the Company to repurchase that number of shares of Voting Common Stock for which the lapsing repurchase right has expired at the fair value on the date of separation. However, if an executive were terminated for cause, the repurchase price would be the original sale price. Upon the sale of the Company or the closing of a public offering, all repurchase rights cease. At October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005, respectively, zero, 239,839, 742,111 and 752,539 shares had vested under the Plan.

        In connection with the sale of Voting Common Stock on July 1, 2002 and in February and March 2003, the Company recorded deferred stock-based compensation of $251,000 and $195,000, respectively. The deferred stock-based compensation represents the difference between the fair value of the Company's Voting Common Stock for accounting purposes and the original sale price. The Company is amortizing the deferred stock-based compensation to expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. During the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, and the years ended October 31, 2003, 2004 and three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company recorded zero, $17,000, $81,000, $63,000, $22,000 and $13,000 of stock compensation expense, which was included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        During the year ended October 31, 2004, several executives ceased to be employed by the Company and the Company repurchased 446,658 unvested shares of Voting Common Stock for $15,000. As a result, deferred compensation of $139,000 previously recognized related to the repurchased shares was reversed. During the year ended October 31, 2004, the Company recognized $337,000 in stock based compensation as a result of a modification to accelerate vesting on a portion of various executives' unvested shares upon departure from the Company, which was included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

    New Founders' Stock Option Plan

        On April 30, 2003, the Company adopted the New Founders' Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan") for executives and employees of the Company. A total of 1,500,000 shares of the Company's Nonvoting Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the Option Plan. Stock options have a maximum term of 10 years. Stock options granted generally vest over a period of five years from the date of grant. Upon termination of employment prior to a public offering, the Company has a right to repurchase the shares issued upon exercise of the options at fair value.

F-33


        A summary of activity in the Option Plan and related information is as follows:

 
  Years Ended October 31,
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
  Shares
under
Option

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
under
Option

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
under
Option

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)
(Unaudited)

Balance beginning of period           668,420   $ 3.05   1,292,940   $ 3.06
Options granted   715,300   $ 3.05   742,000   $ 3.07   187,000   $ 10.00
Options exercised   (5,000 ) $ 3.05   (14,525 ) $ 3.05   (8,000 ) $ 3.05
Options canceled   (41,880 ) $ 3.05   (102,955 ) $ 3.05   (13,740 ) $ 3.05
   
       
       
     
Balance end of period   668,420   $ 3.05   1,292,940   $ 3.06   1,458,200   $ 3.95
   
       
       
     
Exercisable at end of period   162,120   $ 3.05   256,045   $ 3.05   295,400   $ 3.05
   
       
       
     

        Additional information about the Company's stock options outstanding as of January 31, 2005:

 
  Options Outstanding
  Options Exercisable
Range of exercise price

  Shares
under
Option

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
under
Option

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$3.05 - $10.00   1,458,200   9 years   $ 3.95   295,400   $ 3.05

        The weighted-average fair value of restricted stock issued was $0.06 and $0.27 for the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 and the year ended October 31, 2003, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of options granted for Nonvoting Common Stock was 0.002 and 1.42, 1.10 and 6.18 during the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. At October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005, respectively, 5,000, 3,240 and zero shares of Nonvoting Common Stock were subject to repurchase within 90 days of the stockholders' termination of employment. The Company has reserved 1,480,475 shares of Nonvoting Common Stock for issuance under the Option Plan.

        Pursuant to EITF 00-23, Issues Related to the Accounting for Stock Compensation under APB Opinion No. 25 and FASB Interpretation No. 44, the $97.4 million dividends paid on June 30, 2004 to voting and nonvoting Common Stockholders constituted an equity restructuring. As a result, the Company adjusted the exercise price of outstanding stock options in order to maintain the ratio of the fair value of common stock to the exercise price of the options before and after the dividend. As a result, this modification to the outstanding stock options has no accounting consequence. However, since the Company did not adjust the number of outstanding stock options to maintain the negative intrinsic value, cancellation accounting is

F-34



applicable to the 429,615 additional stock options that would have been necessary to maintain the negative intrinsic value.

        In connection with the issuance of options to purchase shares of Nonvoting Common Stock in the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company recorded deferred stock-based compensation of nil and $298,000, respectively. The deferred stock-based compensation represents the difference between the fair value of the Company's Nonvoting Common Stock for accounting purposes and the original exercise price on the date of grant. The Company is amortizing the deferred stock-based compensation to expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. During the three months ended January 31, 2005, the Company did not record any stock compensation expense because the options began vesting subsequently to January 31, 2005.

Director's Stock Option Plan

        In January, 2005, the Company adopted the Outside Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "Directors' Plan") for members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or representatives of major stockholders of the Company. A total of 225,000 shares of the Company's Voting Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the Directors' Plan. The Directors' Plan provides for a grant to each director, upon initial appointment to the board, options to purchase 30,000 shares of Voting Common Stock and, each year thereafter, options to purchase an additional 7,500 shares of Voting Common Stock. Stock options have a maximum term of 7 years. Stock options granted generally vest over a period of four years from the date of grant.

        A summary of activity in the Directors' Plan and related information is as follows:

 
  Three months ended
January 31, 2005

 
  Shares
under
Option

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 
  (Successor)

Options granted   90,000   $ 10.00
Options exercised      
Options canceled      
   
     
Balance end of year   90,000   $ 10.00
   
     
Exercisable at end of period      
   
     

        Additional information about the Directors' Plan options outstanding as of January 31, 2005:

 
  Options Outstanding

  Options Exercisable

Range of exercise price

  Shares
under
Option

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
under
Option

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$10.00   90,000   7 years   $ 10.00    

F-35


        The weighted-average fair value of options granted for the Directors' Plan was 6.18 during the three months ended January 31, 2005. The Company has reserved 225,000 shares of Voting Common Stock for issuance under the Directors' Plan of which 135,000 are available for grant.

        In connection with the issuance of options to purchase shares of Voting Common Stock in the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company recorded deferred stock-based compensation of nil and $144,000, respectively. The deferred stock-based compensation represents the difference between the fair value of the Company's Voting Common Stock for accounting purposes and the original exercise price on the date of grant. The Company is amortizing the deferred stock-based compensation to expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. During the three months ended January 31, 2005, the Company recorded $2,000 of stock compensation expense, which was included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

9.    Earnings per Common share

        Basic earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The diluted earnings (loss) per common share data is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the effect of common stock equivalents, unless the common stock equivalents are antidilutive.

F-36



        The following details the computation of the loss per common share (in thousands, except per share data):

 
   
   
   
   
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
 
  Period from
November 1,
2001 to
June 30, 2002

  Period from
July 1, 2002
to October 31,
2002

  Years ended October 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

 
Numerator:                                      
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ (19,470 ) $ (39,250 ) $ (6,675 ) $ 647   $ 926   $ 5,837  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator:                                      
  Weighted-average shares of Voting and Non Voting Common Stock outstanding     9,121     53,569     54,087     54,891     54,304     56,425  
  Less: weighted-average shares subject to repurchase         (5,110 )   (5,218 )   (4,166 )   (4,817 )   (3,028 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per common share     9,121     48,459     48,869     50,725     49,487     53,397  
Add dilutive securities:                                      
  Weighted-average shares subject to repurchase                 4,166     4,817     3,028  
  Warrants to purchase Voting Common Stock                 1,697     2,577      
  Restricted stock and stock options                         703  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per common share     9,121     48,459     48,869     56,588     56,881     57,128  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per common share:                                      
  Basic   $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.11  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted   $ (2.13 ) $ (0.81 ) $ (0.14 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.10  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        As of October 31, 2003 options to purchase 668,420 shares of Nonvoting Common Stock were outstanding. As of October 31, 2002 and 2003 warrants to purchase 2,577,102 share of Voting Common Stock were outstanding. Due to the anti-dilutive nature of these options and warrants, there is no effect on the calculation of weighted average shares for diluted net loss per common share. As of October 31, 2004 and January 31, 2005, options to purchase 1,292,940 and 640,738 shares of Nonvoting Common Stock were excluded from the calculation of weighted average shares for diluted net income per share as they were anti-dilutive. Prior to redemption, Class A Preferred Stock had been excluded from the determination of fully diluted net income per share due to the contingent nature of the conversion right.

F-37



10.    Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

        The Company leases certain real and personal property under noncancelable operating leases. Additionally, the Company subleases certain real property to third parties. Future minimum lease payments and sublease rental income under these leases as of October 31, 2004, were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Minimum Lease
Payments

  Sublease Rental
Income

  Net Minimum
Lease Payments

Twelve months ending October 31:                  
  2005   $ 5,771   $ (235 ) $ 5,536
  2006     5,406     (179 )   5,227
  2007     3,489     (41 )   3,448
  2008     2,683         2,683
  2009     1,308         1,308
Thereafter     262         262
   
 
 
    $ 18,919   $ (455 ) $ 18,464
   
 
 

        Certain leases require the Company to pay property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance, and include rent escalation clauses. Rent expense was approximately $4.8 million, $2.2 million, $6.4 million and $6.6 million for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, and the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Sublease rental income totaled approximately $475,000, $129,000, $422,000 and $500,000 for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, and the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

Contingencies

        The Company has entered into manufacturing agreements with third-party contract manufacturers with facilities in China, Mexico, Singapore, and Brazil to manufacture substantially all of the Company's inventories. The agreements require the Company to provide each manufacturer with a master purchase order on a monthly basis, which constitutes a binding commitment by the Company to purchase materials produced by the manufacturer as specified in the master purchase order. The total amount of purchase commitments as of October 31, 2004 and January 31, 2005 was approximately $37.4 million and $42.0 million, respectively. Of this amount, $1.1 million and $1.1 million has been recorded in other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of October 31, 2004 and January 31, 2005, respectively because the commitment may not have future value to the Company.

        The Company is primarily self-insured for employee health and dental costs, but has stop-loss insurance coverage to limit per-incident liability. The Company believes that adequate accruals are maintained to cover the retained liability. The accrual for self-insurance is determined based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported.

        The Company is subject to various legal proceedings related to patent, commercial, customer, and employment matters that have arisen during the ordinary course of its business. Although there can be no

F-38



assurance as to the ultimate disposition of these matters, the Company's management has determined, based upon the information available at the date of these financial statements, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

11.    Related-Party Transactions

Predecessor

        The Predecessor paid management fees of $2,045,000 to VeriFone Holding Corp. during the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002. These management fees are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

        In June 2002, the Predecessor's former finance subsidiary forgave approximately $21.4 million of amounts owed to it by the Predecessor, and such amounts have been recorded as forgiveness of affiliate debt in the accompanying consolidated statement of stockholder's deficit and comprehensive loss.

Successor

        For the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, the Company recorded $83,000, $250,000, $250,000, 63,000 and 63,000 of management fees payable to GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., an affiliate of a stockholder. In the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005, $271,000, zero and $21,000, respectively, are included in other current liabilities. These fees are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        In July 2002, the Company paid a placement fee of $1,603,593 to GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., for services related to the debt and equity financings described in Notes 5 and 7 pursuant to a professional services agreement requiring a 1% placement fee on any new debt or equity financings. The Company recorded $1,010,484 of the commission as debt issuance costs and $593,109 as equity issuance costs based on the value of debt and equity raised. The debt issuance costs were amortized over the term of the related debt. The Company recorded amortization of the debt issuance costs related to these costs of $135,000, $404,000 and $219,000, respectively, for the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, and the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, which is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The debt amortization ceased on June 30, 2004 when the Company repaid the debt and the remaining unamortized costs were included in the determination of loss on debt extinguishment in other income (expenses), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In June 2004, the Company paid a placement fee of $2,920,000 to GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., for services related to the new Credit Facility described in Note 5. The debt issuance costs are being amortized over the term of the related debt. The Company recorded amortization of debt issuance costs related to these costs of $98,000 for the year ended October 31, 2004 and $78,000 for the three months ended January 31, 2005 which is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        During the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended January 31, 2004, respectively, the Company accrued $2.6 million,

F-39



$7.8 million, $5.2 million and $1.95 million of interest on the promissory notes payable to stockholders described in Note 5, of which $780,000, zero and zero is included in interest payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at October 31, 2003, 2004 and January 31, respectively. The Company repaid the balance of the debt and accrued interest on June 30, 2004. In connection with the repayment of the debt, the Company paid an early termination fee of $1,200,000 to the stockholders that has been included as part of the loss on debt extinguishment included in other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        During the period from July 1 2002 to October 31, 2002, the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, the Company recorded $867,000, $617,000, $1.2 million, and $172,000 and $34,000 of expenses paid to affiliates in connection with services they provided or arranged, which are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

12.    Restructuring Charges

        As of November 1, 2001, the Predecessor had accrued restructuring liabilities of $12.1 million related to a plan to close certain foreign sales offices and to terminate employees. The Predecessor terminated 194 employees in the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, affecting all functional groups. The plan was initiated in conjunction with the acquisition of VeriFone, Inc. by VeriFone Holding Corp. in July 2001. The adjustment for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, resulted from a decrease in the Predecessor's estimates of future sublease income.

        In connection with the acquisition of the Predecessor on July 1, 2002, the Company assumed the liability for this restructuring plan. The remaining accrued restructuring balance represents primarily future facilities lease obligations, net of estimated future sublease income, which is expected to be paid through 2007.

F-40



        Activities related to the restructuring liability are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Facilities
  Severance
  Other
  Total
 
Predecessor                          
Balance at November 1, 2001   $ 3,388   $ 8,731   $   $ 12,119  
Adjustments     2,388     354     451     3,193  
Cash payments     (1,454 )   (8,626 )       (10,080 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at June 30, 2002   $ 4,322   $ 459   $ 451   $ 5,232  
   
 
 
 
 

Successor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Liability assumed in acquisition of VeriFone, Inc. on July 1, 2002   $ 4,322   $ 459   $ 451   $ 5,232  
Restructuring charges and adjustments     (101 )   38     83     20  
Cash payments     (372 )   (296 )   (41 )   (709 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at October 31, 2002     3,849     201     493     4,543  
Adjustments     129             129  
Cash payments     (959 )   (201 )   (304 )   (1,464 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at October 31, 2003     3,019         189     3,208  
Adjustments     264             264  
Cash payments     (1,248 )       (111 )   (1,359 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at October 31, 2004     2,035         78     2,113  
Adjustments                  
Cash payments     (312 )       (4 )   (316 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 31, 2005 (unaudited)   $ 1,723   $   $ 74   $ 1,797  
   
 
 
 
 

        At October 31, 2003 and 2004 and January 31, 2005, $1,441,000, $1,327,000 and $1,323,000 of the restructuring liability was included in other current liabilities and $1,767,000, $786,000 and $474,000 was included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

13.    Employee Benefit Plans

        The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan that allows eligible employees to contribute up to 20% of their pretax salary up to the maximum allowed under Internal Revenue Service regulations. Discretionary employer matching contributions of $1.2 million, $547,000, $1.6 million, $1.7 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million were made to the plan during the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002, years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004, three months ended January 31, 2004 and 2005.

        Pursuant to a compensation plan established by Gores for the benefit of certain employees prior to the acquisition described in Note 3, the Company paid a total of $4.2 million subsequent to the acquisition, of which $2.4 million was reimbursed by Gores. Under the plan, payments to participants were subject to meeting certain continuing employment milestones from the date of acquisition through the subsequent 12-month period. The Company recognized $1.4 million of compensation expense prior to the date of acquisition, $1.3 million during the period from July 1, 2002 through October 31, 2002, and the remaining $1.5 million during the year ended October 31, 2003. Payments to participants totaled $1.9 million and

F-41



$2.3 million for the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 and the year ended October 31, 2003, respectively. Reimbursements received from Gores were recorded as capital contributions, of which $1.3 million and $1.1 million was received during the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 and the year ended October 31, 2003, respectively, as reflected in the accompanying consolidated statement of stockholders' deficit and comprehensive income (loss). All plan payments were made prior to October 31, 2003.

14.    Segment and Geographic Information

        The Company is primarily structured in a geographic manner. The Company's Chief Executive Officer is identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") as defined by SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information . The CODM reviews consolidated financial information on revenues and gross profit percentage for System Solutions and Services. The CODM also reviews operating expenses, certain of which are allocated to the Company's two segments described below.

Segment Information

        The Company operates in two business segments: i) North America, and ii) International. The Company defines North America as the United States and Canada, and International as the countries in which we make sales outside the United States and Canada.

        Net revenues and operating income (loss) of each business segment reflect net revenues generated within the segment, standard cost of System solutions net revenues, actual cost of Services net revenues and expenses that directly benefit only that segment. Corporate revenues and operating income (loss) reflect amortization of intangible assets, in-process research and development expense, and amortization of step ups in the fair value of inventories, equipment and improvements and deferred revenue resulting from the acquisition on July 1, 2002 of VeriFone, Inc. Corporate income (loss) also reflects the difference between the actual and standard cost of system solutions net revenues and shared operating costs that

F-42



benefit both segments, predominately research and development expenses and centralized supply chain management.

 
  North
America

  International
  Corporate
  Total
 
Predecessor                          
Period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002                          
  Revenues   $ 133,288   $ 51,068   $   $ 184,356  
  Operating income (loss)     61,496     (18,707 )   (56,953 )   (14,164 )

Successor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002                          
  Revenues   $ 67,756   $ 44,462   $ (981 ) $ 111,237  
  Operating income (loss)     1,957     10,500     (42,300 )   (29,843 )
Year ended October 31, 2003                          
  Revenues   $ 234,828   $ 106,064   $ (1,561 ) $ 339,331  
  Operating income (loss)     75,845     15,425     (69,834 )   21,436  
Year ended October 31, 2004                          
  Revenues   $ 254,010   $ 136,597   $ (519 ) $ 390,088  
  Operating income (loss)     84,471     21,450     (70,878 )   35,043  
Three Months Ended January 31, 2004 (unaudited)                          
  Revenues   $ 55,805   $ 32,295   $ (151 ) $ 87,949  
  Operating income (loss)     19,559     4,415     (15,634 )   8,340  
Three Months Ended January 31, 2005 (unaudited)                          
  Revenues   $ 64,808   $ 46,583   $ (108 ) $ 111,283  
  Operating income (loss)     20,746     7,940     (15,608 )   13,078  

Long-lived Assets, excluding Goodwill

        The Company's long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, by segment were as follows (in thousands):

 
  October 31,
   
 
  January 31,
2005

 
  2003
  2004
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)
(Unaudited)

North America   $ 48,561   $ 28,879   $ 25,398
International     983     3,224     2,924
   
 
 
    $ 49,544   $ 32,103   $ 28,322
   
 
 

F-43


Goodwill

        The Company's goodwill by segment was as follows (in thousands):

 
  October 31,
   
 
  January 31,
2005

 
  2003
  2004
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)
(Unaudited)

North America   $ 41,327   $ 40,397   $ 40,397
International     13,122     12,827     12,827
   
 
 
    $ 54,449   $ 53,224   $ 53,224
   
 
 

Geographic Information

        The Company's revenues by geographic area were as follows (in thousands):

 
   
   
   
   
  Three months ended
January 31,

 
   
   
  Years ended October 31,
 
  Period from
November 1, 2001
to June 30, 2002

  Period from
July 1, 2002 to
October 31, 2002

 
  2003
  2004
  2004
  2005
 
  (Predecessor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)

 
   
   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

United States   $ 129,131   $ 65,357   $ 228,938   $ 248,853   $ 54,465   $ 63,075
Americas, excluding the United States     21,554     22,481     43,166     49,195     12,358     17,538
Europe     23,012     12,460     39,311     61,474     13,205     19,469
Asia     10,659     10,939     27,916     30,566     7,921     11,201
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 184,356   $ 111,237   $ 339,331   $ 390,088   $ 87,949   $ 111,283
   
 
 
 
 
 

        Revenues are allocated to the geographic areas based on the shipping destination of customer orders.

        The Company's long-lived assets and goodwill by geographic area, exclusive of inter-company accounts, were as follows (in thousands):

 
  October 31,
   
 
  January 31,
2005

 
  2003
  2004
 
  (Successor)

  (Successor)

  (Successor)
(Unaudited)

United States   $ 89,888   $ 69,276   $ 65,901
Americas, excluding the United States     4,882     5,097     5,005
Europe     5,646     7,462     7,152
Asia     3,577     3,492     3,488
   
 
 
    $ 103,993   $ 85,327   $ 81,546
   
 
 

        For the purpose of this geography disclosure, Canada is included in the Americas category.

F-44



15.    Acquisition of GO Software, Inc.

        On December 6, 2004, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with Return On Investment Corporation ("ROI") to acquire the assets of its subsidiary, GO Software. The Company expects to pay $13 million in cash upon closing and up to $2.0 million in contingent consideration, based on the future business performance of GO Software through June 2006. The acquisition is subject to customary closing conditions including approval by ROI stockholders and is currently expected to close in February 2005.

F-45


            Shares

VERIFONE LOGO

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS


Credit Suisse First Boston   JPMorgan

Goldman, Sachs & Co.            Lehman Brothers            Banc of America Securities LLC

                    , 2005



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange application fee.

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ *
NASD filing fee     *
New York Stock Exchange application fee     *
Printing and engraving expenses     *
Directors and officers' insurance     *
Legal fees and expenses     *
Accounting fees and expenses     *
Transfer agent and registrar fees     *
Miscellaneous expenses     *
   
  Total expenses   $ *
   

*
To be completed by amendment.


Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, as amended, allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides for this limitation of liability.

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such a person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such a person is made a party by reason of being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, subject to certain limitations. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Article Eight of our certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification by us of our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

        We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

        The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

II-1




Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The Registrant was incorporated in June 2002. In connection with the formation of the Registrant, on July 1, 2002, the Registrant issued (i) to affiliates of GTCR 58,438 shares of its Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $58,437,741 in cash, 35,778,209 shares of its voting common stock for $1,192,607 in cash, and warrants to purchase 2,577,102 shares of voting common stock and 4,209 shares of its Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock, (ii) to affiliates of TCW/Crescent Mezzanine, 1,960 shares of its Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $1,960,000 in cash, 1,200,000 shares of its voting common stock for $40,000 in cash, and warrants to purchase 2,577,162 shares of voting common stock and 4,209 shares of its Class A redeemable convertible preferred stock, (iii) to an affiliate of Gores Technology Group, LLC 6,882,352 shares of its voting common stock in partial consideration for assignment of all the outstanding stock of VeriFone, Inc., (iv) to Douglas Bergeron or his affiliate pursuant to a senior management agreement with Mr. Bergeron, an aggregate of 5,932,219 shares of voting common stock for $197,741 and 3,302 shares of class A redeemable convertible preferred stock for $3,302,259, and (v) pursuant to the 2002 Securities Purchase Plan, to eight executives, 1,199,198 shares of voting common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $39,973. These issuances were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 as well as, in the case of issuances to executives pursuant to the 2002 Securities Purchase Plan, Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933.

        In February and March 2003, the Registrant pursuant to its 2002 Securities Purchase Plan sold 729,947 shares of voting common stock to three executives and, from April 2003 to October 2004, issued pursuant to the New Founders' Stock Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 1,457,300 shares of nonvoting common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $3.06. The sales under the 2002 Securities Purchase Plan and the New Founders' Stock Option Plan were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Rule 701 thereunder.

        References to numbers of shares and per share amounts in this Item 15 are adjusted, where applicable, for the Registrant's three-for-two split of all common stock outstanding on April 30, 2003.

II-2



Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    (a)
    Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

  Description of Document
1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.2*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
5.1*   Opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
10.1*   Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P. and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P.
10.1.1*   Form of Amendment to Purchase Agreement
10.2*   Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P. and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., VF Holding Corp. and the executives who are parties thereto
10.2.1*   Form of Amendment to Stockholders Agreement
10.3   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P., and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., VF Holding Corp., Jesse Adams, William Atkinson, Douglas G. Bergeron, Nigel Bidmead, Denis Calvert, Donald Campion, Robert Cook, Gary Grant, Robert Lopez, James Sheehan, David Turnbull and Elmore Waller
10.4   Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., Douglas Bergeron, DGB Investments, Inc., The Douglas G. Bergeron Family Annuity Trust, The Sandra E. Bergeron Family Annuity Trust and The Bergeron Family Trust
10.5   Senior Management Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas G. Bergeron
10.6   Amendment to Senior Management Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas Bergeron
10.7   2002 Securities Purchase Plan
10.8   New Founders' Stock Option Plan
10.9   Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, among VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., the lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, Collateral Agent for the Senior Lenders, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders, Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, as Syndication Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent
10.10   Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., as Senior Collateral Agent
10.11   Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., as Senior Collateral Agent
     

II-3


10.12   Change in Control Severance Agreement, effective July 1, 2004, between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Barry Zwarenstein
10.13*   Outside Directors' Stock Option Plan
10.14   Patent License Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2004, by and between NCR Corporation and VeriFone, Inc.
21.1*   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*   Consent of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1   Power of Attorney (previously filed)

*
To be filed by amendment.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
VeriFone Holdings, Inc.

        We have audited the consolidated financial statements of VeriFone Holdings, Inc. (the "Successor") as of October 31, 2003 and 2004, and for the period from July 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002 and years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004 and we have also audited the consolidated financial statements of VeriFone, Inc. (the "Predecessor"), for the period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002, and have issued our report thereon dated December 20, 2004 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also include the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Successor and Predecessor management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

        In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

San Francisco, California
December 20, 2004
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

II-4



FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Period

  Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

  Deductions —
Write-offs

  Balance at
the End of
the Period

Predecessor                        
Period from November 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002                        
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 4,690   $ 2,944   $ (145 ) $ 7,489
Successor                        
Period from July 1 to October 31, 2002                        
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 7,489   $ 96   $ (1,121 ) $ 6,464
Year ended October 31, 2003                        
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 6,464   $ 1,627   $ (3,823 ) $ 4,268
Year ended October 31, 2004                        
  Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 4,268   $ (1,442 ) $ 42   $ 2,868

        Schedules not set forth above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.


Item 17. Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of San Jose, California, on February 22, 2005.

    VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/  
DOUGLAS G. BERGERON       
Douglas G. Bergeron, Chairman of the Board
of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment to Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
  Title
  Date

/s/  
DOUGLAS G. BERGERON       
Douglas G. Bergeron

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

 

February 22, 2005

/s/  
BARRY ZWARENSTEIN       
Barry Zwarenstein

 

Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

 

February 22, 2005

*

Craig A. Bondy

 

Director

 

February 22, 2005

*

James C. Castle

 

Director

 

February 22, 2005

*

Leslie Denend

 

Director

 

February 22, 2005


Robert B. Henske

 

Director

 

 

*

Collin E. Roche

 

Director

 

February 22, 2005

*

Daniel Timm

 

Director

 

February 22, 2005

*By:

 

/s/  
BARRY ZWARENSTEIN       
Barry Zwarenstein
Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

II-6



Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number

  Description of Document
1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.2*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate
5.1*   Opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
10.1*   Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P. and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P.
10.1.1*   Form of Amendment to Purchase Agreement
10.2*   Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P. and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., VF Holding Corp. and the executives who are parties thereto
10.2.1*   Form of Amendment to Stockholders Agreement
10.3   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P., and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., VF Holding Corp., Jesse Adams, William Atkinson, Douglas G. Bergeron, Nigel Bidmead, Denis Calvert, Donald Campion, Robert Cook, Gary Grant, Robert Lopez, James Sheehan, David Turnbull and Elmore Waller
10.4   Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., Douglas Bergeron, DGB Investments, Inc., The Douglas G. Bergeron Family Annuity Trust, The Sandra E. Bergeron Family Annuity Trust and The Bergeron Family Trust
10.5   Senior Management Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas G. Bergeron
10.6   Amendment to Senior Management Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas Bergeron
10.7   2002 Securities Purchase Plan
10.8   New Founders' Stock Option Plan
10.9   Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, among VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., the lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, Collateral Agent for the Senior Lenders, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders, Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, as Syndication Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent
10.10   Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., as Senior Collateral Agent
10.11   Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., as Senior Collateral Agent
10.12   Change in Control Severance Agreement, effective July 1, 2004, between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Barry Zwarenstein
10.13*   Outside Directors' Stock Option Plan
10.14   Patent License Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2004, by and between NCR Corporation and VeriFone, Inc.
     

21.1*   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*   Consent of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1   Power of Attorney (previously filed)

*
To be filed by amendment.



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE OFFERING
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to Our Business
Risks Related to Our Industry
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
DIVIDEND POLICY
USE OF PROCEEDS
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
UNDERWRITING
VALIDITY OF SECURITIES
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PAR VALUE)
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (IN THOUSANDS)
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OCTOBER 31, 2004
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (in thousands)
SIGNATURES
Exhibit Index

Exhibit 10.3

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 1, 2002, by and among (i) VeriFone Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Company ”), (ii) GTCR Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ GTCR Fund VII ”), GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ GTCR Co-Invest ”), and GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ GTCR Capital ”), (iii) the TCW/Crescent Lenders (as defined herein), (iv) each executive on the attached “ Schedule of Holders ” and any other executive employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries who, at any time, acquires securities of the Company in accordance with Section 8 hereof and executes a counterpart of this Agreement or otherwise agrees to be bound by this Agreement (each, an “ Executive ” and collectively, the “ Executives ”), and (v) VF Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (formerly known as VeriFone Holding Corp.) (“ Seller ”), and each of the other entities and individuals set forth from time to time on the attached “ Schedule of Holders ” under the heading “Other Stockholders” who, at any time, acquires securities of the Company in accordance with Section 8 hereof and executes a counterpart of this Agreement or otherwise agrees to be bound by this Agreement (together with the Seller, the “ Other Stockholders ”).  Each of GTCR Fund VII, GTCR Co-Invest, GTCR Capital and the TCW/Crescent Lenders are sometimes individually referred to as an “ Investor ” and collectively as the “ Investors .”  The Investors, the Executives and the Other Stockholders are collectively referred to herein as the “ Stockholders ”.

 

The Company and the Investors are parties to a Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) regarding, among other things, a purchase of the Company’s Common Stock.  Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger of even date herewith among the Company, VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, VeriFone MergerSub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, VeriFone, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Seller (the “ Merger Agreement ”), certain parties thereto shall acquire shares of the Company’s Common Stock.  The Company, GTCR Capital and the TCW/Crescent Lenders are parties to a Senior Subordinated Loan Agreement of even date herewith, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time (the “ Loan Agreement ”).  In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Agreement, the Company will issue to certain of the Investors Warrants (as defined herein) to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

 

In order to induce GTCR Fund VII, GTCR Co-Invest and the TCW/Crescent Lenders to enter into the Purchase Agreement; Seller and the other parties thereto to enter into the Merger Agreement; and GTCR Capital and the TCW/Crescent Lenders to enter into the Loan Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closings under the Purchase Agreement and the Loan Agreement.  Unless otherwise  provided in this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 10 hereof.

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 



 

1.                                        Demand Registrations .

 

(a)                                   Requests for Registration . At any time, the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration (“ Long-Form Registrations ”), or on Form S-2 or S-3 (including pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act) or any similar short-form registration (“ Short-Form Registrations ”), if available.  In addition, subject to Section 1(c) , no earlier than 180 days after the Company has completed its initial public offering, the holders of a majority of the TCW/Crescent Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities in a Short-Form Registration, if available.  All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 1(a) are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations .”  Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and the anticipated per share price range for such offering.  Within ten days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

 

(b)                                  Investor Long-Form Registrations .  The holders of Investor Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of Long-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses (as defined in Section 5 ).  All Long-Form Registrations shall be underwritten registrations.

 

(c)                                   Investor Short-Form Registrations .  In addition to the Long-Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 1(b) , the holders of  Investor Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses and the holders of a majority of the TCW/Crescent Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request one (1) Short-Form Registration, if available, in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses.  Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form.  After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make Short-Form Registrations on Form S-3 available for the sale of Registrable Securities.  If the Company, pursuant to the request of the holder(s) of a majority of Investor Registrable Securities, is qualified to and has filed with the Securities Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act on Form S-3 pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Required Registration ”), then the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Required Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after filing, and, once effective, the Company shall cause such Required Registration to remain effective for a period ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which all Investor Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Required Registration or (ii) the date as of which the holder(s) of Investor Registrable Securities (assuming such holder(s) are affiliates of the Company) are able to sell all of the Investor Registrable Securities then held by them within a ninety-day period in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  In the case of a Short-Form Registration requested by the holders of a majority of the TCW/Crescent Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1(c) , a registration shall count as the permitted Short-Form Registration only if the parties requesting such registration are able to register and sell at least 75% of their Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration or if an

 

2



 

aggregate amount of TCW/Crescent Registrable Securities equal to at least 75% of the TCW/Crescent Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date hereof has been registered and sold (whether under such Short-Form Registration or one or more prior registered offerings).

 

(d)                                  Priority on Demand Registrations .  The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration.  If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, then the Company shall include in such registration, prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder.

 

(e)                                   Restrictions on Long-Form Registrations .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Long-Form Registration within 90 days after the effective date of a previous Long-Form Registration or a previous registration in which the holders of Registrable Securities were given piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2 and in which there was no reduction in the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included.  The Company may postpone for up to 180 days the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if the Company and the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities agree that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to acquire financing, engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business), or engage in any merger, consolidation, tender offer, reorganization, or similar transaction; provided that , in such event, the holders of Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration shall be entitled to withdraw such request and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration.  The Company may delay a Demand Registration hereunder only once in any twelve-month period.

 

(f)                                     Selection of Underwriters .  The holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in any Demand Registration shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering.

 

(g)                                  Other Registration Rights .  Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company to register any equity securities of the Company, or any securities, options, or rights convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities.

 

(h)                                  Obligations of Holders of Registrable Securities .  Subject to the Company’s obligations under Section 4(e) hereof, each holder of Registrable Securities shall

 

3



 

cease using any prospectus after receipt of written notice from the Company of the happening of any event as a result of which such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

2.                                        Piggyback Registrations .

 

(a)                                   Right to Piggyback .  Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities (including any proposed registration of the Company’s securities by any third party) under the Securities Act (other than (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration, to which Section 1 is applicable, (ii) in connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities other than an initial public offering in which any holder of Registrable Securities is entitled to participate, or (iii) in connection with registrations on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor or similar forms) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice (and in any event within three business days after its receipt of notice of any exercise of demand registration rights other than under this Agreement) to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

 

(b)                                  Piggyback Expenses .  The Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Company in all Piggyback Registrations.

 

(c)                                   Priority on Primary Registrations .  If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Company, then the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by each such holder and (iii) third, the other securities requested to be included in such registration.

 

(d)                                  Priority on Secondary Registrations .  If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities other than holders of Registrable Securities (it being understood that secondary registrations on behalf of holders of Registrable Securities are addressed in Section 1 above rather than this Section 2(d) ), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, then the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders requesting such registration, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by each such holder and (iii) third, the other securities requested to be included in such registration.

 

4



 

(e)                                   Selection of Underwriters .  If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, then the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering must be approved by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such Piggyback Registration.  Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(f)                                     Other Registrations .  If the Company has previously filed a registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1 or pursuant to this Section 2 , and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, then, unless such previous registration is a Required Registration,  the Company shall not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least 180 days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

 

3.                                        Holdback Agreements .

 

(a)                                   To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, each holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Company, or any securities, options, or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, (i) in the case of any initial public offering, during the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement relating to such initial public offering (or such shorter period as agreed to by the underwriters managing such registered public offering) or (ii) in all cases other than any initial public offering, during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement relating to any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (or such shorter period as agreed to by the underwriters managing such registered public offering), in each case in which Registrable Securities are included (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree.

 

(b)                                  The Company (i) shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities, options, or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to and during the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of the registration statement relating to any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree, and (ii) to the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, shall cause each holder of at least 1% of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities, purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering) to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of any such securities during such period (except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree.

 

5



 

4.                                        Registration Procedures .  Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)                                   prepare and, within 60 days after the end of the period within which requests for registration may be given to the Company, file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that, before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

 

(b)                                  notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder and prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than 180 days (or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller  of Registrable Securities to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller of Registrable Securities (provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4(d) , (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

(e)                                   promptly notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration

 

6



 

statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, at the request of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made;

 

(f)                                     cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on the NASD automated quotation system and, if listed on the NASD automated quotation system, use its commercially reasonable efforts to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement as a NASDAQ “national market system security” within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Securities and Exchange Commission or, failing that, to secure NASDAQ authorization for such Registrable Securities;

 

(g)                                  provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

(h)                                  enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities (including effecting a stock split or a combination of shares);

 

(i)                                      make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant, or other agent retained by any such underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent in connection with such registration statement and assist and, at the request of any participating underwriter, use reasonable commercially reasonable efforts to cause such officers or directors to participate in presentations to prospective purchasers;

 

(j)                                      otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(k)                                   in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any equity securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

 

7


 

(l)                                      use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(m)                                obtain one or more cold comfort letters, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities being sold in such registered offering reasonably request (provided that such Investor Registrable Securities constitute at least 10% of the securities covered by such registration statement); and

 

(n)                                  provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (or, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature.

 

5.                                        Registration Expenses .

 

(a)                                   Subject to Section 5(b) below, all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, travel expenses, filing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants, underwriters including, if necessary, a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of the rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (in each case, excluding discounts and commissions), and other Persons retained by the Company or by holders of Investor Registrable Securities or their affiliates on behalf of the Company (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), shall be borne as provided in this Agreement, except that the Company shall, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance, and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or on the NASD automated quotation system (or any successor or similar system).

 

(b)                                  In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Company shall reimburse (i) the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration and (ii) the TCW/Crescent Lenders included in such registration up to $15,000.00 for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel.

 

8



 

(c)                                   To the extent Registration Expenses are not required to be paid by the Company, each holder of securities included in any registration hereunder shall pay those Registration Expenses allocable to the registration of such holder’s securities so included, and any Registration Expenses not so allocable shall be borne by all sellers of securities included in such registration in proportion to the aggregate selling price of the securities to be so registered.

 

6.                                        Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, agents, and employees, and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof), whether joint and several or several, together with reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) to which any such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “ Losses ”) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon, or relating to any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (i) (A) any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 6 , collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof or (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such holder and each such director, officer, and controlling Person for any legal or any other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses; provided that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein or by such holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same.  In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and hold harmless the other holders of Registrable Securities and the Company, and their respective officers, directors, agents, and employees, and each other Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon, or relating to (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of

 

9



 

material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any application, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in such registration statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application in reliance upon and in conformity with written information prepared and furnished to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein, and such holder will reimburse the Company and each such other indemnified party for any legal or any other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be individual, not joint and several, for each holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

 

(c)                                   Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  If such defense is assumed and diligently undertaken, then the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld).  An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim.

 

(d)                                  The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract, and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director, or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities.

 

(e)                                   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable to or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under the provisions above in respect to any Losses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other hand or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative fault referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative benefit of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other in connection with the statement or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company on the one

 

10



 

hand and the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) to the Company bear to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) to the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement.  The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the sellers of Registrable Securities or other sellers participating in the registration statement and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(f)                                     The Company and the sellers of Registrable Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 6 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the sellers of Registrable Securities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 6(e) above.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Section 6(e) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6 , no seller of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute pursuant to this Section 6 any amount in excess of the sum of (i) any amounts paid pursuant to Section 6(b) above and (ii) the net proceeds received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement filed pursuant hereto.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

7.                                        Participation in Underwritten Registrations .

 

(a)                                   No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter(s), provided that no holder of Registrable Securities will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such holder has requested the Company to include in any registration) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such holder and such holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company or the underwriters with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 6 hereof.

 

(b)                                  Each Person that is participating in any registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind

 

11



 

described in Section 4(e) above, such Person will immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 4(e) . In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable time period mentioned in Section 4(b) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 7(b) to and including the date when each seller of a Registrable Security covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(e) .

 

8.                                        Additional Stockholders .  In connection with the issuance of any additional equity securities of the Company, the Company, with the consent of GTCR Fund VII, may permit such Person to become a party to this Agreement and succeed to all of the rights and obligations of a holder of any particular category of Registrable Securities under this Agreement by obtaining an executed counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and, upon such execution, such Person shall for all purposes be a holder of such category of Registrable Securities and party to this Agreement.

 

9.                                        Current Public Information .  At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act, the Company shall file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder and shall take such further action as any holder or holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to (i) Rule 144 adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act (as such rule may be amended from time to time) or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-2 or S-3 or any similar registration form hereafter adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10.                                  Definitions .

 

(a)                                   Common Stock ” means any class of the Company’s common stock.

 

(b)                                  Executive  Registrable Securities ” means (i) any shares of Common Stock held as of the date hereof, or acquired hereafter, by the Executives and (ii) any other Common Stock issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with an exchange or combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization.

 

(c)                                   Investor Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Common Stock (x) issued to the Investors pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or (y) issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (whether issued before, on, or after the Closing Date), (ii) any other securities of the Company issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with an exchange or combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization and (iii)

 

12



 

any other shares of Common Stock held by Persons holding securities that are described in clauses (i) or (ii) above.

 

(d)                                  Other Registrable Securities ” means (i) any shares of Common Stock held as of the date hereof, or acquired hereafter from the Company, by the Other Stockholders including pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend or split or in connection with a combination of securities, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization, including a recapitalization or exchange.

 

(e)                                   Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, an investment fund, any other business entity and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

(f)                                     Registrable Securities ” means the Investor Registrable Securities, the Executive Registrable Securities and the Other Registrable Securities.  As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when they (i) have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer, or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in force), (ii) unless the respective Investor otherwise elects, have been distributed to the limited partners of any of the Investors, (iii) have been effectively registered under a registration statement that continues to be effective as of the time of determination, including, without limitation, a registration statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) or (iv) have been repurchased by the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected; provided , that this sentence shall not apply to shares of the common equity securities of the Company issuable upon the exercise of unvested options originally issued to employees or former employees of the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

(g)                                  Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(h)                                  Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(i)                                      TCW/Crescent Lenders ” means, collectively, (i) TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (ii) TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, a Delaware business trust, (iii) TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and (iv) TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

13



 

(j)                                      TCW/Crescent Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Common Stock (x) issued to the TCW/Crescent Lenders pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or (y) issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (whether issued before, on, or after the Closing Date), (ii) any other securities of the Company issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with an exchange or combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization and (iii) any other shares of Common Stock held by Persons holding securities that are described in clauses (i) or (ii) above.

 

(k)                                   Warrants ” means the warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock issued by the Company to GTCR Capital and the TCW/Crescent Lenders prior to the date hereof, on the date hereof or at any time in the future.

 

(l)                                      Unless otherwise stated, other capitalized terms contained herein have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

11.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   No Inconsistent Agreements .  The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities .  The Company shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would adversely affect the ability of the holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration (including effecting a stock split or a combination of shares).

 

(c)                                   Remedies .  Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.  The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) for specific performance and for other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon any Person who is not a signatory hereto any rights or benefits, whether as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Amendments and Waivers .  Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or the holders of Registrable Securities unless such modification, amendment, or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities then in existence; provided that no such amendment or modification that would materially and adversely affect holders of one class or group of Registrable Securities in a manner different than holders of any other class or group of

 

14


 

Registrable Securities (other than amendments and modifications required to implement the provisions of Section 8 ), shall be effective against the holders of such class or group of Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of holders of at least a majority of Registrable Securities of such class or group materially and adversely affected thereby.  No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement, or condition.

 

(e)                                   Successors and Assigns .  All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.  In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to obtain the benefit of  this Agreement, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities must execute a counterpart to this Agreement, thereby agreeing to be bound by the terms hereof.

 

(f)                                     Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts (including by means of telecopied signature pages), any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement.  Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns, and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.  The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be, in each case, by way of example and without limitation.  The use of the words “or,” “either,” and “any” shall not be exclusive.  Reference to any agreement, document, or instrument means such agreement, document, or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof.

 

(i)                                      Governing Law .  The corporate law of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders.  All other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation, and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

15



 

(j)                                      Notices .  All notices, demands, or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, delivered via facsimile, delivered to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or three days following the mailing of such communication to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid.  Such notices, demands, and other communications shall be sent to each Investor, each Executive, and each Other Stockholder at the addresses indicated on the Schedule of Holders and to the Company at the address of its corporate headquarters or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

(k)                                   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

(l)                                      No Strict Construction .  The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

*     *     *     *    *

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Bergeron

 

 

Name:

Douglas Bergeron

 

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GTCR FUND VII, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

GTCR Partners VII, L.P.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph P. Nolan

 

 

Name:

Joseph P. Nolan

 

 

Its:

Principal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GTCR CO-INVEST, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph P. Nolan

 

 

Name:

Joseph P. Nolan

 

 

Its:

Principal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GTCR CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

GTCR Mezzanine Partners, L.P.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

GTCR Partners VI, L.P.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph P. Nolan

 

 

Name:

Joseph P. Nolan

 

 

Its:

Principal

 



 

 

TCW/CRESCENT MEZZANINE PARTNERS III, L.P.

 

TCW/CRESCENT MEZZANINE TRUST III

 

TCW/CRESCENT MEZZANINE PARTNERS III

 

 

NETHERLANDS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Management III, L.L.C.,

 

 

its Investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

TCW/Asset Management Company,

 

 

its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy P. Costello

 

 

Name:

Timothy P. Costello

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TCW LEVERAGED INCOME TRUST IV, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

TCW/Asset Management Company,

 

 

as its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rufus H. Rivers

 

 

Name:

Rufus H. Rivers

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

TCW Asset Management Company,

 

 

as its Managing Member of

 

 

TCW (LINC IV) L.L.C., the General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy P. Costello

 

 

Name:

Timothy P. Costello

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 



 

 

/s/ Jesse Adams

 

 

Jesse Adams

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William G. Atkinson

 

 

William G. Atkinson

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas G. Bergeron

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Cook

 

 

Robert Cook

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary Grant

 

 

Gary Grant

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Lopez

 

 

Robert Lopez

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James Sheehan

 

 

James Sheehan

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dave Turnbull

 

 

Dave Turnbull

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Elmore Waller

 

 

Elmore Waller

 

 



 

 

VF HOLDING CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alec E. Gores

 

 

Name:

Alec E. Gores

 

 

Its:

Chairman

 

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

AMENDMENT TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT is dated as of November 30, 2004 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), GTCR Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ GTCR Fund VII ”), Douglas G. Bergeron and JPMorgan Trust Company of Delaware as co-trustees of The Douglas G. Bergeron Family Annuity Trust uta dtd 10/15/04 (the “ DGB Annuity Trust ”), Sandra E. Bergeron and JPMorgan Trust Company of Delaware as co-trustees of The Sandra E. Bergeron Family Annuity Trust uta dtd 10/15/04 (the “ SEB Annuity Trust ”), Douglas G. Bergeron and Sandra E. Bergeron, Trustees or their successors in interest under the terms of the Bergeron Family Trust, dated October 15, 2004 (the “ DGB/SEB Family Trust ”, and together with the DGB Annuity Trust and the SEB Annuity Trust, the “ Trusts ”), Douglas G. Bergeron (“ Executive ”) and DGB Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DGBI ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Senior Management Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, among Executive, the Company and VeriFone, Inc. (the “ SMA ”), Executive acquired a split-adjusted 5,932,219.245 shares of the Common Stock of the Company (as defined in the SMA, the “ Executive Stock ”);

 

WHEREAS, effective July 1, 2002, Executive contributed a split-adjusted 2,021,791.440 of such shares of Executive Stock to DGBI;

 

WHEREAS, on August 21, 2002, Executive, as a stockholder of Pacific Credit Corp., a Delaware corporation and a former stockholder of the Company, received a distribution of a split-adjusted 339,556.050 shares of Common Stock of the Company, and on January 26, 2004, DGBI received from certain Pacific Credit Corp. stockholders an additional split-adjusted 348,679.240 shares of the Common Stock of the Company in order to correct an error in the allocation of the original distribution of the shares of Common Stock held by Pacific Credit Corp. (collectively, the “ PCC Stock ”);

 

WHEREAS, on October 15, 2004, Executive transferred (i) a split-adjusted 169,778.025 shares of the PCC Stock, (ii) a split-adjusted 1,330,221.975 shares of the Executive Stock to each of the DGB Annuity Trust and the SEB Annuity Trust and (iii) a split-adjusted 1,249,983.855 shares of the Executive Stock to the DGB/SEB Family Trust;

 

WHEREAS, GTCR Fund VII, Executive, DGBI and the Trusts are parties to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders (the “ Registration Agreement ”), which sets forth (in each of Sections 1(d) , 2(c) and 2(d) ) the priority for the inclusion of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering of securities of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Executive Stock is deemed to be Executive Registrable Securities and the PCC Stock is deemed to be Other Registrable Securities under the Registration Agreement;

 



 

WHEREAS, the Company is planning an underwritten initial public offering of its Common Stock (the “ IPO ”);

 

WHEREAS, GTCR Fund VII, certain of its Affiliates that own Common Stock of the Company, and the TCW/Crescent Lenders (as defined in the Registration Agreement) intend to include a portion of their shares of Common Stock in the underwritten registration of the Common Stock of the Company in connection with the IPO (the “ Investor Registration ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4 of the SMA, the Executive Stock is subject to certain restrictions on Transfer (as defined in the SMA), including a provision (such provision, the “ Section 4(b)(ii) Rights ”) that permits a holder of the Executive Stock to Transfer after a Public Sale (as defined in the SMA) a number of shares of Executive Stock equal to the lesser of (i) the number of Vested Shares (as defined in the SMA) and (ii) the total number of shares of Executive Stock multiplied by the Transfer Fraction (as defined in the SMA);

 

WHEREAS, Executive, the Trusts and DGBI have agreed not to exercise their (i) Section 4(b)(ii) Rights with respect to the number of shares of Executive Stock that could be Transferred immediately after the closing of the IPO due to the Investor Registration (the “ Transferable Shares ”), or (ii) any right they may have under the Registration Agreement to seek to include the Executive Stock in the IPO registration, in exchange for the Company giving the Transferable Shares priority in a subsequent underwritten registration of the Company’s Common Stock in which Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Agreement) are included;

 

WHEREAS, GTCR Fund VII is the holder of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Agreement), and as such has the authority, along with the Company, to amend the Registration Agreement pursuant to Section 11(d) thereof, so long as such amendment does not materially and adversely affect holders of one class or group of Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Agreement) in a manner different than holders of a different class of Registrable Securities; and

 

WHEREAS, because the terms of this Amendment affect all holders of Registrable Securities (other than Executive, the Trusts and DGBI, who are not adversely affected by this Amendment) equally, this Amendment does not materially and adversely any class or group of holders of Registrable Securities differently from any other.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Definitions .  Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Agreement or the SMA, as applicable.

 

2.                                        Waiver of Rights .  Provided that the IPO is priced on or before April 30, 2005, each of Executive, the Trusts and DGBI hereby agrees and acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                   he or it shall not exercise his or its Section 4(b)(ii) Rights with respect to the Transferable Shares from and after the date of the closing of the IPO until the earlier of (i) the date that is six months after such date and (ii) the closing of a Post-IPO Registration (as defined below); and

 

2



 

(b)                                  none of his or its shares of Executive Stock or PCC Stock shall be included in the underwritten registration of the Company’s securities in connection with the IPO.

 

3.                                        Priority of Registration .  Notwithstanding anything in the Registration Agreement to the contrary, and in consideration of the waivers set forth in Section 2 hereof, each of the parties hereto agrees that, in the first underwritten registration of the Company’s securities after the consummation of the IPO in which Registrable Securities are included (the “ Post-IPO Registration ”), the Transferable Shares (to the extent still held by Executive, the Trusts, DGBI or any of their permitted transferees) will be included in such Post-IPO Registration before any other Registrable Securities are included in such Post-IPO Registration.  The terms of this Section 3 shall automatically terminate without further action by any party hereto (i) in the event that the IPO is not priced on or before April 30, 2005, or (ii) upon the earlier to occur of (x) the closing of the Post-IPO Registration and (y) the date that all of the Transferable Shares have been Transferred pursuant to the Section 4(b)(ii) Rights.

 

4.                                        Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   Survival of Other Provisions .  Unless specifically amended herein, all of the other covenants, agreements, representations, warranties, promises or other terms and conditions of the Registration Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without any change whatsoever.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Amendment constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no further or other agreements or undertakings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof unless expressly referred to in this Amendment.

 

(c)                                   Execution in Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

*                                          *                                          *                                          *

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have signed this Amendment as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Amendment.

 

 

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VERIFONE, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BERGERON FAMILY TRUST, DATED
OCTOBER 15, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron, its Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Sandra E. Bergeron, its Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE DOUGLAS G. BERGERON FAMILY
ANNUITY TRUST UTA DTD 10/15/04

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron, its Co-Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

JPMorgan Trust Company of Delaware

 

Its:

Co-Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DGB INVESTMENTS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron, its President

 

Signature Page to Amendment to Registration Agreement

 



 

 

THE SANDRA E. BERGERON FAMILY
ANNUITY TRUST UTA DTD 10/15/04

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Sandra E. Bergeron, its Co-Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

JPMorgan Trust Company of Delaware

 

Its:

Co-Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

GTCR FUND VII, L.P.

 

By:

GTCR Partners VII, L.P.

Its:

General Partner

 

 

By:

GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

Its:

General Partner

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Collin E. Roche, its Principal

 

Signature Page to Amendment to Registration Agreement

 


 



Exhibit 10.5

 

SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 1, 2002, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), VeriFone, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Employer ”), and Douglas G. Bergeron (“ Executive ”).

 

The Company and Executive desire to enter into an agreement pursuant to which Executive will purchase from the Company, and the Company will sell, up to 3,302.25936 shares of the Company’s Class A Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Class A Preferred ”), and up to 3,954,812.83 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).  All Class A Preferred and Common Stock acquired by Executive are referred to herein as “ Executive Stock ” (as further defined in Section 10 hereof).  Certain definitions are set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement.

 

The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, Employer and Executive is a condition to the purchase of Class A Preferred and Common Stock by GTCR Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ GTCR Fund VII ”), GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ GTCR Co-Invest ”) and the TCW/Crescent Lenders (as defined herein) pursuant to a purchase agreement between the Company and such persons dated as of the date hereof (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).  Each of GTCR Fund VII, GTCR Co-Invest, GTCR Capital and the TCW/Crescent Lenders are sometimes individually referred to as an “ Investor ” and collectively as the “ Investors .”  Certain provisions of this Agreement are intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable by, the Investors.

 

Employer desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and Executive is willing to accept such employment on such terms and conditions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO EXECUTIVE STOCK

 

1.                                        Purchase and Sale of Executive Stock .

 

(a)                                   Upon execution of this Agreement, Executive will purchase, and the Company will sell, 3,954,812.83 shares of Common Stock at a price of $0.05 per share and 3,302.25936 shares of Class A Preferred at a price of $1,000.00 per share.  The Company will deliver to Executive copies of the certificates representing such Executive Stock, and Executive will deliver to the Company a cashier’s or certified check or wire transfer of immediately available funds in the aggregate amount of $3,500,000.00 as payment for such Class A Preferred and Common Stock.

 

(b)                                  2,606,951.87 of the shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Section 1(a)

 

1



 

hereof are referred to herein as the “ Carried Common .”  The remaining 1,347,860.96 shares of Common Stock that are acquired pursuant to Section 1(a) above are referred to herein as the “ Co-Invest Common .”  All Class A Preferred and the Co-Invest Common acquired by Executive hereunder are referred to herein as the “ Co-Invest Stock .”

 

(d)                                  Within 30 days after the purchase of any Carried Common hereunder,  Executive will make an effective election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

(e)                                   Until the occurrence of a Sale of the Company, any certificates evidencing Executive Stock shall be held in trust by the Company for the benefit of Executive and the other holder(s) of Executive Stock.  Upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company, the Company will return any such certificates for the Executive Stock to the record holders thereof.  Upon the occurrence of a Public Offering, the Company will return to the record holders thereof any certificates representing the Co-Invest Stock and the Carried Common that are Vested Shares.

 

(f)                                     In connection with the purchase and sale of the Executive Stock, Executive represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(i)                                      The Executive Stock to be acquired by Executive pursuant to this Agreement will be acquired for Executive’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, or any applicable state securities laws, and the Executive Stock will not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

 

(ii)                                   Executive is an executive officer of the Company, is sophisticated in financial matters and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Executive Stock.

 

(iii)                                Executive is able to bear the economic risk of his investment in the Executive Stock for an indefinite period of time because the Executive Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

 

(iv)                               Executive has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of Executive Stock and has had full access to such other information concerning the Company as he has requested.

 

(v)                                  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive does not and will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any agreement, contract or instrument to which Executive is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which Executive is subject.

 

2



 

(vi)                               Executive has not and will not take any action that will conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any noncompete, nonsolicitation or confidentiality agreement to which Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

 

(vii)                            Executive is a resident of the State of California.

 

(g)                                  As an inducement to the Company to issue the Executive Stock to Executive, and as a condition thereto, Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither the issuance of the Executive Stock to Executive nor any provision contained herein shall entitle Executive to remain in the employment of the Company, Employer or their respective Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company, Employer or their respective Subsidiaries to terminate Executive’s employment at any time for any reason.

 

(h)                                  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Executive shall execute in blank ten security transfer powers in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”) with respect to the Executive Stock and shall deliver such Stock Powers to the Company.  The Stock Powers shall authorize the Company to assign, transfer and deliver the Executive Stock to the appropriate acquiror thereof pursuant to Section 3 below or Section 6 of the Stockholders Agreement and under no other circumstances.

 

(i)                                      Executive is neither a party to, nor bound by, any other employment agreement, consulting agreement, noncompete agreement, non-solicitation agreement or confidentiality agreement that would limit in any respect the ability or right of Executive to fulfill his obligations hereunder, result in a liability or claim against the Company or Employer, or that would otherwise conflict with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(j)                                      Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Executive’s spouse shall execute the consent in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

 

2.                                        Vesting of Executive Stock .

 

(a)                                   The Carried Common shall be subject to vesting in the manner specified in this Section  2 .  The Co-Invest Stock acquired by Executive shall be vested upon the purchase thereof.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2(b) below, the Carried Common will become vested in accordance with the following schedule, if as of each such date Executive is still employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries:

 

Date

 

Cumulative Percentage of Carried Common to
be Vested

First Anniversary of the Closing Date

 

20%

Second Anniversary of the Closing Date

 

40%

Third Anniversary of the Closing Date

 

60%

Fourth Anniversary of the Closing Date

 

80%

Fifth Anniversary of the Closing Date

 

100%

 

3



 

(b)                                  Upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company, all Carried Common that has not yet become vested shall become vested at the time of such event, if as of the date of such event Executive is still employed by the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries.  Carried Common that has become vested and Co-Invest Stock are referred to herein as “ Vested Shares .”  All Carried Common that has not vested are referred to herein as “ Unvested Shares .”

 

3.                                        Repurchase Option .

 

(a)                                   In the event Executive ceases to be employed by the Company, Employer or their respective Subsidiaries for any reason (the “ Separation ”), the Executive Stock (whether held by Executive or one or more of Executive’s transferees, other than the Company and the Investors) will be subject to repurchase, in each case by the Company and the Investors pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3 (the “ Repurchase Option ”).  The Company may assign its repurchase rights set forth in this Section 3 to any Person.

 

(b)                                  In the event of a Separation, (i) the purchase price for each Unvested Share of Carried Common will be Executive’s Original Cost for such share; (ii) the purchase price for each Vested Share will be the Fair Market Value for such share as of the date of the Separation; provided , however , that if Executive’s employment is terminated with Cause, the purchase price for each Vested Share which is Carried Common will be Executive’s Original Cost for such share, and (iii) the purchase price for each share of Class A Preferred will be the liquidation value with respect to such share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.

 

(c)                                   The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Company Board ”) may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Unvested Shares, the Vested Shares or the Co-Invest Stock by delivering written notice (the “ Repurchase Notice ”) to the holder or holders of the Executive Stock within ninety (90) days after the Separation.  The Repurchase Notice will set forth the number and class of Unvested Shares, Vested Shares and Co-Invest Stock to be acquired from each holder, the aggregate consideration to be paid for such shares and the time and place for the closing of the transaction.  The number of Executive Stock to be repurchased by the Company shall first be satisfied to the extent possible from the Executive Stock held by Executive at the time of delivery of the Repurchase Notice.  If the number of Executive Stock then held by Executive is less than the total number of Executive Stock that the Company has elected to purchase, the Company shall purchase the remaining Executive Stock elected to be purchased from the other holder(s) of Executive Stock under this Agreement, pro rata according to the number of Executive Stock held by such other holder(s) at the time of delivery of such Repurchase Notice (determined as nearly as practicable to the nearest share).  The number of Unvested Shares, Vested Shares and Co-Invest Stock to be repurchased hereunder will be allocated among Executive and the other holders of Executive Stock (if any) pro rata according to the number of Executive Stock to be purchased from such Person.

 

(d)                                  If for any reason the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Executive Stock pursuant to the Repurchase Option, the Investors shall be entitled to exercise the Repurchase Option for all or any portion of the Executive Stock the Company has not elected to purchase (the “ Available Securities ”).   As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that there will be

 

4



 

Available Securities, but in any event within seventy-five (75) days after the Separation, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Option Notice ”) to the Investors setting forth the number of Available Securities and the purchase price for the Available Securities.  The Investors may elect to purchase any or all of the Available Securities by giving written notice to the Company within fifteen days after the Option Notice has been given by the Company.  If the Investors elect to purchase an aggregate number greater than the number of Available Securities, the Available Securities shall be allocated among the Investors based upon the number of shares of Common Stock owned by and issuable to each Investor (determined on a fully-diluted basis, but not including any Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any warrants to purchase Common Stock issued in connection with subordinated debt agreements or other indebtedness).  As soon as practicable, and in any event within ten days, after the expiration of the one-month period set forth above, the Company shall notify each holder of Executive Stock as to the number of shares being purchased from such holder by the Investors (the “ Supplemental Repurchase Notice ”).  At the time the Company delivers the Supplemental Repurchase Notice to the holder(s) of Executive Stock, the Company shall also deliver written notice to each Investor setting forth the number of shares such Investor is entitled to purchase, the aggregate purchase price and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.  The number of Unvested Shares, Vested Shares and Co-Invest Stock to be repurchased hereunder shall be allocated among the Company and the Investors pro rata according to the number of shares of Executive Stock to be purchased by each of them.

 

(e)                                   The closing of the purchase of the Executive Stock pursuant to the Repurchase Option shall take place on the date designated by the Company in the Repurchase Notice or Supplemental Repurchase Notice, which date shall not be more than one month nor less than five days after the delivery of the later of either such notice to be delivered.  The Company will pay for the Executive Stock to be purchased by it pursuant to the Repurchase Option by first offsetting amounts outstanding under any bona fide debts owed by Executive to the Company and will pay the remainder of the purchase price by:

 

(i)                                      in the event of a Separation as a result of a termination without Cause, or a resignation with Good Reason, at the Company’s option, (A) a check or wire transfer of funds, (B) in the case of the Carried Common, up to one-half of the remainder of the purchase price by a subordinate note or notes payable in up to three annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of such purchase and bearing interest (payable quarterly) at a rate per annum equal to the prime rate plus two percent (2%) as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time with the other one-half to be paid in cash, and in the case of the Co-Invest Stock, all of the remainder of the purchase price by check or wire transfer of funds or (C) both (A) and (B), in the aggregate amount of the remainder of the purchase price for such shares; or

 

(ii)                                   in the event of a Separation for any other reason, at the Company’s option, (A) a check or wire transfer of funds, (B) a subordinate note or notes payable in up to three annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of such purchase and bearing interest (payable quarterly) at a rate per annum equal to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time or (C) both (A) and (B), in the aggregate amount of the remainder of the purchase price for such shares.

 

5



 

Each Investor will pay for the Executive Stock purchased by it by a check or wire transfer of funds.  The Company and the Investors will be entitled to receive customary representations and warranties from the sellers regarding such sale and to require that all sellers’ signatures be guaranteed.

 

(f)                                     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Executive Stock by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, the Delaware General Corporation Law or such other governing corporate law, and in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements.  If any such restrictions prohibit (i) the repurchase of Executive Stock hereunder that the Company is otherwise entitled or required to make or (ii) dividends or other transfers of funds from one or more Subsidiaries to the Company to enable such repurchases, then the Company may make such repurchases as soon as it is permitted to make repurchases or receive funds from Subsidiaries under such restrictions.  During the time of such restrictions, all amounts which would have otherwise been payable to Executive in connection with such repurchases shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the prime rate plus two percent (2%) as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time, compounded annually and payable at the time such restrictions expire.

 

(g)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the Fair Market Value of Executive Stock is finally determined to be an amount at least 10% greater than the per share repurchase price for such share of Executive Stock in the Repurchase Notice or in the Supplemental Repurchase Notice, each of the Company and the Investors shall have the right to revoke its exercise of the Repurchase Option for all or any portion of the Executive Stock elected to be repurchased by it by delivering notice of such revocation in writing to the holders of Executive Stock during the thirty-day period beginning on the date that the Company and/or the Investors are given written notice that the Fair Market Value of a share of Executive Stock was finally determined to be an amount at least 10% greater than the per share repurchase price for Executive Stock set forth in the Repurchase Notice or in the Supplemental Repurchase Notice.

 

(i)                                      The provisions of this Section 3 shall terminate with respect to Vested Shares and upon the consummation of a Public Offering or a Sale of the Company.

 

4.                                        Restrictions on Transfer of Executive Stock .

 

(a)                                   Transfer of Executive Stock .  The holders of Executive Stock shall not Transfer any interest in any shares of Executive Stock, except pursuant to (i) the provisions of Section 3 hereof, (ii) the provisions of Section 4 of the Stockholders Agreement (a “ Participating Sale ”), (iii) an Approved Sale (as defined in Section 7 of the Stockholders Agreement), or (iv) the provisions of Section 4(b) below.

 

(b)                                  Certain Permitted Transfers .  The restrictions in this Section 4 will not apply with respect to any Transfer of Executive Stock made (i) pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution or to such Person’s legal guardian in the case of any mental incapacity or among such Person’s Family Group, or (ii) of Common Stock at such time as the Investors sell Common Stock in

 

6



 

a Public Sale, but in the case of this clause (ii) only an amount of shares (the “ Transfer Amount ”) equal to the lesser of (A) the number of Vested Shares owned by Executive and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by Executive multiplied by a fraction (the “ Transfer Fraction ”), the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock sold by the Investors in such Public Sale and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock held by the Investors prior to the Public Sale; provided that, if at the time of a Public Sale of shares by the Investors, Executive chooses not to Transfer the Transfer Amount, Executive shall retain the right to Transfer an amount of Common Stock at a future date equal to the lesser of (x) the number of Vested Shares owned by Executive at such future date and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by Executive at such future date multiplied by the Transfer Fraction; provided further that the restrictions contained in this Section 4 will continue to be applicable to the Executive Stock after any Transfer of the type referred to in clause (i) above and the transferees of such Executive Stock must agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.  Any transferee of Executive Stock pursuant to a Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4(b)(i) is herein referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee .”  Upon the Transfer of Executive Stock pursuant to this Section 4(b) , the transferring holder of Executive Stock will deliver a written notice (a “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company.  In the case of a Transfer pursuant to clause (i) hereof, the Transfer Notice will disclose in reasonable detail the identity of the Permitted Transferee(s).

 

(c)                                   Termination of Restrictions .  The restrictions set forth in this Section 4 will continue with respect to each share of Executive Stock until the earlier of (i) the date on which such share of Executive Stock has been transferred in a Public Sale permitted by this Section 4 , or (ii) the consummation of a Sale of the Company.

 

5.                                        Additional Restrictions on Transfer of Executive Stock .

 

(a)                                   Legend .  The certificates representing the Executive Stock will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED AS OF JULY 1, 2002, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.  THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, CERTAIN REPURCHASE OPTIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN A SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND AN EXECUTIVE OF THE COMPANY DATED AS OF JULY 1, 2002.  A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

(b)                                  Opinion of Counsel .  No holder of Executive Stock may Transfer any Executive Stock (except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act)

 

7



 

without first delivering to the Company a written notice describing in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer, and if requested by the Company, an opinion of counsel (reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Company) that neither registration nor qualification under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws is required in connection with such transfer.  In addition, if the holder of the Executive Stock delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel that no subsequent Transfer of such Executive Stock shall require registration under the Securities Act, the Company shall promptly upon such contemplated Transfer deliver new certificates for such Executive Stock that do not bear the Securities Act portion of the legend set forth in Section 5(a) .  If the Company is not required to deliver new certificates for such Executive Stock not bearing such legend, the holder thereof shall not Transfer the same until the prospective transferee has confirmed to the Company in writing its agreement to be bound by the conditions contained in this Section 5 .

 

(c).                                Obligations Upon Sale .  Executive acknowledges and agrees that in connection with and following a Sale of the Company, Executive shall cooperate with the Investors and render such assistance as the Investors reasonably require in connection with such Sale of the Company, including without limitation the provision of information relating to the past or present operations of the Company, assistance in the calculation and resolution of purchase price adjustments, and cooperation in resolving indemnification matters.  In addition, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Investors may, in their reasonable discretion, withhold some amounts which may otherwise be payable to Executive upon such Sale of the Company in order to provide a source of recovery for Executive’s proportionate share of purchase price adjustments and indemnification claims and to assure Executive’s compliance with such obligations and agreements; provided however, that any such withholding shall be in proportionate amounts and on terms and conditions no less favorable than amounts withheld for such purposes from other employees and executives of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are also stockholders of the Company.

 

Section 6.                                             Representations and Warranties of the Company .  As a material inducement to Executive to enter into this Agreement and purchase the Executive Stock, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Executive that:

 

(a).                                Organization and Corporate Power .  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority and all material licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to own and operate its properties, to carry on its businesses as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws which have been furnished to the Executive’s counsel reflect all amendments made thereto at any time prior to the date of this Agreement and are correct and complete.

 

(b).                               Capital Stock and Related Matters .

 

(i)                                      As of the Closing and immediately thereafter, the authorized capital stock of the Company shall consist of 40,075,000 shares of stock, of which 75,000 shares shall be designated

 

8



 

as Class A Preferred (63,700 of which shall be issued and outstanding and 8,418.53385 of which shall be reserved for issuances upon exercise of options and warrants granted by the Company) and of which 40,000,000 shares shall be designated as Common Stock (33,994,652.41 of which shall be issued and outstanding; 3,436,136.26 of which shall be reserved for issuances upon exercise of options and warrants granted by the Company; and 764,705.88 shall be reserved for future issuances to executives and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries).  As of the Closing, the Company shall not have outstanding any stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for any shares of its capital stock or containing any profit participation features, nor shall it have outstanding any rights or options to subscribe for or to purchase its capital stock or any stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for its capital stock or any stock appreciation rights or phantom stock plans other than pursuant to and as contemplated by this Agreement, the senior management agreements and executive stock agreements among the Company and its employees, and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.  As of the Closing, the Company shall not be subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire its capital stock, except pursuant to this Agreement, the senior management agreements and executive stock agreements among the Company and its employees, and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.  As of the Closing, all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(ii)                                   There are no statutory or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, contractual stockholders preemptive rights or rights of refusal with respect to the issuance of the Executive Stock hereunder except as expressly contemplated in the Stockholders Agreement or provided herein .  Based in part on the investment representations of the Investors in Section 7C of the Purchase Agreement, of the Executive in Section 1(e) hereof, of certain employees of the Company in their respective senior management agreements and executive stock agreements, and of the parties to the Merger Agreement in such agreement, the Company has not violated any applicable federal or state securities laws in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of any of its capital stock, and the offer, sale and issuance of the Executive Stock hereunder do not and will not require registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.  To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there are no agreements between the Company’s stockholders with respect to the voting or transfer of the Company’s capital stock or with respect to any other aspect of the Company’s affairs, except for the Stockholders Agreement, the senior management agreements and executive stock agreements among the Company and its employees, and the Registration Agreement.

 

(c).                                Authorization; No Breach .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby to which the Company is a party have been duly authorized by the Company.  This Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby each constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.  The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby to which the Company is a party, the offering, sale and issuance of the Executive Stock hereunder and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms hereof and thereof by the Company do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company’s capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to modify, terminate or accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in

 

9



 

a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or administrative or governmental body pursuant to, the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Company, or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company is subject, or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(d).                               Litigation, etc.   There are no actions, suits, proceedings, orders, investigations or claims pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company (or to the best of the Company’s knowledge, pending or threatened against or affecting any of the officers, directors or employees of the Company with respect to their businesses or proposed business activities) at law or in equity, or before or by any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(e).                                Governmental Consent, etc.   No permit, consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration to or filing with, any governmental authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement or the other agreements contemplated hereby, or the consummation by the Company of any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO EMPLOYMENT

 

7.                                        Employment .  Employer agrees to employ Executive and Executive accepts such employment for the period beginning as of the date hereof and ending upon his separation pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof (the “ Employment Period ”).

 

(a)                                   Position and Duties .

 

(i)  During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of Employer and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities and authority implied by such position, including, without limitation, the responsibilities associated with all aspects of the daily operations of Employer and the identification, negotiation, completion and integration of any acquisitions made by the Company, Employer or their Subsidiaries, subject to the power of the Board of Directors of Employer (the “ Board ”) to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities and authority.

 

(ii)  Executive shall report to the Board, and Executive shall devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company, Employer and their Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Salary, Bonus and Benefits .  During the Employment Period, Employer will pay Executive a base salary (the “ Annual Base Salary ”) of $510,000 per annum, subject to any increase as determined by the Board based upon an annual review by the Board of the Company’s achievements of budgetary and other objectives set by the Board.  For any fiscal year, Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 50% of Executive’s Annual Base Salary based upon the

 

10


 

achievement by the Company, Employer and their Subsidiaries of budgetary and other objectives set by the Board; provided that with respect to the first year for which Executive is eligible for a bonus, such bonus shall be paid on a pro rata basis based upon that portion of the year that remained after the date of this Agreement.  Such bonus amount shall be in lieu of any other bonus plan or program previously adopted by the Company, including any bonuses which relate to the earnings of the Company or a change in control of the Company.  In addition, during the Employment Period, Executive will be entitled to such other benefits approved by the Board and made available to the senior management of the Company, Employer and their Subsidiaries.

 

(c)                                   Separation .  The Employment Period will continue until (i) Executive’s resignation, Disability or death or (ii) the Board decides to terminate Executive’s employment with or without Cause.  If Executive’s employment is terminated by Employer without Cause pursuant to clause (ii) above or Executive resigns with Good Reason, during the one-year period commencing on the date of termination (the “ Initial Severance Period ”), Employer shall pay to Executive an aggregate amount equal to his Annual Base Salary plus the amount of bonus received by Executive with respect to the immediately previous full fiscal year (the “ Prior Year Bonus ”), payable in equal installments on the Employer’s regular salary payment dates.  Employer may (in its sole discretion) elect to extend the Initial Severance Period for one additional one-year period (the “ Additional Severance Period ”) by providing Executive written notice of such extension no less than 60 days prior to the last day of the Initial Severance Period and paying Executive an additional amount equal to his Annual Base Salary plus the Prior Year Bonus, payable in equal installments on the Employer’s regular salary payment dates.  The amounts payable during the Additional Severance Period pursuant to this Section 7(c) shall be reduced by the amount of any compensation Executive receives with respect to any other employment during the such period.  Upon request from time to time, Executive shall furnish  Employer with a true and complete certificate specifying any such compensation earned or received by him during such period.

 

8.                                        Confidential Information .

 

(a)                                   Obligation to Maintain Confidentiality .  Executive acknowledges that the information, observations and data obtained by him during the course of his performance under this Agreement concerning the business and affairs of the Company, Employer and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates are the property of the Company, Employer or such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, including information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Company’s and Employer’s business or industry of which Executive becomes aware during the Employment Period. Therefore, Executive agrees that he will not disclose to any unauthorized Person or use for his own account any of such information, observations or data without the Board’s written consent, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters, (i) become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions to act, (ii) was known to Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Employer, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries and Affiliates, or (iii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order.  Executive agrees to deliver to the Company at a Separation, or at any other time the Company may request in writing, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports and other documents (and copies thereof) relating to the business of the Company, Employer and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates (including, without limitation, all acquisition prospects, lists

 

11



 

and contact information) that he may then possess or have under his control.

 

(b)                                  Ownership of Property .  Executive acknowledges that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, and all similar or related information  (whether or not patentable) that relate to the Company’s, Employer’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future products or services and that are conceived, developed, contributed to, made, or reduced to practice by Executive (either solely or jointly with others) while employed by the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including any of the foregoing that constitutes any proprietary information or records) (“ Work Product ”) belong to the Company, Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate and Executive hereby assigns, and agrees to assign, all of the above Work Product to the Company, Employer or to such Subsidiary or Affiliate.  Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by Executive in the course of his work for any of the foregoing entities shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws, and the Company, Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall own all rights therein.  To the extent that any such copyrightable work is not a “work made for hire,” Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company, Employer or such Subsidiary or Affiliate all right, title, and interest, including without limitation, copyright in and to such copyrightable work.  Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product and copyrightable work to the Board and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm the Company’s, Employer’s or such Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney, and other instruments).

 

(c)                                   Third Party Information . Executive understands that the Company, Employer and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“ Third Party Information ”) subject to a duty on the Company’s, Employer’s  and their respective Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes.  During the Employment Period and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 8(a) above, Executive will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel of the Company, Employer or their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company, Employer or their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates) or use, except in connection with his work for the Company, Employer or their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by a member of the Board in writing.

 

(d)                                  Use of Information of Prior Employers .  During the Employment Period, Executive will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employers or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, and will not bring onto the premises of the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality with respect to such unpublished documents or property unless consented to in writing by the former employer or Person.  Executive will use in the performance of his duties only information that is (i) generally

 

12



 

known and used by Persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s and that is (x) common knowledge in the industry or (y) is otherwise legally in the public domain, (ii) is otherwise provided or developed by the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iii) in the case of materials, property or information belonging to any former employer or other Person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality, approved for such use in writing by such former employer or Person.

 

9.                                        Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation .  Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment with Employer he will become familiar with the Company’s, Employer’s and their respective Subsidiaries’ trade secrets and with other confidential information concerning the Company, Employer and such Subsidiaries and that his services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and Employer and such Subsidiaries.  Therefore, Executive agrees that:

 

(a)                                   Noncompetition .  During the Employment Period and (i) in the event of a termination of Executive’s employment by the Board without Cause or by Executive with Good Reason, during the period beginning on the date of termination and ending on the last day of the Initial Severance Period or on the last day of the Additional Severance Period, if Employer elects to extend the Initial Severance Period pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof, or (ii) in the event of a termination of Executive’s employment for any other reason, during the period of two years thereafter (such one or two year period, as the case may be, the “ Noncompete Period ”), he shall not, anywhere in the world, directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any business competing with the businesses of the Company, Employer or their respective Subsidiaries or any business in which the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries has entertained discussions or has requested and received information relating to the acquisition of such business by the Company, Employer or their respective Subsidiaries during the six-month period immediately prior to the Separation.

 

(b)                                  Nonsolicitation .  During the Employment Period and the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company, Employer or their respective Subsidiaries to leave the employ of the Company, Employer or such Subsidiary, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company, Employer and any of their respective Subsidiaries and any employee thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries within 180 days prior to the time such employee was hired by Executive, (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries to cease doing business with the Company, Employer or such Subsidiary or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company and any Subsidiary or (iv) directly or indirectly acquire or attempt to acquire an interest in any business relating to the business of the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries and with which the Company, Employer and any of their respective Subsidiaries has entertained discussions or has requested and received information relating to the acquisition of such business by the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries in the two-year period immediately preceding a Separation.

 

13



 

(c)                                   Enforcement .  If, at the time of enforcement of Section 8 or this Section 9 , a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum duration, scope and area permitted by law.  Because Executive’s services are unique and because Executive has access to confidential information, the parties hereto agree that money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement.  Therefore, in the event a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company, Employer, their respective Subsidiaries or their successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).

 

(d)                                  Additional Acknowledgments .  Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 9 are in consideration of:  (i) employment with the Employer, (ii) the issuance of the Carried Common by the Company and (iii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement.  In addition, Executive agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Section 8 and this Section 9 do not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Executive’s ability to earn a living.  In addition, Executive acknowledges  (i) that the business of the Company, Employer and their respective Subsidiaries will be international in scope and without geographical limitation, (ii) notwithstanding the state of incorporation or principal office of the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their respective executives or employees (including the Executive), it is expected that the Company and Employer will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the world, and (iii) as part of his responsibilities, Executive will be traveling around the world in furtherance of Employer’s business and its relationships.  Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and Employer of the non-enforcement of Section 8 and this Section 9 outweighs any potential harm to Executive of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise.  Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company and Employer now existing or to be developed in the future.  Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

9.                                        Definitions .

 

Affiliate ” means, (i) with respect to any Person, any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or an Affiliate of such Person, and (ii) with respect to any Investor, any general or limited partner of such Investor, any employee or owner of any such partner, or any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Investor.

 

14



 

Cause ” means (i) the commission of a felony, (ii) willful conduct tending to bring the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries into substantial public disgrace or disrepute,  (iii) substantial and repeated failure to perform duties of the office held by Executive as reasonably directed by the Board, (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries, including any other act or omission involving significant and willful dishonesty or fraud with respect to the Company, Employer or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers, or (v) any material breach of Sections 1(i), 8 or 9 of this Agreement or Section 7(a)(ii) of this Agreement (but only with respect the requirement of such Section 7(a)(ii) that Executive devote his full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company, Employer and their Subsidiaries).  In each case above the burden of proving such action or omission is a “Cause” event shall be with Employer.  In addition, Employer agrees it will permit Executive an opportunity to be heard by the Company Board before such dismissal.  For purposes of this definition, an act or omission may by considered “willful” only if done in bad faith without a reasonable belief that such act or omission was in the best interest of the Employer or the Company.

 

Class A Preferred ” means the Company’s Class A Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share.

 

Closing Date ” means July 1, 2002.

 

Disability ” means the disability of Executive caused by any physical or mental injury, illness or incapacity as a result of which Executive is unable to effectively perform the essential functions of Executive’s duties as determined by the Board in good faith.

 

Executive Stock ” will continue to be Executive Stock in the hands of any holder other than Executive (except for the Company and the Investors and except for transferees in a Public Sale), and except as otherwise provided herein, each such other holder of Executive Stock will succeed to all rights and obligations attributable to Executive as a holder of Executive Stock hereunder.  Executive Stock will also include equity of the Company issued with respect to Executive Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend, conversion, or other recapitalization.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Unvested Shares shall remain Unvested Shares after any Transfer thereof.

 

Fair Market Value ” of each share of Executive Stock means the average of the closing prices of the sales of such Executive Stock on all securities exchanges on which such Executive Stock may at the time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on any such exchange on any day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day such Executive Stock is not so listed, the average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted in the NASDAQ System as of 4:00 P.M., New York time, or, if on any day such Executive Stock is not quoted in the NASDAQ System, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or any similar successor organization, in each such case averaged over a period of 21 days consisting of the day as of which the Fair Market Value is being determined and the 20 consecutive business days prior to such day.  If at any time such Executive Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market,

 

15



 

the Fair Market Value will be the fair value of such Executive Stock as determined in good faith by the Company Board.  If Executive reasonably disagrees with such determination, Executive shall deliver to the Company Board a written notice of objection within ten days after delivery of the Repurchase Notice (or if no Repurchase Notice is delivered, then within ten days after delivery of the Supplemental Repurchase Notice).  Upon receipt of Executive’s written notice of objection, the Company Board and Executive will negotiate in good faith to agree on such Fair Market Value.  If such agreement is not reached within 30 days after the delivery of the Repurchase Notice (or if no Repurchase Notice is delivered, then within 30 days after the delivery of the Supplemental Repurchase Notice), Fair Market Value shall be determined by an appraiser jointly selected by the Company Board and Executive, which appraiser shall submit to the Company Board and Executive a report within 30 days of its engagement setting forth such determination.  If the parties are unable to agree on an appraiser within 45 days after delivery of the Repurchase Notice or the Supplemental Repurchase Notice, within seven days, each party shall submit the names of four nationally recognized firms that are engaged in the business of valuing non-public securities, and each party shall be entitled to strike two names from the other party’s list of firms, and the appraiser shall be selected by lot from the remaining four investment banking firms.  The expenses of such appraiser shall be borne by Executive unless the appraiser’s valuation is more than 10% greater than the amount determined by the Company Board, in which case, the expenses of the appraiser shall be borne by the Company.  The determination of such appraiser as to Fair Market Value shall be final and binding upon all parties.

 

Family Group ” means a Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), and any trust, family limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants that is and remains solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants and any retirement plan for such Person.

 

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

 

Good Reason ” means (i) any action by the Company or Employer which results in a material reduction in Executive’s title, status, authority or responsibility as Chief Executive Officer of Employer; (ii) a failure of Executive to be on the Company’s Board of Directors; or (iii) a reduction in Executive’s Annual Base Salary, in each case without the prior written consent of Executive; provided, that in order to constitute a termination with Good Reason, Executive must resign within thirty (30) days of an event which constitutes Good Reason.

 

Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger among the Company, VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, VeriFone MergerSub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and VeriFone Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation.

 

Original Cost ” means, with respect to each share of Common Stock purchased hereunder, $0.05 (as proportionately adjusted for all subsequent stock splits, stock dividends and other recapitalizations).

 

16



 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, investment fund, any other business entity and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Public Offering ” means the sale in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of equity securities of the Company or a corporate successor to the Company.

 

Public Sale ” means (i) any sale pursuant to a registered public offering under the Securities Act or (ii) any sale to the public pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act effected through a broker, dealer or market maker (other than pursuant to Rule 144(k) prior to a Public Offering).

 

Sale of the Company ” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Person or group of related Persons other than the Investors or their its Affiliates in the aggregate acquire(s) (i) equity securities of the Company possessing the voting power (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach or event of noncompliance) to elect a majority of the Company Board (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s equity, stockholder or voting agreement, proxy, power of attorney or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis; provided that a Public Offering shall not constitute a Sale of the Company.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement of even date herewith among the Company and certain of its stockholders, as amended from time to time pursuant to its terms.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of  partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity.  For purposes hereof, references to a “ Subsidiary ” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “ Subsidiary ” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

17



 

TCW/Crescent Lenders ” means, collectively, (i) TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (ii) TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust II, a Delaware business trust, (iii) TCW Leveraged Income Trust, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (iv) TCW Leveraged Income Trust II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and (v) TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Transfer ” means to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law).

 

10.                                  Notices .  Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be either personally delivered, delivered via facsimile, mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

If to Employer :

 

VeriFone, Inc.

2455 Augustine Drive

Santa Clara, CA  95054

Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (310) 209-3310

 

with copies to :

 

GTCR Fund VII, L.P.

GTCR Co-Invest, L.P.

c/o GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

6100 Sears Tower

Chicago, Illinois  60606-6402

Attention:   Collin E. Roche

Facsimile:  (312) 382-2201

 

Kirkland & Ellis

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois  60601

Attention:   Stephen L. Ritchie

Facsimile: (312) 861-2200

 

If to the Company :

 

VeriFone Holdings, Inc.

2455 Augustine Drive

Santa Clara, CA  95054

Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (310) 209-3310

 

18



 

with copies to :

 

GTCR Fund VII, L.P.

GTCR Co-Invest, L.P.

c/o GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

6100 Sears Tower

Chicago, Illinois  60606-6402

Attention:   Collin E. Roche

Facsimile: (312) 382-2201

 

Kirkland & Ellis

200 East Randolph Drive

Chicago, Illinois  60601

Attention:   Stephen L. Ritchie

Facsimile: (312) 861-2200

 

If to Executive :

 

Douglas G. Bergeron

c/o VeriFone Holdings, Inc.

2455 Augustine Drive

Santa Clara, CA  95054

Facsimile: (310) 209-3310

 

with a copy to :

 

Foster Pepper & Shefelman PLLC

1111 Third Avenue, Suite 3400

Seattle, WA 98101

Attn: Robert Kunold, Jr.

Facsimile: (206) 749-1984

 

If to the Investors :

 

See the attached Investor Notice Schedule .

 

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.  Any notice under this Agreement will be deemed to have been given when so delivered or sent or, if mailed, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail.

 

11.                                  General Provisions .

 

(a)                                   Transfers in Violation of Agreement .  Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of

 

19



 

any Executive Stock in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Executive Stock as the owner of such equity for any purpose.

 

(b)                                  Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

(c)                                   Complete Agreement .  This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

(d)                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(e)                                   Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive, the Company, the Investors and their respective successors and assigns (including subsequent holders of Executive Stock); provided that the rights and obligations of Executive under this Agreement shall not be assignable except in connection with a permitted transfer of Executive Stock hereunder.

 

(f)                                     Choice of Law .  The corporation law of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders.  All other questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

(g)                                  Remedies .  Each of the parties to this Agreement (including the Investors as third-party beneficiaries) will be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor.  The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

20


 

(h)                                  Amendment and Waiver .  The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company, Employer, Executive and the Majority Holders (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

(i)                                      Insurance .  The Company or Employer, at its discretion, may apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered available.  Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information, and to execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.  Executive hereby represents that he has no reason to believe that his life is not insurable at rates now prevailing for healthy men  of his age.

 

(j)                                      Business Days .  If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday in the state in which the Company’s chief executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.

 

(k)                                   Indemnification and Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive .  The Company, Employer and their respective Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Executive any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes, excise taxes, or employment taxes (“ Taxes ”) imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Executive’s ownership interest in the Company, including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity options and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity.  In the event the Company or its Subsidiaries does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid with respect to any such Taxes, together with any interest, penalties and related expenses thereto.

 

(l)                                      Reasonable Expenses .  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Executive’s counsel arising in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(m)                                Termination .  This Agreement (except for the provisions of Sections 8(a) and (b) ) shall survive a Separation and shall remain in full force and effect after such Separation.

 

(n)                                  Adjustments of Numbers .  All numbers set forth herein that refer to share prices or amounts will be appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, combinations of shares and other recapitalizations affecting the subject class of equity.

 

(o)                                  Deemed Transfer of Executive Stock .  If the Company (and/or the Investors and/or any other Person acquiring securities) shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Executive Stock to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the Person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this

 

21



 

Agreement), and such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof and the Company (and/or the Investors and/or any other Person acquiring securities) shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(p)                                  No Pledge or Security Interest .  The purpose of the Company’s retention of Executive’s certificates and executed Stock Powers is solely to facilitate the repurchase provisions set forth in Section 3 herein and Section 6 of the Stockholders Agreement and does not constitute a pledge by Executive of, or the granting of a security interest in, the underlying equity.

 

(q)                                  Rights Granted to GTCR Fund VII and its Affiliates .  Any rights granted to GTCR Fund VII, GTCR Co-Invest and their Affiliates hereunder may also be exercised (in whole or in part) by their respective designees (which designees may be Affiliates of GTCR Fund VII and/or GTCR Co-Invest).

 

(r)                                     Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance .  Each of the Company and Employer agree that it shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect during the term of Executive’s employment hereunder directors’ and officers’ insurance policies in amounts and with coverages customary for entities of the size and with the type of business of the Company and Employer, respectively.

 

*     *     *     *     *

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Senior Management Agreement on the date first written above.

 

 

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Bergeron

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VERIFONE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas Bergeron

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas Bergeron

 

Douglas G. Bergeron

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

GTCR FUND VII, L.P.

 

 

 

By: GTCR Partners VII, L.P.

 

Its:  General Partner

 

 

 

By: GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph P. Nolan

 

Name:

Joseph P. Nolan

 

Its:

Principal

 

 

 

 

 

GTCR CO-INVEST, L.P.

 

 

 

By: GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph P. Nolan

 

Name:

Joseph P. Nolan

 

Its:

Principal

 

 



 

TCW/CRESCENT MEZZANINE PARTNERS III, L.P.
TCW/CRESCENT MEZZANINE TRUST III

 

TCW/CRESCENT MEZZANINE PARTNERS III

 

 

NETHERLANDS, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Management III, L.L.C.,

 

 

its Investment manager

 

 

 

By:

TCW/Asset Management Company,

 

 

its Sub-Advisor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy P. Costello

 

Name:

Timothy P. Costello

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

TCW LEVERAGED INCOME TRUST IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

TCW/Asset Management Company,

 

 

as its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rufus H. Rivers

 

Name:

Rufus H. Rivers

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

TCW Asset Management Company,

 

 

as its Managing Member of

 

 

TCW (LINC IV) L.L.C., the General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy P. Costello

 

Name:

Timothy P. Costello

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

AMENDMENT TO SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT TO SENIOR MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is dated as of December 27, 2004 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), VeriFone, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Employer ”) and Douglas G. Bergeron (the “ Executive ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are parties to a Senior Management Agreement dated as of July 1, 2002, as amended (the “ Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, Employer and Executive have agreed upon a new base salary for the 2005 calendar year and a new bonus target.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Definitions .  Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

 

2.                                        Base Salary and Bonus .  For purposes of Section 7(b) of the Agreement, (i) Executive’s Annual Base Salary for calendar year 2005 shall be $535,000, and (ii) from and after the date of this Amendment, the annual bonus for which Executive shall be eligible shall be up to 100% of Executive’s Annual Base Salary.

 

3.                                        Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   Survival of Other Provisions .  Unless specifically amended herein, all of the other covenants, agreements, representations, warranties, promises or other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without any change whatsoever.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Amendment and the Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no further or other agreements or undertakings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof unless expressly referred to in this Amendment or the Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Execution in Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

*                                          *                                          *                                          *

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have signed this Amendment as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Amendment.

 

 

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VERIFONE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron

 

Its:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas G. Bergeron

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

GTCR FUND VII, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

GTCR Partners VII, L.P.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

By:

GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Collin E. Roche, its Principal

 

 

 

GTCR CO-INVEST, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Collin E. Roche, its Principal

 

 

Signature page to Bergeron Salary &
Bonus Amendment

 

2




Exhibit 10.7

 

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

2002 SECURITIES PURCHASE PLAN

 

1.                                        Purpose of Plan .  This 2002 Securities Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) of VeriFone Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is designed to provide incentives to such present and future employees, directors, consultants or advisers of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as may be selected in the sole discretion of the Committee (“Participants”), through the sale of Common Stock to Participants.  Only those Participants who are employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be eligible to participate in this Plan.  This Plan is intended to qualify under Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 701.

 

2.                                        Definitions .  Certain terms used in this Plan have the meanings set forth below:

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Committee ” shall mean the committee of the Board which may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan.  The Committee shall be composed of two or more directors as appointed from time to time to serve by the Board.

 

Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation of which shares of stock having a majority of the general voting power in electing the board of directors are, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned by the Company either directly or through its Subsidiaries.

 

3.                                        Sale of Common Stock . The Committee shall have the power and authority to sell to any Participant any Common Stock at any time prior to the termination of this Plan in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with this Plan and established by the Committee. Common Stock sold under this Plan shall be subject to such terms and evidenced by agreements as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee.

 

4.                                        Administration of the Plan .  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided that if for any reason the Committee shall not have been appointed by the Board, all authority and duties of the Committee under the Plan shall be vested in and exercised by the Board.  The Committee shall have the power and authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and procedures governing the administration of this Plan, including, but not limited to the full power and authority (i) to interpret the terms of this Plan and (ii) to determine the rights of any person under this Plan, or the meaning of requirements imposed by the terms of this Plan or any rule or procedure established by the Committee or the Board. Each action of the Committee shall be binding on all persons.

 

1



 

5.                                        Taxes .  The Company shall be entitled, if necessary or desirable, to withhold (or secure payment from the Plan participant in lieu of withholding) the amount of any withholding or other tax due from the Company with respect to any amount payable and/or shares issuable under this Plan, and the Company may defer such payment or issuance unless indemnified to its satisfaction.

 

6.                                        Termination and Amendment .  The Committee at any time may suspend or terminate this Plan and make such additions or amendments as it deems advisable under this Plan.

 

*   *   *   *   *

 

2


 



Exhibit 10.8

 

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

NEW FOUNDERS’ STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

ARTICLE I

 

Purpose of Plan

 

The New Founders’ Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) of VeriFone Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on April 29, 2003 (the “ Approval Date ”), for executives and other key employees of the Company, is intended to advance the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing those persons who have a substantial responsibility for its management and growth with additional incentives by allowing them to acquire an ownership interest in the Company and thereby encouraging them to remain in its employ.  The availability and offering of stock options under the Plan also increases the Company’s ability to attract and retain individuals of exceptional managerial talent upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth, and profitability of the Company depends.  By adopting the plan, the Board wishes to create, during the ten-year term of the Plan, an equity-oriented compensation plan for and to reward the founding and future employees who will contribute to the growth of the Company.  The stock options granted pursuant to this Plan will enable those employees and others to share in the resulting increase in the equity value of the Company.  This Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Approval Date; no Option shall be granted, however, after the fifth anniversary of the Approval Date.

 

All options granted under the Plan and the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of options are intended to qualify for an exemption (the “ Exemptions ”) from (i) the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), pursuant to Rule 701 of the Act, and (ii) the qualification requirements under the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended (the “ Blue Sky Law ”), pursuant to Section 25102(o) of the Blue Sky Law.  In the event that any provision of the Plan would cause any option granted under the Plan to not qualify for the Exemptions, the Plan shall be deemed automatically amended to the extent necessary to cause all Options (as defined in Article IV below) granted under the Plan to qualify for the Exemptions.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Definitions

 

For purposes of the Plan, except where the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person, which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person.

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cause ” shall mean (i) the commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or omission involving material dishonesty, material

 



 

disloyalty, or fraud with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers, (ii) conduct tending to bring the Company or any of its Subsidiaries into public disgrace or disrepute, (iii) a Participant’s failure (other than by reason of Disability) to carry out effectively his or her duties and obligations to the Company or to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company, as determined in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company or the Board, (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company, (v) any material breach of the agreement pursuant to which the Participant’s Options were granted, or (vi) any material breach of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any, with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute.

 

Committee ” shall mean the committee of the Board that may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

 

Common Shares ” shall mean the Company’s non-voting common stock, par value $.01 per share, and any other shares into which such stock may be changed or converted by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, or any other change in the corporate structure or capital stock of the Company.

 

Company ” shall mean VeriFone Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and (except to the extent the context requires otherwise) any subsidiary corporation of VeriFone Holdings, Inc. as such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

Date of Termination ” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, (i) if such Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company, the effective date of termination as specified in the written notice from the Company to such Participant terminating your employment, (ii) if such Participant terminates his or her employment, the date the Company receives notice from such Participant terminating his or her employment or (iii) if such Participant’s employment is terminated other than pursuant to (i) or (ii), then the date determined in good faith by the Board.

 

Disability ” shall mean the inability, due to documented illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity, or other disability, of any Participant to carry out effectively his or her duties and obligations to the Company or to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve-month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board.

 

Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article VI .

 

Fair Market Value ” of the Common Shares shall mean the fair market value of such stock, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value, as solely determined by the Board; provided , however, that in the case of a Sale of the Company, the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares shall be the price per Common Share in such transaction, as solely determined by the Board.

 

Incentive Stock Option ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article V .

 

2



 

Investors ” shall mean GTCR Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any other investment fund managed by GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.

 

Nonqualified Stock Option ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article V .

 

Option Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article VI .

 

Options ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article IV .

 

Participant ” shall mean any executive or other key employee of the Company (including any employee located outside of the United States, but not including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer) who has been selected by the Board to participate in the Plan.

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, and a governmental entity or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof.

 

Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article I .

 

Plan Year ” shall mean any 12-month period beginning on the Approval Date or any anniversary thereof.

 

Public Offering ” shall mean an initial public offering registered under the Act of equity securities of the Company, as approved by the Board and GTCR.

 

Sale of the Company ” means any transaction or series of transactions as a consequence of which any Person or group of related Persons (other than the Investors and their Affiliates) in the aggregate acquire(s) (i) capital stock of the Company possessing the voting power (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach or event of noncompliance) to elect a majority of the Company’s board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, sale or transfer of the Company’s capital stock, shareholder or voting agreement, proxy, power of attorney or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis; provided that a Public Offering shall not constitute a Sale of the Company.

 

Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article IV .

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a

 

3



 

corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity.  For purposes hereof, references to a “ Subsidiary ” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “ Subsidiary ” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Administration

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided that if for any reason the Committee shall not have been appointed by the Board, all authority and duties of the Committee shall be vested in and exercised by the Board.  Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee shall have the sole and complete authority to (i) select Participants, (ii) grant Options (as defined in Article IV below) to Participants in such forms and amounts as it shall determine, (iii) impose such limitations, restrictions, and conditions upon such Options as it shall deem appropriate, (iv) interpret the Plan and adopt, amend, and rescind administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations relating to the Plan, (v) correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted hereunder, and (vi) make all other determinations and take all other actions necessary or advisable for the implementation and administration of the Plan, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the Code on the grant of Incentive Stock Options or other applicable law.  The Committee’s determinations on matters within its authority shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participants, the Company, and all other Persons.  The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws and rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.  No member of the Committee and no officer of the Company shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by such member, by any other member of the Committee, or by any officer of the Company in connection with the performance of duties under the Plan, except for such person’s own willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute.  All expenses associated with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.  The Committee may, as approved by the Board and to the extent permissible by law, delegate any of its authority hereunder to such persons as it deems appropriate.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Limitation on Aggregate Shares

 

The number of Common Shares with respect to which options may be granted under the Plan (the “ Options ”) and which may be issued upon the exercise thereof shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 1,000,000 Common Shares (the “ Shares ”); provided that the type and the aggregate number of shares which may be subject to Options shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.9 below, and further provided that to the extent any Options expire unexercised or are canceled, terminated, or forfeited in any manner without the issuance of Common Shares thereunder, such shares shall again be available under the Plan; and provided

 

4



 

further that at no time shall the total number of shares issuable upon exercise of all outstanding options for the purchase of shares of the Company’s capital stock and the total number of shares provided under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company (including, without limitation, Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan) exceed a number of shares equal to 30% of the then outstanding shares of the Company (as calculated in accordance with Rule 260.140.45 of the Blue Sky Law).  The Shares available under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares, or a combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Awards

 

5.1                                  Options .  The Committee may grant Options to Participants in accordance with this Article V .

 

5.2                                  Form of Option .  Options granted under this Plan shall be presumed to be nonqualified stock options (the “ Nonqualified Stock Options ”) and are not intended to be incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422A of the Code or any successor provision  (“ Incentive Stock Options ”) unless clearly indicated by the Committee in the Option Agreement.  The Committee may grant Incentive Stock Options only to eligible employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code).  It is the Company’s intent that Nonqualified Stock Options granted under the Plan not be classified as Incentive Stock Options, that Incentive Stock Options be consistent with and contain or be deemed to contain all provisions required under Section 422 of the Code and any successor thereto, and that any ambiguities in construction be interpreted in order to effectuate such intent.  If an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan does not qualify as such for any reason, then to the extent of such nonqualification, the stock option represented thereby shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option duly granted under the Plan, provided that such stock option otherwise meets the Plan’s requirements for Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

5.3                                  Exercisability .  Options granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such circumstances as determined by the Committee and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan, and as specified in the Option Agreement; provided that, in the case of employees of the Company who are not officers, directors or consultants to the Company, the right to exercise shall be at the rate at least equal to twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date of grant (subject to reasonable conditions).

 

5.4                                  Payment of Exercise Price .  Options shall be exercised in whole or in part by written notice to the Company (to the attention of the Company’s Secretary) accompanied by payment in full of the option exercise price.  Payment of the option exercise price shall be made (i) in cash (including check, bank draft, or money order), (ii) by delivery of outstanding shares of Common Stock that have been owned by the Participant for a minimum of six months and one day with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price payable with respect to the options’ exercise, (iii) through a “same day sale” commitment from a Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. specified by the Committee (the “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased

 

5



 

to pay for the Option Price and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company, (iv) through a “margin” commitment from a Participant and the NASD Dealer reasonably acceptable to the Committee whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise such Participant’s Option and to pledge the Option Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of the Option Shares to forward the Option Price to the Company, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.  The methods of payment set forth in clauses (ii) through (iv) above shall apply only if there is a public market for the Common Shares.

 

5.5                                  Terms of Options . The term during which each Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee, but, except as otherwise provided herein, in no event shall an option be exercisable in whole or in part, in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option (other than as described below), more than ten (10) years from the date it is granted or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who at the time of the grant owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if required by the Code, more than five (5) years from the date it is granted.  All rights to purchase Shares pursuant to an Option shall, unless sooner terminated, expire at the date designated by the Committee.  The Shares constituting each installment may be purchased in whole or in part at any time after such installment becomes exercisable, subject to such minimum exercise requirements as may be designated by the Committee.  Unless otherwise provided herein or in the terms of the related grant, a Participant may exercise an Option only if he or she is, and has continuously since the date the Option was granted, been a director, officer, or employee of or performed other services for the Company or a Subsidiary.  Prior to the exercise of an Option and delivery of the Shares represented thereby, the Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such outstanding Option (including any dividend or voting rights).

 

5.6                                  Limitations on Grants»

 

(a)                                   The maximum number of Shares with respect to which the Committee may grant Options during the first Plan Year shall be 75% of the Shares.  The maximum number of Shares with respect to which the Committee may grant Options during any subsequent Plan Year shall be 15% of the Shares; provided , however, that the Committee may not grant any Options after the fifth anniversary of the Approval Date.

 

(b)                                  The Committee may not grant an Option or Options to any Participant that would permit such Participant to acquire, in the aggregate, 35,000 or more Shares without the prior approval of a majority of the members of the Board.

 

(c)                                   The Committee shall not grant any Option if, as a result of such grant or (assuming that all other Options have been fully exercised) the exercise of such Option, the Company would be required to register any of its equity securities under the Act.

 

6



 

ARTICLE VI

 

General Provisions

 

6.1                                  Conditions and Limitations on Exercise .  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, Options may be made exercisable in one or more installments, upon the happening of certain events, upon the passage of a specified period of time, upon the fulfillment of certain conditions, or upon the achievement by the Company of certain performance goals, as the Committee shall decide in each case when the Options are granted.

 

6.2                                  Sale of the Company .  In the event of a Sale of the Company, the Committee may (i) terminate without payment of any kind any Options that have an exercise price in excess of the Fair Market Value per Common Share (measured as of the date of such Sale of the Company); (ii) terminate any vested Options for a payment in such form as the Committee may determine in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value per Common Share (measured as of the date of such Sale of the Company) over such Option’s exercise price multiplied by the number of Options to be terminated; or (iii) terminate any unvested Options.

 

6.3                                  Organic Change .  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, any recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or other transaction which is effected in such a way that holders of Common Shares are entitled to receive (either directly or upon subsequent liquidation) stock, securities, or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Shares is referred to herein as an “ Organic Change .”  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, and unless such Options are terminated in accordance with Section 6.2 above, after the consummation of any Organic Change, each Participant holding Options shall thereafter have the right to acquire and receive upon exercise thereof, rather than the Common Shares immediately theretofore acquirable and receivable upon exercise of such Participant’s Options, such shares of stock, securities, or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for the number of Common Shares immediately theretofore acquirable and receivable upon exercise of such Participant’s Options had such Organic Change not taken place.  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, in any such case, the Company shall make appropriate provision with respect to such Participant’s rights and interests to insure that the provisions hereof (including this Section 6.3 ) shall thereafter be applicable to the Options (including, in the case of any such Organic Change in which the successor entity or purchasing entity is other than the Company, an immediate adjustment of the exercise price to the value for the Common Shares reflected by the terms of such Organic Change and a corresponding immediate adjustment in the number of Common Shares acquirable and receivable upon exercise of the Options, if the value so reflected is less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares in effect immediately before such Organic Change).

 

6.4                                  Written Agreement .  Each Option granted hereunder to a Participant shall be embodied in a written agreement (an “ Option Agreement ”) which shall be signed by the Participant and by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company for and in the name and on behalf of the Company and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan prescribed in the Option Agreement.

 

7



 

6.5                                  Listing, Registration, and Compliance with Laws and Regulations .  Options shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, or qualification of the Common Shares subject to the Options upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal securities or other law or regulation, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition to or in connection with the granting of the Options or the issuance or purchase of Common Shares thereunder, then no Options may be granted or exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.  The holders of such Options shall supply the Company with such certificates, representations, and information as the Company shall request and shall otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval.  In the case of officers and other Persons subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Committee may at any time impose any limitations upon the exercise of an Option that, in the Committee’s discretion, are necessary or desirable in order to comply with such Section 16(b) and the rules and regulations thereunder.  If the Company, as part of an offering of securities or otherwise, finds it desirable because of federal or state regulatory requirements to reduce the period during which any Options may be exercised, then the Committee, may, in its discretion and without the Participant’s consent, so reduce such period on not less than 15 days written notice to the holders thereof.

 

6.6                                  Nontransferability .  Options may not be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of the Participant, may be exercised only by such Participant (or his legal guardian or legal representative).  In the event of the death of a Participant, exercise of Options granted hereunder shall be made only:

 

(i)                                      by the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased Participant or the Person or Persons to whom the deceased Participant’s rights under the Option shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution; and

 

(ii)                                   to the extent that the deceased Participant was entitled thereto at the date of his death, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in such Participant’s Option Agreement.

 

6.7                                  Expiration of Options.

 

(a)                                   Normal Expiration .  In no event shall any part of any Option be exercisable after the date of expiration thereof (the “ Expiration Date ”), as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.5 above.

 

(b)                                  Early Expiration Upon Termination of Employment .  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the Option Agreement, any portion of a Participant’s Option that was not vested and exercisable on the such Participant’s Date of Termination shall expire and be forfeited as of such date, and any portion of a Participant’s Option that was vested and exercisable on such Participant’s Date of Termination shall expire and be forfeited as of such date, except that: (i) if a Participant’s employment terminates because such Participant dies or becomes subject to any Disability, such Participant’s Option shall expire six months after his or

 

8



 

her Date of Termination, but in no event after the Expiration Date, (ii) if a Participant’s employment terminates because such Participant retires (with the approval of the Board), such Participant’s Option shall expire 30 days after his or her Date of Termination, but in no event after the Expiration Date, and (iii) if any Participant is discharged other than for Cause, such Participant’s Option shall expire 30 days after his or her Date of Termination, but in no event after the Expiration Date.

 

6.8                                  Withholding of Taxes

 

(a)                                   The Company shall be entitled, if necessary or desirable, to withhold from any Participant, from any amounts due and payable by the Company to such Participant (or secure payment from such Participant in lieu of withholding), the amount of any withholding or other tax due from the Company with respect to any shares issuable under the Options, and the Company may defer the exercise of the Options or the issuance of the Shares thereunder unless such taxes are paid or the Company is indemnified to its satisfaction.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in connection with the transfer of an Option to a transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Plan, the grantee shall remain liable for any withholding taxes required to be withheld upon exercise of such Option by the transferee.

 

6.9                                  Adjustments .  In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, or stock split, combination or other reclassification affecting the Common Shares, the Committee shall, in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of rights under outstanding Options, make such adjustments in the number and type of shares authorized by the Plan, the number and type of shares covered by outstanding Options, and the exercise prices specified therein as may be determined to be appropriate and equitable.

 

6.10                            Rights of Participants .  Nothing in this Plan or in any Option Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time (with or without cause), nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary for any period of time or to continue his or her present (or any other) rate of compensation, and except as otherwise provided under this Plan or by the Committee in the Option Agreement, in the event of any Participant’s termination of employment (including, but not limited to, the termination by the Company or a Subsidiary without cause) any portion of such Participant’s Option that was not previously vested and exercisable shall expire and be forfeited as of the date of such termination.  No employee shall have a right to be selected as a Participant or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant.

 

6.11                            Amendment, Suspension, and Termination of Plan .  The Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time and may amend it from time to time in such respects as the Committee may deem advisable; provided that no such amendment shall be made without stockholder approval to the extent such approval is required by law, agreement, or the rules of any exchange upon which the Common Shares are listed, and no such amendment, suspension, or termination shall impair the rights of Participants under outstanding Options without the consent of the Participants affected thereby.  No Option shall be granted or Common

 

9



 

Shares issued hereunder after 5 years from the date this Plan is adopted or the date this Plan is approved by the shareholders, whichever is earlier.

 

6.12                            Amendment, Modification, and Cancellation of Outstanding Options .  The Committee may amend or modify any Option in any manner to the extent that the Committee would have had the authority under the Plan initially to grant such Option; provided that no such amendment or modification shall impair the rights of any Participant under any Option in a manner not contemplated hereby without the consent of such Participant adversely affected thereby.  With the Participant’s consent or as otherwise contemplated hereby, the Committee may cancel any Option and issue a new Option to such Participant.

 

6.13                            Shareholder Approval .  This Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after this Plan is adopted by the Committee.  Any Option exercised before shareholder approval is obtained must be rescinded if shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months before or after the Plan is adopted.  Shares issued upon the exercise of any such Option shall not be counted in determining whether such approval is obtained.

 

6.14                            Indemnification .  In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Committee, the members of the Committee and any person designated by the Committee to administer the Plan shall be indemnified by the Company against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding to which they or any of them may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Option granted thereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding; provided that any such Committee member shall be entitled to the indemnification rights set forth in this Section 6.14 only if such member has acted in good faith and in a manner that such member reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful, and further provided that upon the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding a Committee member shall give the Company written notice thereof and an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Committee member undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.

 

6.15                            Information .  In accordance with Rule 260.140.46 of the Blue Sky Law, Participants shall receive on an annual basis financial statements of the Company unless such Participants’ duties in connection with the Company assure such Participants access to equivalent information.

 

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on April 29, 2003 and approved by the shareholders of the Company on April 29, 2003.

 

*     *     *     *

 

10




Exhibit 10.9

 

 

Published CUSIP Number                    

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 

dated as of June 30, 2004

 

 

among

 

 

VERIFONE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC.,

 

 

VERIFONE, INC.,

 

 

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent,
Second Lien Collateral Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender,

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Syndication Agent,

 

 

and

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
as Documentation Agent

 

 


 

 

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC
as Sole Lead Arrangers and Sole Book Managers

 

 



 

Table of Contents *

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Defined Terms

 

Section 1.02

Other Interpretative Provisions

 

Section 1.03

Accounting Terms and Determinations

 

Section 1.04

Annualization; Rounding

 

Section 1.05

References to Agreements and Laws

 

Section 1.06

Times of Day

 

Section 1.07

Letter of Credit Amounts

 

Section 1.08

Classes and Types of Borrowings

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II
THE CREDIT FACILITIES

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Commitments to Lend.

 

Section 2.02

Notice of Borrowings.

 

Section 2.03

Notice to Lenders; Funding of Loans

 

Section 2.04

Evidence of Loans

 

Section 2.05

Letters of Credit

 

Section 2.06

Interest

 

Section 2.07

Extension and Conversion

 

Section 2.08

Maturity of Loans

 

Section 2.09

Prepayments

 

Section 2.10

Adjustment of Commitments

 

Section 2.11

Fees

 

Section 2.12

Pro-rata Treatment

 

Section 2.13

Sharing of Payments

 

Section 2.14

Payments; Computations

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

 

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Taxes

 

Section 3.02

Illegality

 

Section 3.03

Inability to Determine Rates

 

Section 3.04

Increased Costs and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy

 

Section 3.05

Funding Losses

 

Section 3.06

Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected Eurodollar Loans

 

Section 3.07

Survival

 

 


* The Table of Contents is not part of the Credit Agreement.

 



 

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Conditions to Initial Credit Extension

 

Section 4.02

Determination of Conditions to Initial Credit Extension

 

Section 4.03

Conditions to All Credit Extensions

 

Section 4.04

Conditions Precedent to Facilities Increase

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws

 

Section 5.02

Authorization; No Contravention

 

Section 5.03

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

 

Section 5.04

Binding Effect

 

Section 5.05

Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect

 

Section 5.06

Litigation

 

Section 5.07

No Default

 

Section 5.08

Ownership of Property; Liens

 

Section 5.09

Environmental Compliance

 

Section 5.10

Insurance

 

Section 5.11

Taxes

 

Section 5.12

ERISA; Foreign Pension Plans; Employee Benefit Arrangements

 

Section 5.13

Subsidiaries

 

Section 5.14

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act

 

Section 5.15

Disclosure

 

Section 5.16

Compliance with Law

 

Section 5.17

Intellectual Property

 

Section 5.18

Purpose of Loans and Letters of Credit

 

Section 5.19

Labor Matters

 

Section 5.20

Solvency and Surplus

 

Section 5.21

Collateral Documents

 

Section 5.22

Ownership

 

Section 5.23

Certain Transactions

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Financial Statements

 

Section 6.02

Certificates; Other Information

 

Section 6.03

Notices

 

Section 6.04

Payment of Obligations

 

Section 6.05

Preservation of Existence Etc

 

Section 6.06

Maintenance of Properties

 

Section 6.07

Insurance; Certain Proceeds

 

Section 6.08

Compliance with Laws

 

Section 6.09

Books and Records; Lender Meeting

 

Section 6.10

Inspection Rights

 

Section 6.11

Use of Proceeds

 

Section 6.12

Additional Loan Parties; Additional Security

 

 

ii



 

Section 6.13

Interest Rate Protection Agreements

 

Section 6.14

Contributions

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Limitation on Indebtedness

 

Section 7.02

Restriction on Liens

 

Section 7.03

Nature of Business

 

Section 7.04

Consolidation, Merger and Dissolution

 

Section 7.05

Asset Dispositions

 

Section 7.06

Investments

 

Section 7.07

Restricted Payments, etc

 

Section 7.08

Payments of Indebtedness, etc

 

Section 7.09

Transactions with Affiliates

 

Section 7.10

Fiscal Year; Organizational and Other Documents

 

Section 7.11

Restrictions with Respect to Intercorporate Transfers

 

Section 7.12

Ownership of Subsidiaries; Limitations on Certain Activities

 

Section 7.13

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

 

Section 7.14

Capital Expenditures

 

Section 7.15

Additional Negative Pledges

 

Section 7.16

Impairment of Security Interests

 

Section 7.17

Financial Covenants

 

Section 7.18

Independence of Covenants

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULTS

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Events of Default

 

Section 8.02

Acceleration; Remedies

 

Section 8.03

Rescission of Events of Default

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX
AGENCY PROVISIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Appointment and Authorization of the Agents

 

Section 9.02

Delegation of Duties

 

Section 9.03

Exculpatory Provisions

 

Section 9.04

Reliance on Communications

 

Section 9.05

Notice of Default

 

Section 9.06

Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent; No Reliance on Arranger’s or Agents’ Customer Identification Program

 

Section 9.07

Indemnification

 

Section 9.08

Agents in Their Individual Capacity

 

Section 9.09

Successor Agents

 

Section 9.10

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

 

Section 9.11

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

 

Section 9.12

Related Obligations

 

Section 9.13

Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers

 

Section 9.14

Agents’ Fees; Arranger Fee

 

 

iii



 

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

Section 10.01

Amendments, Etc

 

Section 10.02

Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies

 

Section 10.03

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

 

Section 10.04

Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes

 

Section 10.05

Indemnification

 

Section 10.06

Payments Set Aside

 

Section 10.07

Successors and Assigns

 

Section 10.08

Confidentiality

 

Section 10.09

Set-off

 

Section 10.10

Interest Rate Limitation

 

Section 10.11

Counterparts

 

Section 10.12

Integration

 

Section 10.13

Survival of Representations and Warranties

 

Section 10.14

Severability

 

Section 10.15

Tax Forms

 

Section 10.16

Headings

 

Section 10.17

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

 

Section 10.18

Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury

 

Section 10.19

USA Patriot Act Notice; Lenders’ Compliance Certification

 

Section 10.20

Defaulting Lenders

 

Section 10.21

Binding Effect

 

Section 10.22

Judgment Currency

 

Section 10.23

Conflict

 

 

Schedules:

 

Schedule 1.01A

-

Consolidated EBITDA

Schedule 1.01B

-

Refinanced Agreements

Schedule 1.01C

-

Transaction Related Expenditures

Schedule 1.01D

-

Applicable Basket Amounts

Schedule 2.01

 

Lenders and Commitments

Schedule 2.05

-

Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 5.03

-

Required Consents, Authorizations, Notices and Filings

Schedule 5.05

-

Certain Liabilities

Schedule 5.06

-

Litigation

Schedule 5.12

-

ERISA

Schedule 5.13

-

Subsidiaries

Schedule 5.16

-

Compliance with Law

Schedule 5.17

-

Intellectual Property

Schedule 5.22

-

Ownership of Holdings

Schedule 5.23

-

Broker’s Fees

Schedule 7.01

-

Indebtedness

Schedule 7.02

-

Existing Liens

Schedule 7.06

-

Existing Investments

Schedule 7.09

-

Transactions with Affiliates

Schedule 10.02

-

Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

 

iv



 

Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A-1

-

Form of Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit A-2

-

Form of Notice of Extension/Conversion

Exhibit A-3

-

Form of Letter of Credit Request

Exhibit A-4

-

Form of Swing Line Loan Request

Exhibit B-1

-

Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit B-2

-

Form of Term B Note

Exhibit B-3

-

Form of Second Lien Note

Exhibit B-4

-

Form of Swing Line Note

 

 

 

Exhibit C

-

Form of Assignment and Assumption

 

 

 

Exhibit D

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

 

 

Exhibit E

-

Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Borrower and the Other Loan Parties

 

 

 

Exhibit F

-

Form of Guaranty

 

 

 

Exhibit G-1A

-

Form of Senior Security Agreement

Exhibit G-1B

-

Form of Second Lien Security Agreement

Exhibit G-2A

-

Form of Senior Pledge Agreement

Exhibit G-2B

-

Form of Second Lien Pledge Agreement

Exhibit G-3

-

Form of Perfection Certificate

Exhibit H

-

Form of Intercompany Note

 

 

 

Exhibit I

-

Form of Intercompany Note Subordination Provisions

 

 

 

Exhibit J

-

Form of Loan Party Accession Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit K

-

Form of OFAC/Anti-Terrorism Compliance Certificate

 

 

 

Exhibit L

-

Form of Solvency Certificate

 

 

 

Exhibit M

-

Form of Intercreditor Agreement

 

v



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This Credit Agreement is entered into as of June 30, 2004 among VERIFONE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), VERIFONE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, Collateral Agent for the Senior Lenders, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders, CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Syndication Agent, and WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

 

Holdings and the Borrower have requested the Lenders to provide (i) senior secured revolving and term credit facilities to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of up to $220,000,000, subject to increase as provided herein, and (ii) a second lien, secured term credit facility to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of up to $72,000,000, all for the purposes as described herein.  The Lenders are willing to make the requested credit facilities available on the terms and conditions set forth herein.  Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

Section 1.01   Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Accession Agreement ” means a Loan Party Accession Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto, executed and delivered by an Additional Subsidiary Guarantor after the Closing Date in accordance with Section 6.12(a) or (d) .

 

Additional Collateral Documents ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12(b) .

 

Additional Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder by a L/C Issuer on or after the Closing Date.

 

Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Closing Date by execution of an Accession Agreement as provided in Section 6.12 .

 

Adjusted Eurodollar Rate ” means, for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Loan comprising part of the same Group, the quotient obtained (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) by dividing (i) the applicable Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period by (ii) 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

 

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A. in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent appointed in accordance with Section 9.09 .

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

 



 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.  As used herein, the term “ Control ” means (i) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting shares or their equivalent, by contract or otherwise or (ii) with respect to any Person having voting shares or their equivalent, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to vote 10% or more of the Voting Securities of such Person.

 

Agent ” means the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent or a Collateral Agent and any successors and assigns in such capacity appointed in accordance with Section 9.09 , and “ Agents ” means any two or more of them.

 

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agents, together with their respective Affiliates (including, in the case of Bank of America in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, Banc of America Securities LLC), and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

 

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” means any Laws relating to terrorism or money-laundering, including, without limitation, (i) Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, (ii) the U.S. Patriot Act, (iii) the International Emergency Economic Power Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq., (iv) the Bank Secrecy Act, (v) the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq. and (vi) any related rules and regulations of the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or any other Governmental Authority, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified, replaced or otherwise in effect from time to time.

 

Applicable Basket Amount ”, with respect to any specific provision of this Agreement, has the meaning set forth on Schedule 1.01D opposite the reference to such provision.

 

Applicable Collateral Agent ” means (i) the Senior Collateral Agent prior to the payment in full of all Senior Obligations and (ii) thereafter, the Second Lien Collateral Agent.

 

Applicable Lending Office ” means (i) with respect to any Lender and for each Type of Loan, the “Lending Office” of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender) designated for such Type of Loan in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire or in any applicable Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder or such other office of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the office by which its Loans of such Type are to be made and maintained and (ii) with respect to any L/C Issuer and for each Letter of Credit, the “Lending Office” of such L/C Issuer (or of an Affiliate of such L/C Issuer) designated on the signature pages hereto or such other office of such L/C Issuer (or of an Affiliate of such L/C Issuer) as such L/C Issuer may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the office by which its Letters of Credit are to be issued and maintained.

 

2



 

Applicable Margin ” means (i) with respect to Term B Loans, 2.50% per annum for Eurodollar Loans and 1.50% per annum for Base Rate Loans, (ii) with respect to Second Lien Loans, 6.00% per annum for Eurodollar Loans and 5.00% for Base Rate Loans and (iii) for purposes of calculating (A) the applicable interest rate for any day for any Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan, (B) the applicable rate of the Commitment Fee for any day for purposes of Section 2.11(a) , (C) the applicable rate of the Standby Letter of Credit Fee for any day for purposes of Section 2.11(b)(i) or (D) the applicable rate of the Trade Letter of Credit Fee for any day for purposes of Section 2.11(b)(ii) , the appropriate applicable margin set forth below corresponding to the Leverage Ratio as of the most recent Calculation Date:

 

Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans And Fees

 

Pricing
Level

 

Leverage
Ratio

 

Applicable
Margin
For
Eurodollar
Loans

 

Applicable
Margin
For Base
Rate
Loans

 

Applicable
Margin
For
Commitment
Fees

 

Applicable
Margin
For Standby
Letter of
Credit Fee

 

Applicable
Margin
For Trade
Letter of
Credit Fee

 

I

 

³ 4.5 to 1.0

 

2.75

%

1.75

%

.500

%

2.75

%

2.75

%

II

 

<4.5 to 1.0 but ³ 4.0 to 1.0

 

2.50

%

1.50

%

.500

%

2.50

%

2.50

%

III

 

<4.0 to 1.0 but ³ 3.5 to 1.0

 

2.25

%

1.25

%

.500

%

2.25

%

2.25

%

IV

 

<3.5 to 1.0 but ³ 3.0 to 1.0

 

2.00

%

1.00

%

.500

%

2.00

%

2.00

%

V

 

<3.0

 

1.75

%

0.75

%

.375

%

1.75

%

1.75

%

 

Each Applicable Margin shall be determined and adjusted quarterly on the date (each a “ Calculation Date ”) five Business Days after the date by which the Borrower is required to provide the consolidated financial information required by Section 6.01(a) or (b) and the Compliance Certificate required by Section 6.02(b) for the fiscal quarter or year of the Borrower most recently ended prior to the Calculation Date; provided , however , that:  (i) each initial Applicable Margin shall be based on Pricing Level I (as shown above) and shall remain at Pricing Level I until the first Calculation Date occurring after the end of the first full fiscal quarter of the Borrower occurring subsequent to the Closing Date and, thereafter, each Applicable Margin shall be based on the Pricing Level (as shown above) corresponding to the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or year of the Borrower preceding the applicable Calculation Date; and (ii) if the Borrower fails to provide the consolidated financial information required by Section 6.01(a) or (b) or the Compliance Certificate required by Section 6.02(b) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter or year of the Borrower preceding any applicable Calculation Date, each Applicable Margin from such Calculation Date shall be based on Pricing Level I (as shown above) until such time as such consolidated financial information and an appropriate officer’s certificate is provided, whereupon each Applicable Margin shall be based on the Pricing Level (as shown above) corresponding to the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or year of the Borrower preceding such Calculation Date.  Each Applicable Margin shall be effective from one Calculation Date until the next Calculation Date.  Any adjustment in the Applicable Margins shall be applicable to all Loans and Letters of Credit then existing or subsequently made or issued.

 

Approved Fund ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g) .

 

Asset Disposition ” means any sale, (including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction, whether or not involving a Capital Lease), lease, transfer or other disposition (including any such transaction involving a transfer of assets effected by way of merger or consolidation and including any sale or other disposition by any Group Company of Equity Interests in one or more of its Subsidiaries, but excluding

 

3



 

any sale or other disposition by way of Casualty or Condemnation) by any Group Company of any asset.  For avoidance of doubt, an Equity Issuance by any Person shall not constitute an Asset Disposition.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

 

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, at any date, (i) in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet as Indebtedness of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (ii) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation of any Person, the capitalized or principal amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet as Indebtedness of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement were accounted for as a Capital Lease and (iii) in respect of any Sale/Leaseback Transaction, the lesser of (A) the present value, discounted in accordance with GAAP at the interest rate implicit in the related lease, of the obligations of the lessee for net rental payments over the remaining term of such lease (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor be extended) and (B) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction.

 

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of Parent Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2003 and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of Parent Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

 

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d) .

 

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (i) the Revolving Termination Date, (ii) the date of the termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.10 and (iii) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuers issue, extend or increase Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 8.02 .

 

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, and its successors appointed in accordance with Section 9.09 .

 

Bank Secrecy Act ” means the Financial Recordkeeping and Reporting of Currency and Foreign Transactions Act of 1970, 31 U.S.C. 1051, et seq., as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified, replaced or otherwise in effect from time to time.

 

Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus ½ of 1% and (ii) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate”.  The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such announced rate.  Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

 

4



 

Borrower ” means VeriFone, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

 

Borrowing ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.08 .

 

Business Acquisition ” means the acquisition by the Borrower or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of all of the Equity Interests of, or all (or any division, line of business or any substantial part for which audited financial statements or other financial information reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent is available) of the assets or property of, another Person.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located, except that (i) when used in Section 2.05 with respect to any action taken by or with respect to any L/C Issuer, the term “ Business Day ” shall not include any day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the jurisdiction where such L/C Issuer’s Applicable Lending Office is located, and (ii) if such day relates to a borrowing of, a payment or prepayment of principal of or interest on, or the Interest Period for, a Eurodollar Loan, or a notice by the Borrower with respect to any such borrowing, payment, prepayment or Interest Period, such day shall also be a day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

Capital Lease ” of any Person means any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which would, in accordance with GAAP, be required to be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases, in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(i)             securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than three months from the date of acquisition;

 

(ii)            Dollar-denominated certificates of deposit of (A) any Lender, (B) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 or (C) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Lender ”), in each case with maturities of not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition;

 

(iii)           commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Lender (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any domestic corporation not an Affiliate of the Borrower rated A-1 (or the

 

5



 

equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and maturing within three months of the date of acquisition;

 

(iv)           repurchase agreements with a term of not more than seven days with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States of America in which the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations; and

 

(v)            investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $500,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv) .

 

Cash Management Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of cash management services (including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements) provided by any Lender or its Affiliates in connection with any Loan Document, including obligations for the payment of agreed interest and reasonable, fees, charges, expenses, Attorney Costs and disbursements in connection therewith.

 

Casualty ” means any casualty, loss, damage, destruction or other similar loss with respect to real or personal property or improvements.

 

Casualty Insurance Policy ” means any insurance policy maintained by any Group Company covering losses with respect to Casualties.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)             prior to a Qualifying IPO, (A) Parent Holdings or Holdings shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests in the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis assuming the conversion and exercise of all outstanding Equity Equivalents (whether or not such securities are then currently convertible or exercisable), (B) the Sponsor shall beneficially own, directly or indirectly, or control through contractual voting arrangements less than a majority of the Equity Interests of Parent Holdings, or (C) the failure at any time of the Sponsor to control, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract, a majority of the seats on the board of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of Parent Holdings; or

 

(ii)            after a Qualifying IPO, (A) Parent Holdings or Holdings shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests in the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis assuming the conversion and exercise of all outstanding Equity Equivalents (whether or not such securities are then currently convertible or exercisable), or (B)(x) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than one or more members of the Investor Group) has become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that any such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of 35% or more of the Equity Interests of Parent Holdings on a fully-diluted basis after giving effect

 

6



 

to the conversion and exercise of all outstanding Equity Equivalents (whether or not such securities are then currently convertible or exercisable), and (y) such Person or group is or becomes, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of a greater percentage of the Voting Securities of Parent Holdings, calculated on a fully-diluted basis as set forth above, than the percentage of the voting power of the Voting Securities owned by the Investor Group; or

 

(iii)           after a Qualifying IPO, during any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of Parent Holdings together with any new members of such board of directors (A) whose elections by such board of directors or whose nominations for election by the stockholders of Parent Holdings was approved by a vote of a majority of the members of such board of directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (excluding, in the case of this clause (A) , any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of such board of directors occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors) or (B) elected by the Investor Group, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the directors of Parent Holdings still in office.

 

Class ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.08 .

 

Closing Date ” means the date on or after the Effective Date when the first Credit Extension occurs in accordance with Section 4.01 .

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and regulations issued thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time.

 

Collateral ” means all of the property which is subject or is purported to be subject to the Liens granted by the Collateral Documents.

 

Collateral Agent ” means the Senior Collateral Agent or the Second Lien Collateral Agent, and “ Collateral Agents ” means both of them, collectively.

 

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreements, the Pledge Agreements, the Depositary Bank Agreements, any Additional Collateral Documents, any additional pledges, security agreements, patent, trademark or copyright filings or mortgages required to be delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents and any instruments of assignment, control agreements or other instruments or agreements executed pursuant to the foregoing.

 

Commitment ” means (i) with respect to each Lender, its Revolving Commitment, Term B Commitment and/or Second Lien Commitment, as and to the extent applicable, (ii) with respect to each L/C Issuer, its L/C Commitment and (iii) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, the Swing Line Commitment, in each case as set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the applicable Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as its Commitment of the applicable Class, as any such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a) .

 

7



 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

 

Condemnation ” means any taking by a Governmental Authority of property or assets, or any part thereof or interest therein, for public or quasi-public use under the power of eminent domain, by reason of any public improvement or condemnation or in any other manner.

 

Condemnation Award ” means all proceeds of any Condemnation.

 

Consolidated Adjusted Working Capital ” means at any date the excess of (i) Consolidated Current Assets (excluding cash and Cash Equivalents classified as such in accordance with GAAP) over (ii) Consolidated Current Liabilities (excluding the current portion of any Consolidated Funded Indebtedness).

 

Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” means for any period the aggregate amount of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be included as additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, excluding interest capitalized during construction, in each case as the same are or would be set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period (including the amount of assets leased under any Capital Lease), but excluding (to the extent that they would otherwise be included) (i) any such expenditures made for the replacement or restoration of assets to the extent paid for by any Casualty Insurance Policy or Condemnation Award with respect to the asset or assets being replaced or restored to the extent such expenditures are permitted under the Loan Documents, (ii) any such expenditures made with proceeds of a Qualifying Equity Issuance or to the extent that Holdings or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries has received or will receive reimbursement in cash from a third party other than Holdings or one or more if its Consolidated Subsidiaries and (iii) for purposes of Section 7.14 only, capital expenditures for Permitted Business Acquisitions and Permitted Joint Ventures.

 

Consolidated Cash Interest Expense ” means for any period Consolidated Interest Expense that has been paid or is payable in cash for such period other than (to the extent, but only to the extent, included in the determination of Consolidated Interest Expense for such period in accordance with GAAP and paid in cash for such period):  (i) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance fees, (ii) any fees (including underwriting fees and expenses paid in connection with the consummation of the Transaction or Permitted Business Acquisitions, (iii) any payments made or expenses incurred to obtain Swap Agreements, (iv) any fees paid or required to be paid pursuant to any Loan Document and (v) annual agency fees, unused line fees and letter of credit fees and expenses paid hereunder; provided that Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for any period of four fiscal quarters ending on the last day of the first, second or third fiscal quarters of Holdings first ending after the Closing Date shall be deemed equal to the product of (i) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense computed in accordance with the requirements of this definition for such one, two or three quarter period multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is four and the denominator of which is the number of such fiscal quarters ended after the Closing Date.

 

Consolidated Cash Taxes ” means for any period the aggregate amount of all taxes of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same are paid in cash by Holdings or any Consolidated Subsidiary of Holdings during such period; provided that Consolidated Cash Taxes for any period of four fiscal quarters ending on the last day of the first, second or third fiscal quarters of Holdings first ending after the Closing Date shall be deemed equal to the product of (i) Consolidated Cash Taxes computed in accordance with the requirements of this definition for such one,

 

8



 

two or three quarter period multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is four and the denominator of which is the number of such fiscal quarters ended after the Closing Date.

 

Consolidated Current Assets ” means at any date the consolidated current assets of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries determined as of such date.

 

Consolidated Current Liabilities ” means at any date, without duplication, (i) the consolidated current liabilities of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries plus (ii) all Guaranty Obligations of Holdings or any Consolidated Subsidiary of Holdings in respect of the current liabilities of any Person (other than Holdings or a Consolidated Subsidiary of Holdings), determined as of such date.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means for any period the sum of:

 

(i)             Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding therefrom (x) any extraordinary or non-recurring items of gain or loss and (y) any gain or loss from discontinued operations); plus

 

(ii)            to the extent not otherwise included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, all net cash proceeds of business interruption insurance policies, if any, received during such period; plus

 

(iii)           without duplication, those amounts which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, have been deducted for (A) Consolidated Interest Expense, (B) the principal component of Synthetic Lease Obligations paid or payable in cash under leases accounted for as Operating Leases during such period but which constitute Synthetic Leases hereunder, (C) Federal, state, local and foreign income tax, franchise taxes and state single business unitary and similar taxes imposed in lieu of income tax, (D) depreciation, amortization (including, without limitation, amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets), impairment of goodwill and other nonrecurring, non-cash charges or expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period or an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash charges or expenses in any future period), (E) non-cash compensation expense, or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale of stock, the granting of stock options, the granting of stock appreciation rights and similar arrangements (including any repricing, amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock option, stock appreciation rights or similar arrangements), (F) non-cash purchase accounting adjustments in accordance with GAAP, (G) Management Fees, (H) any financial advisory fees, accounting fees, legal fees and other similar advisory and consulting fees and related out-of-pocket expenses of the Borrower incurred as a result of the Transaction and deducted from net income during the period ending October 31, 2004, (I) Transaction related expenditures (including cash charges in respect of strategic market reviews, management bonuses, early retirement of Indebtedness, restructuring, consolidation, severance or discontinuance of any portion of operations, employees and/or management) described in Schedule 1.01C , (J) the amount of (x) any expense to the extent that a corresponding amount is received in cash by a Group Company from a Person other than Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings under any agreement providing for reimbursement of such expense or (y) any expenses with respect to liability or casualty events, business interruption or product recalls, to the extent covered by insurance (it being understood that if the amount received in cash under any such agreement in any period exceeds the amount of expense paid during such period such excess amounts received may be carried forward and applied against expenses in future periods), (K) any financial advisory fees, accounting fees, legal fees and other similar advisory and consulting fees and related out-of-pocket expenses of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries incurred as

 

9



 

a result of Permitted Business Acquisitions, a Qualifying IPO or a Public Debt Issuance and (L) non-recurring cash charges resulting from severance, integration, restructuring costs and other adjustments made as a result of Permitted Business Acquisitions, provided that the amounts referred to in this clause (L) reported in any fiscal period ending after March 31, 2004 shall not, in the aggregate, exceed 20% of the aggregate consideration paid in connection with Permitted Business Acquisitions; minus

 

(iv)           any amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been added for (A) interest income and (B) any non-cash income or non-cash gains, all as determined in accordance with GAAP;

 

provided that Consolidated EBITDA for any fiscal period ending prior to the Closing Date which is identified on Schedule 1.01A hereto shall be deemed to equal the amount set forth on Schedule 1.01A opposite such period.  For purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”) pursuant to any determination of the Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, if during such Reference Period (or in the case of pro-forma calculations, during the period from the last day of such Reference Period to and including the date as of which such calculation is made) any Group Company shall have made an Asset Disposition or a Permitted Business Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a Pro-Forma Basis giving effect to projected or anticipated cost savings and synergies permitted or required by Regulations S-K or S-X under the Securities Act or otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

 

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, the sum of (i) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense plus (ii) Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments.

 

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness ” means at any date the Funded Indebtedness of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Indebtedness ” means at any date the Indebtedness of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis as of such date.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the total interest expense, whether paid or accrued, (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, interest capitalized during construction, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments under Capital Leases and the implied interest component of Synthetic Leases (regardless of whether accounted for as interest expense under GAAP), all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances and net costs in respect of Swap Obligations constituting interest rate swaps, collars, caps or other arrangements requiring payments contingent upon interest rates of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries), net of interest income, in each case determined on a consolidated basis for such period; provided that any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries or secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of the sale of or production from, assets of Holdings or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries (whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon) shall be included.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (or net loss) after taxes of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in

 

10



 

accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income for any period (i) the income (or loss) of any Person in which any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries) has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually distributed in cash to Holdings or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary during such period, (ii) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Consolidated Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged with or into or consolidated with Holdings or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by Holdings or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries, except as provided in the definitions of “ Consolidated EBIDTA ” and “ Pro-Forma Basis ” herein and (iii) the income of any Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that the declaration or payment of Restricted Payments or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary.

 

Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments ” means, for any period, the sum of all scheduled payments of principal on the Loans and all other Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (including, without limitation, the principal component of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations (regardless of whether accounted for as indebtedness under GAAP) paid or payable during such period), but excluding payments due on Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans during such period; provided that Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for any period shall not include voluntary prepayments of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, mandatory prepayments of the Term B Loans or Second Lien Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(b) or other mandatory prepayments (other than by virtue of scheduled amortization) of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (but Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for a period shall be adjusted to reflect the effect on scheduled payments of principal for such period of the application of any prepayments of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness during or preceding such period).

 

Consolidated Secured Indebtedness ” means at any date (i) the Senior Loans, (ii) the Second Lien Loans and (iii) any other Consolidated Funded Indebtedness of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries that on such date is secured by a valid and perfected Lien, determined on a consolidated basis as of such date.

 

Consolidated Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person at any date any Subsidiary of such Person or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of such Person in its consolidated financial statements if such statements were prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” means at any date the total consolidated assets of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries determined as of such date.

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “ Affiliate ”.

 

Credit Extension ” means a Borrowing or the issuance, renewal, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit.

 

Credit Obligations ” means, at any date, the Senior Credit Obligations and the Second Lien Obligations.

 

11



 

Debt Equivalents ” of any Person means (i) any Equity Interest of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security for which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable), or upon the happening of any event or otherwise (including an event which would constitute a Change of Control), (A) matures or is mandatorily redeemable or subject to any mandatory repurchase requirement, pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise, (B) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Debt Equivalents or (C) is redeemable or subject to any repurchase requirement arising at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the date which is six months after the latest of the Revolving Termination Date, the Term B Maturity Date and the Second Lien Maturity Date and (ii) if such Person is a Subsidiary of the Borrower but not a Loan Party, any Preferred Stock of such Person.

 

Debt Issuance ” means the issuance by any Group Company of any Indebtedness.

 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Default ” means any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default or which with the giving of notice or lapse of applicable grace periods or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means at any time any Lender that, within one Business Day of when due, (i) has failed to make a Loan or purchase a Participation Interest in a Swing Line Loan or an L/C Obligation required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (ii) other than as set forth in clause (i) above, has failed to pay to any Agent or any Lender an amount owed by such Lender pursuant to the terms of the Agreement or any other Loan Document unless such amount is subject to a good faith dispute or (iii) has been deemed insolvent or has become subject to a receivership or insolvency event.

 

Default Rate ” means, for any day and with respect to any amount owing under any Loan Document, an interest rate equal to the applicable rate specified in Section 2.06(e) .

 

Depositary Bank Agreement ” means an agreement between a Loan Party and any bank or other depositary institution, substantially in the form of, or containing terms substantially equivalent to those in, Exhibit D to the Security Agreements, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” means lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person each Subsidiary of such Person that is organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision or any territory thereof, and “ Domestic Subsidiaries ” means any two or more of them.

 

Effective Date ” means the date this Agreement becomes effective in accordance with Section 10.21 .

 

Eligible Assignee ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g) .

 

Employee Benefit Arrangements ” means in any jurisdiction the material benefit schemes or arrangements in respect of any employees or past employees operated by any Group Company or in which any Group Company participates and which provide benefits on retirement, ill-health,

 

12



 

injury, death or voluntary withdrawal from or termination of employment, including termination indemnity payments and life assurance and post-retirement medical benefits, other than Plans and Foreign Pension Plans.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, Laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and wastewater discharges.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Group Company directly or indirectly resulting from or based on (i) violation of any Environmental Law, (ii) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Material, (iii) exposure to any Hazardous Material, (iv) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material into the environment or (v) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Distribution ” means the distribution of cash on the Closing Date by the Borrower to Holdings and in turn by Holdings to Parent Holdings in each case to or for the benefit of Parent Holdings’ common stockholders in an aggregate amount not exceeding the sum of (i) $93,500,000 plus (ii) the amount by which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Borrower’s Indebtedness under all Refinanced Agreements on the Closing Date (immediately prior to giving effect to the Transaction) is less than the amount of such Indebtedness on April 30, 2004.

 

Equity Equivalents ” means with respect to any Person any rights, warrants, options, convertible securities, exchangeable securities, indebtedness or other rights, in each case exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests of such Person or securities exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into Equity Interests of such Person, whether at the time of issuance or upon the passage of time or the occurrence of some future event.

 

Equity Interests ” means all shares of capital stock, partnership interests (whether general or limited), limited liability company membership interests, beneficial interests in a trust and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of profits or losses, or distributions of assets, of an issuing Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such Equity Interests.

 

Equity Issuance ” means (i) any sale or issuance by any Group Company to any Person other than Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings of any Equity Interests or any Equity Equivalents (other than any such Equity Equivalents that constitute Indebtedness) and (ii) the receipt by any Group Company of any cash capital contributions, whether or not paid in connection with any issuance of Equity Interests of any Group Company, from any Person other than Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means each business or entity which is under “common control” with a Group Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or, for purposes of subsection (viii) of the definition of “ ERISA Event ”, the definition of “ Plan ” and Section 6.08 , each business or entity which is a member of a “controlled group of corporations,” under “common control” or an

 

13



 

“affiliated service group” with a Group Company within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code or required to be aggregated with a Group Company under Section 414(o) of the Code.

 

ERISA Event ” means:

 

(i)             a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued under such Section with respect to a Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event;

 

(ii)            the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA apply with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of any Plan, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such Plan within the following 30 days;

 

(iii)           the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(d) of the Code), the application for a minimum funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA with respect to any Plan, the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan;

 

(iv)           (A) the incurrence of any material liability by a Group Company pursuant to Title I of ERISA or to the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3 of ERISA), or the occurrence or existence of any event, transaction or condition that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such material liability by a Group Company pursuant to Title I of ERISA or to such penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code; or (B) the incurrence of any material liability by a Group Company or an ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title IV of ERISA or the occurrence or existence of any event, transaction or condition that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such material liability or imposition of any lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of a Group Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title IV of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 412 of the Code;

 

(v)            the provision by the administrator of any Plan of a notice pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (or the reasonable expectation of such provision of notice) of intent to terminate such Plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA, the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Plan or the occurrence of any event or condition which might constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of a Plan by the PBGC, or the appointment of a trustee by the PBGC to administer any Plan;

 

(vi)           the withdrawal of a Group Company or ERISA Affiliate in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential material liability therefor, or the receipt by a Group Company or ERISA Affiliate of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA;

 

(vii)          the imposition of material liability (or the reasonable expectation thereof) on a Group Company or ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Section 4062, 4063, 4064 or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA;

 

14



 

(viii)         the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan or the assets thereof, or against a Group Company or ERISA Affiliate in connection with any Plan;

 

(ix)            the receipt from the United States Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Plan (or any Employee Benefit Arrangement intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, and, with respect to Multiemployer Plans, notice thereof to any Group Company; and

 

(x)             the establishment or amendment by a Group Company of any Welfare Plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Eurodollar Loan ” means at any date a Loan which bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

 

Eurodollar Rate ” means for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

 

(i)             the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate that appears on the page of the Telerate screen (or any successor thereto) that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period; or

 

(ii)            if the rate referred to in clause (i) above does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 A.M. two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period; or

 

(iii)           if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest (rounded upwards to the next 1/16th of 1%) at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America, N.A. and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period as would be offered by Bank of America, N.A.’s London branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 4:00 P.M. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

 

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” means for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any other entity succeeding to the functions currently performed thereby) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to “Eurocurrency liabilities”).  The Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar

 

15



 

Loan shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .

 

Excess Cash Flow ” means for any period an amount equal to:

 

(i)             Consolidated EBITDA for such period; plus

 

(ii)            all cash extraordinary or non-recurring gains and cash gains from discontinued operations, if any, during such period (whether or not accrued in such period) and (without duplication) cash gains attributable to Asset Dispositions out of the ordinary course of business, if any, of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period in each case to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated EBITDA for such period and not required to be utilized in connection with a repayment or prepayment of the Loans made or to be made pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(iii) ; plus

 

(iii)           (x) the decrease, if any, in Consolidated Adjusted Working Capital less (y) the decrease, if any, in the principal amount of Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans, in each case from the first day to the last day of such period; plus

 

(iv)           the net increase in deferred tax accounts from the first day to the last day of such period (other than that arising by virtue of a reduction in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as set forth in the Audited Financial Statements); minus

 

(v)            the amount, if any, which, in the determination of Consolidated EBITDA for such period, has been included in respect of income or cash gains from Asset Dispositions of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries to the extent utilized to repay or prepay Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(iii) ; minus

 

(vi)           the aggregate amount (without duplication and in each case except to the extent paid, directly or indirectly, with proceeds of any Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance (other than Revolving Loans) or with any amount referred to in clause (iii)(J) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” by any Group Company) of (A) the sum of (x) cash payments during such period in respect of Consolidated Capital Expenditures allowed under Section 7.14 plus (y) to the extent amounts permitted to be paid during such period in respect of Consolidated Capital Expenditures are carried forward to the next succeeding period in accordance with Section 7.14(b) , the aggregate amounts of all cash payments (not to exceed such permitted carryforward amount) in respect of such Consolidated Capital Expenditures made during the first 180 days of such next succeeding period (it being understood and agreed that any cash payments in respect of Consolidated Capital Expenditures deducted from Excess Cash Flow pursuant to this clause (vi)(A)(y) shall not thereafter be deducted pursuant to clause (vi)(A)(x) above in the determination of Excess Cash Flow for the period during which such payments were actually paid), (B) cash payments during such period in respect of (x) Permitted Joint Ventures allowed under Section 7.06(a)(xii) and (y) Permitted Business Acquisitions, (C) optional prepayments of the Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) provided that (x) such prepayments are otherwise permitted hereunder and (y) if such Indebtedness consists of a revolving line of credit, the commitments under such line of credit are permanently reduced by the amount of such prepayment during such period, (D) to the extent not included in clause (v) above, repayments or prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans to the extent the Revolving Commitments and the Swing Line Commitment are permanently reduced at the time of such

 

16



 

payment, (E) Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments actually paid by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, (F) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense actually paid by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, (G) Consolidated Cash Taxes actually paid by Holdings during such period (exclusive of any taxes referred to in clause (x) below and deducted in respect of the determination of Excess Cash Flow for a prior period), (H) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments allowed under Section 7.07(iv), (v) and (vi) actually paid in cash during such period, (I) Management Fees actually paid in cash during such period, (J) the aggregate amount of all financial advisory fees, accounting fees, legal fees and other similar advisory and consulting fees and related out-of-pocket expenses incurred as a result of the Transaction, any Permitted Business Acquisition or Permitted Joint Venture, a Qualifying IPO or a Public Debt Issuance and actually paid in cash by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, in each case to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income in the determination of Consolidated EBITDA for such period, (K) Transaction related expenditures (including cash charges arising out of strategic market reviews, early retirement of Indebtedness, management bonuses, restructuring, consolidation, severance or discontinuance of any portion of operations, employees and/or management) described on Schedule 1.01C and actually paid in cash by Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, in each case to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income in the determination of Consolidated EBITDA for such period, and (L) to the extend deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, earn-out obligations incurred in connection with Permitted Business Acquisitions; minus

 

(vii)          all cash extraordinary or non-recurring losses and losses from discontinued operations, if any, during such period (whether or not accrued in such period); minus

 

(viii)         (x) the increase, if any, in Consolidated Adjusted Working Capital less (y) the increase, if any, in the principal amount of Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans, in each case from the first day to the last day of such period; minus

 

(ix)            the net decrease in deferred tax accounts from the first day to the last day of such period (other than that arising by virtue of a reduction in the deferred tax accounts attributable to any deferred tax assets that had been previously subject to the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as set forth in the Audited Financial Statements); minus

 

(x)             an amount equal to the income and withholding taxes (as estimated in good faith by a senior financial or senior accounting officer of the Borrower giving effect to the overall tax position of Parent Holdings and its Subsidiaries) payable in the period following the period for which Excess Cash Flow is determined in respect of that amount of Excess Cash Flow as is attributable to the actual repatriation to the Borrower of undistributed earnings of those Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are “controlled foreign corporations” under Section 957 of the Code to enable it to prepay the Loans and or Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations as required under Section 2.09(b)(ii) in respect of Excess Cash Flow for such period.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Excluded Asset Disposition ” means an Asset Disposition permitted pursuant to any one or more of clauses (i) through (xvi) of Section 7.05 .

 

Excluded Equity Issuance ” means (i) any issuance by any Subsidiary of the Borrower of its Equity Interests to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) the receipt by any

 

17



 

Subsidiary of the Borrower of a capital contribution from the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower,  (iii) any Qualifying Equity Issuance by Parent Holdings, (iv) any issuance of Equity Interests to qualify directors where required by applicable Law or to satisfy other requirements of applicable Law with respect to the ownership of Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries and (v) any issuance of Equity Interests by Parent Holdings to, or any receipt by Parent Holdings of a capital contribution from the Sponsor in an aggregate amount not exceeding $30,000,000 from and after the Closing Date, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are contributed promptly to the common equity of the Borrower.

 

Excluded IPO Proceeds ” means Net Cash Proceeds from a Qualifying IPO (determined without reference to the minimum amount specified in clause (ii) of the definition thereof) to the extent and only to the extent that at the time of determination (i)(A) no Event of Default then exists with respect to the Senior Credit Obligations and (B) all of such Net Cash Proceeds shall have been applied concurrently to repay Second Lien Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(vii)(C) or (ii) the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Holdings ending on or most recently preceding the date of determination, on a Pro-Forma Basis after giving effect to any concurrent repayment of Second Lien Loans and Term B Loans, is less than 3.0 to 1.0.

 

Excluded Public Debt Issuance Proceeds ” means Net Cash Proceeds from a Public Debt Issuance to the extent and only to the extent that at the time of determination (i) no Event of Default then exists with respect to the Senior Credit Obligations and (B) all of such Net Cash Proceeds shall have been applied concurrently to repay Second Lien Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(vii)(C)

 

Existing Indebtedness ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01(i) .

 

Existing Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit issued before the Closing Date and described by date of issuance, letter of credit number, undrawn amount, name of beneficiary and date of expiry on Schedule 2.05 hereto, and “ Existing Letter of Credit ” means any one of them.

 

Facilities Increase ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.10(a) .

 

Facilities Increase Date(s) ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.10(a) .

 

Failed Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(e) .

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means for any day the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (i) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) quoted to Bank of America, N.A. on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement dated May 27, 2004 among the Borrower and the Joint Lead Arrangers.

 

Finance Document ” means each Loan Document and each Swap Agreement between one or more Loan Parties and a Swap Creditor evidencing Swap Obligations permitted hereunder, and “ Finance Documents ” means all of them, collectively.

 

18



 

Finance Obligations ” means, at any date, (i) all Senior Credit Obligations, (ii) all Second Lien Obligations, (iii) all Cash Management Obligations owing to a Senior Lender or one or more of its Affiliates and (iv) all Swap Obligations of a Loan Party permitted hereunder owed or owing to any Swap Creditor.

 

Finance Party ” means each Senior Credit Party, each Second Lien Credit Party and each Swap Creditor and their respective successors and assigns, and “ Finance Parties ” means any two or more of them, collectively.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, for any period, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA less the aggregate amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such period (exclusive of the portion thereof financed with (A) any Debt Issuance, (B) any Qualifying Equity Issuance or (C) the Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Dispositions or from Casualties or Condemnations received during such period that are not required to be applied to repay Loans or cash collateralize L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(vii) ) less Consolidated Cash Taxes to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

 

Foothill Refinancing ” means the termination of the commitments under the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 1, 2002 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified through the Closing Date) among Foothill Capital Corporation, as Arranger and Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the lenders party thereto from time to time, and the repayment in full of all obligations owing by the Borrower thereunder.

 

Foreign Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(i)             securities issued or fully guaranteed by the United Kingdom or any instrumentality thereof (as long as that the full faith and credit of the United Kingdom is pledged in support of those securities);

 

(ii)            certificates of deposit, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits and bankers’ acceptances of any foreign bank, or its branches or agencies (fully protected against currency fluctuations) that, at the time of acquisition, are rated at least “A-I” by S&P or “P-I” by Moody’s, and (ii) certificates of deposit, eurodollar time deposits, banker’s acceptances and overnight bank deposits, in each case of any non-U.S. commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and a Thomson BankWatch Rating of at least “B”;

 

(iii)           repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days with respect to securities of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 in which the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations; and

 

(iv)           investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in shares of any money market fund that has at least 95% of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $500,000,000; provided , however , that the maturities of all obligations of the type specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above shall not exceed the lesser of the time specified in such clauses.

 

Foreign IP Holdco ” means a direct Foreign Subsidiary of US IP Holdco (i) that is incorporated in The Cayman Islands or any other foreign jurisdiction selected by the Borrower, subject to

 

19



 

the approval of the Administrative Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld, (ii) 65% of the Equity Interests of which shall be pledged by US IP Holdco to the Collateral Agents as security for the Senior Obligations and the Second Lien Obligations, respectively, under the Pledge Agreements and (iii) the Organization Documents of which and the Laws of the jurisdiction of organization and other applicable Law do not prevent (A) US IP Holdco from granting the Requisite Priority Liens to the Collateral Agents on 65% of the Equity Interests of such Foreign IP Holdco or (B) foreclosure under such Requisite Priority Liens or any other exercise of remedies substantially similar or having benefits substantially similar to the remedies set forth in the Pledge Agreements in respect of capital stock pledged to the Collateral Agents.

 

Foreign IP Transfer Transaction ” means: (i) the formation of US IP Holdco and the transfer to it of 100% of the Equity Interests in all Foreign IP Holdcos; (ii) the entering into of a Research and Development Cost Sharing Agreement; (iii) (A) the transfer to one or more Foreign IP Holdcos of the shares of any Foreign Subsidiary of a Loan Party, (B) subject to the limitations described herein, (x) an exclusive (subject to existing licenses granted) license to Foreign IP Holdcos of Intellectual Property to the extent registered in any jurisdiction other than the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or other specified jurisdictions (the United States, any State thereof, the District of Columbia and such other specified jurisdictions being herein collectively referred to as the “ Retained Jurisdictions ”), (y) an exclusive (subject to existing licenses granted) license of any other Intellectual Property which is necessary to manufacture, use, market, license or sell and distribute products outside of the Retained Jurisdictions or (z) a non-exclusive and partial granting of rights under existing manufacturing and distribution contracts only to the extent related to the manufacture, distribution and sale of products sold outside of the Retained Jurisdictions ; provided , that in each case referred to in this clause (iii) , (1) no license to any Intellectual Property or related rights referred to herein shall be granted to any Foreign IP Holdco of Intellectual Property or related rights registered or used in or otherwise related to the development, marketing, manufacturing, packaging, handling, distribution, license or sale of products sold within the Retained Jurisdictions , and (2) the license of the foregoing Intellectual Property referred to in clause (iii) shall be limited to use of such Intellectual Property outside of the Retained Jurisdictions and only in connection with the manufacture, use, marketing, licensing or sale and distribution of products outside of the Retained Jurisdictions ; and (iv) a non-exclusive license from Foreign IP Holdcos to one or more Loan Parties of the rights licensed in clause (iii) above to meet business contingencies or otherwise fulfill any existing obligations.

 

Foreign Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.15(a)(i) .

 

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any material plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States by any Group Company primarily for the benefit of employees of any Group Company residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person any Subsidiary of such Person that is not a Domestic Subsidiary of such Person.

 

Funded Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person and without duplication, (i) all Indebtedness of such Person of the types referred to in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (v) , (vi) , and (vii) of the definition of “Indebtedness” in this Section 1.01 , (ii) all Indebtedness of others of the type referred to in clause (i) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, any property or asset of such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person, (iii) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person with respect to Indebtedness of others of the type

 

20



 

referred to in clause (i) above and (iv) all Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (i) above of any other Person (including any Partnership in which such Person is a general partner and any unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a joint venturer) to the extent such Person would be liable therefor under any applicable law or any agreement or instrument by virtue of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person shall not be liable therefor.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

 

Government Acts ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(n)(i) .

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Group Company ” means any of Holdings, the Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries (regardless of whether or not consolidated with Holdings or the Borrower for purposes of GAAP), and “ Group Companies ” means all of them, collectively.

 

Group ” means at any time a group of Loans consisting of (i) all Loans which are Base Rate Loans at such time or (ii) all Loans which are Eurodollar Loans having the same Interest Period at such time; provided that, if a Loan of any particular Lender is converted to or made as a Base Rate Loan pursuant to Article III , such Loan shall be included in the same Group or Group of Loans from time to time as it would have been had it not been so converted or made.

 

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, by Parent Holdings, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Guaranty Obligation ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, any obligation (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) guarantying, intended to guaranty, or having the economic effect of guarantying, any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether direct or indirect, and including, without limitation, any obligation, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds or other support for the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness or obligation or to maintain working capital, solvency or other balance sheet condition of such other Person (including, without limitation, maintenance agreements, support agreements, comfort letters, take or pay arrangements, put agreements or similar agreements or arrangements) for the benefit of the holder of Indebtedness of such other Person, (iii) to lease or purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or (iv) to otherwise assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof.  The amount of any Guaranty Obligation hereunder shall (subject to any limitations set forth therein) be deemed to be an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount (or maximum principal amount, if larger) of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made.

 

21



 

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants or environmental contaminants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas and all other substances or wastes regulated pursuant to any Environment Law because of their hazardous or deleterious properties.

 

Holdings ” means VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

 

Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(f) .

 

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP: (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person to the extent of the value of such property (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business), (iv) all obligations, other than intercompany items, of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business and due within six months of the incurrence thereof), (v) the Attributable Indebtedness of such Person in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations (regardless of whether accounted for as indebtedness under GAAP), (vi) all obligations of such Person to purchase securities or other property which arise out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar securities or property, (vii) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument, (viii) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, any property or asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of any Indebtedness of others that constitutes Indebtedness of such Person solely by reason of this clause (viii) shall not for purposes of this Agreement exceed the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the properties or assets subject to such Lien, (ix) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person, (x) all Debt Equivalents of such Person and (xii) the Indebtedness of any other Person (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner and any unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a joint venturer) to the extent such Person would be liable therefor under applicable Law or any agreement or instrument by virtue of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such person shall not be liable therefor; provided that (i) Indebtedness shall not include (A) deferred compensation arrangements, (B) earn-out obligations until matured or earned or (C) non-compete or consulting obligations incurred in connection with Permitted Business Acquisitions and (ii) the amount of any Limited Recourse Indebtedness of any Person shall be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate principal amount of such Limited Recourse Indebtedness for which such Person provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or is the lender and (B) the fair market value of any assets securing such Indebtedness or to which such Indebtedness is otherwise recourse.

 

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05 .

 

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05 .

 

22



 

Insurance Proceeds ” means all cash insurance proceeds (other than business interruption insurance proceeds with respect to any Casualty.

 

Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreements.

 

Intercompany Note ” means a promissory note contemplated by Section 7.06(a)(x) or (xi) , substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, and “ Intercompany Notes ” means any two or more of them.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit M hereto, dated as of the date hereof among the Administrative Agent, the Senior Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Collateral Agent, Parent Holdings, Holdings and the Borrower, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (i) as to Base Rate Loans, the last Business Day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower and the Maturity Date for Loans of the applicable Class and (ii) as to Eurodollar Loans, the last day of each applicable Interest Period and the Maturity Date for Loans of the applicable Class, and in addition where the applicable Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan is greater than three months, then also the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period.

 

Interest Period ” means with respect to each Eurodollar Loan, a period commencing on the date of borrowing specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or on the date specified in the applicable Notice of Extension/Conversion and ending one, two, three, six (or if deposits of such duration are available to all of the Lenders having Commitments or Loans of the applicable Class, nine or twelve) months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect in the applicable notice; provided that:

 

(i)             any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall, subject to clause (v) below, be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

(ii)            any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month;

 

(iii)           no Interest Period in respect of Term Loans may be selected which extends beyond a Principal Amortization Payment Date for Loans of the applicable Class unless, after giving effect to the selection of such Interest Period, the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of the applicable Class which are comprised of Base Rate Loans together with such Term Loans comprised of Eurodollar Loans with Interest Periods expiring on or prior to such Principal Amortization Payment Date are at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of the applicable Class due on such date;

 

(iv)           if so provided in written notice to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders, no Interest Period may be selected at any time when a Default or an Event of Default is then in existence; and

 

(v)            no Interest Period may be selected which would end after the Maturity Date for Loans of the applicable Class.

 

23



 

Investment ” in any Person means (i) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services, assumption of Indebtedness, securities or otherwise) of assets (other than inventory, machinery, equipment and other assets in the ordinary course of business), Equity Interests, Equity Equivalents, Debt Equivalents, Indebtedness or other securities of such Person, (ii) any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to or for the benefit of such Person (other than deposits made in connection with the purchase of equipment, inventory or services in the ordinary course of business) or (iii) any other capital contribution to or investment in such Person, including by way of Guaranty Obligations of any obligation of such Person, any support for a letter of credit issued on behalf of such Person incurred for the benefit of such Person or in the case of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, any release, cancellation, compromise or forgiveness in whole or in part of any Indebtedness owing by such Person.  The outstanding amount of any Investment shall be deemed to equal the difference of (i) the aggregate initial amount of such Investment less (ii) all returns of principal thereof or capital with respect thereto and all liabilities expressly assumed by another Person (and with respect to which Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall have received a novation) in connection with the sale of such Investment.

 

Investor Group ” means the Sponsor Group and certain other members of management of the Borrower identified to and approved by the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

 

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

Joint Lead Arrangers ” means Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch.

 

Law ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directives, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of Law.

 

L/C Borrowing ” means a Revolving Borrowing made pursuant to Section 2.05(f)(iv) and (v) to refinance Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of drawn Letters of Credit.

 

L/C Cash Collateral Account ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

 

L/C Commitment ” means the commitment of one or more L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate face amount at any one time outstanding (together with the amounts of any unreimbursed drawings thereon) of up to the L/C Sublimit.

 

L/C Disbursement ” means a payment or disbursement made by an L/C Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

L/C Documents ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit, any amendments thereto, any L/C Documents and other documents delivered in connection therewith, any application therefor and any agreements, instruments, Guaranties or other documents (whether general in application to Letters of Credit generally or applicable only to such Letter of Credit) governing or providing for (i) the rights and obligations of the parties concerned or at risk or (ii) any collateral security for such obligations.

 

24



 

L/C Issuer ” means (i) Bank of America, N.A. in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit under Section 2.05(b) , and its permitted successor or successors in such capacity, (ii) each Lender listed in Schedule 2.05 hereto as the issuer of an Existing Letter of Credit and (iii) any other Lender which the Borrower shall have designated as an “L/C Issuer” by notice to the Administrative Agent.

 

L/C Obligations ” means at any time, the sum of (i) the maximum amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available to be drawn under Letters of Credit then outstanding, assuming compliance with all requirements for drawings referred to in such Letters of Credit plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements not yet reimbursed by the Borrower as provided in Section 2.05(f)(ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) to the applicable L/C Issuers in respect of drawings under Letters of Credit, including any portion of any such obligation to which a Lender has become subrogated pursuant to Section 2.05(f)(vi) .  For all purposes of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms by any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

L/C Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $10,000,000.  The L/C Sublimit is a part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Committed Amount.

 

Leaseholds ” means with respect to any Person all of the right, title and interest of such Person as lessee or licensee in, to and under leases or licenses of land, improvements and/or fixtures.

 

Lender ” means each Senior Lender and each Second Lien Lender and their respective successors and shall include, as the context may require, the Swing Line Lender in such capacity and each L/C Issuer in such capacity.

 

Letter of Credit ” means an Existing Letter of Credit or an Additional Letter of Credit, and “ Letters of Credit ” means any combination of the foregoing.

 

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is seven days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

 

Letter of Credit Request ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c) .

 

Leverage Ratio ” means on any day the ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Holdings ending on, or most recently preceding, such date to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings ended on, or most recently preceding, such day.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien (statutory or other) or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable Laws of any jurisdiction).  Solely for the avoidance of doubt, the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement that is a protective lease filing in respect of an Operating Lease that does not constitute a security interest in the leased property or otherwise give rise to a Lien does not constitute a Lien solely on account of being filed in a public office.

 

25



 

Limited Recourse Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness to the extent:  (i) such Person (A) provides no credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (B) is not directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (C) does not constitute the lender; and (ii) no default with respect thereto would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Loans or the Notes) of such Person to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.

 

Loan ” means a Revolving Loan, a Term B Loan, a Second Lien Loan or a Swing Line Loan (or a portion of any Revolving Loans, Term B Loans, Second Lien Loans or Swing Line Loans), individually or collectively as appropriate; provided that, if any such loan or loans (or portions thereof) are combined or subdivided pursuant to a Notice of Extension/Conversion, the term “ Loan ” shall refer to the combined principal amount resulting from such combination or to each of the separate principal amounts resulting from such subdivision, as the case may be.

 

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranty, the Collateral Documents, each Perfection Certificate, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Intercompany Notes, each Accession Agreement and each L/C Document, in each case as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and all other related agreements, certificates and documents executed by a Loan Party and delivered to any Senior Credit Party or Second Lien Credit Party in connection with or pursuant to any of the foregoing.

 

Loan Party ” means each of Parent Holdings, Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, and “ Loan Parties ” means any combination of the foregoing.

 

Management Agreement ” means the Professional Services Agreement dated as of July 1, 2002 between the Borrower and GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C., as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Agreement.

 

Management Fee ” means each of the following fees payable by the Borrower to GTCR Golder Rauner, L.L.C.: (i) a management fee in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in each fiscal year, (ii) one-time fees, each payable on the date of the consummation of certain equity and debt financings described in the Management Agreement in an amount not to exceed 1% of the gross amount (or, in the case of revolving facilities, the maximum committed amount) of such financings received by (or made available to) the Loan Parties and (iii) indemnities and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses, in each case pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Management Agreement (as disclosed to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date).

 

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” as such term is defined in Regulation U.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (i) any material adverse effect upon the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) a material adverse effect on the ability of a Loan Party to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on the Closing Date, (iii) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of its material obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party or (iv) a material impairment of the rights and benefits of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, taken as a whole.

 

Maturity Date ” means (i) as to Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans, the Revolving Termination Date, (ii) as to Term B Loans, the Term B Maturity Date and (iii) as to Second Lien Loans, the Second Lien Maturity Date.

 

26



 

Mezzanine Debt Refinancing ” means the termination of the commitments under the Senior Subordinated Loan Agreement dated as of July 1, 2002 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified through the Closing Date) among the Borrower, GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P. and TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P., and the repayment in full of all obligations owing by the Borrower thereunder.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors or, absent any such successor, such nationally recognized statistical rating organization as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may select.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

 

(i)             with respect to any Asset Disposition (other than an Asset Disposition consisting of a lease where one or more Group Companies is acting as lessor entered into in the ordinary course of business), Casualty or Condemnation, (A) the gross amount of all cash proceeds (including cash Insurance Proceeds and cash Condemnation Awards in the case of any Casualty or Condemnation, except to the extent and for so long as such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Awards constitute Reinvestment Funds) actually paid to or actually received by any Group Company in respect of such Asset Disposition, Casualty or Condemnation (including any cash proceeds received as income or other proceeds of any noncash proceeds of any Asset Disposition, Casualty or Condemnation as and when received), less (B) the sum of (1) the amount, if any, of all taxes (other than income taxes) and all income taxes (as estimated in good faith by a senior financial or senior accounting officer of the Borrower giving effect to the overall tax position of Parent Holdings and its Subsidiaries), and customary fees, legal fees, brokerage fees, commissions, costs and other expenses (other than those payable to any Group Company or to Affiliates of any Group Company except for (x) those payable pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date or (y) those payable on terms and conditions as favorable to the applicable Group Company as would be obtainable by it in a comparable arms’-length transaction with an independent, unrelated third party) that are incurred in connection with such Asset Disposition, Casualty or Condemnation and are payable by any Group Company, but only to the extent not already deducted in arriving at the amount referred to in clause (i)(A) above, (2) appropriate amounts that must be set aside as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any indemnities,  liabilities (contingent or otherwise) associated with such Asset Disposition, Casualty or Condemnation, (3) if applicable, the amount of any Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien that has been repaid or refinanced in accordance with its terms with the proceeds of such Asset Disposition, Casualty or Condemnation; and (4) any payments to be made by any Group Company as agreed between such Group Company and the purchaser of any assets subject to an Asset Disposition, Casualty or Condemnation in connection therewith; and

 

(ii)            with respect to any Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance, the gross amount of cash proceeds paid to or received by any Group Company in respect of such Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance as the case may be (including cash proceeds subsequently as and when received at any time in respect of such Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance from non-cash consideration initially received or otherwise), net of underwriting discounts and commissions or placement fees, investment banking fees, legal fees, consulting fees, accounting fees and other customary fees and expenses directly incurred by any Group Company in connection therewith (other than those payable to any Group Company or any Affiliate of any Group Company except for (x) those

 

27



 

payable pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date or (y) those payable on terms and conditions as favorable to the applicable Group Company as would be obtainable by it in a comparable arms’-length transaction with an independent, unrelated third party).

 

Note ” means a Revolving Note, a Term B Note, a Second Lien Note or a Swing Line Note, and “ Notes ” means any combination of the foregoing.

 

Notice of Borrowing ” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.

 

Notice of Extension/Conversion ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.07 .

 

Operating Lease ” means, as applied to any Person, a lease (including leases which may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which is not a Capital Lease.

 

Organization Documents ” means (i) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (ii) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (iii) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

 

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01 .

 

paid in full ” and “ payment in full ” means, with respect to any Finance Obligation, the occurrence of all of the foregoing:  (i) with respect to such Finance Obligations other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, Swap Obligations and Cash Management Obligations not then due and payable and (B) to the extent covered by clause (ii) below, obligations with respect to undrawn Letters of Credit, payment in full thereof in cash (or otherwise to the written satisfaction of the Finance Parties owed such Finance Obligations), (ii) with respect to any undrawn Letter of Credit, the obligations under which are included in such Finance Obligations, (A) the cancellation thereof and payment in full of all resulting Finance Obligations pursuant to clause (i) above or (B) the receipt of cash collateral (or a backstop letter of credit in respect thereof on terms acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent) in an amount at least equal to 102% of the L/C Obligations for such Letter of Credit and (iii) if such Finance Obligations consist of all the Credit Obligations under or in respect of the Revolving Commitments, the Term B Commitments or the Second Lien Commitments, termination of all Commitments and all other obligations of the Lenders in respect of such Commitments under the Loan Documents.

 

Parent Holdings ” means VeriFone Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

 

Participation Interest ” means a Credit Extension by a Lender by way of a purchase of a participation interest in Letters of Credit or L/C Obligations as provided in Section 2.05(a) or (e) , in Swing Line Loans as provided in Section 2.01(d)(vi) or in any Loans as provided in Section 2.13 .

 

28



 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

Perfection Certificate ” means with respect to any Loan Party a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-3 to this Agreement, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby to the satisfaction of the Collateral Agents and duly executed by the chief executive officer and the chief legal officer of such Loan Party.

 

Permit ” means any license, permit, franchise, right or privilege, certificate of authority or order, or any waiver of the foregoing, issued or issuable by any Governmental Authority.

 

Permitted Business Acquisition ” means a Business Acquisition; provided that:

 

(i)             the Equity Interests or property or assets acquired in such acquisition relate to a line of business similar to the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries engaged in on the Closing Date or reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto;

 

(ii)            the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in each Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the date of such acquisition (as if made on such date after giving effect to such acquisition), except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of such earlier date);

 

(iii)           the Administrative Agent or the Applicable Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall have received all items in respect of the Equity Interests or property or assets acquired in such acquisition (and/or the seller thereof) required to be delivered by Section 6.12 ;

 

(iv)           in the case of an acquisition of the Equity Interests of another Person, (A) except in the case of the incorporation of a new Subsidiary, the board of directors (or other comparable governing body) of such other Person shall have duly approved such acquisition and (B) the Equity Interests acquired shall constitute 100% of the total Equity Interests of the issuer thereof;

 

(v)            no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a Pro-Forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating that, upon giving effect to such acquisition on a Pro-Forma Basis, the Borrower shall be in compliance with all of the financial covenants specified in Section 7.17 hereof as of the last day of the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower which precedes or ends on the date of such acquisition;

 

(vi)           after giving effect to such acquisition, the Revolving Committed Amount shall be at least $10,000,000 greater than the total Revolving Outstandings; and

 

(vii)          the aggregate consideration (including cash, earn-out payments, assumption of indebtedness and non-cash consideration but excluding any “rollover” Equity Interests (other than Debt Equivalents) issued to the seller of the Equity Interests, property or assets acquired in such acquisition) for all such acquisitions occurring after the Closing Date, to the extent not funded with one or more Qualifying Equity Issuances, shall not exceed the

 

29



 

Applicable Basket Amount in any fiscal year or the Applicable Basket Amount in the aggregate from and after the Closing Date;

 

and provided , further, that the term “ Permitted Business Acquisition ” shall include a Business Acquisition not otherwise meeting the requirements of the foregoing definition the terms and provisions of which have been approved by the Required Lenders.

 

Permitted Joint Venture ” means a joint venture, in the form of a corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint venture, association, company or partnership, entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which (i) is engaged in a line of business related, ancillary or complementary to those engaged in by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (ii) is formed or organized in a manner that limits the exposure of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the liabilities thereof to (A) the Investments of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries therein permitted under Section 7.06(a)(xii) and (B) any Indebtedness of any Permitted Joint Venture or any Guaranty Obligations by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of such Indebtedness, which Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligations are permitted at the time under Section 7.01 .

 

Permitted Liens ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02 .

 

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 , (ii) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (iii) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the any Credit Obligation, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the applicable Credit Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the applicable Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (iv) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (v) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, and (vi) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code maintained by or contributed to by any Group Company or any ERISA Affiliate including a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Pledge Agreement ”  means the Senior Pledge Agreement or the Second Lien Pledge Agreement, and “ Pledge Agreements ” means both of them, collectively.

 

30



 

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning specified in the Pledge Agreements.

 

Pre-Commitment Information ” means, taken as an entirety, the information with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries contained in the Confidential Information Memorandum dated June 2004.

 

Preferred Stock ” means, as applied to the Equity Interests of a Person, Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over the Equity Interests of any other class of such Person.

 

Preferred Stock Redemption ” means the redemption by Parent Holdings of all shares of its Preferred Stock outstanding on the Closing Date.

 

Prepayment Account ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(b)(ix) .

 

Proceeds ” has the meaning specified for such term in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

 

Principal Amortization Payment ” means a scheduled principal payment on the Term B Loans pursuant to Section 2.08(b) .

 

Principal Amortization Payment Date ” means (i) with respect to the Term B Loans and the Second Lien Loans, as applicable, the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, commencing with the first such date occurring at least 90 days after the Closing Date, and ending prior to the later of the Term B Maturity Date and the Second Lien Maturity Date, (ii) the Term B Maturity Date or (iii) the Second Lien Maturity Date.

 

Pro-Forma Basis ” means, for purposes of calculating compliance of any transaction with any provision hereof, that the transaction in question shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower which most recently precedes or ends on the date of such transaction and with respect to which the Administrative Agent has received the financial information for Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries required under Section 6.01(a) or (b) , as applicable, and the Compliance Certificate required by Section 6.02(b) for such period.  In connection with any calculation of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.17 upon giving effect to a transaction on a “Pro-Forma Basis”, (i) any Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction (or any other transaction which occurred during the relevant four fiscal quarter period) shall be deemed to have been incurred as of the first day of the relevant four fiscal-quarter period, (ii) if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, then the rate of interest for such Indebtedness for the applicable period for purposes of the calculations contemplated by this definition shall be determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of such calculations and (iii) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to all property acquired in such transaction or to the Investment comprising such transaction, as applicable, shall be included as if such transaction has occurred as of the first day of the relevant four-fiscal-quarter period, (iv) such other pro-forma adjustments which would be permitted or required by Regulations S-K and S-X under the Securities Act shall be taken into account and (v) such other adjustments made by the Borrower with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld) shall be taken into account.

 

Pro-Forma Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with any

 

31



 

transaction for which a calculation on a “Pro-Forma Basis” is permitted or required hereunder and containing reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating, upon giving effect to the applicable transaction on a Pro-Forma Basis, compliance, as applicable, with the Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings which precedes or ends on the date of the applicable transaction and with respect to which the Administrative Agent shall have received the consolidated financial information for Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries required under Section 6.01(a) or (b) , as applicable, and the Compliance Certificate required by Section 6.02(b) for such period.

 

Public Debt Issuance ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01(xviii) .

 

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property used in the business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ” means common stock of Holdings issued in a Qualifying Equity Issuance.

 

Qualifying Equity Issuance ” means any issuance of Equity Interests by Parent Holdings or any receipt by Parent Holdings of a capital contribution, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are contributed promptly to the common equity of the Borrower if: (i) after giving effect thereto, no Change of Control shall have occurred; (ii) such stock shall be issued in a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act; and (iii) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be used (without duplication) only (A) to make Consolidated Capital Expenditures in excess of the amounts allowed under Section 7.14 , (B) to make Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures in excess of the amounts allowed under Section 7.06(a)(xii) , (C) to make Permitted Business Acquisitions in excess of the amounts allowed under clause (vii) of the definition of “Permitted Business Acquisition”, (D) to make Investments contemplated by, but in excess of the amounts allowed under, Section 7.06(a)(xvii) , (E) to repay Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (F) to make Restricted Payments in excess of the amounts allowed under Section 7.07(iv) , (v) and (vi) and (G) to fund Investments contemplated by Section 7.06(a)(xvi)(A)(x) .

 

Qualifying IPO ” means an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form)) of the common stock of Parent Holdings or Holdings (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in conjunction with a secondary public offering) and (ii) resulting in gross proceeds of at least $75,000,000.

 

Real Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the right, title and interest of such Person in and to land, improvements and fixtures, including Leaseholds.

 

Refinanced Agreements ” means those instruments, documents and agreements listed on Schedule 1.01B .

 

Refunded Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(d)(iii) .

 

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(c) .

 

Regulation D, O, T, U or X ” means Regulation D, O, T, U or X, respectively, of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as amended, or any successor regulation.

 

32



 

Reinvestment Funds ” means, with respect to any Insurance Proceeds or any Condemnation Award exceeding the Applicable Basket Amount in respect of the single event or series of related events giving rise thereto, that portion of such funds as shall, according to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent within 30 days after the occurrence of the Casualty or Condemnation giving rise thereto (and in any case prior to the receipt thereof by any Group Company), be reinvested within 365 days after the occurrence of the Casualty or Condemnation giving rise thereto in the repair, restoration or replacement of the properties that were the subject of such Casualty or Condemnation; provided that (i) such certificate shall be accompanied by evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that any property subject to such Casualty or Condemnation has been or will be repaired, restored or replaced to its condition immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation, (ii) pending such reinvestment, the entire amount of such proceeds shall be deposited in an account with the Applicable Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Finance Parties, over which the Collateral Agent shall have sole control and exclusive right of withdrawal (which may include the Reinvestment Funds Account established under the Security Agreement), (iii) from and after the date of delivery of such certificate, the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall diligently proceed, in a commercially reasonable manner, to complete the repair, restoration or replacement of the properties that were the subject of such Casualty or Condemnation as described in such certificate and (iv) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or, if the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall have then entered into one or more continuing agreements with a Person not an Affiliate of any of them for the repair, restoration or replacement of the properties that were the subject of such Casualty or Condemnation, none of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agents shall have commenced any action or proceeding to exercise or seek to exercise an right or remedy with respect to any Collateral (including any action of foreclosure, enforcement, collection or execution or by and proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to any Loan Party); and provided , further , that, if any of the foregoing conditions shall cease to be satisfied at any time, such funds shall no longer be deemed Reinvestment Funds and such funds shall immediately be applied to prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.09(b) .

 

Release ” means, with respect to any Person, any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration, in each case, of any Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or out of any property owned, leased or operated by such Person, including the movement of Hazardous Materials through or in the air, soil, surface water, ground water or property.

 

Required Lenders ” means, collectively, (i) Revolving Lenders, Term B Lenders and Second Lien Lenders having (A) on and prior to the Closing Date, more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Commitments, Term B Commitments and Second Lien Commitments then outstanding, (B) after the Closing Date and on and prior to the Revolving Termination Date, more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Commitments and the principal amount of all Term B Loans and Second Lien Loans then outstanding and (C) after the Revolving Termination Date, more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Outstandings and the principal amount of all Term B Loans and Second Lien Loans then outstanding and (ii) if the Senior Lenders on any date comprise less than 50% of the Required Lenders, the Required Senior Lenders.  A Defaulting Lender shall not be included in the calculation of the “ Required Lenders ”.

 

Required Revolving Lenders ” means, collectively, Revolving Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments or, after the Revolving Termination Date, more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Outstandings.  A Defaulting Lender shall not be included in the calculation of “ Required Revolving Lenders ”.

 

Required Second Lien Lenders ” means, collectively, Second Lien Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Second Lien Commitments or, after the Closing Date, more than 50% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Loans then outstanding.  A Defaulting Lender shall not be included in the calculation of “ Required Second Lien Lenders ”.

 

33



 

Required Senior Lenders ” means, collectively, Revolving Lenders and Term B Lenders having (i) on and prior to the Closing Date, more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Commitments and Term B Commitments then outstanding, (ii) after the Closing Date and on and prior to the Revolving Termination Date, more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Commitments and the principal amount of all Term B Loans then outstanding and (iii) after the Revolving Termination Date, more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Outstandings and the principal amount of all Term B Loans then outstanding.  A Defaulting Lender shall not be included in the calculation of the “ Required Senior Lenders ”.

 

Required Term B Lenders ” means, collectively, Term B Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Term B Commitments or, after the Closing Date, more than 50% of the principal amount of the Term B Loans then outstanding.  A Defaulting Lender shall not be included in the calculation of “ Required Term B Lenders ”.

 

Requisite Priority Liens ” means, collectively, (i) a valid and perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties and securing the Senior Obligations and (ii) a valid and perfected second priority security interest, junior only to security interest of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties securing the Senior Obligations, in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Lien Credit Parties and securing the Second Lien Obligations.

 

Research and Development Cost Sharing Agreement ” means an agreement between the Borrower, any Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries of any Loan Party and a Foreign IP Holdco under which they agree jointly to bear the cost and receive the benefits of further development of Intellectual Property and other intangible assets based on cost sharing principles that represent the forecasted respective benefits reasonably expected to be derived and expenses to be incurred in connection with the arrangement, provided , that title to any Intellectual Property created pursuant to the Research and Development Cost Sharing Agreement, whether by Borrower, any Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries of any Loan Party, any Foreign Subsidiary, or Foreign IP Holdco, shall be held by the Borrower or other Loan Party (other than the Foreign Subsidiaries), subject only to a license to a Foreign IP Holdco under terms identical to those implemented pursuant to clauses (iii)(B)(x) and (iii)(B)(y) of the definition of “Foreign IP Transfer Transaction”.

 

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, senior vice president, chief financial officer or treasurer of a Loan Party.  Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

Restricted Payment ” means (i) any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), direct or indirect, on account of any class of Equity Interests or Equity Equivalents of any Group Company, now or hereafter outstanding, (ii) any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation, termination or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any class of Equity Interests or Equity Equivalents of any Group Company, now or hereafter outstanding or (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the

 

34



 

surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire any class of Equity Interests or Equity Equivalents of any Group Company, now or hereafter outstanding.

 

Revolving Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans and identified as such in the Notice of Borrowing with respect thereto.

 

Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, (i) the commitment of such Lender, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding of up to such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Committed Amount, (i) to make Revolving Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01(a) , (ii) to purchase Participation Interests in Swing Line Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01(d) and (iii) to purchase Participation Interests in Letters of Credit in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05(e) . and (ii) any such commitment of such Lender that is included as part of a Facilities Increase.

 

Revolving Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Lender, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) identified as its Revolving Commitment Percentage on Schedule 2.01 hereto, as such percentage may be adjusted pursuant to Section 2.10 or modified in connection with any assignment made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b) .

 

Revolving Committed Amount ” means $30,000,000 or such greater or lesser amount to which the Revolving Committed Amount may be adjusted pursuant to Section 2.10 .

 

Revolving Lender ” means each Lender identified in Schedule 2.01 as having a Revolving Commitment and each Eligible Assignee which acquires a Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 10.07(b) and their respective successors.

 

Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made under Section 2.01(a) .

 

Revolving Note ” means a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to repay outstanding Revolving Loans, as such note may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time.

 

Revolving Outstandings ” means at any date the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans plus the aggregate outstanding amount of all L/C Obligations.

 

Revolving Termination Date ” means the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day) or such earlier date upon which the Revolving Commitments shall have been terminated in their entirety in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) or to which any such Person is a party providing for the leasing to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any property, whether owned by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been, or are to be, advanced by such Person to Holdings or any if its Subsidiaries on the security of such property.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., a New York corporation, and its successors or, absent any such successor, such nationally recognized statistical rating organization as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may select.

 

35


 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Second Lien Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of Second Lien Loans and identified as such in the Notice of Borrowing with respect thereto.

 

Second Lien Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., as Second Lien Collateral Agent for the Second Lien Lenders under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, and its permitted successor or successors in such capacity and, if there is no acting Second Lien Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, the Required Second Lien Lenders.

 

Second Lien Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make a Second Lien Loan on the Closing Date in a principal amount equal to such Lender’s Second Lien Commitment Percentage of the Second Lien Committed Amount.

 

Second Lien Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Lender, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) identified as its Second Lien Commitment Percentage on Schedule 2.01 , as such percentage may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.10(b) , (d) or (e) and modified in connection with any Assignment and Assumption made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b) .

 

Second Lien Committed Amount ” means $72,000,000.

 

Second Lien Credit Party ” means each Second Lien Lender, the Second Lien Collateral Agent and each Indemnitee in respect of Second Lien Loans and their respective successors and assigns, and “ Second Lien Credit Parties ” means any two or more of them, collectively.

 

Second Lien Lender ” means each bank or other lending institution identified on Schedule 2.01 as having a Second Lien Commitment and each Eligible Assignee which acquires a Second Lien Loan pursuant to Section 10.07(b) and their respective successors.

 

Second Lien Loan ” means a Loan made to the Borrower under Section 2.01(c) .

 

Second Lien Maturity Date ” means December 31, 2011 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

 

Second Lien Note ” means a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto, evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to repay outstanding Second Lien Loans, as such note may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Second Lien Obligations ” means, with respect to each Loan Party, without duplication:

 

(i)             in the case of the Borrower, all principal of and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower to the extent allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on any Second Lien Loan under, or any Second Lien Note issued pursuant to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)            all fees, expenses, indemnification obligations and other amounts of whatever nature now or hereafter payable by such Loan Party under any Loan Document in respect of any Second Lien Loan (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to such Loan

 

36



 

Party to the extent allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(iii)           all expenses of the Second Lien Collateral Agent as to which the Second Lien Collateral Agent has a right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.04 of this Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any and all sums advanced by the Second Lien Collateral Agent to preserve the Collateral or preserve its security interests in the Collateral to the extent permitted under any Loan Document or applicable Law;

 

(iv)           all amounts paid by any Indemnitee in respect of any Second Lien Loan as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.05 of this Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document; and

 

(v)            in the case of Parent Holdings, Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor, all amounts now or hereafter payable by Parent Holdings, Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other obligations or liabilities now existing or hereafter arising or incurred (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower, Parent Holdings, Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor, to the extent allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on the part of Parent Holdings, Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor under or in respect of the Second Lien Loans pursuant to this Agreement, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document;

 

together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof.

 

Second Lien Pledge Agreement ” means the Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2B hereto, dated as of the date hereof among Parent Holdings, Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Second Lien Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Second Lien Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1B hereto, dated as of the date hereof among Parent Holdings, Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Second Lien Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Security Agreement ” means the Senior Security Agreement or the Second Lien Security Agreement, and “ Security Agreements ” means both of them, collectively.

 

Senior Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., as Senior Collateral Agent for the Senior Finance Parties under the Senior Finance Documents, and its permitted successor or successors in such capacity and, if there is no acting Senior Collateral Agent under the Senior Finance Documents, the Required Senior Lenders.

 

Senior Credit Obligations ” means, with respect to each Loan Party, without duplication:

 

(i)             in the case of the Borrower, all principal of and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower, whether or not allowed or allowable as a

 

37



 

claim in any such proceeding) on any Revolving Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Term B Note or Swingline Note issued pursuant to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)            all fees, expenses, indemnification obligations and other amounts of whatever nature now or hereafter payable by such Loan Party under any Loan Document in respect of any Revolving Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Term B Note or Swingline Note issued pursuant to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to such Loan Party, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(iii)           all expenses of the Administrative Agent or the Senior Collateral Agent as to which such Agent have a right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.04 of this Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any and all sums advanced by the Senior Collateral Agent to preserve the Collateral or preserve its security interests in the Collateral to the extent permitted under any Loan Document or applicable Law;

 

(iv)           all amounts paid by any Indemnitee in respect of any Revolving Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Term B Note or Swingline Note issued pursuant to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.05 of this Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document; and

 

(v)            in the case of Parent Holdings, Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor, all amounts now or hereafter payable by Parent Holdings, Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other obligations or liabilities now existing or hereafter arising or incurred (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower, Parent Holdings, Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor under or in respect of any Revolving Loan, Swing Line Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Swing Line Note or Term B Note issued pursuant to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on the part of Parent Holdings, Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this Agreement, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document;

 

together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof.

 

Senior Credit Party ” means each Senior Lender (including any Affiliate in respect of any Cash Management Obligations), each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, the Senior Collateral Agent and each Indemnitee in respect of Senior Loans and their respective successors and assigns, and “ Senior Credit Parties ” means any two or more of them, collectively.

 

Senior Finance Documents ” means (i) each Loan Document, (ii) each Swap Agreement permitted hereunder with one or more Swap Creditors and (iii) each agreement or instrument governing Cash Management Obligations between any Loan Party and a Senior Lender.

 

Senior Finance Party ” means each Finance Party other than a Second Lien Credit Party.

 

38



 

Senior Lender ” means each bank or other lending institution identified on Schedule 2.01 as having a Revolving Commitment, a Swing Line Commitment or a Term B Commitment and each Eligible Assignee which acquires a Revolving Loan or a Term B Loan pursuant to Section 10.07(b) and their respective successors.

 

Senior Leverage Ratio ” means on any date the ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (exclusive of Subordinated Indebtedness) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Holdings ending on, or most recently preceding, such date to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings ending on, or most recently preceding, such date.

 

Senior Loan ” means a Revolving Loan or a Term B Loan, and “ Senior Loans ” means two or more of them.

 

Senior Obligations ” means, at any date, all Finance Obligations, other than Second Lien Obligations.

 

Senior Pledge Agreement ” means the Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2A hereto, dated as of the date hereof among Parent Holdings, Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Senior Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means on any date the ratio of (i) Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (exclusive of the Second Lien Loans) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Holdings ending on, or most recently preceding, such date to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings ending on, or most recently preceding, such date.

 

Senior Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1A hereto, dated as of the date hereof among Parent Holdings, Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Senior Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of a particular date, that on such date (i) such Person is able generally to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (ii) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, (iii) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged or is to engage, (iv) the fair value (determined on a going concern basis and in accordance with the United States Bankruptcy Code) of the assets of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, probable liabilities, of such Person and (v) the present fair value (i.e., the amount that may be realized within a commercially reasonable time, either through collection or sale at the regular market value, conceiving the latter as the amount that could be obtained for the assets in question within such period by a capable and diligent businessperson from a buyer who is willing to purchase under ordinary selling conditions) of the assets of such Person will exceed the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on such Person’s existing debts as they become absolute and matured.  For purposes of this definition, “debt” means any legal liability, whether matured, unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed or contingent, or a right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a payment, whether or not such right is an equitable remedy, is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.  In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such

 

39



 

liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (in each case as interpreted in accordance with applicable Debtor Relief Laws).

 

SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h) .

 

Sponsor ” means GTCR Fund VII, L.P. and its successors.

 

Sponsor Group ” means the Sponsor and any of its Affiliates; provided that each such Affiliate is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Standby Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b) .

 

Standby Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b)(i) .

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” of any Person means all unsecured Indebtedness (i) the principal of which by its terms is not required to be repaid, in whole or in part, before the first anniversary of the latest of the Revolving Termination Date, the Term B Maturity Date and the Second Lien Maturity Date, (ii) which is subordinated in right of payment to such Person’s indebtedness, obligations and liabilities to the Senior Credit Parties under the Loan Documents pursuant to payment and subordination provisions reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and to such Person’s indebtedness, obligations and liabilities to the Second Lien Credit Parties under the Loan Documents pursuant to payment and subordination provisions satisfactory in form and substance to the Second Lien Collateral Agent and (C) is issued pursuant to documents having covenants, subordination provisions and events of default that are in no event less favorable, including with respect to rights of acceleration, to such Person than the terms hereof or are otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and the Second Lien Collateral Agent.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, more than 50% of the Voting Securities of which are at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, limited liability company, association or business entity other than a corporation, more than 50% of the partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have more than 50% ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated more than 50% of partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director, manager or a general partner of such partnership, association or other business entity.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary of Holdings on the Closing Date (other than the Borrower and a Foreign Subsidiary) and each Subsidiary of Holdings (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 6.12(d) ) that becomes a party to the Guaranty after the Closing Date by execution of an Accession Agreement, and “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” means any two or more of them.

 

Swap Agreement ” means (i) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or

 

40



 

options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (ii) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

Swap Creditor ” means any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender from time to time party to one or more Swap Agreements permitted hereunder with a Loan Party (even if any such Lender for any reason ceases after the execution of such agreement to be a Lender hereunder), and its successors and assigns, and “ Swap Creditors ” means any two or more of them, collectively.

 

Swap Obligations ” of any Person means all obligations (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect to such Person, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim under any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) of such Person in respect of any Swap Agreement, excluding any amounts which such Person is entitled to set-off against its obligations under applicable Law.

 

Swap Termination Value ” means, at any date and in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreements relating to such Swap Agreements, (i) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (ii) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (i) , the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements (which may include any Lender).

 

Swing Line Commitment ” means the agreement of the Swing Line Lender to make Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(d) .  The Swing Line Commitment is a part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Committed Amount.

 

Swing Line Committed Amount ” means $5,000,000 (or such other amount not in excess of $10,000,000 as the Borrower and the Swing Line Lender may agree from time to time), as such Swing Line Committed Amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.10 .

 

Swing Line Lender ” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as the Swing Line Lender under Section 2.01(d) , and its successor or successors in such capacity.

 

Swing Line Loan ” means a Base Rate Loan made by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(d) , and “ Swing Line Loans ” means any two or more of such Base Rate Loans.

 

Swing Line Loan Request ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(b) .

 

Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-4 hereto, evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to repay outstanding Swing Line Loans, as such note may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time.

 

41



 

Swing Line Termination Date ” means the earlier of (i) June 30, 2009 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day) or such earlier date upon which the Revolving Commitments shall have been terminated in their entirety in accordance with this Agreement and (ii) the date on which the Swing Line Commitment is terminated in its entirety in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Syndication Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date which is 90 days after the Closing Date and (ii) the date on which the Administrative Agent determines in its sole discretion (and notifies the Borrower) that the primary syndication (and the resulting addition of Lenders pursuant to Section 10.07(b) ) has been completed.

 

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (i) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (ii) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such person (without regard to accounting treatment).

 

Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01 .

 

Term B Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of Term B Loans and identified as such in the Notice of Borrowing with respect thereto.

 

Term B Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, (i) the commitment of such Lender to make a Term B Loan on the Closing Date in a principal amount equal to such Lender’s Term B Commitment Percentage of the Term B Committed Amount and (ii) any commitment of such Lender that is included as part of a Facilities Increase to make Term B Loans on any Facilities Increase Date.

 

Term B Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Lender, the percentage(carried out to the ninth decimal place) identified as its Term B Commitment Percentage on Schedule 2.01 , as such percentage may be adjusted pursuant to Section 2.10 or modified in connection with any assignment made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b) .

 

Term B Committed Amount ” means $190,000,000.

 

Term B Lender ” means each bank or other lending institution identified on Schedule 2.01 as having a Term B Commitment and each Eligible Assignee which acquires a Term B Loan pursuant to Section 10.07(b) and their respective successors.

 

Term B Loan ” means a Loan made under Section 2.01(b) .

 

Term B Maturity Date ” means June 30, 2011 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

 

Term B Note ” means a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto, evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to repay outstanding Term B Loans, as such note may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Term Loan ” means a Term B Loan or a Second Lien Loan, and “ Term Loans ” means any two or more of them, collectively.

 

Threshold Amount ” means the amount set forth opposite such term on Schedule 1.01D.

 

42



 

Trade Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b) .

 

Trade Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b)(ii) .

 

Transaction ” means the Foothill Refinancing, the Mezzanine Debt Refinancing, the Preferred Stock Redemption, the Equity Distribution, the borrowing of the Senior Loans and the Second Lien Loans on the Closing Date, the repayment of all Indebtedness and other obligations under the Refinanced Agreements and the other events contemplated hereby and thereby to occur on the Closing Date.

 

Type ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.08 .

 

Unfunded Liabilities ” means, except as otherwise provided in Section 5.12(a)(1)(B) , (i) with respect to each Plan, the amount (if any) by which the present value of all nonforfeitable benefits under each Plan exceeds the current value of such Plan’s assets allocable to such benefits, all determined in accordance with the respective most recent valuations for such Plan using applicable PBGC plan termination actuarial assumptions (the terms “present value” and “current value” shall have the same meanings specified in Section 3 of ERISA) and (ii) with respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, the amount (if any) by which the present value of all nonforfeitable benefits under each Foreign Pension Plan exceeds the current value of such Foreign Pension Plan’s assets allocable to such benefits, all determined in accordance with the respective most recent valuations for such Plan using the most recent actuarial assumptions and methods being used by the Foreign Pension Plan’s actuaries for financial reporting under applicable accounting and reporting standards.

 

United States ” means the United States of America, including each of the States and the District of Columbia, but excluding its territories and possessions.

 

US IP Holdco ” means a direct, Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which (i) owns 100% of the Equity Interests in all Foreign IP Holdcos, (ii) is a Subsidiary Guarantor, (iii) has delivered such documents, instruments and certificates as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request so as to cause it and the other Loan Parties to be in compliance with Section 6.12 and (iv) 100% of the Equity Interests in which have been pledged by the Borrower to the Collateral Agents as security for the Senior Obligations and the Second Lien Obligations, respectively, under the Pledge Agreements.

 

U.S. Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into Law October 26, 2001)), as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified, replaced or otherwise in effect from time to time.

 

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(f)(iv) .

 

Unused Revolving Commitment Amount ” means, for any period, the amount by which (i) the then applicable Revolving Committed Amount exceeds (ii) the daily average sum for such period of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans plus (B) the aggregate amount of all outstanding L/C Obligations.  For the avoidance of doubt, no deduction shall be made on account of outstanding Swing Line Loans in calculating the Unused Revolving Commitment Amount.

 

Voting Securities ” means Equity Interests of any Person having ordinary power to vote in the election of members of the board of directors, managers, trustees or other controlling Persons of such Person (irrespective of whether, at the time, Equity Interests of any other class or classes of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

 

43



 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:  (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (A) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (B) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Welfare Plan ” means a “welfare plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person at any date, any Subsidiary of such Person all of the shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of which (except directors’ qualifying shares) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

 

Section 1.02   Other Interpretative Provisions .   With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

 

(a)            The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(b)            The words “ herein ,” “ hereto ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.  Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.  The term “ including ” is by way of example and not limitation.  The term “ documents ” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

(c)            In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ”, the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including ”.

 

(d)            Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Section 1.03   Accounting Terms and Determinations .   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to the Lenders hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.  All financial statements delivered to the Lenders hereunder shall be accompanied by a statement from the Borrower that GAAP has not changed since the most recent financial statements delivered by the Borrower to the Lenders or if GAAP has changed describing such changes in detail and explaining how such changes affect the financial statements.  All calculations made for the purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement shall (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) be made by application of GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the most recent annual or quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 (or, prior to the delivery of the first financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01 , consistent with the financial statements described in Section 5.05(a) (but without giving effect to any deviations from GAAP disclosed therein)); provided , however , that (i) if (A) the Borrower shall object to determining such compliance on such basis at the time of delivery of such financial statements due to any change in GAAP or the rules promulgated with respect thereto or (B) either the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall so object in writing within 60 days after delivery of such financial statements (or after the Lenders have been informed of the change in GAAP affecting such financial statements, if later), then

 

44



 

such calculations shall be made on a basis consistent with the most recent financial statements delivered by the Borrower to the Lenders as to which no such objection shall have been made, and the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP and (ii) if any change in GAAP or the rules promulgated with respect thereto from those used in the preparation of the most recent annual or quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 (or, prior to the delivery of the first financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01 , the financial statements described in Section 5.05(a) (but without giving effect to any deviations from GAAP disclosed therein) results in a change in any of the financial calculations required by Section 7.17 or otherwise specified in Article VII (including in each case all related definitions specified in Section 1.01 ) that would not have resulted had such accounting change not occurred, the parties hereto agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions so as equitably to reflect such change such that the criteria for evaluation compliance with such covenants shall be the same after such changes as if such change had not been made.

 

Section 1.04   Annualization; Rounding .  If any determination hereunder is required by the terms hereof to be made for a period of four consecutive fiscal quarters at a time at which fewer than four full fiscal quarters have elapsed since the Closing Date, such determination shall (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) be made for the period elapsed from the Closing Date through the most recent fiscal quarter then ended (annualized on a simple arithmetic basis, if such determination is to be used in a ratio with a balance sheet item).  Any financial ratios required to be maintained by any Group Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

Section 1.05   References to Agreements and Laws .  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (ii) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

 

Section 1.06   Times of Day .  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

Section 1.07   Letter of Credit Amounts .  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to mean the maximum face amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all increases thereof contemplated by such Letter of Credit or the L/C Documents related thereto, whether or not such maximum face amount is in effect at such time.

 

Section 1.08   Classes and Types of Borrowings The term “ Borrowing ” denotes the aggregation of Loans of one or more Lenders made to the Borrower pursuant to Article II on the same date, all of which Loans are of the same Class and Type (subject to Article III ) and, except in the case of Base Rate Loans, have the same initial Interest Period.  Loans hereunder are distinguished by “Class” and “Type”.  The “ Class ” of a Loan (or of a Commitment to make such a Loan or of a Borrowing comprised of such Loans) refers (i) to whether such Loan is a Revolving Loan, a Term B Loan or a Second Lien Loan and (ii) in certain instances to whether the Loans within a “Class” are Senior Loans or Second Lien Loans, in which case the Class of Senior Loans is comprised of Revolving Loans and Term B Loans and

 

45



 

the Class of Second Lien Loans is comprised of Second Lien Loans.  The “ Type ” of a Loan refers to whether such Loan is a Eurodollar Loan or a Base Rate Loan.  Identification of a Loan (or a Borrowing) by both Class and Type (e.g., a “ Term B Eurodollar Loan ”) indicates that such Loan is a Loan of both such Class and such Type (e.g., both a Term B Loan and a Eurodollar Loan) or that such Borrowing is comprised of such Loans.

 

ARTICLE II
THE CREDIT FACILITIES

 

Section 2.01   Commitments to Lend .

 

(a)            Revolving Loans .  Each Revolving Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.01(a) from time to time during the Availability Period in amounts such that its Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed (after giving effect to all Revolving Loans repaid, all reimbursements of L/C Disbursements made, and all Refunded Swing Line Loans paid concurrently with the making of any Revolving Loans) its Revolving Commitment; provided that, immediately after giving effect to each such Revolving Loan, (i) the aggregate Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount and (ii) with respect to each Revolving Lender individually, such Lender’s outstanding Revolving Loans plus its (other than the Swing Line Lender’s in its capacity as such) Participation Interests in outstanding Swing Line Loans plus its Participation Interests in outstanding L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Committed Amount.  Each Revolving Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or any larger multiple of $500,000, and each Revolving Borrowing comprised of Base Rate Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or any larger multiple of $100,000 (except that any such Borrowing may be in the aggregate amount of the unused Revolving Commitments and any L/C Borrowing may be in the aggregate amount of any outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts owed to one or more L/C Issuers as provided in Section 2.05(f)(iv) ) and shall be made from the several Revolving Lenders ratably in proportion to their respective Revolving Commitments.  Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(a) , repay, or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.09 , prepay, Revolving Loans and reborrow under this Section 2.01(a) .

 

(b)            Term B Loans .  Each Term B Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make a Term B Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date in a principal amount not exceeding its Term B Commitment.  The Term B Borrowing shall be made from the several Term B Lenders ratably in proportion to their respective Term B Commitments.  The Term B Commitments are not revolving in nature, and amounts repaid or prepaid prior to the Term B Maturity Date may not be reborrowed.  Each Term B Lender (or Affiliate or Approved Fund thereof) or Eligible Assignee having, in its sole discretion, committed to a Facilities Increase pursuant to Section 2.10(a) shall agree as part of such commitment that, on the Facilities Increase Date for such Facilities Increase in the aggregate Term B Commitments, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in its commitment therefor or otherwise agreed to as part of such commitment or set for in this Agreement as amended in connection with such Facilities Increase, such Term B Lender (or Affiliate or Approved Fund thereof) or Eligible Assignee will make a Term B Loan to the Borrower on the Facilities Increase Date for such Facilities Increase in a principal amount not to exceed such commitment to such Facilities Increase.

 

(c)            Second Lien Loans .  Each Second Lien Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make a Second Lien Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date in a principal amount not exceeding its Second Lien

 

46



 

Commitment.  The Second Lien Borrowing shall be made from the several Second Lien Lenders ratably in proportion to their respective Second Lien Commitments.  The Second Lien Commitments are not revolving in nature, and amounts repaid or prepaid prior to the Second Lien Maturity Date may not be reborrowed.

 

(d)            Swing Line Loans .

 

(i)             The Swing Line Lender agrees, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, to make a portion of the Revolving Commitments available to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period by making Swing Line Loans to the Borrower in Dollars (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Swing Line Loans ”); provided that (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Loans outstanding at any one time shall not exceed the Swing Line Committed Amount, (B) with regard to each Lender individually (other than the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such), such Lender’s outstanding Revolving Loans plus its Participation Interests in outstanding Swing Line Loans plus its Participation Interests in outstanding L/C Obligations shall not at any time exceed such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Committed Amount, (C) with regard to the Revolving Lenders collectively, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans outstanding plus the aggregate amount of Revolving Loans outstanding plus the aggregate amount of L/C Obligations outstanding shall not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount and (D) the Swing Line Committed Amount shall not exceed the aggregate of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.  Swing Line Loans shall be made and maintained as Base Rate Loans and may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof prior to the Swing Line Termination Date.  Swing Line Loans may be made notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Swing Line Lender’s other Revolving Outstandings, exceeds its Revolving Commitment.  The proceeds of a Swing Line Borrowing may not be used, in whole or in part, to refund any prior Swing Line Borrowing.

 

(ii)            The principal amount of all Swing Line Loans shall be due and payable on the earliest of (A) the maturity date agreed to by the Swing Line Lender and the Borrower with respect to such Swing Line Loan (which maturity date shall not be more than seven Business Days from the date of advance thereof); (B) the Swing Line Termination Date, (C) the occurrence of any proceeding with respect to the Borrower under any Debtor Relief Law or (D) the acceleration of any Loan or the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 8.02 .

 

(iii)           With respect to any Swing Line Loans that have not been voluntarily prepaid by the Borrower or paid by the Borrower when due under clause (ii) above, the Swing Line Lender (by request to the Administrative Agent) or the Administrative Agent at any time may, and shall at any time Swing Line Loans in an amount of $1,000,000 or more shall have been outstanding for more than seven days, on one Business Day’s notice, require each Revolving Lender, including the Swing Line Lender, and each such Lender hereby agrees, subject to the provisions of this Section 2.01(d) , to make a Revolving Loan (which shall be initially funded as a Base Rate Loan) in an amount equal to such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the amount of the Swing Line Loans (the “ Refunded Swing Line Loans ”) outstanding on the date notice is given.

 

(iv)           In the case of Revolving Loans made by Lenders other than the Swing Line Lender under clause (iii) above, each such Revolving Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent, in same day funds, at the Administrative Agent’s Office, not later than 1:00 P.M. on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is given.  The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be immediately delivered to the Swing

 

47



 

Line Lender (and not to the Borrower) and applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Loans.  On the day such Revolving Loans are made, the Swing Line Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be paid with the proceeds of a Revolving Loan made by the Swing Line Lender and such portion of the Swing Line Loans deemed to be so paid shall no longer be outstanding as Swing Line Loans and shall instead be outstanding as Revolving Loans.  The Borrower authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender to charge the Borrower’s account with the Administrative Agent (up to the amount available in such account) in order to pay immediately to the Swing Line Lender the amount of such Refunded Swing Line Loans to the extent amounts received from the Revolving Lenders, including amounts deemed to be received from the Swing Line Lender, are not sufficient to repay in full such Refunded Swing Line Loans.  If any portion of any such amount paid (or deemed to be paid) to the Swing Line Lender should be recovered by or on behalf of the Borrower from the Swing Line Lender in bankruptcy, by assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, the loss of the amount so recovered shall be ratably shared among all Revolving Lenders in the manner contemplated by Section 2.13 .

 

(v)            A copy of each notice given by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) shall be promptly delivered by the Swing Line Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.  Upon the making of a Revolving Loan by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) , the amount so funded shall no longer be owed in respect of its Participation Interest in the related Refunded Swing Line Loans.

 

(vi)           If as a result of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, Revolving Loans are not made pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) sufficient to repay any amounts owed to the Swing Line Lender as a result of a nonpayment of outstanding Swing Line Loans, each Revolving Lender agrees to purchase, and shall be deemed to have purchased, a participation in such outstanding Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to its Revolving Commitment Percentage of the unpaid amount together with accrued interest thereon.  Upon one Business Day’s notice from the Swing Line Lender, each Revolving Lender shall deliver to the Swing Line Lender an amount equal to its respective Participation Interest in such Swing Line Loans in same day funds at the office of the Swing Line Lender specified or referred to in Section 10.02 .  In order to evidence such Participation Interest each Revolving Lender agrees to enter into a participation agreement at the request of the Swing Line Lender in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to all parties.  In the event any Revolving Lender fails to make available to the Swing Line Lender the amount of such Revolving Lender’s Participation Interest as provided in this Section 2.01(d)(vi) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Lender together with interest at the customary rate set by the Swing Line Lender for correction of errors among banks in New York City for one Business Day and thereafter at the Base Rate plus the then Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans.

 

(vii)          Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to clause (iv) above and to purchase Participation Interests in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to clause (vi) above shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (without limitation) (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Lender or any other Person may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower, Holdings or any other Loan Party, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination or reduction in the amount of the Revolving Commitments after any such Swing Line Loans were made, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any other Person, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower or any other Lender, (v) whether any condition specified in Article IV is then satisfied or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or

 

48



 

event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the forgoing.  If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Swing Line Lender’s demand therefor, and until such time as such Lender makes the required payment, the Swing Line Lender shall be deemed to continue to have outstanding Swing Line Loans in the amount of such unpaid Participation Interest for all purposes of the Loan Documents other than those provisions requiring the other Lenders to purchase a participation therein.  Further, such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments made of principal and interest on its Loans, and any other amounts due to it hereunder to the Swing Line Lender to fund Swing Line Loans in the amount of the Participation Interest in Swing Line Loans that such Lender failed to purchase pursuant to this Section 2.01(d)(vi) until such amount has been purchased (as a result of such assignment or otherwise).

 

Section 2.02   Notice of Borrowings .

 

(a)            Borrowings Other Than Swing Line Loans .  Except in the case of Swing Line Loans and L/C Borrowings, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing not later than 1:00 P.M. on (i) the Business Day immediately preceding each Base Rate Borrowing and (ii) the third Business Day before each Eurodollar Borrowing (unless the Borrower wishes to request an Interest Period for such Borrowing other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “ Interest Period ”, in which case on the fourth Business Day before each such Eurodollar Borrowing), specifying:

 

(i)             the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(ii)            the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

 

(iii)           the Class and initial Type of the Loans comprising such Borrowing; and

 

(iv)           in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the duration of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto, subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period and to Section 2.06(a) ; and

 

(v)            the location (which must be in the United States) and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.03 .

 

If the duration of the initial Interest Period is not specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an initial Interest Period of one month, subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period and to Section 2.06(a) .

 

(b)            Swing Line Borrowings .  The Borrower shall request a Swing Line Loan by written notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed in writing) substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 hereto (a “ Swing Line Loan Request ”) to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:30 P.M. on the Business Day of the requested Swing Line Loan.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) that a Swing Line Loan is requested, (ii) the date of the requested Swing Line Loan (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan requested.  Each Swing Line Loan shall be made as a Base Rate Loan and, subject to Section 2.01(d)(ii) , shall have such maturity date as agreed to by the Swing Line Lender and the Borrower upon receipt by the Swing Line Lender of the Swing Line Loan Request from the Borrower.

 

(c)            L/C Borrowings .  Each L/C Borrowing shall be made as specified in Section 2.05(f)(iv) without the necessity of a Notice of Borrowing.

 

49



 

Section 2.03   Notice to Lenders; Funding of Loans .

 

(a)            Notice to Lenders .  If the Borrower has requested an Interest Period of nine or twelve months in duration, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice of such request to the Lenders and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them.  Not later than 2:00 P.M. on the third Business Day before the requested date of such a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders.  Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of such Lender’s ratable share (if any) of the Borrowing referred to therein, and such Notice of Borrowing shall not thereafter be revocable by the Borrower.

 

(b)            Funding of Loans .

 

(i)             Not later than 1:00 P.M. on the date of each Borrowing (other than a Swing Line Borrowing and a L/C Borrowing), each Lender participating therein shall make available its share of such Borrowing, in Federal or other immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office.  Unless the Administrative Agent determines that any applicable condition specified in Article IV has not been satisfied, the Administrative Agent shall make the funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent, wire transfer of such funds to such other account within the continental United States as may be specified for such purpose from time to time by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or as may have been otherwise specified by the Borrower in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein shall not have been met, promptly return the amounts received from the Lenders in like funds, without interest.

 

(ii)            Not later than 3:00 P.M. on the date of each Swing Line Borrowing, the Swing Line Lender shall, unless the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Swing Line Lender that any applicable condition specified in Article IV has not been satisfied, make available the amount of such Swing Line Borrowing, in Federal or other immediately available funds, to the Borrower at the Swing Line Lender’s address referred to in Section 10.02 .

 

(iii)           Not later than 1:00 P.M. on the date of each L/C Borrowing, each Revolving Lender shall make available its share of such Borrowing, in Federal or other immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office.  Unless the Administrative Agent determines that any applicable condition specified in Article IV has not been satisfied (other than the delivery of a Notice of Borrowing), the Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer which has issued Letters of Credit having outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts as contemplated by Section 2.05(f)(v) .

 

(c)            Funding by the Administrative Agent in Anticipation of Amounts Due from the Lenders .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with subsection (b) of this Section 2.03 , and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount.  If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so made such share available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to

 

50



 

repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount, together with interest thereon for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) a rate per annum equal to the higher of the Federal Funds Rate and the interest rate applicable thereto pursuant to Section 2.06 , in the case of the Borrower, and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate, in the case of such Lender.  If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(d)            Obligations of Lenders Several .  The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to purchase Participation Interests in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint.  The failure of any Lender to make a Loan required to be made by it as part of any Borrowing hereunder or to fund and Participation Interest shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make any Loan on the date of such Borrowing or fund any such Participation Interest, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on such date of Borrowing or fund its Participation Interest.

 

(e)            Failed Loans .  If any Lender shall fail to make any Loan (a “ Failed Loan ”) which such Lender is otherwise obligated hereunder to make to the Borrower on the date of Borrowing thereof, and the Administrative Agent shall not have received notice from the Borrower or such Lender that any condition precedent to the making of the Failed Loan has not been satisfied, then, until such Lender shall have made or be deemed to have made (pursuant to the last sentence of this subsection (e) ) the Failed Loan in full or the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower or such Lender that any condition precedent to the making of the Failed Loan was not satisfied at the time the Failed Loan was to have been made, whenever the Administrative Agent shall receive any amount from the Borrower for the account of such Lender, (i) the amount so received (up to the amount of such Failed Loan) will, upon receipt by the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been paid to the Lender in satisfaction of the obligation for which paid, without actual disbursement of such amount to the Lender, (ii) the Lender will be deemed to have made the same amount available to the Administrative Agent for disbursement as a Loan to the Borrower (up to the amount of such Failed Loan) and (iii) the Administrative Agent will disburse such amount (up to the amount of the Failed Loan) to the Borrower or, if the Administrative Agent has previously made such amount available to the Borrower on behalf of such Lender pursuant to the provisions hereof, reimburse itself (up to the amount of the amount made available to the Borrower); provided , however , that the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to disburse any such amount to the Borrower or otherwise apply it or deem it applied as provided herein unless the Administrative Agent shall have determined in its sole discretion that to so disburse such amount will not violate any Law, rule, regulation or requirement applicable to the Administrative Agent.  Upon any such disbursement by the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan of the same Class as the Failed Loan to the Borrower in satisfaction, to the extent thereof, of such Lender’s obligation to make the Failed Loan.

 

Section 2.04   Evidence of Loans .

 

(a)            Lender Accounts .  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(b)            Administrative Agent Records .  The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type of each Loan made and the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the

 

51



 

amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(c)            Evidence of Indebtedness .  The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 2.04 shall be prima facie evidence absent demonstrable error of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.

 

(d)            Notes .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender shall request and receive a Note or Notes as provided in Section 10.07 or otherwise, then the Loans of such Lender shall be evidenced by a single Revolving Note, Term B Note or Second Lien Note, as applicable, in each case, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 , B-2 or B-3 , as applicable, payable to the order of such Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending Office in an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving, Term B, or Second Lien Loans, as applicable.  If requested by the Swing Line Lender, the Swing Line Loans shall be evidenced by a single Swing Line Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-6 , payable to the order of the Swing Line Lender in an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Swing Line Loans.

 

(e)            Note Endorsements .  Each Lender having one or more Notes shall record the date, amount, Class and Type of each Loan made by it and the date and amount of each payment of principal made by the Borrower with respect thereto, and may, if such Lender so elects in connection with any permitted transfer or enforcement of any Note, endorse on the reverse side or on the schedule, if any, forming a part thereof appropriate notations to evidence the foregoing information with respect to each outstanding Loan evidenced thereby; provided that the failure of any Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under any such Note.  Each Lender is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Borrower so to endorse each of its Notes and to attach to and make a part of each of its Notes a continuation of any such schedule as and when required.

 

Section 2.05   Letters of Credit .

 

(a)            Existing Letters of Credit .  On the Closing Date, each L/C Issuer that has issued an Existing Letter of Credit shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have sold to each Revolving Lender, and each such Revolving Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have purchased from each such L/C Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided participation interest in such Existing Letter of Credit and the related L/C Obligations in the proportion its Revolving Commitment Percentage bears to the Revolving Committed Amount (although any fronting fee payable under Section 2.11 shall be payable directly to the Administrative Agent for the accounting of each applicable L/C Issuer, and the Lenders (other than the applicable L/C Issuer) shall have no right to receive any portion of such fronting fee) and any security therefore or guaranty pertaining thereto.  On and after the Closing Date, each Existing Letter of Credit shall constitute a Letter of Credit for all purposes hereof.

 

(b)            Additional Letters of Credit .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section 2.05 , (A) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account, and upon the request, of the Borrower or one of more of its Subsidiaries and in support of (x) trade obligations of the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, which shall be payable at sight in Dollars (each such letter of credit, a “ Trade Letter of Credit ” and, collectively, the “ Trade Letters of Credit ”) and (y) such other obligations of the Borrower

 

52



 

incurred for its general corporate purposes (each such letter of credit, a “ Standby Letter of Credit ” and, collectively, the “ Standby Letters of Credit ”), and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (d) below, and (B) to honor drawings under its Letters of Credit, and (ii) each Revolving Lender severally agrees to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawing thereunder in accordance with the provisions of subsection (f) below; provided that, immediately after each Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the L/C Sublimit, (ii) the Revolving Outstandings shall not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount and (iii) with respect to each individual Revolving Lender, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans plus its Participation Interests in outstanding L/C Obligations plus its (other than the Swing Line Lender’s) Participation Interests in outstanding Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Committed Amount.  Each request by the Borrower or a Subsidiary for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower and such Subsidiary that the issuance or amendment of such Letter of Credit complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the period specified in clause (i)(A) above, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

 

(c)            Certain Limitations on Issuances of Letters of Credit .

 

(i)             No L/C Issuer shall issue any Letter of Credit, if (A) subject to subsection (d) below with respect to Auto-Extension Letters of Credit, the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Revolving Lenders have approved such expiry date, (B) the expiry date of such requested letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date or (C) such Letter of Credit is to be used for any purpose other than for its general corporate purposes unless the Required Revolving Lenders have consented thereto.

 

(ii)            No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue any Additional Letter of Credit if: (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Additional Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having a force of Law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Additional Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Additional Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it; (B) the issuance of such Additional Letter of Credit shall violate any Laws or one ore more policies of such L/C Issuer; (C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial face amount less than $100,000, in the case of a Trade Letter of Credit, or $250,000, in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit; (D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or (E) a default of any Revolving Lender’s obligations to fund under subsection (f)(iv) or (vi) below exists or any Revolving Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower or such Revolving Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Revolving Lender.

 

53



 

(iii)           No L/C issuer shall amend any Letter of Credit if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

 

(iv)           No L/C issuer shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

(d)            Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .

 

(i)             Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the applicable L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 hereto (a “ Letter of Credit Request ”), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.  Such Letter of Credit Request must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be.  In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Request shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer:  (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require.  In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Request shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer:  (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require.  If requested by the applicable L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall also submit a letter of credit application on such L/C Issuer’s standard form in connection with any request for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit.  Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any L/C Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.

 

(ii)            Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Request, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Request from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.  Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary)or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.

 

54



 

(iii)           If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Request, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.  Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension.  Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to a date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of the provisions of subsection (c)(i) or (ii) above or otherwise) or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (x) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Revolving Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (y) from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Lender or any Loan Party that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.03 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C issuer not to permit such extension.

 

(iv)           If any Letter of Credit contains provisions providing for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder, (A) unless otherwise directed by the L/C issuer to permit such reinstatement, and (B) the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders hereby authorize and direct the L/C issuer to permit such automatic reinstatement, whether or not a Default then exists, unless the L/C Issuer has received a notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the date that is two Business Days before the reinstatement date from the Administrative Agent, the Required Revolving Lenders or any Loan Party that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.03 is not then satisfied and directing the L/C issuer to cease permitting such automatic reinstatement of such Letter of Credit.

 

(v)            Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

 

(e)            Purchase and Sale of Letter of Credit Participations .  Immediately upon the issuance by an L/C Issuer of an Additional Letter of Credit, such L/C Issuer shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have sold to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have purchased from such L/C Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided participation interest in such Letter of Credit and the related L/C Obligations in the proportion its Revolving Commitment Percentage bears to the Revolving Committed Amount (although any fronting fee payable under Section 2.11 shall be payable directly to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer, and the Lenders (other than such L/C Issuer) shall have no right to receive any portion of any such fronting fee) and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto.  Upon any change in the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.10(a) or Section 10.07 , there shall be an automatic adjustment to the Participation Interests in all outstanding Letters of Credit (including all Existing Letters of Credit, if any) and all L/C Obligations to reflect the adjusted Revolving Commitments of the assigning and assignee Lenders or of all Lenders having Revolving Commitments, as the case may be.

 

55



 

(f)             Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

 

(i)             Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and shall determine in accordance with the terms of such Letter of Credit whether such drawing should be honored.  If the L/C Issuer determines that any such drawing shall be honored, such L/C Issuer shall make available to such beneficiary in accordance with the terms of such Letter of Credit the amount of the drawing and shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent as to the amount to be paid as a result of such drawing and the payment date (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”).

 

(ii)            The Borrower shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated forthwith to reimburse each L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent for any amounts paid by such L/C Issuer upon any drawing under any Letter of Credit, together with any and all reasonable charges and expenses which the L/C Issuer may pay or incur relative to such drawing.  Such reimbursement payment shall be due and payable (i) at or before 1:00 P.M. on the date the Honor Date if the L/C Issuer notifies the Borrower of such drawing at or before 12:00 P.M. on the Honor Date or (ii) at or before 1:00 P.M. on the next succeeding Business Day if such notice if given after 12:00 P.M. on the Honor Date; provided that no payment otherwise required by this sentence to be made by the Borrower at or before 1:00 P.M. on any day shall be overdue hereunder if arrangements for such payment by virtue of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans or a Swing Line Loan or other arrangements satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer, in its reasonable discretion, shall have been made by the Borrower at or before 1:00 P.M. on such day and such payment is actually made at or before 3:00 P.M. on such day.  In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay to the L/C Issuer interest, payable on demand, on any and all amounts not paid by the Borrower to the L/C Issuer when due under this subsection (f)(ii) , for each day from and including the date when such amount becomes due to but excluding the date such amount is paid in full, whether before or after judgment, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the rate applicable to Revolving Base Rate Loans for such day.  Each reimbursement and other payment to be made by the Borrower pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be made to the L/C Issuer in Federal or other funds immediately available to it at its address referred to in Section 10.02 .

 

(iii)           Subject to the satisfaction of all applicable conditions set forth in Article IV , the Borrower may, at its option, utilize the Swing Line Commitment or the Revolving Commitments, or make other arrangements for payment satisfactory to the L/C Issuer, for the reimbursement of all L/C Disbursements as required by clause (ii) above.

 

(iv)           With respect to any L/C Disbursement that have not been reimbursed by the Borrower when due under clauses (ii) and (iii) above (an “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount and the amount of such Revolving Lender’s pro-rata share thereof such Revolving Lender’s pro-rata share of such unreimbursed L/C Disbursement (determined by the proportion its Revolving Commitment Percentage bears to the aggregate Revolving Committed Amount).  In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing (a “ L/C Borrowing ”) of Revolving Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an aggregate amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.01(a) , but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 (other than the delivery of a Notice of Borrowing), and each such Revolving Lender hereby agrees to make a Revolving Loan (which shall be initially funded as a Base Rate Loan) in an amount equal to such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount outstanding on the date notice

 

56



 

is given.  Any such notice given by a L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent given pursuant to this clause (iv) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

 

(v)            Each Revolving Lender (including any Revolving Lender acting as L/C Issuer in respect of any Unreimbursed Amount) shall, upon any notice from the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (iv) above, make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars in Federal or other immediately available funds same day funds, at the Administrative Agent’s Office, not later than 1:00 P.M. on the Business Day specified in such notice, whereupon, subject to clause (vi) below, each Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable L/C Issuer in satisfaction of the Unreimbursed Amount to the extent of such funds.

 

(vi)           With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a L/C Borrowing pursuant to clauses (iv) and (v) above because the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the L/C Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender (other than the relevant L/C Issuer), and each such Revolving Lender shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such L/C Issuer, such Revolving Lender’s pro-rata share of such Unreimbursed Amount (determined by the proportion its Revolving Commitment Percentage bears to the aggregate Revolving Committed Amount) in Dollars in Federal or other immediately available funds.  Such payment from the Revolving Lenders shall be due (i) at or before 1:00 P.M. on the date the Administrative Agent so notifies a Revolving Lender, if such notice is given at or before 10:00 A.M. on such date or (ii) at or before 10:00 A.M. on the next succeeding Business Day, together with interest on such amount for each day from and including the date of such drawing to but excluding the day such payment is due from such Revolving Lender at the Federal Funds Rate for such day (which funds the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable L/C Issuer).  Each payment by a Revolving Lender to the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer in respect of an Unreimbursed Amount shall constitute a payment in respect of its Participation Interest in related Letter of Credit purchased pursuant to subsection (e) above.  The failure of any Revolving Lender to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer its pro-rata share of any Unreimbursed Amount shall not relieve any other Revolving Lender of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its pro-rata share of any payment made under any Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no such Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer such other Lender’s pro-rata share of any such payment.  Upon payment in full of all amounts payable by a Lender under this clause (vi) , such Lender shall be subrogated to the rights of the L/C Issuer against the Borrower to the extent of such Lender’s pro-rata share of the related L/C Obligation so paid (including interest accrued thereon).

 

(vii)          Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to clause (iv) above and to make payments in respect of its Participation Interests in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to clause (vi) above shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including:  (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided ,

 

57



 

however , that each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans as a part of a L/C Borrowing pursuant to clause (iv) above is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.03 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Notice of Borrowing).  No such making by a Revolving Lender of a Revolving Loan or a payment by a Revolving Lender of an amount in respect of its Participation Interest in Unreimbursed Amounts shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

 

(viii)         If any Revolving Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this subsection (f) by the time specified therefor, the applicable L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the applicable L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate for such day.  Any payment made by any Lender after 3:00 P.M. on any Business Day shall be deemed for purposes of the preceding sentence to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day A certificate of the applicable L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (viii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(g)            Repayment of Funded Participations in Respect of Drawn Letters of Credit .

 

(i)             Whenever the Administrative Agent receives a payment of an L/C Obligation as to which the Administrative Agent has received for the account of an L/C Issuer any payments from the Revolving Lenders pursuant to subsection (f) above (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of cash collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each Revolving Lender which has paid its pro-rata share thereof an amount equal to such Lender’s pro-rata share of the amount thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which the payments from the Revolving Lenders were received) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(ii)            If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C issuer pursuant to clause (i) above is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its pro-rata share thereof (determined by the proportion its Revolving Commitment Percentage bears to the aggregate Revolving Committed Amount) on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Revolving Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate for such day.

 

(h)            Obligations Absolute .  The obligations of the Borrower under Section 2.05(f) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever, including, without limitation, the following circumstances:

 

(i)             any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

58



 

(ii)            any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of this Agreement, any Letter of Credit or any other Loan Document;

 

(iii)           the use which may be made of the Letter of Credit by, or any acts or omission of, a beneficiary of a Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom the beneficiary may be acting);

 

(iv)           the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other rights that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of a Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom the beneficiary or transferee may be acting), any L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or any Letter of Credit or any document related hereto or thereto or any unrelated transaction;

 

(v)            any draft, demand, certificate, statement or any other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever, or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

 

(vi)           any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

 

(vii)          any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

 

(viii)         any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by any L/C Issuer or any other Person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever that might, but for the provisions of this subsection (vii) , constitute a defense to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s obligations hereunder.

 

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer.  The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

 

(i)             Role of L/C Issuers; Reliance .  Each Revolving Lender and the Borrower agree that, in determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for: (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Request.  The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any

 

59



 

beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (viii) of subsection (h) of this Section 2.05 ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer’s bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.  Each L/C Issuer shall be entitled (but not obligated) to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, on the representation and warranty by the Borrower set forth in the last sentence of Section 4.03 to establish whether the conditions specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.03 are met in connection with any issuance or extension of a Letter of Credit.  Each L/C Issuer shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by such L/C Issuer and upon any Letter of Credit, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopier, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary unless the beneficiary and the Borrower shall have notified such L/C Issuer that such documents do not comply with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit.  Each L/C Issuer shall be fully justified in refusing to take any action requested of it under this Section 2.05 in respect of any Letter of Credit unless it shall first have received such advice or concurrence of the Required Revolving Lenders as it reasonably deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Revolving Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take, or omitting or continuing to omit, any such action.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.05 , each L/C Issuer shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Section 2.05 in respect of any Letter of Credit in accordance with a request of the Required Revolving Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant hereto shall be binding upon all Revolving Lenders and all future holders of participations in such Letter of Credit.

 

(j)             Cash Collateral .  If the Borrower is required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to Cash Collateralize any L/C Obligations, the Borrower shall deposit in an account (which may be the L/C Cash Collateral Account under the Security Agreement) with the Senior Collateral Agent an amount in cash equal to 105% of such L/C Obligations.  Such deposit shall be held by the Senior Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the L/C Obligations.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account.  The Senior Collateral Agent will, at the request of the Borrower, invest amounts deposited in such account in Cash Equivalents; provided , however , that (i) the Senior Collateral Agent shall not be required to make any investment that, in its sole judgment, would require or cause the Senior Collateral Agent to be in, or would result in any, violation of any Law, (ii) such Cash Equivalents shall be subjected to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the

 

60



 

Senior Collateral Agent and (iii) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the selection of such Cash Equivalents shall be in the sole discretion of the Senior Collateral Agent.  The Borrower shall indemnify the Senior Collateral Agent for any losses relating to such investments in Cash Equivalents.  Other than any interest or profits earned on such investments, such deposits shall not bear interest.  Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account.  Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Senior Collateral Agent to reimburse the L/C Issuers immediately for drawings under the applicable Letters of Credit and, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, to satisfy the L/C Obligations.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.08(a) or 2.09(b)(i) , such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower upon demand; provided that, after giving effect to such return, (i) the aggregate Revolving Outstandings would not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  If the Borrower is required to deposit an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) , interest or profits thereon (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower after the full amount of such deposit has been applied by the Senior Collateral Agent to reimburse the L/C Issuer for drawings under Letters of Credit.  The Borrower hereby pledges and assigns to the Senior Collateral Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Lenders, the cash collateral account established hereunder (and all monies and investments held therein) to secure all L/C Obligations and Revolving Loans.

 

(k)            Applicability of ISP98 and UCP .  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each Trade Letter of Credit.

 

(l)             Conflict with L/C Documents .  In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any L/C Document, this Agreement shall govern.

 

(m)           Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries .  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

 

(n)            Indemnification of L/C Issuers .

 

(i)             In addition to its other obligations under this Agreement, the Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save each L/C Issuer harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable Attorney Costs) that such L/C Issuer may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any Letter of Credit or (B) the failure of such L/C Issuer to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority (all such acts or omissions, herein called “ Government Acts ”); provided that such indemnity shall not be available to the extent that such claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable

 

61



 

judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such L/C Issuer.

 

(ii)            In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any action taken or omitted by an L/C Issuer, under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put the L/C Issuer under any resulting liability to the Borrower or any other Loan Party.  It is the intention of the parties that this Agreement shall be construed and applied to protect and indemnify the L/C Issuers against any and all risks involved in the issuance of any Letter of Credit, all of which risks are hereby assumed by the Loan Parties, including, without limitation, any and all risks, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future Government Acts.  The L/C Issuers shall not, in any way, be liable for any failure by the L/C Issuers or anyone else to pay any drawing under any Letter of Credit as a result of any Government Acts or any other cause beyond the control of the L/C Issuers.

 

(iii)           Nothing in this subsection (n) is intended to limit the reimbursement obligation of the Borrower contained in this Section 2.05 .  The obligations of the Borrower under this subsection (n) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  No act or omission of any current or prior beneficiary of a Letter of Credit shall in any way affect or impair the rights of any L/C Issuer to enforce any right, power or benefit under this Agreement.

 

(iv)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection (n) , the Borrower shall have no obligation to indemnify any L/C Issuer in respect of any liability incurred by the L/C Issuer arising solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the L/C Issuer, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.  Nothing in this Agreement shall relieve any L/C Issuer of any liability to the Borrower in respect of any action taken by the L/C Issuer which action constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct of the L/C Issuer or a violation of the UCP or Uniform Commercial Code, as applicable, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(o)            Resignation of an L/C Issuer .  An L/C Issuer may resign at any time by giving 60 days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Revolving Lenders and the Borrower; provided , however , that any such resignation shall not affect the rights or obligations of the L/C Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation.  Upon any such resignation, the Borrower shall (within 60 days after such notice of resignation) either appoint a successor, or terminate the unutilized L/C Commitment of such L/C Issuer; provided , however , that, if the Borrower elects to terminate such unutilized L/C Commitment, the Borrower may at any time thereafter that the Revolving Commitments are in effect reinstate such L/C Commitment in connection with the appointment of another L/C Issuer.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as an L/C Issuer hereunder by a successor L/C Issuer, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer and the retiring L/C Issuer shall be discharged from its obligations to issue Additional Letters of Credit hereunder.  The acceptance of any appointment as L/C Issuer hereunder by a successor L/C Issuer shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor shall be a party hereto and have all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the “L/C Issuer” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous L/C Issuer, or to such successor and all previous L/C Issuers, as the context shall require.  After the resignation of an L/C Issuer hereunder the retiring L/C Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement and the other Loan

 

62



 

Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

(p)            Reporting .   Each L/C Issuer will report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) on the first Business Day of each week, the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by it and outstanding as of the last Business Day of the preceding week, (ii) on or prior to each Business Day on which such L/C Issuer expects to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance or amendment, and the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit to be issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and such L/C Issuer shall advise the Administrative Agent on such Business Day whether such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension occurred and whether the amount thereof changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such L/C Issuer makes any L/C Disbursement, the date and amount of such L/C Disbursement and (iv) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse an L/C Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such L/C Issuer on such day, the date and amount of such failure.

 

Section 2.06   Interest .

 

(a)            Rate Options Applicable to Loans .  Each Borrowing made prior to the Syndication Date shall be comprised of Base Rate Loans or (except in the case of Swing Line Loans, which shall be made and maintained as Base Rate Loans, and L/C Borrowings, which shall be made initially as Base Rate Loans) Eurodollar Loans with a one-month Interest Period (ending on the same date), as the Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.02 .  Each Borrowing made on or after the Syndication Date shall be comprised of Base Rate Loans or (except in the case of Swing Line Loans, which shall be made and maintained as Base Rate Loans) Eurodollar Loans, as the Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.02 .  Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided , however , that the Borrower may not request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in an aggregate of more than ten separate Groups of Eurodollar Loans being outstanding hereunder at any one time.  For this purpose, Loans having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether commencing on the same date, shall be considered separate Groups.  Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

(b)            Base Rate Loans .  Each Loan of a Class which is made as, or converted into, a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from the date such Loan is made as, or converted into, a Base Rate Loan until it becomes due or is converted into a Loan of any other Type, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate for such day plus the then Applicable Margin.  Such interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date and, with respect to the principal amount of any Base Rate Loan converted to a Eurodollar Loan, on the date such Base Rate Loan is so converted.  Any overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by Law, interest on any Base Rate Loan of any Class shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the Base Rate for such day plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans of the same Class for such day.

 

(c)            Eurodollar Loans .  Each Eurodollar Loan of a Class shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day during the Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the then Applicable Margin.  Such interest shall be payable for each Interest Period on each Interest Payment Date.  Any overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by Law, interest on any Eurodollar Loan of any Class shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to Eurodollar Loans of the same Class for such day (or, if the

 

63



 

circumstances described in Section 3.02 shall exist, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the Base Rate for such day plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans of the same Class for such day).

 

(d)            Determination and Notice of Interest Rates .  The Administrative Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to the Loans hereunder.  The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower and the participating Lenders of each rate of interest so determined, and its determination thereof shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  Any notice with respect to Eurodollar Loans shall, without the necessity of the Administrative Agent so stating in such notice, be subject to the provisions of the definition of “ Applicable Margin ” providing for adjustments in the Applicable Margin applicable to such Loans after the beginning of the Interest Period applicable thereto.  When during an Interest Period any event occurs that causes an adjustment in the Applicable Margin applicable to Loans to which such Interest Period is applicable, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower and the Lenders of such event and the adjusted rate of interest so determined for such Loans, and its determination thereof shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

(e)            Default Interest .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or (f) , the principal of and, to the extent permitted by Law, interest on the Loans and any other amounts owing herein or under the other Loan Documents shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a per annum rate equal to (i) in the case of principal of any Loan, the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan during such period pursuant to this Section 2.06 plus 2.00% (without duplication of any amount owing in respect of Base Rate Loans under the third sentence of Section 2.06(b) or in respect of Eurodollar Loans under the third sentence of Section 2.06(c) ), (ii) in the case of interest on any Loan, the rate specified in the third sentence of Section 2.06(b) in respect of Base Rate Loans, or in the third sentence of Section 2.06(c) in respect of Eurodollar Loans, and (iii) in the case of any other amount, if expressly provided for herein, at the rate so provided and otherwise at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Revolving Base Rate Loans plus 2.00%.

 

Section 2.07   Extension and Conversion .

 

(a)            Continuation and Conversion Options .  The Loans included in each Borrowing shall bear interest initially at the type of rate allowed by Section 2.06 and as specified by the Borrower in the applicable Notice of Borrowing.  Thereafter, the Borrower shall have the option, on any Business Day on and after the Syndication Date, to elect to change or continue the type of interest rate borne by each Group of Loans (subject in each case to the provisions of Article III and subsection 2.07(d) ), as follows:

 

(i)             if such Loans are Base Rate Loans, the Borrower may elect to convert such Loans to Eurodollar Loans as of any Business Day; and

 

(ii)            if such Loans are Eurodollar Loans, the Borrower may elect to convert such Loans to Base Rate Loans or elect to continue such Loans as Eurodollar Loans for an additional Interest Period, subject to Section 3.05 in the case of any such conversion or continuation effective on any day other than the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Loans.

 

Each such election shall be made by delivering a notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto (a “ Notice of Extension/Conversion ”) (which may be by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, which notice shall not thereafter be revocable by the Borrower, to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 Noon on the third Business Day before the conversion or continuation selected in such notice is to be effective.  A Notice of Extension/Conversion may, if it so specifies, apply to only a portion of the aggregate principal amount of the relevant Group of Loans; provided that (i) such portion is allocated

 

64



 

ratably among the Loans comprising such Group and (ii) the portion to which such Notice of Extension/Conversion applies, and the remaining portion to which it does not apply, are each $2,000,000 or any larger multiple of $500,000.

 

(b)            Contents of Notice of Extension/Conversion .  Each Notice of Extension/Conversion shall specify:

 

(i)             the Group of Loans (or portion thereof) to which such notice applies;

 

(ii)            the date on which the conversion or continuation selected in such notice is to be effective, which shall comply with the applicable clause of subsection 2.07(a) above;

 

(iii)           if the Loans comprising such Group are to be converted, the new Type of Loans and, if the Loans being converted are to be Eurodollar Loans, the duration of the next succeeding Interest Period applicable thereto; and

 

(iv)           if such Loans are to be continued as Eurodollar Loans for an additional Interest Period, the duration of such additional Interest Period.

 

Each Interest Period specified in a Notice of Interest Rate Election shall comply with the provisions of the definition of the term “Interest Period”.  If no Notice of Extension/Conversion is timely received prior to the end of an Interest Period for any Group of Eurodollar Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected that such Group be converted to Base Rate Loans as of the last day of such Interest Period.

 

(c)            Notification to Lenders .  Upon receipt of a Notice of Extension/Conversion from the Borrower pursuant to subsection 2.07(a) above, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the contents thereof.

 

(d)            Limitation on Conversion/Continuation Options .  The Borrower shall not be entitled to elect to convert any Loans to, or continue any Loans for an additional Interest Period as, Eurodollar Loans if (i) the aggregate principal amount of any Group of Eurodollar Loans created or continued as a result of such election would be less than $2,000,000 or (ii) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing when the Borrower delivers notice of such election to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders have directed the Administrative Agent during the period of such Event of Default that Eurodollar Loans shall no longer be made available to the Borrower.

 

(e)            Accrued Interest .  Accrued interest on a Loan (or portion thereof) being extended or converted shall be paid by the Borrower (i) with respect to any Base Rate Loan being converted to a Eurodollar Loan, on the last Business Day of the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending on or after the date of conversion and (ii) otherwise, on the date of extension or conversion.

 

Section 2.08   Maturity of Loans .

 

(a)            Maturity of Revolving Loans .  The Revolving Loans shall mature on the Revolving Termination Date, and any Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations then outstanding (together with accrued interest thereon and fees in respect thereof) shall be due and payable on such date.

 

(b)            Scheduled Amortization of Term B Loans .  The Borrower shall repay, and there shall become due and payable (together with accrued interest thereon) on each Principal Amortization Payment Date and on the Term B Maturity Date (i) the sum of (A) ¼ of 1% of the aggregate initial

 

65



 

principal amount of the Term B Loans in the case of the first 27 Principal Amortization Payment Dates and (B) ¼ of 1% of the aggregate initial principal amount of each additional Term B Loans made as part of a Facilities Increase in the case of each of the then remaining Principal Amortization Payment Dates occurring after each such applicable Facilities Increase and prior to the Term B Maturity Date and (ii) the remaining outstanding principal amount of all Term B Loans on the Term B Maturity Date.

 

(c)            Maturity of Second Lien Loans .  The Second Lien Loans shall mature on the Second Lien Maturity Date, and any Second Lien Term Loans then outstanding (together with accrued interest thereon) shall be due and payable on such date.

 

Section 2.09   Prepayments .

 

(a)            Voluntary Prepayments .  The Borrower shall have the right voluntarily to prepay Loans in whole or in part from time to time, subject to Section 2.09(c) and Section 3.05 ; provided , however , that (i) no such prepayment shall be made of Second Lien Loans prior to the payment in full of the Senior Credit Obligations, (ii) each partial prepayment of Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, in the case of Base Rate Loans and (iii) the Borrower shall have given prior written or telecopy notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or telecopy notice) to the Administrative Agent, in the case of any Revolving Loan which is a Base Rate Loan or any Swing Line Loan, by 1:00 P.M. (or 1:30 P.M. in the case of Swing Line Loans), on the date of prepayment and, in the case of any other Loan, by 1:00 P.M., at least three Business Days prior to the date of prepayment.  Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount to be prepaid, whether the Loan to be prepaid is a Revolving Loan, Term B Loan, Second Lien Loan or Swing Line Loan, whether the Loan to be prepaid is a Eurodollar Loan or a Base Rate Loan and, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan, the Interest Period of such Loan.  Each notice of prepayment shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Loan by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein.  Subject to the foregoing, amounts prepaid under this Section 2.09(a) shall be applied as the Borrower may elect; provided that if the Borrower fails to specify the application of a voluntary prepayment, then such prepayment shall be applied first to Revolving Loans, then to Swing Line Loans, then to the Term B Loans and, once the Senior Obligations have been paid in full, to the Second Lien Loans (in each case ratably to the remaining Principal Amortization Payments thereof), in each case first to Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar Loans in direct order of Interest Period.  All prepayments of Eurodollar Loans under this Section 2.09(a) shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of payment.

 

(b)            Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(i)             Revolving Committed Amount .  If on any date the aggregate Revolving Outstandings exceed the Revolving Committed Amount, the Borrower shall repay, and there shall become due and payable (together with accrued interest thereon), on such date an aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans equal to such excess.  If the outstanding Swing Line Loans have been repaid in full, the Borrower shall prepay, and there shall become due and payable (together with accrued interest thereon), Revolving Loans in such amounts as are necessary so that, after giving effect to the repayment of the Swing Line Loans and the repayment of Revolving Loans, the aggregate Revolving Outstandings do not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount.  If the outstanding Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans have been repaid in full, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations so that, after giving effect to the repayment of Swing Line Loans and Revolving Loans and the Cash Collateralization of L/C Obligations pursuant to this subsection (i) , the aggregate Revolving Outstandings does not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount.  In determining the aggregate Revolving Outstandings for

 

66



 

purposes of this subsection (i) , L/C Obligations shall be reduced to the extent that they are Cash Collateralized as contemplated by this subsection (i) .  Each prepayment of Revolving Loans required pursuant to this subsection (i) shall be applied ratably among outstanding Revolving Loans based on the respective amounts of principal then outstanding.  Each Cash Collateralization of L/C Obligations required by this subsection (i) shall be applied ratably among L/C Obligations based on the respective amounts thereof then outstanding.

 

(ii)            Excess Cash Flow .  Within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal year ending October 31, 2005), the Borrower shall prepay the Loans and/or Cash Collateralize or pay the L/C Obligations in an amount equal to Applicable Percentage of the Excess Cash Flow for such prior fiscal year (or, in the case of fiscal year ending October 31, 2005 the period of five fiscal quarters commencing on August 1, 2004 though October 31, 2005).  As used in this Section 2.09(b)(ii) , the term “ Applicable Percentage ” for any fiscal year means (i) 50% or (ii) if the respective Senior Leverage Ratios as of the last days of each of the third and fourth quarters of the fiscal year in respect of which Excess Cash Flow is being determined are in both cases less than 2.5 to 1.0 (the “ Senior Leverage Ratio Condition ”), then the Applicable Percentage shall be zero for that fiscal year and all subsequent fiscal years, except that the Applicable Percentage shall revert to 50% for (x) any fiscal year during which a Facilities Increase causes the Senior Leverage Ratio Condition not to be satisfied and (y) all subsequent fiscal years until the Senior Leverage Ratio Condition is again satisfied.

 

(iii)           Asset Dispositions, Casualties and Condemnations, etc .  Within five Business Days after receipt by any Group Company of Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Disposition (other than any Excluded Asset Disposition), Casualty or Condemnation, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans and/or Cash Collateralize or pay the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Disposition, Casualty or Condemnation; provided, that no such prepayment caused by the receipt of Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Disposition shall be required to the extent that the sum of such Net Cash Proceeds and all other Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Dispositions occurring after the Closing Date and during the same fiscal year does not exceed $1,000,000 (it being understood that a prepayment shall only be required of such excess).

 

(iv)           Debt Issuances .  Within five Business Days after receipt by any Group Company of Net Cash Proceeds from any Debt Issuance (other than any Debt Issuance permitted pursuant to clauses (i) through (xvii) of Section 7.01 of this Agreement or to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds constitute Excluded Public Debt Issuance Proceeds), the Borrower shall prepay the Senior Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Debt Issuance.  Within five Business Days after receipt by any Group Company of any Excluded Public Debt Issuance Proceeds, the Borrower shall prepay Second Lien Loans in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such proceeds.

 

(v)            Equity Issuances .  Within five Business Days after receipt by any Group Company of Net Cash Proceeds from any Equity Issuance (other than any Excluded Equity Issuance or to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds constitute Excluded IPO Proceeds), the Borrower shall prepay the Senior Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Equity Issuance.  Within five Business Days after receipt by any Group Company of any Excluded IPO Proceeds, the Borrower shall prepay Second Lien Loans in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such proceeds (giving effect, as applicable, to clause (ii) of the definition of “Excluded IPO Proceeds”).

 

67



 

(vi)           Payments in Respect of Subordinated Indebtedness .  Immediately upon receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any amount so payable pursuant to the subordination provision of any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that is subordinate to the Credit Obligations, all proceeds thereof shall be applied as set forth in subsection (vii)(B) below.

 

(vii)          Application of Mandatory Prepayments .  Subject to Section 2.14(d) , all amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.09(b) shall be applied as follows:

 

(A)           with respect to all amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(i) , first to Swing Line Loans, second to Revolving Loans and third to Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations;
 
(B)            with respect to all amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(ii) , ( iii ), (iv)(first sentence) , (v)(first sentence) or (vi) , (1) first to the Term B Loans (ratably to the remaining Principal Amortization Payments thereof), (2) second, (x) to the Swing Line Loans (with a corresponding reduction in the Swing Line Committed Amount pursuant to Section 2.10(c)(i) ), (y) then to Revolving Loans (with a corresponding reduction in the Revolving Committed Amount pursuant to Section 2.10(c)(i) ), and (z) then to Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations and (3) third, once the all other Senior Credit Obligations have been paid in full, to the Second Lien Loans; and
 
(C)            with respect to all amounts paid pursuant to the second sentence of Section 2.09(b)(iv) or (v) , to the Second Lien Loans.
 

(viii)         Order of Applications .  All amounts allocated to Revolving Outstandings as provided in this Section 2.09(b) shall be applied, first, to Swing Line Loans, second, after all Swing Line Loans have been repaid, to Revolving Loans, and third, after all Revolving Loans have been repaid, to Cash Collateralize or pay the L/C Obligations; provided that any balance of such amounts remaining after all L/C Obligations have been Cash Collateralized shall be applied to the Term B Loans (in each case ratably to the remaining Principal Amortization Payments thereof) and to the Second Lien Loans in the priority set forth clause (vii)(B) .  Within the parameters of the applications set forth above, prepayments shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then, subject to subsection (ix) below, to Eurodollar Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities.  All prepayments under this Section 2.09(b) shall be subject to Section 3.05 and to paragraph (c) below.  All prepayments under this Section 2.09(b) shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of payment.

 

(ix)            Prepayment Accounts .  Amounts to be applied as provided in subsection (vii) above to the prepayment of Loans of any Class shall be applied first to reduce outstanding Base Rate Loans of such Class.  Any amounts remaining after each such application shall, at the option of the Borrower, be applied to prepay Eurodollar Loans of such Class immediately and/or shall be deposited in a separate Prepayment Account (as defined below) for the Loans of such Class.  The Administrative Agent shall apply any cash deposited in the Prepayment Account for any Class of Loans, upon withdrawal by the Applicable Collateral Agent, to prepay Eurodollar Loans of such Class on the last day of their respective Interest Periods (or, at the direction of the Borrower, on any earlier date) until all outstanding Loans of such Class have been prepaid or until all the allocable cash on deposit in the Prepayment Account for such Class has been exhausted.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Prepayment Account ” for any Class of Loans shall mean an account (which may include the Prepayment Account established under the Security Agreement) established by the Borrower with the

 

68



 

Applicable Collateral Agent and over which the Applicable Collateral Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal for application in accordance with this subsection (ix) .  The Applicable Collateral Agent will, at the request of the Borrower, invest amounts on deposit in the Prepayment Account for any Class of Loans in Cash Equivalents that mature prior to the last day of the applicable Interest Periods of the Eurodollar Loans of such Class to be prepaid; provided , however , that (i) the Applicable Collateral Agent shall not be required to make any investment that, in its sole judgment, would require or cause the Applicable Collateral Agent to be in, or would result in any, violation of any Law, (ii) such Cash Equivalents shall be subjected to a Requisite Priority Lien in favor of the Collateral Agents and (iii) if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the selection of such Cash Equivalents shall be in the sole discretion of the Applicable Collateral Agent.  The Borrower shall indemnify the Applicable Collateral Agent for any losses relating to such investments in Cash Equivalents so that the amount available to prepay Eurodollar Loans on the last day of the applicable Interest Periods is not less than the amount that would have been available had no investments been made pursuant thereto.  Other than any interest or profits earned on such investments, the Prepayment Accounts shall not bear interest.  Interest or profits, if any, on the investments in any Prepayment Account shall accumulate in such Prepayment Account until all outstanding Loans of any applicable Class with respect to which amounts have been deposited in the Prepayment Accounts have been prepaid in full, at which time so much thereof as is not required to make payment of the Credit Obligations which have become due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, acceleration or otherwise) shall be withdrawn by the Applicable Collateral Agent on the next Business Day following the day on which the Applicable Collateral Agent considers the funds deposited therein to be collected funds and disbursed to the Borrower or its order.  If the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.02 , the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, cause the Applicable Collateral Agent to withdraw amounts on deposit in the Prepayment Account for the applicable Class of Loans and, subject to Section 2.14(d) , apply such funds to satisfy the Credit Obligations of the applicable Class or Classes.

 

(x)             Notice .  The Borrower shall give to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders at least five Business Days’ prior written or telecopy notice of each and every event or occurrence requiring a prepayment under Section 2.09(b)(ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (v) or (vi) , including the amount of Net Cash Proceeds expected to be received therefrom and the expected schedule for receiving such proceeds; provided , however , that in the case of any prepayment event consisting of a Casualty or Condemnation, the Borrower shall give such notice within five Business Days after the occurrence of such event.

 

(c)            Prepayment Premium .  If any optional or mandatory repayment or prepayment of principal of any Second Lien Loan is made prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrower shall on the date of such prepayment or declaration, as applicable, pay to the Lenders that hold Second Lien Loans a prepayment premium equal to (A) if such prepayment or declaration occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, 3.0% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Loans so prepaid or repaid, (B) if such prepayment or declaration occurs after the first anniversary but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, 2.0% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Loans so prepaid or repaid and (C) if such prepayment or declaration occurs after the second anniversary but on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, 1.0% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Loans so prepaid or repaid.

 

Section 2.10   Adjustment of Commitments .

 

(a)            Optional Increase of Revolving and Term B Commitments .

 

69



 

(i)             The Borrower shall have the right to give the Administrative Agent, after the Closing Date, a Facilities Increase Notice to request an increase (each a “ Facilities Increase ”) in the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments or the disbursement of additional Term B Loans in excess of the Term B Loans previously disbursed, in a principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate for all such requests; provided , however , that (A) no Facilities Increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be effective later than one year prior to the Revolving Termination Date, (B) no Facilities Increase in the Term B Facility shall be effective later than three years prior to the Term B Maturity Date, (C) no Facilities Increase shall be effective earlier than 10 days after the delivery of the Facilities Increase Notice to the Administrative Agent in respect of such Facilities Increase and (D) no more than three Facilities Increases shall be made.

 

(ii)            The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the proposed Facilities Increase and of the proposed terms and conditions therefor agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.  Each such Lender (and each of their Affiliates and Approved Funds) may, in its sole discretion, commit to participate in such Facilities Increase by forwarding its commitment to the Administrative Agent therefor in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent within 10 days of receipt of such notice.  The Administrative Agent shall allocate, in its sole discretion but in amounts not to exceed for each such Lender the commitment received from such Lender, Affiliate or Approved Fund, the Commitments to be made as part of the Facilities Increase to the Lenders from which it has received such written commitments.  If the Administrative Agent does not receive sufficient commitments from existing Lenders or their Affiliates or Approved Funds, it may, after consultation with the Borrower, allocate to Eligible Assignees any excess of the proposed amount of such Facilities Increase agreed with the Borrower over the aggregate amounts of the commitments received from existing Lenders.

 

(iii)           Each Facilities Increase shall become effective on a date agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (each a “ Facilities Increase Date ”), which shall be in any case on or after the date of satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.03 and following notice to the Lenders and the Borrower of such effectiveness.  Once a Facilities Increase becomes effective, the Administrative Agent shall record in the Register all applicable additional information in respect of such Facilities Increase.

 

(iv)           On the Facilities Increase Date for any Facilities Increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments, each Lender participating in such Facilities Increase shall purchase from each existing Revolving Lender having Revolving Loans outstanding on such Facilities Increase Date, without recourse or warranty, an undivided participation interest in such outstanding Revolving Loans in the proportion its Revolving Commitment Percentage bears to the Revolving Committed Amount (after giving effect to such Facilities Increase) so as to ensure that, on the Facilities Increase Date after giving effect to such Facilities Increase, each Revolving Lender is owed no more than its proportionate share of the Revolving Loans outstanding on such Facilities Increase Date.

 

(v)            From and after the Facilities Increase Date, the term “ Lenders ”, as used herein, shall include all Eligible Assignees which become Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.10(a) .

 

This subsection (a) shall supercede any provisions of Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

 

70



 

(b)            Optional Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments (Pro-Rata) .  The Borrower may from time to time permanently reduce or terminate the Revolving Committed Amount in whole or in part (in minimum aggregate amounts of $2,000,000 or any whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the full remaining amount of the then applicable Revolving Committed Amount)) upon five Business Days’ prior written or telecopy notice to the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that no such termination or reduction shall be made which would cause the Revolving Outstandings to exceed the Revolving Committed Amount as so reduced, unless, concurrently with such termination or reduction, the Revolving Loans are repaid (and, after the Revolving Loans have been paid in full, the Swing Line Loans are repaid and, after the Swing Line Loans have been paid in full, the L/C Obligations are Cash Collateralized) to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender of the receipt by the Administrative Agent of any notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) .  Any partial reduction of the Revolving Committed Amount pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) shall be applied to the Revolving Commitments of the Lenders pro-rata based upon their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages.  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 2.11 , on the date of each termination or reduction of the Revolving Committed Amount, any fees accrued through the date of such termination or reduction on the amount of the Revolving Committed Amount so terminated or reduced.

 

(c)            Mandatory Reductions of Revolving Commitments .  On any date that any Revolving Loans are required to be prepaid, Swing Line Loans are required to be prepaid and/or L/C Obligations are required to be Cash Collateralized pursuant to the terms of Section 2.09(b)(ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (v) or (vi) (or would be so required if any Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans or L/C Obligations were outstanding), the Revolving Committed Amount shall be automatically and permanently reduced by the total amount of such required prepayments and cash collateral (and, in the event that the amount of any payment referred to in Section 2.09(b)(ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (v) or (vi) which is allocable to the Revolving Outstandings exceeds the amount of all outstanding Revolving Outstandings, the Revolving Committed Amount shall be further reduced by 100% of such excess).

 

(d)            Termination .  The Revolving Commitments of the Lenders and the L/C Commitments of the L/C Issuers shall terminate automatically on the Revolving Termination Date.  The Swing Line Commitment of the Swing Line Lender shall terminate automatically on the Swing Line Termination Date.  The Term B Commitments and Second Lien Commitments of the Lenders shall terminate automatically immediately after the making of the Term Loans on the Closing Date, subject to a subsequent Facilities Increase pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(e)            Replacement of Lenders .  If (i) any Lender has demanded compensation or indemnification pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.04 , (ii) the obligation of any Lender to make Eurodollar Loans has been suspended pursuant to Section 3.02 , (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or (iv) any Lender has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination which pursuant to the terms of Section 10.01 or any other provision of any Loan Document requires the consent of all of the Lenders of a Class or Class and with respect to which the required Lenders for such Class or Classes shall have granted their consent, the Borrower shall have the right, if no Default or Event of Default then exists, to (i) remove such Lender by terminating such Lender’s Commitment in full or (ii) replace such Lender by causing such Lender to assign its Commitment to one or more existing Lenders or Eligible Assignees pursuant to Section 10.07 ; provided , however , that (x) if the Borrower elects to exercise such right with respect to any Lender pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, it shall be obligated to remove or replace, as the case may be, all Lenders that have similar requests then outstanding for compensation pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 or whose obligation to make Eurodollar Loans has been similarly suspended and (y) in the case of any replacement of Lenders under the circumstances described in clause (iv) above, the applicable amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that the Borrower has

 

71



 

requested shall become effective upon giving effect to such replacement (and any related Assignment and Assumptions required to be effected in connection therewith in accordance with this paragraph (e) ).  The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.10(e) shall be effective on the tenth Business Day (the “ Replacement Date ”) following the date of notice of such replacement to the Lenders through the Administrative Agent, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)             each replacement Lender and/or Eligible Assignee, and the Administrative Agent acting on behalf of each Lender subject to replacement, shall have satisfied the conditions to an Assignment and Assumption set forth in Section 10.07(b) and, in connection therewith, the replacement Lender(s) and/or Eligible Assignee(s) shall pay:

 

(A)           to each Lender subject to replacement an amount equal in the aggregate to the sum of (x) the principal of, and all accrued but unpaid interest on, its outstanding Loans, (y) all L/C Disbursements that have been funded by (and not reimbursed to) it under Section 2.05 , together with all accrued but unpaid interest with respect thereto, and (z) all accrued but unpaid fees owing to it pursuant to Section 2.11 ; and
 
(B)            to the L/C Issuers an amount equal to the aggregate amount owing by the replaced Lenders to the L/C Issuers as reimbursement pursuant to Section 2.05 , to the extent such amount was not theretofore funded by such replaced Lenders; and
 

(ii)            the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of (A) each replaced Second Lien Lender (other than a Second Lien Lender replaced under the circumstances described in (x) clause (e)(iii) above or in (y) clause (e)(iv) above if such Second Lien Lender was the sole Second Lien Lender failing to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination which pursuant to the terms of Section 10.01 or any other provision of any Loan Document requires the consent of all Second Lien Lenders) an amount equal to the amount specified in S ection 2.09(c) as if the assignment to the replacement Lender or Eligible Assignee were a voluntary prepayment of the Loans of such replaced Lender and (B) to each replaced Lender all obligations owing to such replaced Lenders by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than those obligations of the Borrower referred to in clause (i)(A) above).

 

In the case of the removal of a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.10(e) , upon (i) payment by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender subject to such removal of an amount equal to the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans and L/C Obligations held by such Lender and (B) all accrued interest, fees and other amounts owing to such Lender hereunder, including, without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower to such Lender under Article III or Sections 10.04 and 10.05 , and (ii) provision by the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer of appropriate assurances and indemnities (which may include letters of credit) as each may reasonably require with respect to any continuing obligation of such removed Lender to purchase Participation Interests in any L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans then outstanding, such Lender shall, without any further consent or other action by it, cease to constitute a Lender hereunder; provided that the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the provisions of Article III and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 ) shall continue to govern the rights and obligations of a removed Lender with respect to any Loans made, any Letters of Credit issued or any other actions taken by such removed Lender while it was a Lender.

 

(f)             General .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 2.10 , on the date of each termination of the

 

72



 

Revolving Committed Amount, the Commitment Fee accrued through the date of such termination on the amount of the Revolving Committed Amount so terminated.

 

Section 2.11   Fees .

 

(a)            Commitment Fee .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) on such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the daily Unused Revolving Committed Amount, computed at a per annum rate for each day at a rate equal to the then applicable rate per annum set forth under the caption “Applicable Margin for Commitment Fees” in the definition of “ Applicable Margin ” in Section 1.01 .  The Commitment Fee shall commence to accrue on the Closing Date and shall be due and payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (and on the Revolving Termination Date) for the quarter or portion thereof ending on each such date, beginning with the first of such dates to occur after the Closing Date.

 

(b)            Letter of Credit Fees .

 

(i)             Standby Letter of Credit Issuance Fee .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a fee (the “ Standby Letter of Credit Fee ”) on such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each such Standby Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit) computed at a per annum rate for each day from the date of issuance to the date of expiration equal to the Applicable Margin for Standby Letter of Credit Fees in effect from time to time.  The Standby Letter of Credit Fee will be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first of such dates to occur after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, and on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.

 

(ii)            Trade Letter of Credit Fee .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a fee (the “ Trade Letter of Credit Fee ”) on such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each such Trade Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit) computed at a per annum rate for each day from the date of issuance to the date of expiration equal to the Applicable Margin for Trade Letter of Credit Fees in effect from time to time.  The Trade Letter of Credit Fee will be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, and on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.

 

(iii)           Fronting Fees .  The Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee in the amount (A) with respect to each Trade Letter of Credit, equal to .125% of the amount of such Trade Letter of Credit (or such higher amount as may be agreed to between the Borrower and the L/C Issuer), due and payable upon the issuance thereof and (B) with respect to each Standby Letter of Credit, equal to .125% per annum (or such higher amount as may be agreed to between the Borrower and the L/C Issuer) on the daily maximum amount available to be drawn thereunder (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit).  Such fronting fee shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September

 

73



 

and December, commencing with the first such date after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, and on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.

 

(iv)           L/C Issuer Fees .  In addition to the Standby Letter of Credit Fee payable pursuant to clause (i) above and the Trade Letter of Credit Fee payable pursuant to clause (ii) above and any fronting fees payable pursuant to clause (iii) above, the Borrower promises to pay to the L/C Issuer for its own account without sharing by the other Lenders the customary charges from time to time of the L/C Issuer with respect to the issuance, amendment, transfer, administration, cancellation and conversion of, and drawings under, such Letters of Credit (collectively, the “ L/C Issuer Fees ”).  L/C Issuer Fees are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

 

(v)            Computation of Certain Fees after Default .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or (f) , the Standby Letter of Credit Fee and the Trade Letter of Credit Fee payable under subsections (i) and (ii) above shall be computed at a rate per annum equal to the relevant “Applicable Margin for Standby Letter of Credit Fee” and the “Applicable Margin for Trade Letter of Credit Fee” as set forth in the applicable table in the definition of “Applicable Margin” in Section 1.01 hereof plus 2.00%.

 

(c)            Other Fees .  The Borrower shall pay to the Arranger and the Administrative for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter.  Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.  The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified.  Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

 

Section 2.12   Pro-rata Treatment .   Except to the extent otherwise provided herein or in the Intercreditor Agreement:

 

(a)            Loans .  Each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of or interest on any Loan, each payment of fees (other than the L/C Issuer Fees retained by an L/C Issuer for its own account and the administrative fees retained by the Agents for their own account), each reduction of the Revolving Committed Amount and each conversion or continuation of any Loan, shall be allocated pro-rata among the relevant Lenders in accordance with the respective Revolving Commitment Percentages, Term B Commitment Percentages and Second Lien Commitment Percentages, as applicable, of such Lenders (or, if the Commitments of such Lenders have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the outstanding Loans of the applicable Class and Participation Interests of such Lenders); provided that, in the event any amount paid to any Lender pursuant to this subsection (a) is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Administrative Agent, each Lender shall, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount so paid to such Lender, with interest for the period commencing on the date such payment is returned by the Administrative Agent until the date the Administrative Agent receives such repayment at a rate per annum equal to, during the period to but excluding the date two Business Days after such request, the Federal Funds Rate, and thereafter, the Base Rate plus 2.00% per annum.

 

(b)            Letters of Credit .  Each payment of L/C Obligations shall be allocated to each Revolving Lender pro-rata in accordance with its Revolving Commitment Percentage; provided that, if any Revolving Lender shall have failed to pay its applicable pro-rata share of any L/C Disbursement as required under Section 2.05(f)(iv) or (vi) , then any amount to which such Revolving Lender would otherwise be entitled pursuant to this subsection (b) shall instead be payable to the L/C Issuer.

 

74



 

Section 2.13   Sharing of Payments .  Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Lenders agree among themselves that, except to the extent otherwise provided herein, if any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of any Loan, unreimbursed L/C Disbursements or any other obligation owing to such Lender under this Agreement through the exercise of a right of setoff, banker’s lien or counterclaim, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise, or by any other means, in excess of its pro-rata share of such payment as provided for in this Agreement, such Lender shall promptly pay in cash or purchase from the other Lenders a participation in such Loans, unreimbursed L/C Disbursements and other obligations in such amounts, and make such other adjustments from time to time, as shall be equitable to the end that all Lenders share such payment in accordance with their respective ratable shares as provided for in this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Section 2.13 shall impair the right of any Lender to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim it may have for payment of indebtedness of the Borrower other than its indebtedness hereunder.  The Lenders further agree among themselves that if payment to a Lender obtained by such Lender through the exercise of a right of setoff, banker’s lien, counterclaim or other event as aforesaid shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored, each Lender which shall have shared the benefit of such payment shall, by payment in cash or a repurchase of a participation theretofore sold, return its share of that benefit (together with its share of any accrued interest payable with respect thereto) to each Lender whose payment shall have been rescinded or otherwise restored.  Holdings and the Borrower agree that any Lender so purchasing such a participation may, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, exercise all rights of payment, including setoff, banker’s lien or counterclaim, with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a holder of such Loan, L/C Obligation or other obligation in the amount of such participation.  The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments.  Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Loan, L/C/ Obligation or other obligation purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the obligations purchased.  If under any applicable Debtor Relief Law, any Lender receives a secured claim in lieu of a setoff to which this Section 2.13 applies, such Lender shall, to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights of the Lenders under this Section 2.13 to share in the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.

 

Section 2.14   Payments; Computations .

 

(a)            Payments by the Borrower .  Each payment of principal of and interest on Loans, L/C Obligations and fees hereunder (other than fees payable directly to the L/C Issuers) shall be paid not later than 2:00 P.M. on the date when due, in Federal or other funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent at the account designated by it by notice to the Borrower.  Each such payment shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff and irrespective of any claim or defense to payment which might in the absence of this provision be asserted by the Borrower or any Affiliate against the any Agent or any Lender.  Payments received after 2:00 P.M. shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day, and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  Except for payments and other amounts received by the Administrative Agent and applied in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) below or required to be applied in accordance with Section 2.09(b)(vii) , the Borrower shall, at the time it makes any payments under this Agreement, specify to the Administrative Agent the Loan, Letters of Credit, fees or other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder to which such payment is to be applied (and if it fails to specify or if such application would be inconsistent with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to paragraph (d) below, to Section 2.08 , to Section 2.09(b)(vii) and to Section 2.12 , distribute such payment to the

 

75



 

Lenders in such manner as the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably appropriate).  The Administrative Agent may in its sole discretion, distribute such payments to the applicable Lenders on the date of receipt thereof, if such payment is received prior to 2:00 P.M.; otherwise the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, distribute such payment to the applicable Lenders on the date of receipt thereof or on the immediately succeeding Business Day.  Whenever any payment hereunder shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless (in the case of Eurodollar Loans) such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case the date for payment thereof shall be the next preceding Business Day.  If the date for any payment of principal is extended by operation of Law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.  The Borrower hereby authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to debit any account maintained by the Borrower with the Administrative Agent to pay when due any amounts required to be paid from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(b)            Distributions by the Administrative Agent .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice (which may be by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender.  If and to the extent that the Borrower shall not have so made such payment, each Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

 

(c)            Computations .  All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” and all computations of fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed.  All other computations of interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more interest being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  Interest shall accrue from and including the date of borrowing (or continuation or conversion) but excluding the date of payment; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.14(a) , bear interest for one day.

 

(d)            Certain Payments after an Event of Default .  The Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments in respect of the Finance Obligations and any Proceeds of Collateral after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and agrees that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.09(b)(vii) and paragraph (a) above, the Administrative Agent may, and (upon either (i) the written direction of the Required Lenders or (ii) acceleration of the Credit Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02 ), shall apply all payments in respect of any Finance Obligation, all funds in any Prepayment Account or other cash collateral account and all other Proceeds of Collateral in the order set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

 

Section 3.01   Taxes .

 

(a)            Payments Net of Certain Taxes .  Any and all payments by any Loan Party to or for the account of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts,

 

76



 

deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a lending office (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”).  If the Borrower shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), each of the Administrative Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within 30 days after the date of such payment, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall forward the same to such Lender) the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

 

(b)            Other Taxes .  In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or charges or similar levies (including mortgage recording taxes) which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

 

(c)            Gross-Up .  If the Borrower shall be required to deduct or pay any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Borrower shall also pay to the Administrative Agent or to such Lender, as the case may be, at the time interest is paid, such additional amount that the Administrative Agent or such Lender specifies is necessary to preserve the after-tax yield (after factoring in all taxes, including taxes imposed on or measured by net income) that the Administrative Agent or such Lender would have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes had not been imposed.

 

(d)            Borrower Indemnification .  The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent and such Lender, (ii) amounts payable under Section 3.01(c) and (iii) any liability (including additions to tax, penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  Payment under this subsection (d) shall be made within 30 days after the date the Lender or the Administrative Agent makes a demand therefor.

 

(e)            Certain Recoveries .  If the Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01 , it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided , however , that the Borrower, upon the request of the Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Agent or such Lender in the event the Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  This paragraph (e) shall not be construed

 

77



 

to require the Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

Section 3.02   Illegality .   If, on or after the date of this Agreement, the adoption of any applicable Law, or any change in any applicable Law, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of Law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund any of its Eurodollar Loans and such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other Lenders and the Borrower, whereupon, until such Lender notifies the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of such Lender to make Eurodollar Loans, or to convert outstanding Loans into Eurodollar Loans, shall be suspended.  Before giving any notice to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 3.02 , such Lender shall designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not, in the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.  If such notice is given, each Eurodollar Loan of such Lender then outstanding shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan either (i) on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain and fund such Loan to such day or (ii) immediately, if such Lender shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain and fund such Loan to such day.

 

Section 3.03   Inability to Determine Rates .   If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loan:

 

(i)             the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive) that by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period; or

 

(ii)            Lenders having 50% or more of the aggregate amount of the Commitments advise the Administrative Agent that the London Interbank Offered Rate as determined by the Administrative Agent will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding their Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period;

 

the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, (i) the obligations of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, shall be suspended and (ii) each outstanding Eurodollar Loan shall be converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto.  Unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent at least two Business Days before the date of any Eurodollar Borrowing for which a Notice of Borrowing has previously been given that it elects not to borrow on such date, such Borrowing shall instead be made as a Base Rate Borrowing in the same aggregate amount as the requested Borrowing and shall bear interest for each day from and including the first day to but excluding the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto at the rate applicable to Revolving Base Rate Loans for such day.

 

Section 3.04   Increased Costs and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy .

 

(a)            If on or after the date hereof, the adoption of or any change in any applicable Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable to any Lender (or its Applicable Lending

 

78



 

Office), or compliance by any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of Law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made subsequent to the Effective Date (or, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender):

 

(i)             shall subject such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to any Letter of Credit, any Eurodollar Loans made by it or any of its Notes or its obligation to make Eurodollar Loans or to participate in Letters of Credit, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) in respect thereof (except for (A) Taxes and Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 (including Taxes imposed solely by reason of any failure of such Lender to comply with its obligations under Section 10.15 ) and (B) changes in taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall net income, or franchise tax (imposed in lieu of such net income tax), of such Lender or its Applicable Lending Office, branch or any affiliate thereof));

 

(ii)            shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) which is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

 

(iii)           shall impose on such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) any other condition (excluding any tax of any kind whatsoever);

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining any Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to the Borrower from such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, in accordance herewith, the Borrower shall be obligated to promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender on an after-tax basis (after taking into account applicable deductions and credits in respect of the amount indemnified) for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable.  Each Lender will promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

(b)            If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption or the becoming effective of, or any change in, or any change by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof in the interpretation or administration of, any applicable Law regarding capital adequacy, or compliance by such Lender, or its parent corporation, with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of Law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s (or parent corporation’s) capital or assets as a consequence of its commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender, or its parent corporation, could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s (or parent corporation’s) policies with respect to capital adequacy), then, upon notice from such Lender to the Borrower, the Borrower shall be obligated to pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender on an after-tax basis (after taking into account applicable deductions and credits in respect of the amount indemnified) for such reduction; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate any Lender pursuant to subsection (a) above or this

 

79


 

subsection (b) for any additional costs or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date such Lender notifies the Borrower of the circumstances giving rise to such additional costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intentions to claim compensation therefor, and provided further that, if the change in Law or in the interpretation or administration thereof giving rise to such additional costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.  Each determination by any such Lender of amounts owing under this Section 3.04 shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

 

(c)            A certificate of each Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such amount or amounts as shall be necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company as specified in subsection (a) or (b) above, as the case may be, shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay each Lender or the L/C Issuer the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 Business Days after receipt of the same.

 

(d)            Promptly after any Lender becomes aware of any circumstance that will, in its reasonable judgment, result in a request for increased compensation pursuant to this Section 3.04 , such Lender shall notify the Borrower thereof.  Failure on the part of any Lender so to notify the Borrower or to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital with respect to any period shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand compensation with respect to such period or any other period, except as expressly otherwise provided above.  The protection of this Section 3.04 shall be available to each Lender regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Law, rule, regulation, guideline or other change or condition which shall have occurred or been imposed.

 

Section 3.05   Funding Losses .   The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense (but excluding in any event loss of anticipated profit) which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) any failure by any Borrower to fulfill on the date of any Borrowing hereunder the applicable conditions set forth in Article IV , (ii) any failure by the Borrower to borrow or to convert or continue any Loan hereunder after irrevocable notice of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation has been given pursuant to Section 2.02 or 2.07 , (iii) any payment, prepayment or conversion of a Eurodollar Loan, whether voluntary or involuntary, pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise made on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iv) any default in payment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Loan or any part thereof or interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable (at the due date thereof, by irrevocable notice of prepayment or otherwise) or (v) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.10(e) , including, in each such case, any loss or reasonable expense sustained or incurred or to be sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain such Loan or any part thereof as a Eurodollar Loan.  Such loss or reasonable expense shall include an amount equal to the excess, if any, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining the funds for the Loan being paid, prepaid, converted, not borrowed or assigned (based on the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate), for the period from the date of such payment, prepayment, conversion, failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, the Interest Period for such Loan which would have commenced on the date of such failure to borrow, convert or continue) or assignment over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would be realized by such Lender in reemploying the funds so paid, prepaid, converted, not borrowed, converted or continued for such period or Interest Period or assignment, as the case may be.  A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3.05 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

80



 

Section 3.06   Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected Eurodollar Loans .   If (i) the obligation of any Lender to make, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or to, Eurodollar Loans has been suspended pursuant to Section 3.02 or (ii) any Lender has demanded compensation under Section 3.01 or 3.04 with respect to its Eurodollar Loans, and in any such case the Borrower shall, by at least five Business Days’ prior notice to such Lender through the Administrative Agent, have elected that the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall apply to such Lender, then, unless and until such Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension or demand for compensation no longer exist, all Loans which would otherwise be made by such Lender as (or continued as or converted to) Eurodollar Loans shall instead be Base Rate Loans (on which interest and principal shall be payable contemporaneously with the related Eurodollar Loans of the other Lenders).  If such Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension or demand for compensation no longer exist, the principal amount of each such Base Rate Loan shall be converted into a Eurodollar Loan on the first day of the next succeeding Interest Period applicable to the related Eurodollar Loans of the other Lenders.

 

Section 3.07   Survival .  All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Commitments and repayment of all other Senior Obligations and Second Lien Obligations hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

Section 4.01   Conditions to Initial Credit Extension .  The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan or issue a Letter of Credit on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a)            Executed Loan Documents .  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of duly executed copies of:  (i) this Agreement; (ii) the Notes; (iii) the Intercreditor Agreement, (iv) the Guaranties; (v) the Collateral Documents and (vi) all other Loan Documents, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent.

 

(b)            Legal Matters .  All legal matters incident to this Agreement and the borrowings hereunder shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and to Fried Frank Harris Shriver & Jacobson, LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)            Organization Documents .  After giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Administrative Agent shall have received: (i) a copy of the Organization Documents, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other applicable Governmental Authority of its respective jurisdiction of organization, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party from such Secretary of State, as of a recent date; (ii) a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party, as of a recent date, from the Secretary of State or other applicable authority of its respective jurisdiction of organization and from each other state in which such Loan Party is qualified or is required to be qualified to do business; (iii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that the Organization Documents of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing from its jurisdiction of organization furnished pursuant to clause (ii) above; (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the agreement of limited partnership, operating agreement or by-laws of such Loan Party, as applicable, as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (C) below, (C) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors or other governing body of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan

 

81



 

Documents to which it is to be a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect; and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document; (iv) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (iii) above; and (v) such other corporate or other constitutive or organizational documents as the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent or Fried Frank Harris Shriver & Jacobson, LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request.

 

(d)            Officer’s Certificates .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of each of Holdings and the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.03 and (ii) a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of each other Loan Party, confirming compliance with the condition precedent set forth in paragraph (b) of Section 4.03 .

 

(e)            Opinions of Counsel .  On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto and covering such additional matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent may reasonably request.

 

(f)             Capitalization .  The Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent (i) shall be satisfied in their reasonable judgment with the capital and ownership structure of Parent Holdings (including that Parent Holdings owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Holdings, that Holdings owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Borrower and that the Borrower or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of, each of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, in each case free of any Lien, charge or encumbrance not permitted hereunder) and the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and (ii) shall have received true and correct copies, certified as such by an appropriate officer of Holdings, of all subscription agreements, registration rights agreements, shareholder agreements and other documents and instruments delivered in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Capitalization Documents ”), each of which shall be in full force and effect and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent.

 

(g)            Refinancing of Certain Existing Indebtedness; Other Indebtedness .  On the Closing Date, the commitments under all Refinanced Agreements shall have been terminated, the Foothill Refinancing shall have been consummated, the Mezzanine Debt Refinancing shall have been consummated for an aggregate consideration not exceeding $61,200,000 plus accrued interest thereon and all other loans outstanding under the Refinanced Agreements shall have been repaid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable), together with accrued interest thereon (including, without limitation, any prepayment premium), all Letters of Credit issued thereunder shall have been terminated, backstopped through the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder or shall have become Letters of Credit hereunder and all other amounts owing pursuant to each Refinanced Agreement shall have been repaid in full, and the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent shall have received evidence in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to them that the matters set forth in this subsection (g) have been satisfied at such time.  In addition, on the Closing Date, the creditors under each Refinanced Agreement shall have terminated and released all applicable Liens on the capital stock of and assets owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such releases as may have been requested by the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent, which releases shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent

 

82



 

and the Syndication Agent.  On the Closing Date the Group Companies shall have no material liabilities (actual or contingent) or Preferred Stock, except (i) as disclosed on Schedule 5.05 or in the most recent interim balance sheet included in the financial statements delivered pursuant to subsection (n) below or in the footnotes thereto, (ii) for accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the date of the most recent interim balance sheet included in the financial statements delivered pursuant to subsection (o) below, (iii) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents and (iv) the Existing Indebtedness.

 

(h)            Consummation of the Preferred Stock Redemption and the Equity Distribution .  The Preferred Stock Redemption and the Equity Distribution shall have been duly approved by the board of directors and (if required by applicable Law) the shareholders of the Group Companies party thereto, and all documents and instruments necessary therefor shall have been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and shall be in full force and effect.  The Preferred Stock Redemption shall have been consummated for an aggregate consideration not in excess of $86,200,000 and the Equity Distribution shall have been consummated for an aggregate consideration not exceeding the sum of (i) $93,500,000 plus (ii) the amount by which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Borrower’s Indebtedness under all Refinanced Agreements on the Closing Date (immediately prior to giving effect to the Transaction) is less than the amount of such Indebtedness on April 30, 2004.

 

(i)             Perfection of Personal Property Security Interests and Pledges; Search Reports .  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received:

 

(i)             a Perfection Certificate from each Loan Party;

 

(ii)            appropriate financing statements (Form UCC-1 or such other financing statements or similar notices as shall be required by local Law) authenticated and authorized for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable local law of each jurisdiction in which the filing of a financing statement or giving of notice may be required, or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent, to perfect the security interests intended to be created by the Collateral Documents;

 

(iii)           copies of reports from CT Corporation or another independent search service reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent listing all effective financing statements, notices of tax, PBGC or judgment liens or similar notices that name the Borrower, any other Loan Party, as such (under its present name and any previous name and, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent, under any trade names), as debtor or seller that are filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (ii) above or in any other jurisdiction having files which must be searched in order to determine fully the existence of the Uniform Commercial Code security interests, notices of the filing of federal tax Liens (filed pursuant to Section 6323 of the Code), Liens of the PBGC (filed pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA) or judgment Liens on any Collateral, together with copies of such financing statements, notices of tax, PBGC or judgment Liens or similar notices (none of which shall cover the Collateral except to the extent evidencing Permitted Liens or for which the Administrative Agent shall have received termination statements (Form UCC-3 or such other termination statements as shall be required by local Law) authenticated and authorized for filing);

 

(iv)           searches of ownership of intellectual property in the appropriate governmental offices and such patent, trademark and/or copyright filings as may be requested by the Collateral Agent to the extent necessary or reasonably advisable to perfect the Collateral Agents’ security interests in intellectual property Collateral;

 

83



 

(v)            all of the Pledged Collateral, which Pledged Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, with signatures appropriately guaranteed, accompanied in each case by any required transfer tax stamps, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; and

 

(vi)           evidence of the completion of all other filings and recordings of or with respect to the Collateral Documents and of all other actions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests intended to be created by the Collateral Documents.

 

(j)             Evidence of Insurance .  Receipt by the Administrative Agent of copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries evidencing liability and casualty insurance meeting the requirements set forth in the Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, naming the Collateral Agents as additional insured and loss payee on behalf of the Lenders.

 

(k)            Consents and Approvals .  On the Closing Date, all necessary governmental (domestic or foreign), regulatory and third party approvals in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and remain in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting and appeal periods shall have expired, in each case without any action being taken by any competent authority which have or could have a reasonable likelihood of restraining, preventing or imposing materially burdensome conditions on such transactions or impose, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent, materially burdensome conditions upon the consummation of such transactions.

 

(l)             Litigation; Judgments .  On the Closing Date, there shall be no actions, suits, proceedings, counterclaims or investigations pending or overtly threatened (i) challenging the consummation of any portion of the Transaction or which in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent could restrain, prevent or impose burdensome conditions on the Transaction, in the aggregate, or any other transaction contemplated hereunder, (ii) seeking to prohibit the ownership or operation by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any material portion of any of its respective businesses or assets or (iii) seeking to obtain, or which could result or has resulted in the entry of, any judgment, order or injunction that (A) would restrain, prohibit or impose materially adverse or materially burdensome conditions on the ability of the Lenders to make the Loans, (B) in the judgment of the Administrative Agent or the Syndication Agent could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (after giving effect to the Transaction) or (C) could purport to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or could have a material adverse effect on the ability of any Loan Party to fully and timely perform their payment and security obligations under the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of the Lenders.

 

(m)           Solvency Certificate .  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Administrative Agent a solvency certificate from the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent, setting forth the conclusions that, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Redemption, the Equity Distribution, the Foothill Refinancing, the Mezzanine Refinancing and the other aspects of the Transaction and the consummation of all financings contemplated herein, Holdings and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) are solvent.

 

84



 

(n)            Financial Information .  The Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent shall each be reasonably satisfied that the financial statements referred to in Section 5.05 are not materially inconsistent with the information or projections or the financial model delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger prior to the Closing Date.  In addition, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received a pro-forma consolidated balance sheet of Holdings as of the Closing Date, prepared giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby as if they had occurred on such date and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that such pro-forma balance sheet is not materially inconsistent with the sources and uses of funds, projections and financial model delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent prior to the Closing Date.

 

(o)            Material Adverse Effect .  There shall not have occurred or become known any condition, fact, event or development that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (both before and after giving effect to the Transaction since October 31, 3003.

 

(p)            Ratings .  No less than 21 days prior to the Closing Date, the Revolving Loans and the Term B Loans and the Second Lien Loans shall have received debt ratings from Moody’s and S&P, in each case with at least a “stable outlook” by such rating agencies.

 

(q)            Payment of Fees .  All costs, fees and expenses due to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Collateral Agents and the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

 

(r)             Counsel Fees .  The Administrative Agent shall have received full payment from the Borrower of all Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of Attorney Costs as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings ( provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

 

(s)            Revolving Availability .  After giving effect to all Credit Extensions occurring on the Closing Date, the aggregate unused Revolving Commitments shall exceed the aggregate amount of all Revolving Outstandings by at least $30,000,000.

 

(t)             OFAC/Anti-Terrorism Compliance Certificate .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings, certifying as to the matters set forth in Exhibit K .

 

The documents referred to in this Section 4.01 shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than the Closing Date.  The certificates and opinions referred to in this Section 4.01 shall be dated the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.02   Determination of Conditions to Initial Credit Extension .  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01 , each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved, accepted or be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lenders unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the initial Borrowing hereunder specifying its objection thereto and such Lender shall not have made available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s ratable share of such Borrowing.

 

85



 

Promptly after the Closing Date occurs, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.  If the Closing Date does not occur before 5:00 P.M. on July 31, 2004 the Commitments shall terminate at the close of business on such date and all unpaid fees shall be due and payable on such date.

 

Section 4.03   Conditions to All Credit Extensions .   The obligation of any Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and the obligation of any L/C Issuer to issue (or renew or extend the term of) any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a)            Notice .  The Borrower shall have delivered (i) in the case of any Revolving or Term Loan, to the Administrative Agent, an appropriate Notice of Borrowing, duly executed and completed, by the time specified in, and otherwise as permitted by, Section 2.02 , (ii) in the case of any Letter of Credit, to the L/C Issuer, an appropriate Letter of Credit Request duly executed and completed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05 , and (iii) in the case of any Swing Line Loan, to the Swing Line Lender, a Swing Line Loan Request, duly executed and completed, by the time specified in Section 2.02 .

 

(b)            Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in any Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects at and as if made as of such date except to the extent they expressly relate to an earlier date.

 

(c)            No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall exist or be continuing either prior to or after giving effect thereto.

 

(d)            Availability .  Immediately after giving effect to the making of a Revolving Loan (and the application of the proceeds thereof) or to the issuance of a Letter of Credit, as the case may be, (i) the sum of the Revolving Loans outstanding plus all L/C Obligations outstanding plus all Swing Line Loans outstanding shall not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount, (ii) the sum of L/C Obligations outstanding shall not exceed the L/C Sublimit and (iii) the sum of all Swing Line Loans outstanding shall not exceed the Swing Line Committed Amount.

 

(e)            Term Borrowings .  In the case of the initial Revolving Borrowing, the fact that prior to, or concurrently with, such Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower has made a Term B Borrowing in the full amount of the Term B Commitments and a Second Lien Borrowing in the full amount of the Second Lien Commitments.

 

The delivery of each Notice of Borrowing, Swing Line Loan Request and each request for a Letter of Credit shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Loan Parties of the correctness of the matters specified in subsections (b) , (c) and (d) above.

 

Section 4.04   Conditions Precedent to Facilities Increase .  No Facilities Increase shall become effective prior to the satisfaction of all of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)            Certain Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received on or prior to the Facilities Increase Date for such Facilities Increase each of the following, each dated such Facilities Increase Date unless otherwise indicated or agreed to by the Administrative Agent and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

 

(i)             written commitments duly executed by existing Lenders (or their Affiliates or Approved Funds) or Eligible Assignees in an aggregate amount equal to the amount

 

86



 

of the proposed Facilities Increase (as agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent but in any case not to exceed, in the aggregate for all such Facilities Increases, the maximum amount set forth in Section 2.10(a) ) and, in the case of each such Eligible Assignee or Affiliate or Approved Fund that is not an existing Lender, an Assignment and Assumption in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and duly executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Affiliate, Approved Fund or Eligible Assignee;

 

(ii)            an amendment to this Agreement (including to Schedule 2.01 ), effective as of the Facilities Increase Date and executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to the extent necessary to implement terms and conditions of the Facilities Increase (including interest rates, fees and scheduled repayment dates and maturity), as agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent but, which, in any case, except for of interest, fees, scheduled repayment dates and maturity, shall not be applied materially differently to the Facilities Increase and the Revolving Loans and Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Facilities Increase;

 

(iii)           certified copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of each Loan Party approving the consummation of such Facilities Increase and the execution, delivery and performance of the corresponding amendments to this Agreement and the other documents to be executed in connection therewith;

 

(iv)           a favorable opinion of counsel for the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and in form and substance and from counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

(v)            such other document as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request or as any Lender participating in such Facilities Increase may require as a condition to its commitment in such Facilities Increase.

 

(b)            Fee and Expenses Paid .  There shall have been paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including any Person becoming a Lender as part of such Facilities Increase on such Facilities Increase Date), as applicable, all fees and expenses (including reasonable Attorney Costs) due and payable on or before the Facilities Increase Date (including all fees described in the Fee Letters).

 

(c)            Conditions to Each Loan and Letter of Credit .  (i) The conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.03 shall have been satisfied both before and after giving effect to such Facilities Increase, (ii) such Facilities Increase shall be made on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.10(a) and (iii) the Borrower and the Parent shall be in compliance with Section 7.17 on such Facilities Increase Date for the most recently ended fiscal quarter on a Pro-Forma Basis both before and after giving effect to such Facilities Increase.

 

(d)            Senior Secured Leverage Ratio .  At the time of, and after giving thereto on a Pro-Forma Basis, such Facilities Increase, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.25 to 1.0.

 

(e)            Yield Maintenance .  (i) The “all-in yield” of such Facilities Increase for the Term B Commitments or Revolving Credit Commitments shall not exceed such all-in yield (on a “marked-to-market” basis) for the Term B Loans or Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on the Facilities Increase Date (after giving effect to any increase in the Applicable Margin applicable to the existing Term B Loans and Revolving Credit Loans becoming effective on the Facilities Increase Date) and (ii) as of such Facilities Increase Date, the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Facilities Increase for the Term B

 

87



 

Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall not be shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity for the Term B Loans or Revolving Credit Loans outstanding immediately prior to such Facilities Increase.

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

 

Section 5.01  Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws .  Each Group Company (i) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (ii) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (A) own its assets and carry on its business and (B) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, and (iv) is in compliance with all Laws; except in each case referred to in clause (ii)(A) , (iii) or (iv) , to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.02   Authorization; No Contravention .   The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other organizational action, and do not and will not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject or (iii) violate any Law, except in any case for such violations could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.03   Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .   Except for filings necessary to perfect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agents in the Collateral and to release Liens in respect of the Refinanced Agreements and other consents, authorizations, notices, approvals and exemptions that have been obtained prior to or as of the Closing Date, no approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party.

 

Section 5.04   Binding Effect .   This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) that rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability (regardless of whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

88



 

Section 5.05   Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect .

 

(a)            Audited Financial Statements .  The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

 

(b)            Interim Financial Statements .  The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2004 and the related unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows for the six months then ended, copies of which have been delivered to each of the Lenders, fairly present, in all material respects and in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the financial statements referred to in subsection (a) of this Section 5.05 (except for the absence of footnotes and normal year-end audit adjustments), the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for such six-month period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).  During the period from April 30, 2004 to and including the Closing Date, there has been no sale, transfer or other disposition by the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries of any material part of the business or property (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business) of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and no purchase or other acquisition by them of any business or property (including any Equity Interests of any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which is not reflected in the foregoing financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

(c)            Material Adverse Change .  Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)            Pro-Forma Financial Statements .  The consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2004, prepared on a Pro-Forma Basis giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, has heretofore been furnished to each Lender as part of the Pre-Commitment Information.  Such Pro-Forma balance sheet has been prepared in good faith by the Borrower, based on the assumptions used to prepare the pro-forma financial information contained in the Pre-Commitment Information (which assumptions are believed by the Borrower on the date hereof and on the Closing Date to be reasonable and fair in light of current conditions and facts then known to the Borrower), is based on the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, accurately reflects all material adjustments required to be made to give effect to the Transactions and presents fairly on a Pro-Forma basis the estimated consolidated financial position of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2004 assuming that the Transaction had actually occurred on that date.

 

(e)            Projections .  The projections prepared as part of, and included in, the Pre-Commitment Information (which include projected balance sheets and income and cash flow statements on a quarterly basis for the period from the Closing Date through October 31, 2005 and on an annual basis for each of the following four fiscal years) have been prepared on a basis consistent with the financial statements referred to in subsection (a) above and are based on good faith estimates and assumptions made by management of the Borrower.  On the Closing Date, such management believes that such projections are reasonable and attainable, it being recognized by the Lenders, however, that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections may differ from the projected results and that such differences may be material.

 

89



 

(f)             Post-Closing Financial Statements .  The financial statements delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and (b) , if any, (i) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as may otherwise be permitted under Section 6.01(a) and (b) ) and (ii) present fairly (on the basis disclosed in the footnotes to such financial statements, if any) in all material respects the consolidated and consolidating financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Parent Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and for the respective periods covered thereby.

 

(g)            No Undisclosed Liabilities .  Except as fully reflected in the financial statements described in subsection (a) and (b) above, for items disclosed on Schedule 5.05 or Schedule 7.01 hereof and the Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement, there were as of the Closing Date (and after giving effect to any Loans made and Letters of Credit issued on such date), no liabilities or obligations (excluding current obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business) with respect to any Group Company of any nature whatsoever (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether or not due and including obligations or liabilities for taxes, long-term leases and unusual forward or other long-term commitments).

 

Section 5.06   Litigation .   Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.06 , there are no actions, suits, investigations or legal, equitable, arbitration or administrative proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened against or affecting any Group Company in which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse decision that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.07   No Default .  No Group Company is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 5.08   Ownership of Property; Liens .   Each Group Company has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets, except for Permitted Liens and minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted.  All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens.  Each Group Company has complied with all obligations under all leases to which it is a party, other than those the violation of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and all such leases are in full force and effect, other than leases that, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, and in respect of which the failure to be in full force and effect will not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Group Company enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such leases with respect to which it is the lessee, other than leases that, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Group Companies, taken as a whole, and in respect of which the failure to enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.09   Environmental Compliance .   No Group Company has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain, or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law or is subject to any Environmental Liability in any case which, individually or collectively, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or has received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability the subject of which notice could reasonably be expected to have a material Adverse Effect, and no Group Company knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability against any Group Company that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

90



 

Section 5.10   Insurance .  The properties of each Group Company are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Group Company operates.

 

Section 5.11   Taxes .   Each Group Company has filed, or caused to be filed, all material federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed and paid (i) all amounts of taxes shown thereon to be due (including interest and penalties) and (ii) all other taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges (including mortgage recording taxes, documentary stamp taxes and intangible taxes) owing by it, except for such taxes (A) which are not yet delinquent or (B) that are being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings diligently pursued, and against which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP.  No Loan Party knows of any pending investigation of such party by any taxing authority or proposed tax assessments against any Group Company that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.12   ERISA; Foreign Pension Plans; Employee Benefit Arrangements .  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.12:

 

(a)            ERISA .

 

(i)             There are no Unfunded Liabilities in excess of the Threshold Amount (A) with respect to any member of the Group Companies and (B) with respect to any ERISA Affiliate; provided that for purposes of this Section 5.12(a)(i)(B) only, Unfunded Liabilities shall mean the amount (if any) by which the projected benefit obligation exceeds the value of the plan’s assets as of its last valuation date using the actuarial assumptions and methods being used by the Plans’ actuaries for making such determination.

 

(ii)            Each Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, complies in all respects with the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code, and each Group Company complies in all respects with the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code with respect to all Multiemployer Plans to which it contributes, except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iii)           No ERISA Event has occurred or, subject to the passage of time, is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan maintained by any member of the Group Companies and, except to the extent that such ERISA Event would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or, subject to the passage of time, is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate.

 

(iv)           No Group Company:  (A) is or has been within the last six years a party to any Multiemployer Plan; or (B) has completely or partially withdrawn from any Multiemployer Plan.

 

(v)            If any Group Company or any ERISA Affiliate were to incur a complete withdrawal (as described in Section 4203 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan as of the Closing Date, the aggregate withdrawal liability, as determined under Section 4201 of ERISA, with respect to all such Multiemployer Plans would not exceed $2,500,000.

 

(vi)           The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the

 

91



 

prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which taxes could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code, for which an exemption under ERISA does not apply.

 

(vii)          No Group Company has any contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement benefit under a Welfare Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)            Foreign Pension Plans . Each Foreign Pension Plan has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable Laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Group Company has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Pension Plan.

 

(c)            Employee Benefit Arrangements .

 

(i)             All liabilities under the Employee Benefit Arrangements are (A) funded to at least the minimum level required by Law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing the Employee Benefit Arrangements, (B) insured with a reputable insurance company, (C) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof or (D) estimated in the formal notes to the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof, where such failure to fund, insure provide for, recognize or estimate the liabilities arising under such arrangements could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ii)            There are no circumstances which may give rise to a liability in relation to the Employee Benefit Arrangements which are not funded, insured, provided for, recognized or estimated in the manner described in clause (i) above and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iii)           Each Group Company is in material compliance with all applicable Laws, trust documentation and contracts relating to the Employee Benefit Arrangements.

 

Section 5.13   Subsidiaries .   Schedule 5.13 sets forth a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Subsidiaries of Holdings.  Schedule 5.13 sets forth as of the Closing Date the jurisdiction of formation of each such Subsidiary, whether each such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor, the number of authorized shares of each class of Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary, the number of outstanding shares of each class of Equity Interests, the number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class of Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary owned (directly or indirectly) by any Person and the number and effect, if exercised, of all Equity Equivalents of each such Subsidiary.  All the outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary of Holdings are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were not issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any shareholder and, as of the Closing Date, are owned by Holdings, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than those arising under the Collateral Documents).  Other than as set forth on Schedule 5.13 , as of the Closing Date, no such Subsidiary has outstanding any Equity Equivalents nor does any such Person have outstanding any rights to subscribe for or to purchase or any options for the purchase of, or any agreements providing for the issuance (contingent or otherwise) of, or any calls, commitments or claims of any character relating to, its Equity Interests.  Holdings has no Subsidiaries, other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

92



 

Section 5.14   Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act.

 

(a)            None of Holdings and its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U.  No part of the Letters of Credit or proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U.  If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U.  No indebtedness being reduced or retired out of the proceeds of the Loans was or will be incurred for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U or any “margin security” within the meaning of Regulation T.  “Margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U does not constitute more than 25% of the value of the consolidated assets of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.  None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the direct or indirect use of the proceeds of the Loans) will violate or result in a violation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or Regulation T, U or X.

 

(b)            None of the Group Companies is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940, each as amended.  In addition, none of the Group Companies is (i) an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) controlled by such a company, or (iii) a “holding company”, a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary” of a “holding company”, within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Section 5.15   Disclosure .   No written information or written data (excluding financial projections, budgets, estimates and general market data) made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or furnished to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by or on behalf of any Loan Party in connection with any Loan Document, when taken as a whole contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made; provided that (i) to the extent any such statement, information or report therein was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, the Borrower represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time made (it being understood and agreed that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts or guaranties of future performance, that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections may differ from the projects results and that such differences may be material and that the Loan Parties make no representation that such representations will in fact be realized) and (ii) as to statements, information and reports specified as having been supplied by third parties, other than Affiliates of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Borrower represents only that it is not aware of any material misstatement or omission therein.

 

Section 5.16   Compliance with Law .   Each Group Company is in compliance with all requirements of Law (including Environmental Laws) applicable to it or to its properties, except for any such failure to comply which could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, none of the Group Companies or any of their respective material properties or assets is subject to or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any court or other Governmental Authority which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the Closing Date, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.16 , none of the Group Companies has received any written communication from any Governmental Authority that alleges that any of the Group Companies is not in compliance in any

 

93



 

material respect with any Law, except for allegations that have been satisfactorily resolved and are no longer outstanding or which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.17   Intellectual Property .   Except as set forth on Schedule 5.17 , the Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other rights that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person except for those conflicts which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Borrower or any Subsidiary infringes in any material respect upon any rights held by any other Person.

 

Section 5.18   Purpose of Loans and Letters of Credit .   The proceeds of the Term B Loans, the Second Lien Loans and any Revolving Loans made on the Closing Date will be used solely to effect the Foothill Refinancing, the Mezzanine Debt Refinancing, the Preferred Stock Redemption and the Equity Distribution under and pursuant to the Recapitalization Agreement, to refinance other existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.  The proceeds of the Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and any Term B Loans comprising part of a Facilities Increase made after the Closing Date will be used solely to provide for the working capital requirements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and for the general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including Permitted Acquisitions.  The Letters of Credit shall be used only for or in connection with appeal bonds, reimbursement obligations arising in connection with surety and reclamation bonds, reinsurance, domestic or international trade transactions and other obligations relating to transactions entered into by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 5.19   Labor Matters .  There are no strikes against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, other than any strikes that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  All payments due from Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as applicable.  The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to a right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (or any predecessor) is bound, other than collective bargaining agreements which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Section 5.20   Solvency and Surplus .   The Loan Parties are and, after consummation of the Transactions, will be Solvent.  The total amount of the Preferred Stock Redemption and the Equity Distribution will not exceed the aggregate amount of funds of the Borrower legally available therefor at the time of consummation of the Recapitalization.

 

Section 5.21   Collateral Documents .

 

(a)            Article 9 Collateral .  Each of the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the holders from time to time of the Senior Obligations, and in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the holders from time to time of the Second Lien Obligations, a legal, valid and enforceable Requisite Priority Lien in the Collateral described therein and, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.01 to the Security Agreement and the Pledged

 

94



 

Collateral is delivered to the Applicable Collateral Agent, each of the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Requisite Priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in such of the Collateral in which a security interest can be perfected under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

(b)            Intellectual Property .  When financing statements in the appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.01 to the Security Agreement, the Patents and Trademark Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Security Agreement, is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the Copyright Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Security Agreement, is filed in the United States Copyright Office, the Security Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Requisite Priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in the United States patents, trademarks, copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property rights, and all registrations and applications relating thereto, covered in such Patent and Trademark Agreement and Copyright Agreement (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a lien on registered patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications and registered copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Closing Date).

 

(c)            Status of Liens .  As of the Closing Date, no filings or recordings are required in order to perfect the security interests created under the Collateral Documents, except for filings or recordings listed on Schedule 4.01 to the Security Agreement.

 

Section 5.22   Ownership .

 

(a)            Securities of the Borrower .  Holdings owns good, valid and marketable title to all the outstanding common stock of the Borrower, free and clear of all Liens of every kind, whether absolute, matured, contingent or otherwise, other than those arising under the Collateral Documents.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.22 , as of the Closing Date there are no shareholder agreements or other agreements pertaining to Holdings’ beneficial ownership of the common stock of the Borrower, including any agreement that would restrict Holdings’ right to dispose of such common stock and/or its right to vote such common stock.

 

(b)            Parent Holdings Equity Interests Schedule 5.22 sets forth a true and accurate list as of the Closing Date of each holder of any Equity Interest or Equity Equivalent of Parent Holdings, indicating the name of each such holder and the Equity Interest or Equity Equivalent held by each such Person.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.22 , there are no shareholders agreements or other agreements pertaining to the Investor Group’s beneficial ownership of the common stock of Parent Holdings, including any agreement that would restrict the Investor Group’s right to dispose of such common stock and/or its right to vote such common stock.  Parent Holdings owns good, valid and marketable title to all the outstanding common stock of Holdings, free and clear of all Liens of every kind, whether absolute, matured, contingent or otherwise.

 

Section 5.23   Certain Transactions Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.23 , no broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby as a result of any action by or on behalf of the Borrower or their Affiliates, and each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby indemnifies each Agent and each Lender against, and agrees that it will hold each Agent and each Lender harmless from, any claim, demand or liability for any such broker’s or finder’s fees alleged to have been incurred in connection herewith or therewith and any expenses (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) arising in connection with any such claim, demand or liability.

 

95



 

ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees that so long as any Lender has any Commitment hereunder, any Credit Obligation or other amount payable hereunder or under any Note or other Loan Document or any L/C Obligation (in each case other than contingent indemnification obligations) remains unpaid or any Letter of Credit remains in effect:

 

Section 6.01   Financial Statements .   The Borrower will furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each of the Lenders:

 

(a)            Annual Financial Statements .  As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent Holdings (commencing with the fiscal year ending October 31, 2004), a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement of Parent Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated and consolidating statement of operations and retained earnings and consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form consolidated and consolidating figures for the preceding fiscal year, all such financial statements to be in reasonable form and detail and (in the case of such consolidated financial statements) audited by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which shall not be qualified or limited in any material respect) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Parent Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except for changes with which such accountants concur).

 

(b)            Quarterly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of Parent Holdings (commencing with fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2004), a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Parent Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, together with related consolidated and consolidating statement of operations and retained earnings and consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form consolidated and consolidating figures for the corresponding periods of the preceding fiscal year, all such financial statements to be in form and detail and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of Parent Holdings to the effect that such quarterly financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Parent Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes required by GAAP.

 

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(d) , the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 6.01(a) or (b) , but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in Section 6.01(a) or (b) at the times specified therein.

 

Section 6.02   Certificates; Other Information .  The Borrower will furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each of the Lenders, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to them:

 

96



 

(a)            Auditors’ Certificate .  Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) , a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and (unless such accountants are prohibited by law or the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or any successor) from providing such statement) stating that in the course of the audit upon which their opinion on such financial statements was based (but without any special or additional audit procedures for the purpose), they obtained knowledge of no condition or event relating to financial matters which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if such accountants shall have obtained in the course of such audit knowledge of any such Default or Event of Default, disclosing in such written statement the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall be under no liability, directly or indirectly, to the Lenders for failure to obtain knowledge of any such condition or event.

 

(b)            Compliance Certificate .  At the time of delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2004), a Compliance Certificate of the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of Holdings (i) demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants contained in Section 7.17 by calculation thereof as of the end of the fiscal period covered by such financial statements, (ii) stating that no Event of Default exists, or if any Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and (iii) stating whether, since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered hereunder, there has been any material change in the GAAP applied in the preparation of the financial statements of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, and, if so, describing such change.  At the time such certificate is required to be delivered, the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the Administrative Agent’s Office, information regarding any change in the Leverage Ratio that would change the then existing Applicable Margin.

 

(c)            Auditor’s Reports .  Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Group Company by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of any Group Company, or any audit of any of them;

 

(d)            SEC Reports .  Promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of Parent Holdings generally, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which any Group Company may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto.

 

(e)            Annual Business Plan and Budgets .  At least 30 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent Holdings, beginning with the fiscal year ending October 31, 2004, an annual business plan and budget of Parent Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries containing, among other things, projected financial statements for the next fiscal year.

 

(f)             Excess Cash Flow .  Within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, commencing with the fiscal year ending October 31, 2005, a certificate of the chief financial officer of Holdings containing information regarding the calculation of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year (or, in the case of the certificate for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2005, a calculation of Excess Cash Flow for the five-quarter period commencing on August 1, 2004).

 

(g)            Employee Benefit Reports .  Promptly after the same are available, the most recently prepared actuarial reports in relation to the Plans and Employee Benefit Arrangements for the

 

97



 

time being operated by Group Companies, and within 30 days of the same becoming available, the most recently prepared actuarial reports in relation to the Foreign Pension Plans, which are prepared in order to comply with the then current statutory or auditing requirements within the relevant jurisdiction other than with respect to Foreign Pension Plans where the aggregate Unfunded Liabilities of such Foreign Pension Plans are less than $750,000.  If requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will promptly instruct an actuary to prepare such actuarial reports and deliver those to the Administrative Agent, if the Administrative Agent has reasonable grounds for believing that any relevant statutory or auditing requirement within the relevant jurisdiction is not being complied with.  Promptly upon request, the Borrower shall also furnish the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with such additional information concerning any Plan, Foreign Pension Plan or Employee Benefit Arrangement as may be reasonably requested, including, but not limited to, with respect to any Plans, copies of each annual report/return (Form 5500 series), as well as all schedules and attachments thereto required to be filed with the Department of Labor pursuant to ERISA and the Code, respectively, for each “plan year” (within the meaning of Section 3(39) of ERISA).

 

(h)            Environmental Reports .  Promptly after any Group Company learning of any of the following, written notice of each of the following:

 

(i)             that any Group Company is or may be liable to any Person as a result of a Release or threatened Release that could reasonably be expected to subject such Loan Party or such Subsidiary to Environmental Liabilities exceeding $2,500,000;

 

(ii)            the receipt by any Group Company of notification that any real or personal property of such Group Company is or is reasonably likely to be subject to any Lien; securing any Environmental Liability;

 

(iii)           the receipt by any Group Company of any notice of violation of or potential liability under, or knowledge by such Group Company that there exists a condition that could reasonably be expected to result in a violation of or liability under, any Environmental Law, except for violations and liabilities the consequence of which, in the aggregate, would not be reasonably likely to subject Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries collectively to Environmental Liabilities exceeding $2,500,000;

 

(iv)           the commencement of any judicial or administrative proceeding or investigation alleging a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law, that, in the aggregate, if adversely determined, would have a reasonable likelihood of subjecting Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries collectively to Environmental Liabilities exceeding $2,500,000;

 

(v)            any proposed acquisition of stock, assets or real estate, any proposed leasing of property or any other action by any Group Company other than those the consequences of which, in the aggregate, do not have a reasonable likelihood of subjecting Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries collectively to Environmental Liabilities exceeding $2,500,000;

 

(vi)           any proposed action by any Group Company or any proposed change in Environmental Laws that, in the aggregate, have a reasonable likelihood of requiring any Group Company to obtain additional environmental, health or safety Permits or make additional capital improvements to obtain compliance with Environmental Laws that, in the aggregate, would have cost $1,000,000 or more or that shall subject Holdings and it Consolidated Subsidiaries to additional Environmental Liabilities exceeding $2,500,000; and

 

98



 

(vii)          upon written request by any Lender through the Administrative Agent, a report providing an update of the status of any environmental, health or safety compliance, hazard or liability issue identified in any notice or report delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(i)             Additional Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights .  At the time of delivery of the financial statements and reports provided for in Section 6.01(a) , a report signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower setting forth (i) a list of registration numbers for all patents, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, registered tradenames and copyright registrations awarded to the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary since the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year of Holdings and (ii) a list of all patent applications, trademark applications, service mark applications, trade name applications and copyright applications submitted by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary since the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and the status of each such application, all in such form as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(j)             Domestication in Other Jurisdiction .  Not less than 30 days prior to any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party, a copy of all documents and certificates intended to be filed or otherwise executed to effect such change.

 

(k)            Other Information .  With reasonable promptness upon request therefor, such other information regarding the business, properties or financial condition of any Group Company as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request, which may include such information as any Lender may reasonably determine is necessary or advisable to enable it either (i) to comply with the policies and procedures adopted by it and its Affiliates to comply with the Bank Secrecy Act, the U.S. Patriot Act and all applicable regulations thereunder or (ii) to respond to requests for information concerning Holdings and its Subsidiaries from any governmental, self-regulatory organization or financial institution in connection with its anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism regulatory requirements or its compliance procedures under the U.S. Patriot Act, including in each case information concerning the Borrower’s direct and indirect shareholders and its use of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions hereunder.

 

(l)             Labeling and Treatment of Certain Information .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby acknowledges that (i) the Administrative Agent and/or the Joint Lead Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of Holdings and the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Group Company Materials ”) by posting the Group Company Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (ii) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower or their respective securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”).  Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby agrees that:  (i) all Group Company Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (ii) by marking Group Company Materials “PUBLIC,” each of Holdings and the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders to treat such Group Company Materials as either publicly available information or not material information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to Holdings, the Borrower or their securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws; (iii) all Group Company Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor,” and (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Group Company Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.

 

99



 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or Intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft copies) of such documents.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(c) to the Administrative Agent.  Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

Section 6.03   Notices .  The Borrower will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(i)             of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(ii)            of (A) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, any material Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, (C) the commencement of, or any material adverse development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, (D) any litigation, investigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party and (E) and any other matter, event or circumstance, in each case to the extent that the same could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iii)           of the occurrence of any ERISA Event and of: (A) any event or condition that constitutes, or is reasonably likely to lead to, an ERISA Event; or (B) any change in the funding status of any Plan or Foreign Pension Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, together with a description of any such event or condition or a copy of any such notice and a statement by the chief financial officer of the Borrower briefly setting forth the details regarding such event, condition or notice and the action, if any, which has been or is being taken or is proposed to be taken by the Borrower or one or more other Loan Parties with respect thereto; or (C) any event or condition that constitutes, or is reasonably likely to lead to, an event described in Section 8.01(h)(iii)-(viii) ; and

 

(iv)           of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practice by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.  Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents that have been breached.

 

100



 

Section 6.04   Payment of Obligations .  Each of the Group Companies will pay and discharge (i) all material taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies imposed upon it, or upon its income or profits, or upon any of its properties, before they shall become delinquent, (ii) all lawful claims (including claims for labor, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any of its properties and (iii) except as prohibited hereunder, all of its other Indebtedness as it shall become due; provided , however , that no Group Company shall be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy, claim or Indebtedness which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and as to which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, unless the failure to make any such payment (i) could give rise to an immediate right to foreclose on a Lien securing such amounts or (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.05   Preservation of Existence Etc .   Except as a result of or in connection with a dissolution, merger or disposition of a Subsidiary of the Borrower permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05 , each Group Company will: (i) preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except in the case of clause (i) or (ii) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.06   Maintenance of Properties .  Each Group Company will: (i) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and Casualty and Condemnation excepted; and (ii) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.07   Insurance; Certain Proceeds .

 

(a)            Insurance Policies .  Each of the Group Companies will at all times maintain in full force and effect insurance (including worker’s compensation insurance, liability insurance, casualty insurance and business interruption insurance) in such amounts, covering such risk and liabilities and with such deductibles or self-insurance retentions as are in accordance with normal industry practice.  The Collateral Agents shall be named as loss payees or mortgagees, as their interest may appear, with respect to all such property and casualty policies and additional insured with respect to all business interruption or casualty policies, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Collateral Agents, that if the insurance carrier shall have received written notice from the Applicable Collateral Agent of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to Holdings or one or more of its Subsidiaries under such policies directly to the Applicable Collateral Agent (which agreement shall be evidenced by a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable endorsement in the names of the Collateral Agents on Accord Form 27) and that it will give the Applicable Collateral Agent 30 days’ prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or canceled, and that no act or default of any Group Company or any other Person shall affect the rights of the Collateral Agents or the Lenders under such policy or policies.

 

(b)            Loss Events .  In case of any Casualty or Condemnation with respect to any property of any Group Company or any part thereof having a fair market value in excess of $2,500,000, the Borrower shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent generally describing the nature and extent of such damage, destruction or taking.  In such case, the Borrower shall, or shall

 

101



 

cause such Group Company to, promptly repair, restore or replace the property of such Person (or part thereof) which was subject to such Casualty or Condemnation, at such Person’s cost and expense, whether or not the Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Award, if any, received on account of such event shall be sufficient for that purpose; provided , however , that such property need not be repaired, restored or replaced to the extent the failure to make such repair, restoration or replacement (i)(A) is desirable to the proper conduct of the business of such Person in the ordinary course and otherwise in the best interest of such Person and (B) would not materially impair the rights and benefits of the Collateral Agents or the Finance Parties under the Collateral Documents or any other Loan Document or (ii) the failure to repair, restore or replace the property is attributable to the application of the Insurance Proceeds from such Casualty or the Condemnation Award from such Condemnation to payment of the Credit Obligations in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 6.07(b) .  If Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive any Insurance Proceeds from a Casualty or Condemnation Award from a Condemnation Award exceeding $2,500,000 in respect of the single event or series of related events giving rise thereto, such Person will promptly pay over such proceeds to the Administrative Agent, for payment of the Credit Obligations in accordance with Section 2.09(b) or, if such funds constitute Reinvestment Funds, to be held by the Applicable Collateral Agent in the Reinvestment Funds Account established under the Security Agreement.  The Administrative Agent agrees to cause the Applicable Collateral Agent to release such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Awards to the Borrower upon its request and as needed from time to time to pay for the repair, restoration or replacement of the portion of the property subject to such Casualty or Condemnation if, but only if, the conditions set forth in the definition of “Reinvestment Funds” are satisfied at the time of such request.

 

Section 6.08   Compliance with Laws .   Each of the Group Companies will comply with all requirements of Law applicable to it and its properties to the extent that noncompliance with any such requirement of Law would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Group Companies will do each of the following as it relates to any Plan maintained by, or Multiemployer Plan contributed to by, each of the Group Companies, Foreign Pension Plan or Employee Benefit Arrangement:  (i) maintain each Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan), Foreign Pension Plan and Employee Benefit Arrangement in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or other Federal, state or foreign Law; (ii) cause each Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to maintain such qualifications; (iii) make all required contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code and make all required contributions to Multiemployer Plans; (iv) ensure that there are no Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $5,000,000 unless the aggregate amount of such Unfunded Liabilities is reduced below $5,000,000 within a 30-day period; (v) except for the obligations set forth on Schedule 5.12 , not become a party to any Multiemployer Plan; (vi) make all contributions (including any special payments to amortize any Unfunded Liabilities) required to be made in accordance with all applicable laws and the terms of each Foreign Pension Plan in a timely manner; (vii) ensure that all liabilities under all Employee Benefit Arrangements are either (A) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing the Employee Benefit Arrangements; (B) insured with a reputable insurance company; or (C) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent under Section 6.01(a) or (b) ; and (vii) ensure that the contributions or premium payments to or in respect of all Employee Benefit Arrangements are and continue to be promptly paid at no less than the rates required under the rules of such arrangements and in accordance with the most recent actuarial advice received in relation to the Employee Benefit Arrangement and generally in accordance with applicable Law; and (ix) shall use its reasonable efforts to cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to do each of the items listed in clauses (i) through (iv) above as it relates to Plans and Multiemployer Plans maintained by or contributed to by its ERISA Affiliates such that there shall be no liability to a Group Company by virtue of such ERISA Affiliate’s acts or failure to act.

 

102



 

Section 6.09   Books and Records; Lender Meeting .   Each of the Group Companies will keep complete and accurate books and records of its transactions in accordance with good accounting practices on the basis of GAAP (including the establishment and maintenance of appropriate reserves).  Unless the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that no meeting is required, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the Borrower will conduct a meeting of the Lenders to discuss such fiscal year’s results and the financial condition of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.  The chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Borrower and such other officers of the Borrower as the Borrower’s chief executive officer shall designate shall be present at each such meeting.  Such meetings shall be held at times and places convenient to the Lenders and to the Borrower.

 

Section 6.10   Inspection Rights .   Upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours (but no more frequently than twice per year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), each of the Group Companies will permit representatives appointed by the Agents, including agents, employees, attorneys and appraisers, to visit and inspect its property, including its books and records, its accounts receivable and inventory, its facilities and its other business assets, and to make photocopies or photographs thereof and to write down and record any information such representatives obtain and shall permit the Agents or such representatives to investigate and verify the accuracy of information provided to the Lenders and to discuss all such matters with the officers, employees, independent accountants, attorneys and representatives of the Group Companies.

 

Section 6.11   Use of Proceeds .  The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans and will use the Letters of Credit solely for the purposes set forth in Section 5.18 .

 

Section 6.12   Additional Loan Parties; Additional Security .

 

(a)            Additional Subsidiary Guarantors .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower will take, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries, except to the extent provided in subsection (d) below) to take, such actions from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that all Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than the Borrower and Foreign Subsidiaries, except to the extent provided in subsection (d) below) are Subsidiary Guarantors.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Group Company shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary, the Borrower, as soon as practicable and in any event within 30 days after such formation or acquisition, will provide the Applicable Collateral Agent with notice of such formation or acquisition setting forth in reasonable detail a description of all of the assets of such new Subsidiary and will cause such new Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, except to the extent provided in subsection (d) below) to:

 

(i)             within 30 days after such formation or acquisition, execute an Accession Agreement pursuant to which such new Subsidiary shall agree to become a “Guarantor” under the Subsidiary Guaranty, an “Obligor” under the Security Agreement and an “Obligor” under the Pledge Agreement and/or an obligor under such other Collateral Documents as may be applicable to such new Subsidiary; and

 

(ii)            deliver such proof of organizational authority, incumbency of officers, opinions of counsel and other documents as is consistent with those delivered by each Loan Party pursuant to Section 4.01 on the Closing Date or as the Administrative Agent or the Applicable Collateral Agent shall have reasonably requested.

 

(b)            Additional Security .  With respect to any owned Real Property having a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 acquired by any Loan Party subsequent to the Closing Date, such Person will cause to be delivered to the Applicable Collateral Agent with respect to such Real Property

 

103



 

documents, instruments and other items of the types customarily required by lenders in transactions similar to the transactions contemplated herein, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Collateral Agent.  In furtherance of the foregoing terms of this Section 6.12 , the Borrower agrees to promptly provide the Administrative Agent with written notice of the acquisition by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any owned Real Property having a market value greater than $1,000,000 or the entering into a lease by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Real Property for annual rent of $500,000 or more, setting forth in each case in reasonable detail the location and a description of the asset(s) so acquired or leased.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdings and the Borrower will cause, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to cause, 100% of the Equity Interests of each of their respective direct and indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (or (x) 65% of such Equity Interests, if such Subsidiary is a direct Foreign Subsidiary or, following a Foreign IP Transfer Transaction, each Foreign IP Holdco, except as provided in subsection (d) below, or (y) to the extent not prohibited by the terms of any Organization Document or other agreement governing a Permitted Joint Venture, such percentage as is equal to their respective ratable ownership of all Equity Interests in Permitted Joint Ventures and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries) to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent and a first priority (subject only to the prior Lien in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent until the Senior Obligations are paid in full), perfected Lien in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents, subject only to Permitted Liens described in Section 7.02(iii) or  (v) .

 

If, subsequent to the Closing Date, a Loan Party shall acquire any patents, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, registered tradenames, copyright registrations, any applications relating to the foregoing, securities, instruments, chattel paper or other personal property required to be delivered to the Applicable Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder or under any of the Collateral Documents, the Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within ten Business Days after any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party acquires knowledge of the same) notify the Applicable Collateral Agent of the same.  Each of the Loan Parties shall adhere to the covenants regarding the location of personal property as set forth in the Collateral Documents.

 

All such security interests and mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation consistent with the Collateral Documents executed at Closing and otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Applicable Collateral Agent (collectively, the “ Additional Collateral Documents ”) and shall constitute valid and enforceable perfected security interests and mortgages superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no other Liens except for Permitted Liens.  The Additional Collateral Documents or instruments related thereto shall have been duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agents required to be granted pursuant to the Additional Collateral Documents, and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall have been paid in full.  The Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Applicable Collateral Agent such opinions of counsel, title insurance and other related documents as may be reasonably requested by the Applicable Collateral Agent to assure itself that this Section 6.12(b) has been complied with.

 

(c)            Real Property Appraisals .  If the Applicable Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders determine that they are required by Law or regulation to have appraisals prepared in respect of the owned Real Property of any Group Company constituting Collateral, the Borrower shall provide to the Applicable Collateral Agent appraisals which satisfy the applicable requirements set forth in 12 C.F.R., Part 34 - Subpart C or any successor or similar statute, rule, regulation, guideline or order, and which shall be in scope, form and substance, and from appraisers, reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Collateral Agent and shall be accompanied by a certification of the appraisal firm providing such appraisals that the appraisals comply with such requirements.

 

104



 

(d)            Foreign Subsidiaries Security .  If, following a change that is reasonably determined to be material by the Administrative Agent in the relevant Sections of the Code or the regulations, rules, rulings, notices or other official pronouncements issued or promulgated thereunder, the Borrower or its counsel or advisors reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent does not within 45 days after a request from the Administrative Agent deliver evidence, in form and substance mutually satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings which has not already had all of the Equity Interests issued by it pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement that (i) a pledge (A) of 65.0% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of such Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote, and (B) of any promissory note issued by such Foreign Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries, (ii) the entering into by such Foreign Subsidiary of a guaranty in form and substance substantially identical to the Subsidiary Guaranty, (iii) the entering into by such Foreign Subsidiary of a security agreement in form and substance substantially identical to the Security Agreement, and (iv) the entering into by such Foreign Subsidiary of a pledge agreement substantially identical to the Pledge Agreement, in any such case would cause all or any portion of the undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary as determined for United States federal income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed dividend to such Foreign Subsidiary’s United States parent (or other domestic Affiliate) for United States federal income tax purposes under Code Section 956 or any similar provision of federal, state or local tax Law, then, (A) in the case of a failure to deliver the evidence described in clause (i) above, that portion of such Foreign Subsidiary’s outstanding capital stock or any promissory notes so issued by such Foreign Subsidiary, in each case not theretofore pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, shall be pledged to the Collateral Agents for the benefit of the Finance Parties pursuant to the Pledge Agreement (or another pledge agreement in substantially identical form, if needed); (B) in the case of a failure to deliver the evidence described in clause (ii) above, such Foreign Subsidiary shall execute and deliver the Subsidiary Guaranty (or another guaranty in substantially identical form, if needed), guaranteeing the Credit Obligations; (C) in the case of a failure to deliver the evidence described in clause (iii) above, such Foreign Subsidiary shall execute and deliver the Security Agreement (or another security agreement in substantially identical form, if needed), granting to the Collateral Agents, for the benefit of the Finance Parties, a security interest in all of such Foreign Subsidiary’s assets and securing the Finance Obligations; and (D) in the case of a failure to deliver the evidence described in clause (iv) above, such Foreign Subsidiary shall execute and deliver the Pledge Agreement (or another pledge agreement in substantially identical form, if needed), pledging to the Collateral Agents, for the benefit of the Finance Parties, all of the capital stock and promissory notes owned by such Foreign Subsidiary, in each case to the extent that entering into the Guaranty, Security Agreement or Pledge Agreement is permitted by the Laws of the respective foreign jurisdiction and with all documents delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12(d) to be in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Applicable Collateral Agent.

 

(e)            Completion of Required Actions .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees that each action required by the foregoing paragraphs of this Section 6.12 shall be completed as soon as possible, but in no event later than 60 days after such action is either requested to be taken by the Applicable Collateral Agent or required to be taken by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.12 .

 

(f)             Landlord Consent for Lincolnville, California Property .  The Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a fully executed letter, certificate or other written instrument from the lessor of its facility in Lincolnville, California, substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Security Agreements and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers.

 

Section 6.13   Interest Rate Protection Agreements .   Within nine months after the Closing Date, the Borrower will enter into and thereafter maintain in full force and effect interest rate

 

105



 

swaps, rate caps, collars or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to hedge the position of the Borrower with respect to interest rates at rates and on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, taking into account the market conditions, to provide protection against interest rates on Indebtedness bearing floating interest rates for a period expiring no earlier than 24 months after the date of execution and delivery of such agreements with respect to a notional amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries such that, after giving effect thereto, at least 30% of the Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries bears fixed interest rates.  The Borrower will promptly deliver evidence of the execution and delivery of such agreements to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 6.14   Contributions .   Within three Business Days following its receipt thereof, Holdings will contribute as a common equity contribution to the capital of the Borrower any cash proceeds received by Holdings after the Closing Date from any Asset Disposition, Casualty, Condemnation, Debt Issuance or Equity Issuance or any cash capital contributions received by Holdings after the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees that so long as any Lender has any Commitment hereunder, any Credit Obligations or other amount payable hereunder or under any Note or other Loan Document or any L/C Obligation (in each case other than contingent indemnification obligations) remains unpaid or any Letter of Credit remains unexpired:

 

Section 7.01   Limitation on Indebtedness .   None of the Group Companies will incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness or Swap Obligations except:

 

(i)             Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date and disclosed on Schedule 7.01 (collectively, the “ Existing Debt ”) and any modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided , that (A) the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder or as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 7.01 , and (B) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral and subordination) of any such modified, extending, refunding or refinancing Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Group Companies or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, extended, refunded or refinanced;

 

(ii)            Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(iii)           (A) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Capital Leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations and of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred after the Closing Date to finance Capital Expenditures permitted by Section 7.14 ; provided that (1) the aggregate amount of all such Debt does not exceed the Applicable Basket Amount at any time outstanding, (2) the Debt when incurred shall not be less than 80% or more than 100% of the lesser of the cost or fair market value as of the time of acquisition of the asset financed and the Proceeds thereof, (3) such Debt is issued and any Liens securing such Debt are created concurrently with, or within 90 days after, the acquisition of the asset financed and (4) no Lien securing such Debt shall extend to or cover any property or asset

 

106



 

of any Group Company other than the asset so financed, and (B) Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions permitted by Section 7.13 ;

 

(iv)           Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries secured by Liens permitted by clauses (xvii) , (xviii) and (xix) of Section 7.02 and any other Indebtedness of a Person whose Equity Interests or assets are acquired in a Permitted Business Acquisition which is acquired or assumed by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower in such Permitted Business Acquisition and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that (A) such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, the events described in such clauses or such Permitted Business Acquisition, and (B) such Indebtedness (other than pre-existing Attributable Indebtedness and Purchase Money Indebtedness) does not constitute indebtedness for borrowed money;

 

(v)            unsecured Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is issued to a seller of assets or Person acquired in a Permitted Business Acquisition and any Permitted Refinancing thereof if, immediately prior to and after giving effect thereto, (A) no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom and (B) Holdings and its Subsidiaries will be in compliance on a Pro-Forma Basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.17 ;

 

(vi)           (A) contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out, non-compete, consulting, deferred compensation and similar obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries incurred in connection with the Acquisition, Permitted Business Acquisitions, Permitted Joint Ventures and Asset Dispositions and (B) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in a Permitted Business Acquisition or Asset Disposition under agreements providing for earn-outs or the adjustment of the purchase price or similar adjustments;

 

(vii)          Swap Obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under Swap Agreements to the extent entered into after the Closing Date in compliance with Section 6.13 or to manage interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate and commodity pricing risks and not for speculative purposes;

 

(viii)         Indebtedness owed to any Person providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such Indebtedness shall not be in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the year in which such Indebtedness is incurred and such Indebtedness shall be outstanding only during such year;

 

(ix)            Indebtedness consisting of Guaranty Obligations (A) by the Borrower in respect of Indebtedness, leases or other ordinary course obligations permitted to be incurred by, or obligations in respect of Permitted Business Acquisitions or Permitted Joint Ventures of, Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower, (B) by Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower of Indebtedness, leases or other ordinary course obligations permitted to be incurred by, or obligations in respect of Permitted Business Acquisitions or Permitted Joint Ventures of, the Borrower or Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower, (C) by Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower of Indebtedness, leases or other ordinary course obligations permitted to be incurred by, or obligations in respect of Permitted Business Acquisitions or Permitted Joint Ventures of, Wholly-Owned Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower and (D) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower of Indebtedness, leases or other ordinary course obligations permitted to be incurred by, Foreign Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of

 

107



 

Guaranty Obligations referred to in this clause (D), together with all Investments by the Borrower and its Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries permitted under Section 7.06(a)(xi)(A) , will not exceed at any one time outstanding the Applicable Basket Amount;

 

(x)             inter-company Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent permitted by Section 7.06(a)(x) or (xi) ;

 

(xi)            Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries incurred on or after the Closing Date to finance working capital requirements and Permitted Refinancings thereof (determined without regard to clause (ii) of the definition thereof) in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with the then outstanding principal amount of all Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries referred to in clause (i) above, does not exceed the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date and disclosed on Schedule 7.01 plus (B) the Applicable Basket Amount (or its equivalent in one or more applicable foreign currencies);

 

(xii)           (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that (1) such Indebtedness (other than credit or purchase cards) is extinguished within three Business Days of its incurrence and (2) such Indebtedness in respect of credit or purchase cards in extinguished within 60 days from its incurrence, and (B) contingent indemnification obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to financial institutions, in each case to the extent in the ordinary course of business and on terms and conditions which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry, entered into to obtain cash management services or deposit account overdraft protection services (in amount similar to those offered for comparable services in the financial industry) or other services in connection with the management or opening of deposit accounts or incurred as a result of endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection purposes;

 

(xiii)          Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(xiv)         Indebtedness of Holdings representing the obligation of Holdings to make payments with respect to the cancellation or repurchase of certain Equity Interests of officers, employees or directors (or their estates) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, to the extent permitted by Section 7.07(iv) ;

 

(xv)          Indebtedness of one or more Foreign IP Holdcos represented by interest bearing notes pledged to the Collateral Agents pursuant to the Pledge Agreements payable to any Loan Party to finance the acquisition by such Foreign IP Holdco of the capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary in connection with a Foreign IP Transfer Transaction, not to exceed individually or in the aggregate for all Foreign IP Holdcos the Applicable Basket Amount;

 

(xvi)         Indebtedness of one or more Foreign IP Holdcos represented by interest bearing notes pledged to the Collateral Agents pursuant to the Pledge Agreements payable to any Loan Party to finance the license of Intellectual Property described under clause(iii) of the definition of “ Foreign IP Transfer Transaction ”, not to exceed individually or in the aggregate for all Foreign IP Holdcos the Applicable Basket Amount;

 

(xvii)        unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.01 incurred after the Closing Date in an aggregate principal

 

108



 

amount not to exceed the Applicable Basket Amount at any time outstanding; provided that (A) the documentation with respect to such Indebtedness shall not contain covenants or default provisions relating to Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings that are more restrictive than the covenants and default provisions contained in the Loan Documents, (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such incurrence and (C) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate demonstrating that, upon giving effect on a Pro-Forma Basis to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and to the concurrent retirement of any other Indebtedness of any Group Company, the Loan Parties shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.17 ; and

 

(xviii)       unsecured senior notes, senior subordinated notes, senior floating rate notes, senior discount notes or other securities of the Borrower having terms, yield, guarantees covenants, default and subordination provisions and other terms as are customary for “high yield” securities issued for cash in a registered public offering or in a private placement for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or otherwise, the proceeds of which are applied as required by Section 2.09(b)(iv) ; provided that (A) any such Indebtedness must constitute unsecured Subordinated Indebtedness, (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately before and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence thereof and (C) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate demonstrating that, upon giving effect on a Pro-Forma Basis to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and to the concurrent prepayment of the Loans, the Loan Parties shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.17 .  The issuance of any security satisfying the requirements of this clause (xviii) is herein referred to as a “ Public Debt Issuance ”.

 

Section 7.02   Restriction on Liens .   None of the Group Companies will create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including Equity Interests or other securities of any Person, including any Subsidiary of Holdings) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or rights in respect of any thereof, or sign or file or authorize the filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction of a financing statement that names any Group Company as debtor, or sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such a financing statement, except Liens described in any of the following clauses (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”):

 

(i)             Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.02 hereto and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (A) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (x) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Debt permitted under Section 7.01 and (y) proceeds and products thereof and (B) the renewal, extension or modification of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.01 ;

 

(ii)            Liens created by the Collateral Documents;

 

(iii)           Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued for which adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) have been established in accordance with GAAP (and as to which the property or assets subject to any such Lien is not yet subject to foreclosure, sale or loss on account thereof);

 

(iv)           Liens imposed by Law securing the charges, claims, demands or levies of landlords, carriers, suppliers, warehousemen, materialmen, workmen, mechanics, carriers and other like Liens imposed by Law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business and which (A) do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the

 

109



 

property or assets which are the subject of such Lien or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued for which adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) have been established in accordance with GAAP, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such Lien;

 

(v)            Liens (other than any Liens imposed by ERISA or pursuant to any Environmental Law) not securing Indebtedness or Swap Obligations incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi)           Liens securing obligations in respect of surety bonds (other than appeal bonds), bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that (A) in the case of Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents, the amount of all cash and Cash Equivalents subject to such Liens may at no time exceed the Applicable Basket Amount in the aggregate;

 

(vii)          Liens upon specific items or inventory or other goods and proceeds of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or documentary letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(viii)         pledges or deposits of cash and Cash Equivalents securing deductibles, self-insurance, co-payment, co-insurance, retentions and similar obligations to providers of insurance in the ordinary cause of business;

 

(ix)            Liens on (A) incurred premiums, dividends and rebates which may become payable under insurance policies and loss payments which reduce the incurred premiums on such insurance policies and (B) rights which may arise under State insurance guarantee funds relating to any such insurance policy, in each case securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(viii) ;

 

(x)             Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common Law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)            licenses, leases or subleases granted to third Persons or to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of any Group Company and not otherwise prohibited by Section 7.05(xiv) ;

 

(xii)           zoning restrictions, building codes, land use and other similar Laws and municipal ordinances, easements, rights of way, licenses, reservations, covenants, conditions, waivers, restrictions on the use of property or other minor encumbrances or irregularities of title not securing Indebtedness or Swap Obligations which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the use of any property in the operation or business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or the value of such property for the purpose of such business;

 

110



 

(xiii)          Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding, and any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublessor under, Operating Leases permitted by this Agreement;

 

(xiv)         Liens in favor of lessor, sublessor, lessees or sublessees securing Operating Leases;

 

(xv)          Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments (or securing of appeal bonds with respect thereto) in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01 ; provided that no cash or other property (other than proceeds of insurance payable by reason of such judgments, decrees or attachments) the fair value of which exceeds the Applicable Basket Amount is deposited or delivered to secure any such judgment, decree or award, or any appeal bond in respect thereof;

 

(xvi)         Liens securing Debt permitted to be incurred under Section 7.01(i), (iii), and (iv) ;

 

(xvii)        any Lien existing on any asset of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower and not created in contemplation of such event;

 

(xviii)       any Lien on any asset (other than on the Equity Interests of one or more Subsidiaries) of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower and not created in contemplation of such event;

 

(xix)          any Lien existing on any asset (other than on the Equity Interests of one or more Subsidiaries) prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower and not created in contemplation of such acquisition;

 

(xx)           Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Business Acquisition or a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

(xxi)          Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents securing Swap Obligations owing to one or more Persons who are not Swap Creditors; provided that the aggregate amount of all cash and Cash Equivalents subject to such Liens may at no time exceed the Applicable Basket Amount;

 

(xxii)         Liens on any assets or Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(xi) ;

 

(xxiii)        Liens securing Sale/Leaseback Transactions permitted under Section 7.13 ; and

 

(xxiv)        other Liens incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not securing Indebtedness if the aggregate fair market value of the property subject to such Liens, and the aggregate amount of the obligations secured thereby, do not exceed the Applicable Basket Amount.

 

Section 7.03   Nature of Business .   None of the Group Companies will alter in any material respect the character or conduct of the business conducted by such Person as of the Closing Date and activities directly related thereto and similar, complimentary or related businesses.

 

111



 

Section 7.04   Consolidation, Merger and Dissolution .   Except in connection with an Asset Disposition permitted by the terms of Section 7.05 , none of the Group Companies will enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself or its affairs (or suffer any liquidations or dissolutions); provided that:

 

(i)             any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge with and into, or be voluntarily dissolved or liquidated into, the Borrower, so long as (A) the Borrower is the surviving corporation of such merger, dissolution or liquidation, (B) the security interests granted to the Collateral Agents for the benefit of the Finance Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents in the assets of the Borrower and such Domestic Subsidiary so merged, dissolved or liquidated shall remain in full force and effect and perfected (to at least the same extent as in effect immediately prior to such merger, dissolution or liquidation) and (C) no Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor receives any consideration in respect or as a result of such transaction;

 

(ii)            any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge with and into, or be voluntarily dissolved or liquidated into, any other Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as (A) in the case of any such merger, dissolution or liquidation involving one or more Subsidiary Guarantors, (x) a Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation of such merger, dissolution or liquidation, (y) no Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor receives any consideration in respect of or as a result of such transaction and (B) the security interests granted to the Collateral Agents for the benefit of the Finance Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents in the assets of each Domestic Subsidiary so merged, dissolved or liquidated and in the Equity Interests of the surviving entity of such merger, dissolution or liquidation shall remain in full force and effect and perfected (to at least the same extent as in effect immediately prior to such merger, dissolution or liquidation);

 

(iii)           any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged with and into, or be voluntarily dissolved or liquidated into, the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as (A) in the case of any such merger, dissolution or liquidation involving one or more Subsidiary Guarantor, (x) the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation of any such merger, dissolution or liquidation and (y) no Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor receives any consideration in respect of or as a result of such transaction and (B) the security interests granted to the Collateral Agents for the benefit of the Finance Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents in the assets of such Foreign Subsidiary, if any, and the Borrower or such other Subsidiary, as the case may be, and in the Equity Interests of the surviving entity of such merger, dissolution or liquidation shall remain in full force and effect and perfected (to at least the same extent as in effect immediately prior to such merger, dissolution or liquidation);

 

(iv)           the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge with any Person (other than Parent Holdings or Holdings) in connection with a Permitted Business Acquisition if (A) in the case of any such merger involving the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation in such merger, (B) in the case of any such merger involving a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation in such merger or the continuing or surviving corporation in such merger shall, simultaneously with the consummation of such merger, become a Subsidiary Guarantor having all the responsibilities and obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor so merged, (C) the Loan Parties shall cause to be executed and delivered such documents, instruments and certificates as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request so as to cause the Loan Parties to be in compliance with the terms of Section 6.12 after giving effect to such transactions and (D) the

 

112



 

Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a Pro-Forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating that, upon giving effect on a Pro-Forma Basis to such transaction, the Loan Parties will be in compliance with all of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.17 as of the last day of the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings which precedes or ends on the date of such transaction and with respect to which the Administrative Agent has received the consolidated financial information required under Section 6.01(a) or (b) and the Compliance Certificate required by Section 6.02(b);

 

(v)            any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge with any Person (other than Parent Holdings or Holdings) in connection with a Permitted Joint Venture if (A)  in the case of any such merger involving a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation in such merger or the continuing or surviving corporation in such merger shall, simultaneously with the consummation of such merger, become a Subsidiary Guarantor having all the responsibilities and obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor so merged and (B) the Loan Parties shall cause to be executed and delivered such documents, instruments and certificates as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request so as to cause the Loan Parties to be in compliance with the terms of Section 6.12 after giving effect to such transactions; and

 

(vi)           either of Parent Holdings or Holdings may merge with and into, or be voluntarily dissolved or liquidated into the other so long as (A) the Collateral Agents shall have a Requisite Priority Lien on 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Borrower and the security interests granted to the Collateral Agents for the benefit of the Finance Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents in the assets of Parent Holdings and Holdings shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and perfected (to at least the same extent as in effect immediately prior to such merger, dissolution or liquidation).

 

In the case of any merger or consolidation permitted by this Section 7.04 of any Subsidiary of Holdings which is not a Loan Party into a Loan Party, the Loan Parties shall cause to be executed and delivered such documents, instruments and certificates as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request so as to cause the Loan Parties to be in compliance with the terms of Section 6.12 after giving effect to such transaction.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 7.04 , no action shall be permitted which results in a Change of Control.

 

Section 7.05   Asset Dispositions .   None of the Group Companies will make any Asset Disposition; provided that:

 

(i)             any Group Company may sell inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ii)            the Borrower may make any Asset Disposition to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors if (A) the Loan Parties shall cause to be executed and delivered such documents, instruments and certificates as the Administrative Agent or the Applicable Collateral Agent may request so as to cause the Loan Parties to be in compliance with the terms of Section 6.12 after giving effect to such Asset Disposition and (B) after giving effect to such Asset Disposition, no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

(iii)           the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may liquidate or sell Cash Equivalents and Foreign Cash Equivalents;

 

113



 

(iv)           the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may dispose of machinery or equipment which will be replaced or upgraded with machinery or equipment put to a similar use and owned or otherwise used or useful in the ordinary course of business of and owned by such Person; provided that (A) such replacement or upgraded machinery and equipment is acquired within 180 days after such disposition, (B) the fair market value of all property disposed of pursuant to this clause (iv) does not exceed the Applicable Basket Amount in the aggregate in any fiscal year of the Borrower and (C) upon their acquisition, such replacement assets become subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents;

 

(v)            the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may dispose of obsolete, worn-out or surplus tangible assets in the ordinary course of business and in a commercially reasonable manner;

 

(vi)           any Subsidiary of the Borrower may sell, lease or otherwise transfer all or substantially all or any part of its assets (including any such transaction effected by way of merger or consolidation) to the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as (A) the security interests granted to the Collateral Agents for the benefit of the Finance Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents in such assets shall remain in full force and effect and perfected (to at least the same extent as in effect immediately prior to such sale, lease or other transfer) and (B) after giving effect to such Asset Disposition, no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

(vii)          any non-Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower may sell, lease or otherwise transfer all or any part of its assets (including any such transaction effected by way of merger or consolidation) to any other non-Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as the security interests granted to the Collateral Agents for the benefit of the Finance Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents in such assets shall remain in full force and effect and perfected (to at least the same extent as in effect immediately prior to such sale, lease or other transfer);

 

(viii)         Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may sell or dispose of Equity Interests in Holdings or such Subsidiary to qualify directors where required by applicable Law or to satisfy other requirements of applicable Law with respect to the ownership of Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries;

 

(ix)            any Group Company may transfer assets as a part of the consideration for Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures;

 

(x)             the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may transfer trade fixtures to Foreign Subsidiaries and to non-Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value not exceeding $2,000,000 from and after the Closing Date;

 

(xi)            Asset Dispositions effected by transactions permitted under Section 7.04 shall be permitted;

 

(xii)           any Group Company may lease, as lessor or sublessor, or license, as licensor or sublicensor, real or personal property in the ordinary course of business if not otherwise prohibited by clause (xiv) below;

 

114



 

(xiii)          any Group Company may dispose of defaulted receivables and similar obligations in the ordinary course of business and not as part of an accounts receivable financing transaction;

 

(xiv)         any Group Company may, in the ordinary course of business, license and sublicense Intellectual Property (x) registered outside the United States or (y) having an aggregate fair market value not exceeding $5,000,000;

 

(xv)          any Group Company may make an Asset Disposition to a Foreign IP Holdco consisting of the capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary in connection with a Foreign IP Transfer Transaction in exchange for capital stock of such Foreign IP Holdco or Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(xv) ;

 

(xvi)         any Group company may make an Asset Disposition constituting, and limited to, a Foreign IP Transfer Transaction in exchange for Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(xvi) ;

 

(xvii)        any Group Company may dispose of non-core assets acquired in Permitted Business Acquisitions;

 

(xviii)       any Group Company may enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction not prohibited by Section 7.01 or Section 7.13 ; and

 

(xix)          any Group Company may make any other Asset Disposition; provided that (A) at least 75% of the consideration therefor is cash or Cash Equivalents; (B) such transaction does not involve the sale or other disposition of a minority Equity Interest in any Group Company; (C) the aggregate fair market value of all assets sold or otherwise disposed of by the Group Companies in all such transactions in reliance on this clause (xix) shall not exceed the Applicable Basket Amount in any fiscal year of the Borrower; and (D) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such transaction.

 

Upon consummation of an Asset Disposition permitted under this Section 7.05 , the Lien created thereon under the Collateral Documents (but not the Lien on any proceeds thereof) shall be automatically released, and the Administrative Agent shall (or shall cause the Applicable Collateral Agent to) (to the extent applicable) deliver to the Borrower, upon the Borrower’s request and at the Borrower’s expense, such documentation as is reasonably necessary to evidence the release of the Collateral Agents’ security interests, if any, in the assets being disposed of, including amendments or terminations of Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements, if any, the return of stock certificates, if any, and the release of any Subsidiary being disposed of in its entirety from all of its obligations, if any, under the Loan Documents.

 

Section 7.06   Investments .

 

(a)            Investments .  None of the Group Companies will hold, make or acquire, any Investment in any Person, except the following:

 

(i)             Investments existing on the date hereof disclosed on Schedule 7.06 hereto or in Persons which are Subsidiaries on the date hereof and Investments in Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries formed after the date hereof if the Loan Parties shall cause to be executed and delivered such documents, instruments and certificates as the Administrative Agent may

 

115



 

reasonably request so as to cause the Loan Parties to be in compliance with the terms of Section 6.12 after giving effect to such Investment;

 

(ii)            the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower may invest in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(iii)           Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower may invest in Cash Equivalents or Foreign Cash Equivalents;

 

(iv)           the Borrower and any Subsidiary of the Borrower may acquire and hold receivables, accounts, notes receivable, chattel paper, payment intangibles and prepaid accounts owing to them, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;

 

(v)            the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower may acquire and own Investments (including Indebtedness obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi)           loans and advances by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for moving and travel and other similar expenses, in each case in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Applicable Basket Amount at any time outstanding (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such loans and advances);

 

(vii)          deposits by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices to secure the performance of leases shall be permitted;

 

(viii)         the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may make loans and advances to Holdings for the purposes and in the amounts necessary to pay the fees, expenses and taxes described in Section 7.07 ;

 

(ix)            Holdings may make equity contributions to the capital of the Borrower;

 

(x)             the Borrower may make Investments in any of its Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries and any Subsidiary of the Borrower may make Investments in the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that (A) each item of intercompany Indebtedness shall be evidenced by a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H hereto, (B) each promissory note evidencing intercompany loans and advances made by a Foreign Subsidiary or a non-Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary to the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower shall contain the subordination provisions set forth in Exhibit I hereto and (C) each promissory note evidencing intercompany loans and advances (other than promissory notes held by Foreign Subsidiaries, except to the extent provided in Section 6.12(d) ) shall be pledged to the Collateral Agents pursuant to the Pledge Agreements;

 

(xi)            the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Investments in any Foreign Subsidiary or any non-Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower (A) in the case of Investments by the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, in an aggregate amount together with all Guaranty Obligations permitted under Section 7.01(ix)(D) (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of any such Investments constituting

 

116



 

Indebtedness) at any one time outstanding not exceeding the Applicable Basket Amount and (B) to the extent such Investments arise from the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or such Subsidiary to such Foreign Subsidiary or non-Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary for resale by such Foreign Subsidiary or non-Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary (including any such Investments resulting from the extension of the payment terms with respect to such sales); provided that (A) each item of intercompany Indebtedness shall be evidenced by a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H hereto and (B) each promissory note evidencing intercompany loans and advances (other than promissory notes (x) issued by Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower to the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries or (y) held by Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, in each case except to the extent provided in Section 6.12(d) ) shall be pledged to the Collateral Agents pursuant to the Pledge Agreements;

 

(xii)           the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures in an aggregate amount, determined based on the greater of the book value or the fair market value thereof as certified in a certificate of a financial officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent, not in excess of the Applicable Basket Amount in any fiscal year and the Applicable Basket Amount in the aggregate during the period since the Closing Date;

 

(xiii)          Investments arising out of the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of non-cash consideration for the sale of assets permitted under Section 7.05 ;

 

(xiv)         the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make expenditures in respect of Permitted Business Acquisitions;

 

(xv)          the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Investments arising out of a Foreign IP Transfer Transaction representing Indebtedness of a Foreign IP Holdco permitted pursuant to Section 7.01(xv) and (xvi) or in capital stock of a Foreign IP Holdco upon contribution of capital stock of such Foreign Subsidiary;

 

(xvi)         the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Investments in one or Foreign Subsidiaries (A) to the extent necessary to eliminate a deficit in required capital that either (x) is funded with the proceeds of a Qualifying Equity Issuance or (y) does not exceed the Applicable Basket Amount or (B) representing contributions to a Foreign IP Holdco of accounts receivable that represent amounts payable to a Loan Party by a Foreign Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed the Applicable Basket Amount; and

 

(xvii)        the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make other Investments not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.06 in an aggregate amount (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of any such Investments constituting Indebtedness but excluding any portion thereof funded with proceeds of a Qualifying Equity Issuance not otherwise utilized for any purpose specified in clause (iii) of the definition of “Qualifying Equity Issuance”) at any time outstanding not exceeding the sum of (A) the Applicable Basket Amount plus (B) an amount, not exceeding the Applicable Basket Amount in the aggregate, equal to that portion of Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal years ended after the Closing Date, if any, not required to be used to prepay the Loans or Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations in accordance with Section 2.09 , to make Restricted Payments under Section 7.07(iv) or to make Consolidated Capital Expenditures under Section 7.14(c) ; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of all Investments by the Borrower and its Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries in Foreign Subsidiaries and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower together with all Guaranty Obligations permitted under Section 7.01(ix)(D) shall not exceed the Applicable Basket Amount (determined without regard

 

117



 

to any write-downs or write-offs of any such Investments constituting Indebtedness but excluding any portion thereof funded with proceeds of a Qualifying Equity Issuance) at any time outstanding;

 

provided that no Group Company may make or own any Investment in Margin Stock.

 

(b)            Limitation on the Creation of Subsidiaries .  No Group Company will establish, create or acquire after the Closing Date any Subsidiary; provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be permitted to establish, create or acquire Subsidiaries so long as (i) at least 30 days’ prior written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Investment resulting from such establishment, creation or acquisition is permitted pursuant to Section 7.06(a) above, (iii) the capital stock or other equity interests of such new Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, except to the extent otherwise required pursuant to Section 6.12(d) ) is pledged pursuant to, and to the extent required by, the Pledge Agreement and the certificates representing such interests, together with transfer powers duly executed in blank, are delivered to the Applicable Collateral Agent, (iv) such new Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, except to the extent otherwise required pursuant to Section 6.12(d) ) executes a counterpart of the Accession Agreement, the Guaranty, the Security Agreements and the Pledge Agreements to the extent required by Section 6.12(b) , and (v) such new Subsidiary, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, takes all other actions required pursuant to Section 6.12 .

 

Section 7.07   Restricted Payments, etc.  None of the Group Companies will declare or pay any Restricted Payments (other than Restricted Payments payable solely in Equity Interests (exclusive of Debt Equivalents) of such Person), except that:

 

(i)             the Preferred Stock Redemption and the Equity Distribution may be effected on the Closing Date;

 

(ii)            any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;

 

(iii)           any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower or ratably to all holders of its outstanding Equity Interests;

 

(iv)           so long as no Default or Event of Default is then in existence or would otherwise arise therefrom, the Borrower may make cash Restricted Payments to Holdings and Holdings may in turn make cash Restricted Payments to Parent Holdings to enable Parent Holdings to redeem or repurchase Equity Interests (or Equity Equivalents) from (A) officers, employees and directors of any Group Company (or their estates, spouses or former spouses) upon the death, permanent disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise, or (B) other holders of Equity Interests or Equity Equivalents in Parent Holdings; provided that in all such cases (A) no Default or Event of Default is then in existence or would otherwise arise therefrom, (B) the aggregate amount of all cash paid in respect of all such shares so redeemed or repurchased does not exceed the Applicable Basket Amount in the aggregate from and after the Closing Date, and provided further that Parent Holdings may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests and Equity Equivalents of Parent Holdings pursuant to this clause (iv) without regard to the restrictions set forth in the first proviso above for consideration consisting of (x) the proceeds of key man life insurance, (y) the Net Cash Proceeds of Qualifying Equity Issuances not otherwise utilized for any purpose specified in clause (iii) of the definition of “Qualifying Equity Issuance” and (z) that portion of Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal years ended after the Closing Date, if any, not required to be used to prepay

 

118



 

the Loans or Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations in accordance with Section 2.09 or utilized to make Investments under Section 7.06(a)(xvii) or Consolidated Capital Expenditures under Section 7.14(c) ;

 

(v)            the Borrower may make cash Restricted Payments to Holdings, and Holdings may in turn make cash Restricted Payments to Parent Holdings, to enable Holdings or Parent Holdings to pay, and in amounts not to exceed the amount necessary to pay, (A) the then currently due fees and expenses of Holdings’ and Parent Holdings’ counsel, accountants and other advisors and consultants, and other operating and administrative expenses of Holdings and Parent Holdings (including employee and compensation expenditures, directors’ and officers’ insurance premiums and other similar costs and expenses) incurred in the ordinary course of business that are for the benefit of, or are attributable to, or are related to, including the financing or refinancing of, Parent Holding’s Investment in the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, up to an aggregate amount of the Applicable Basket Amount for each fiscal year, (B) the then currently due fees and expenses of Holdings’ and Parent Holdings’ independent directors and (C) the then currently due taxes payable by Holdings and Parent Holdings solely on account of the income of Holdings and Parent Holdings related to their respective Investment in the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the reasonable expenses of preparing returns reflecting such taxes; provided that Holdings and Parent Holdings agree to contribute to the Borrower any refund Holdings or Parent Holdings receives relating to any such taxes; and

 

(vi)           the Borrower may make cash Restricted Payments to Holdings, and Holdings may in turn make cash Restricted Payments to Parent Holdings, to enable Holdings or Parent Holdings to pay, and in amounts not to exceed the amount necessary to pay the amount that the Borrower would have been required to pay for federal, state, local or other taxes on income if it were deemed to be the common parent of an affiliated group (within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code) of which only it and its Subsidiaries were members (and assuming for such purpose that such group had the benefit of any losses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries previously used by Holdings or Parent Holdings); provided that such payments may be made only in respect of the period during which the Borrower is consolidated with Holdings and Parent Holdings for purposes of the payment of such taxes (such payments being herein referred to as (“ Permitted Tax Distributions ”).

 

Section 7.08   Payments of Indebtedness, etc .

 

(a)            Amendments of Agreements .  None of the Group Companies will, or will permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, after the issuance thereof, amend, waive or modify (or permit the amendment, waiver or modification of) any of the terms, agreements, covenants or conditions of or applicable to any Indebtedness (other than the Senior Obligations and, in the absence of any Default or Event of Default, Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(iii) ) issued by such Group Company if such amendment, waiver or modification would add or change any terms, agreements, covenants or conditions in any manner adverse to any Group Company, or shorten the final maturity or average life to maturity or require any payment to be made sooner than originally scheduled or increase the interest rate applicable thereto or change any subordination provision thereof.

 

(b)            Prohibition Against Certain Payments of Principal and Interest of Certain Other Indebtedness .  None of the Group Companies will (i) directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase, prepay, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness), or set aside any funds for such purpose, whether such redemption, purchase, prepayment, retirement or acquisition is made at the option of the maker or at the option of the holder thereof, and whether or not any such redemption, purchase,

 

119



 

prepayment, retirement or acquisition is required under the terms and conditions applicable to such Indebtedness or (ii) release, cancel, compromise or forgive in whole or in part any Indebtedness evidenced by any Intercompany Note.

 

(c)            Management Fees .  Neither Holding or the Borrower shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, change or amend the terms of the Management Agreement (or any other material document entered into with respect to the payment of any fee to the Sponsor in connection therewith) if the effect of such amendment is to (i) increase the interest rate (or decrease the portion thereof that is not required to be paid in cash) payable upon default on the Management Fees or otherwise increase any amount payable by Holdings, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries thereunder or (ii) change or amend any other term if such change or amendment would provide for the payment of Management Fees (other than Management Fees contemplated by clause (iii) of the definition thereof) during the continuation of any Event of Default (except to the extent permitted hereunder), materially increase the payment obligations of the obligor or otherwise add any provision that provides, directly or indirectly, for the transfer of any property or assets of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to the Sponsor or the parties thereto other than the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in a manner adverse to the Parent, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Senior Credit Party or Second Lien Credit Party.

 

Section 7.09   Transactions with Affiliates .   None of the Group Companies will engage in any transaction or series of transactions with any Affiliate, other than:

 

(i)             the transactions set forth in the Management Agreement; provided that (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately before or immediately after giving effect to any payment of Management Fees contemplated by clauses (i) or (ii) of the definition thereof and (B) the amount in respect of such fees not then allowed to be paid in cash by virtue of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default shall be deferred and shall not be paid unless and to the extent that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of payment;

 

(ii)            transactions permitted by Section 7.05 ;

 

(iii)           transactions expressly permitted by Section 7.01 , Section 7.04 , Section 7.05 , Section 7.06 or Section 7.07 ;

 

(iv)           normal compensation, indemnities and reimbursement of reasonable expenses of officers and directors, including stock incentive and option plans and agreements relating thereto;

 

(v)            other transactions with officers, directors, the Sponsor and its Affiliates in existence on the Closing Date to the extent disclosed in Schedule 7.09 ;

 

(vi)           any transaction entered into among the Borrower and its Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries or among such Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries;

 

(vii)          transactions entered into between US IP Holdco or between a Foreign IP Holdco and any Loan Party in connection with a Foreign IP Transfer Transaction; and

 

(viii)         other transactions which are engaged in by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business on terms and conditions as favorable to such Person as would be obtainable by it in a comparable arms’-length transaction with an independent, unrelated third party.

 

120


 

Section 7.10   Fiscal Year; Organizational and Other Documents .   None of the Group Companies will (i) change its fiscal year or (ii) enter into any amendment, modification or waiver that is adverse in any respect to the Lenders to its articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws (or analogous organizational documents) or any agreement entered into by it with respect to its Equity Interests (including the Stockholders’ Agreement), in each case as in effect on the Closing Date.  The Borrower will cause the Group Companies to promptly provide the Lenders with copies of all amendments to the foregoing documents and instruments as in effect as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 7.11   Restrictions with Respect to Intercorporate Transfers .  None of the Group Companies will create or otherwise cause or permit to exist any encumbrance or restriction which prohibits or otherwise restricts (i) the ability of any such Subsidiary to (A) make Restricted Payments or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (B) pay Indebtedness or other obligations owed to any Loan Party, (C) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (D) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or (E) act as a Subsidiary Guarantor and pledge its assets pursuant to the Loan Documents or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges, refundings or extensions thereof or (ii) the ability of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon its property or assets whether now owned or hereafter acquired to secure the Senior Obligations, except in each case for prohibitions or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)             this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(ii)            applicable Law;

 

(iii)           restrictions in effect on the date of this Agreement contained in the agreements governing the Existing Indebtedness and in any agreements governing Permitted Refinancing thereof if such restrictions are no more restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being renewed, extended or refinanced;

 

(iv)           customary non-assignment provisions with respect to leases or licensing agreements entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)            any restriction or encumbrance with respect to any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or a Subsidiary of the Borrower imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been entered into for the sale or disposition of such assets or all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of such Subsidiary, so long as such sale or disposition is permitted under this Agreement;

 

(vi)           customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with Permitted Joint Ventures; and

 

(vii)          Liens permitted under Section 7.02 and any documents or instruments governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other obligations secured by any such Liens; provided that such prohibitions or restrictions apply only to the assets subject to such Liens.

 

Section 7.12   Ownership of Subsidiaries; Limitations on Certain Activities .

 

(a)            Holdings will not (i) hold any assets other than the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) have any material liabilities other than (A) liabilities under the Loan Documents and (B)

 

121



 

tax liabilities in the ordinary course of business or (iii) engage in any business or activity other than (A) owning the common stock of the Borrower (including purchasing additional shares of common stock after the Closing Date) and activities incidental or related thereto or to the maintenance of the corporate existence of Holdings or compliance with applicable Law and (B) acting as a Guarantor under the Guaranty and pledging its assets to the Collateral Agents, for the benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to the Collateral Documents to which it is a party.

 

(b)            Holdings and the Borrower will not permit any Person other than Holdings to hold any Equity Interests or Equity Equivalents of the Borrower.

 

(c)            US IP Holdco will not (i) hold any assets other than the Equity Interests of the Foreign IP Holdcos, (ii) have any liabilities other than liabilities under the Loan Document, (iii) engage in any business or activity other than (A) owning the common stock of the Foreign IP Holdcos and activities incidental or related thereto or to the maintenance of its corporate existence or compliance with applicable Law, (B) acting as a Guarantor under the Guaranty and pledging its assets to the Collateral Agents, for the benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to the Collateral Documents to which it is a party and (C) entering into the intercompany loans and borrowings permitted hereby in connecting with the Foreign IP Transfer Transaction or (iv) enter into any agreement other than this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with any Person unless that Person agrees that it will not institute against US IP Holdco any proceeding of the type referred to in Section 8.01(f) hereof so long as there shall not have elapsed one year and one day since the latest of the Revolving Termination Date, the Term B Maturity Date and the Second Lien Maturity Date.

 

Section 7.13   Sale and Leaseback Transactions .  None of the Group Companies will directly or indirectly become or remain liable as lessee or as guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease (whether an Operating Lease or a Capital Lease) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (i) which such Group Company has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person which is not a Group Company or (ii) which such Group Company intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been sold or is to be sold or transferred by such Group Company to another Person which is not a Group Company in connection with such lease; provided , however , that the Group Companies may enter into such transactions with respect to personal property, in an aggregate amount of up to the Applicable Basket Amount in sales proceeds during the term of this Agreement, if (i) after giving effect on a Pro-Forma Basis to any such transaction the Borrower shall be in compliance with all other provisions of this Agreement, including Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 , (ii) the gross cash proceeds of any such transaction are at least equal to the fair market value of such property (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive if made in good faith) and (iii) the Net Cash Proceeds are forwarded to the Administrative Agent as set forth in Section 2.09(b)(iv) to the extent required therein.

 

Section 7.14   Capital Expenditures .

 

(a)            None of the Group Companies will make any Consolidated Capital Expenditures, except that during any of the fiscal years set forth below, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Consolidated Capital Expenditures (other than Consolidated Capital Expenditures made with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Qualifying Equity Issuances) so long as the aggregate amount of such Consolidated Capital Expenditures does not exceed the amount indicated opposite such period; provided that the reference below to the fiscal year ending October 31, 2004 shall be to the year from the Closing Date to the last day of such fiscal year:

 

122



 

Fiscal Year Ending October 31

 

Amount

 

2004

 

$

3,000,000

 

2005

 

$

4,000,000

 

2006

 

$

5,000,000

 

2007

 

$

6,000,000

 

2008

 

$

7,000,000

 

2009 and thereafter

 

$

8,000,000

 

 

(b)            To the extent that Consolidated Capital Expenditures permitted under subsection (a) above for any period set forth above are less than the applicable amount specified in the table in subsection (a) above, 50% of the difference may be carried forward and utilized to make Consolidated Capital Expenditures during the immediately succeeding fiscal year.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Consolidated Capital Expenditures (which Consolidated Capital Expenditures will not be included in any determination under subsection (a) above) with (A) the Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Dispositions, Casualties and Condemnations, to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are not required to be applied to repay Loans or cash collateralize Letter of Credit Liabilities pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(iii) , (B) the Net Cash Proceeds of Qualifying Equity Issuances not otherwise utilized for any purpose specified in clause (iii) of the definition of “Qualifying Equity Issuance” and (C) that portion of Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal years ended after the Closing Date, if any, not required to be used to prepay the Loans or Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations in accordance with Section 2.09 or utilized to make Investments under Section 7.06(a)(xvii) or to make Restricted Payments under Section 7.07(iv) .

 

Section 7.15   Additional Negative Pledges .   None of the Group Companies will enter into, assume or become subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for an obligation if security is given for some other obligation, except (i) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) pursuant to any document or instrument governing Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(iii) if any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets acquired in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.16   Impairment of Security Interests .   None of the Group Companies will (i) take or omit to take any action which action or omission might or would materially impair the security interests in favor of the Collateral Agents with respect to the Collateral or (ii) grant to any Person (other than the Collateral Agents pursuant to the Collateral Documents) any interest whatsoever in the Collateral, except for Permitted Liens.

 

Section 7.17   Financial Covenants .

 

(a)            Senior Lenders: Senior Secured Leverage Ratio .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower agree with each Senior Lender that the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio on the last day of any fiscal quarter will not be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

 

123



 

Fiscal Quarter Ended

 

Ratio

 

July 31, 2004

 

3.95 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2004 – January 31, 2005

 

3.60 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2005 – July 31, 2005

 

3.35 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2005 – January 31, 2006

 

3.00 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2006 – July 31, 2006

 

2.75 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2006 – January 31, 2007

 

2.50 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2007 – July 31, 2007

 

2.25 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2007 and thereafter

 

2.00 to 1.0

 

 

(b)            Senior Lenders: Leverage Ratio .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees with each Senior Lender that the Leverage Ratio on the last day of any fiscal quarter will not be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ended

 

Ratio

 

July 31, 2004

 

5.25 to 1.0

 

October 31. 2004 – January 31, 2005

 

5.00 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2005 – July 31, 2005

 

4.75 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2005 – January 31, 2006

 

4.50 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2006 – July 31, 2006

 

4.25 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2006 – January 31, 2007

 

4.00 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2007 – July 31, 2007

 

3.75 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2007 – January 31, 2008

 

3.50 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2008 – July 31, 2008

 

3.25 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2008 and thereafter

 

3.00 to 1.0

 

 

(c)            Second Lien Lenders: Leverage Ratio .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees with each Second Lien Lender that the Leverage Ratio on the last day of any fiscal quarter will not be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ended

 

Ratio

 

July 31, 2004

 

5.75 to 1.0

 

October 31. 2004 – January 31, 2005

 

5.50 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2005 – July 31, 2005

 

5.25 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2005 – January 31, 2006

 

5.00 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2006 – July 31, 2006

 

4.75 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2006 – January 31, 2007

 

4.50 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2007 – July 31, 2007

 

4.25 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2007 – January 31, 2008

 

4.00 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2008 – July 31, 2008

 

3.75 to 1.0

 

October 31, 2008 – January 31, 2009

 

3.50 to 1.0

 

April 30, 2009 and thereafter

 

3.25 to 1.0

 

 

(d)            Senior Lenders: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees with each Senior Lender that the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on the last day of each fiscal quarter, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings then ending and in each case taken as a single accounting period, will not be less than 2.00 to 1.00.

 

124



 

Section 7.18   Independence of Covenants .   All covenants contained herein shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that such action or condition would be permitted by an exception to, or otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

 

ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULTS

 

Section 8.01  Events of Default .   An Event of Default shall exist upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events or conditions (each an “ Event of Default ”):

 

(a)            Payment .  Any Loan Party shall:

 

(i)             default in the payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, acceleration or otherwise) of any principal of any of the Loans or of any L/C Disbursement; or

 

(ii)            default, and such default shall continue for five or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans, or of any fees or other amounts owing hereunder, under any of the other Loan Documents or in connection herewith.

 

(b)            Representations .  Any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by any Loan Party herein, in any of the other Loan Documents, or in any statement or certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove untrue in any material respect on the date as of which it was made or deemed to have been made.

 

(c)            Covenants .  Any Loan Party shall:

 

(i)             default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 6.10 , 6.11 , 6.12 , 6.13 , 6.14 or Article VII ;

 

(ii)            default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Article VI (other than those referred to in subsection (a) or (c)(i) of this Section 8.01 ) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of ten Business Days after the earlier of an executive officer of a Loan Party becoming aware of such default or notice thereof given by the Administrative Agent; or

 

(iii)           default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in subsection (a) or (c)(i) or (ii) of this Section 8.01 ) contained in this Agreement and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of an executive officer of a Loan Party becoming aware of such default or notice thereof given by the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)            Other Loan Documents .  (i) Any Loan Party shall default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement in any of the other Loan Documents the consequence of which is to adversely affect the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their material obligations under the Loan Documents taken as a whole and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of an executive officer of a Loan Party becoming aware of such default or notice thereof given by the Administrative Agent, (ii) except pursuant to the terms thereof, any Loan Document shall fail in any material respect to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party shall so assert or (iii) except pursuant to the terms thereof, any Loan Document shall fail in any material respect to give the

 

125



 

Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders the security interests, liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby.

 

(e)            Cross-Default .

 

(i)             any Group Company (A) fails to make payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), regardless of amount, in respect of any Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligation (other than in respect of (x) Indebtedness outstanding under the Loan Documents and (y) Swap Agreements) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, (B) fails to perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist, under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligation, if the effect of such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit, with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, the holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, such Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity, or such Guaranty Obligation to become payable, or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded or (C) shall be required by the terms of such Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligation to offer to prepay or repurchase such Indebtedness or the primary Indebtedness underlying such Guaranty Obligation (or any portion thereof) prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

 

(ii)            there occurs under any Swap Agreement or Swap Obligation an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Agreement) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Agreement as to which any Group Company is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Agreement) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) as to which any Group Company is an Affected Party (as so defined), and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by a Group Company as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount.

 

(f)             Insolvency Events .  (i) Any Group Company shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing or (ii) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against any Group Company seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days, or any order for relief shall be entered against any Group Company under the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect.

 

(g)            Judgments .  (i) One or more judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards is entered against any Group Company involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance or an indemnity from a credit-worthy third party as to which the insurer or indemnitor, as applicable, does not dispute coverage), as to any single or related series of transactions, incidents or conditions, in excess of the Threshold Amount, and the same shall not have been discharged, vacated or stayed pending appeal within 30 days after the entry thereof or (ii) any non-monetary

 

126



 

judgment, order or decree is entered against any Group Company which has or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any period of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect.

 

(h)            ERISA .  (i) An ERISA Event occurs which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Group Company or any ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, (ii) there shall exist an amount of Unfunded Liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, for all Plans and Foreign Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Plans and Foreign Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities), in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, (iii) any Foreign Pension Plan is not in substantial compliance with all applicable pension benefits and tax laws, (iv) any contribution required to be made in accordance with any applicable law or the terms of any Foreign Pension Plan has not been made; (v) any event has occurred or condition exists with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan that has resulted or could result in any Foreign Pension Plan being ordered or required to be wound up in whole or in part pursuant to any applicable laws or having any applicable registration revoked or refused for the purposes of any applicable pension benefits or tax laws or being placed under the administration of the relevant pension benefits regulatory authority or being required to pay any taxes or penalties under applicable pension benefits and tax laws; (vi) an order has been made or notice has been given pursuant to any applicable pension benefits and tax laws in respect of any Foreign Pension Plan requiring any person to take or refrain from taking any action in respect thereof or that there has been a contravention of any such applicable laws; (vii) an event has occurred or a condition exists that has resulted or could result in any Group Company being required to pay, repay or refund any amount other than contributions required to be made or expenses required to be paid in the ordinary course) to or on account of any Foreign Pension Plan or a current or former member thereof; or (viii) an event has occurred or a condition exists that has resulted or could result in a payment being made out of a guarantee fund established under the applicable pension benefits laws in respect of a Foreign Pension Plan; and which, with respect to all the events and obligations described in the preceding clauses (iii) through (viii) of this Section 8.01(h) , would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i)             Guaranties .  Any Guaranty given by any Loan Parties or any provision thereof shall, except pursuant to the terms thereof, cease to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor thereunder or any Person acting by or on behalf of such guarantor shall deny or disaffirm such Guarantor’s obligations under such Guaranty.

 

(j)             Impairment of Collateral .  Any security interest purported to be created by any Collateral Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Group Company not to be, a valid, perfected, Requisite Priority Lien (except as otherwise expressly provided in such Collateral Document) in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, other than in respect of assets and properties which, individually and in the aggregate, are not material to the Group Companies taken as a whole or in respect of which the failure of the security interests in respect thereof to be valid, perfected first priority security interests will not in the reasonable judgment of the Applicable Collateral Agent have a Material Adverse Effect on the rights and benefits of the Lenders under the Loan Documents taken as a whole;

 

(k)            Ownership .  A Change of Control shall occur.

 

Section 8.02   Acceleration; Remedies .  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter, unless and until such Event of Default has been waived in writing with the consent of those Lenders as may be required pursuant to Section 10.01 , the Administrative Agent (or with respect to the Collateral, the Applicable Collateral Agent) shall, upon the request and direction of the Required Senior Lenders (or, to the extent any such action is allowed by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement to

 

127



 

be taken by the Required Second Lien Lenders, the Required Lenders), by written notice to the Borrower, take any of the following actions without prejudice to the rights of the Agents or any Lender to enforce its claims against the Loan Parties except as otherwise specifically provided for herein or in the Intercreditor Agreement:

 

(a)            Termination of Commitments .  Declare the Commitments terminated whereupon the Commitments shall be immediately terminated.

 

(b)            Acceleration of Loans .  Declare the unpaid principal of and any accrued interest in respect of all Loans, any reimbursement obligations arising from drawings under Letters of Credit and any and all other indebtedness or obligations of any and every kind owing by a Loan Party to any of the Lenders hereunder to be due whereupon the same shall be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Loan Parties.

 

(c)            Cash Collateral .  Direct the Borrower to pay (and the Borrower agrees that upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) , it will immediately pay) to the Senior Collateral Agent additional cash, to be held by the Senior Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Lenders, in a cash collateral account as additional security for the L/C Obligations in respect of subsequent drawings under all then outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 102% of the maximum aggregate amount which may be drawn under all Letters of Credits then outstanding.

 

(d)            Enforcement of Rights .  Enforce any and all rights and interests created and existing under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation but subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, all rights and remedies existing under the Collateral Documents, all rights and remedies against a Guarantor and all rights of set-off.  In addition to the remedies set forth above, the Collateral Agents may, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, exercise any remedies provided for by the Collateral Documents in accordance with the terms thereof or any other remedies provided by applicable Law.

 

(e)            Enforcement Rights Vested Solely in Administrative Agent and Applicable Collateral Agent .  The Lenders agree that this Agreement may be enforced only by the action of the Administrative Agent, acting upon the instructions of the Required Senior Lenders (or, to the extent any such action is allowed by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement to be taken by the Required Second Lien Lenders, the Required Lenders), and, with respect to the Collateral, the Applicable Collateral Agent, and that no other Finance Party shall have any right individually to seek to enforce this Agreement or to realize upon the security to be granted hereby.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 8.01(f) shall occur, then the Commitments shall automatically terminate, all Loans, all reimbursement obligations under Letters of Credit, all accrued interest in respect thereof and all accrued and unpaid fees and other indebtedness or obligations owing to the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without the giving of any notice or other action by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, which notice or other action is expressly waived by the Loan Parties.

 

Section 8.03   Rescission of Events of Default .  If at any time after termination of the Commitments or acceleration of the maturity of the Loans, the Borrower shall pay all arrears of interest and all payments on account of principal of the Loans and Unreimbursed Amounts that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on principal and, to the extent permitted by law, on

 

128



 

overdue interest, at the rates specified herein) and all Events of Default and Defaults (other than non-payment of principal of and accrued interest on the Loans due and payable solely by virtue of acceleration) shall be remedied or waived pursuant to Section 10.01 then upon the written consent of the Required Lenders and written notice to the Borrower, the termination of the Commitments or the acceleration and their consequences may be rescinded and annulled; provided , however , that such action shall not affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right or remedy consequent thereon.  The provisions of the preceding sentence are intended merely to bind the Lenders and the L/C Issuers to a decision that may be made at the election of the Required Lenders, and such provisions are not intended to benefit the Borrower and do not give the Borrower the right to require the Lenders to rescind or annul any acceleration hereunder, even if the conditions set forth herein are met.

 

ARTICLE IX
AGENCY PROVISIONS

 

Section 9.01   Appointment and Authorization of the Agents .

 

(a)            Appointment .  Each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent and Second Lien Collateral Agent and CSFB as Syndication Agent, and each Lender and each L/C issuer authorizes each such Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender and each L/C Issuer hereby authorizes each Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, each of the Loan Documents to which such Collateral Agent is a party, to exercise all rights, powers and remedies that such Agent may have under such Loan Documents and, in the case of the Collateral Documents, to act as agent under such Collateral Documents for (i) in the case of the Administrative Agent and the Senior Collateral Agent, the Senior Finance Parties and (ii) in the case of the Second Lien Agent, the Second Lien Credit Parties.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Agents shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein or in the Intercreditor Agreement, nor shall the Agents have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

 

(b)            L/C Issuers .  Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “ Administrative Agent ” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “ Agent-Related Person ” included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

 

(c)            Instructions of Required Lenders .  Without limiting an Agent’s right to utilization the discretion granted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, as to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including enforcement or collection), (i)

 

129



 

the Administrative Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Senior Lenders (or, to the extent any such action is allowed by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement to be taken by the Required Second Lien Lenders, the Required Lenders), and such instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders and each L/C Issuer, (ii) the Senior Collateral Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Senior Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon the Senior Lenders and (iii) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Second Lien Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Second Lien Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon the Second Lien Lenders; provided , however , that neither Collateral Agent shall be required to take any action that (x) such Collateral Agent in good faith believes exposes it to personal liability unless such Agent receives an indemnification satisfactory to it from the Lenders and the Issuers with respect to such action or (y) is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law.  Each Collateral Agent agrees to give to each other Agent and each Lender and each Issuer prompt notice of each notice given to it by any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

(d)            Agency Duties Limited to Applicable Classes .  In performing their respective functions and duties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (i) the Administrative Agent is acting solely on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers except to the limited extent provided in Section 10.07(c) , (ii) the Senior Collateral Agent is action solely on behalf of the Senior Finance Parties and (iii) the Second Lien Agent is acting solely on behalf of the Second Lien Credit Parties, and each of their respective duties are entirely administrative in nature.  Neither Collateral Agent assumes or shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation other than as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents or any other relationship as the agent, fiduciary or trustee of or for any Lender, L/C Issuer or holder of any other Finance Obligation.

 

Section 9.02   Delegation of Duties .   The Administrative Agent and each of the Collateral Agents may execute any of its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agents shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 9.03   Exculpatory Provisions .   No Agent-Related Person shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection herewith or in connection with any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or participants for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any of the Loan Parties contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, document, financial statement or other written or oral statement referred to or provided for in, or received by an Agent under or in connection herewith or in connection with the other Loan Documents, or enforceability or sufficiency therefor of any of the other Loan Documents, or for any failure of any Loan Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant or be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained herein or therein or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or the use of the Letters of Credit or of the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Loan Parties or any Affiliate thereof.

 

130



 

Section 9.04   Reliance on Communications .

 

(a)            Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent.  Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

 

(b)            For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

Section 9.05   Notice of Default .   No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the such Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the such Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”  The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII ; provided , however , that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

Section 9.06   Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent; No Reliance on Arranger’s or Agents’ Customer Identification Program .

 

(a)            Independent Credit Decision .  Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession.  Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereunder.  Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis,

 

131



 

appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent herein, the Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

 

(b)            US Patriot Act Customer Identification Programs .  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees may rely on the Arranger or any Agent to carry out such Lender’s, Affiliate’s, participant’s or assignee’s customer identification program or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the U.S. Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 C.F.R. 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “ CIP Regulations ”), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with any of the Loan Parties, their Affiliates or agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder or contemplated hereby:  (i) any identification procedures; (ii) and recordkeeping; (iii) comparisons with government lists, (iv) customer notices; or (v) other procedures required under the CIP regulations or such other Laws.

 

Section 9.07   Indemnification .   Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties to do so), ratably according to their respective Commitments (or if the Commitments have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of outstanding Loans and Participation Interests of the Lenders), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following payment in full of the Credit Obligations) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Agent-Related Person; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided , however , that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07 ; provided , further , that to the extent that an L/C Issuer is entitled to indemnification under this Section 9.07 solely in its capacity and role as L/C Issuer, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to indemnify such L/C issuer in accordance with Section 9.07 .  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Collateral Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent or either Collateral Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent or such Collateral Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party.  The agreements in this Section 9.07 shall survive the payment of the Credit Obligations and all other obligations and amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and the resignation of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agents.

 

Section 9.08   Agents in Their Individual Capacity .   Bank of America and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though Bank of America were not the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender, the Senior Collateral Agent or the Second

 

132



 

Lien Collateral Agent hereunder or under another Loan Document and without notice to or consent of the Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, Bank of America or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agents shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them.  With respect to its Loans, Bank of America shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or a Collateral Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include Bank of America in its individual capacity.

 

Section 9.09   Successor Agents .  Each of the Administrative Agent, the Senior Collateral Agent and the Second Lien Collateral Agent may resign as Administrative Agent (as to one or more Classes), Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent, as applicable, upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower; provided that any such resignation by Bank of America shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.  Upon any such resignation by the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders of the applicable Class or Classes shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent.  Upon any such resignation by the Senior Collateral Agent, the Required Senior Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Senior Collateral Agent.  Upon any such resignation by the Second Lien Collateral, the Required Second Lien Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Second Lien Collateral Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent’s giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders of the applicable Class or Classes, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent, as the case may be, selected from among the Lenders, in the case of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Senior Lenders, in the case of the resignation of the Senior Collateral Agent, and the Second Lien Lenders, in the case of the resignation of the Second Lien Collateral Agent.  In any case, such appointment shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Borrower (which approval may not be unreasonably withheld and shall not be required upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default).  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall succeed to, and become vested with, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Prior to any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent, the retiring Agent shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to assign to the successor Agent its rights as Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent, as the case may be, under the Loan Documents.  After such resignation, the retiring Agent shall continue to have the benefit of this Article X as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was an Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  If no successor Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent , the resigning Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders of the applicable Class or Classes and the Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders of the applicable Class or Classes.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor Agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor Agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Agent (and, if applicable, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender) and the respective terms “ Administrative Agent ,” “ L/C Issuer, ” “ Swing Line Lender, ” “ Senior Collateral Agent ” and “ Second Lien Collateral Agent ” shall mean such successor Administrative Agent, Letter of Credit Issuer, Swing Line Lender, Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, the retiring L/C Issuer’s and Swing Line Lender’s rights, powers and duties as such shall be terminated, the retiring Senior Collateral Agent’s rights, powers and duties as such shall be terminated and the retiring Second Lien

 

133



 

Collateral Agent’s rights, powers and duties as such shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such retiring Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender or any other Lender, other than the obligation of the successor L/C Issuer to issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s, Senior Collateral Agent’s or Second Lien Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent, as applicable, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent, Senior Collateral Agent or Second Lien Collateral Agent under this Agreement.  If no successor administrative agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  If no successor Senior Collateral Agent has accepted appointment as Senior Collateral Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Senior Collateral Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Senior Collateral Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Senior Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Senior Collateral Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Senior Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  If no successor Second Lien Collateral Agent has accepted appointment as Second Lien Collateral Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Second Lien Collateral Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Second Lien Collateral Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Second Lien Collateral Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Second Lien Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.

 

Section 9.10   Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .  In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(i)             to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Credit Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(ii)            to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable

 

134



 

compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04 .

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Credit Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

Section 9.11   Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

 

(a)            Actions Taken by Agents or Required Lenders .  Each Lender and each L/C Issuer agrees that any action taken by the Collateral Agents or the Required Lenders (or, where required by the express terms of this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, a greater or lesser proportion of the Lenders) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or of the other Loan Documents, and the exercise by the Collateral Agents or Required Lenders (or, where so required, such greater or lesser proportion) of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders, L/C Issuers, Senior Credit Parties and Second Lien Credit Parties.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to act as the disbursing and collecting agent for the Lenders and the L/C Issuers with respect to all payments and collections arising in connection herewith and with the Collateral Documents, (ii) the Collateral Agents shall jointly have the sole authority to (A) execute and deliver each Collateral Document and accept delivery of each such agreement delivered by the Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) act as collateral agent for the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the Senior Credit Parties and the Second Lien Credit Parties for purposes of the perfection of all security interests and Liens created by such agreements and all other purposes stated therein, provided , however , that each Collateral Agent hereby appoints, authorizes and directs each Lender and L/C Issuer to act as collateral sub-agent for the Collateral Agents, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers for purposes of the perfection of all security interests and Liens with respect to the Collateral, including any deposit accounts maintained by a Loan Party with, and cash and Cash Equivalents held by, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, (C) manage, supervise and otherwise deal with the Collateral, (D) take such action as is necessary or desirable to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interests and Liens created or purported to be created by the Collateral Documents and (E) except as may be otherwise specifically restricted by the terms hereof or of any other Loan Document, exercise to the exclusion of the Finance Parties all remedies given to the Collateral Agents, the Lenders, the L/C Issuers, the other Senior Credit Parties and the other Second Lien Credit Parties with respect to the Collateral under the Loan Documents relating thereto, applicable law or otherwise.

 

(b)            Intercreditor Agreement; Termination Statements .  Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereby directs each Collateral Agent to execute the Intercreditor Agreement and to execute and deliver or file such termination and partial release statements and do such other things as are necessary to release Liens to be released or subordinated in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(c)            Certain Actions in Respect of Security Interests and Guaranties .  The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion:

 

(i)             to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or either Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (A) upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Finance Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (B) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other

 

135



 

Loan Document, or (C) subject to Section 10.01 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

 

(ii)            to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or either Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.02(xvi) and (xxiii) ; and

 

(iii)           to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

 

(d)            Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.11 .

 

Section 9.12   Related Obligations .  The benefit of the Loan Documents and of the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Collateral shall extend to and be available in respect of any Cash Management Obligations and to any Swap Obligations permitted hereunder from time to time owing to one or more Swap Creditors (collectively, “ Related Obligations ”) solely on the condition and understanding, as among the Collateral Agents and all Senior Finance Parties and Second Lien Credit Parties, that (i) the Related Obligations shall be entitled to the benefit of the Loan Documents and the Collateral to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to such extent the Collateral Agents shall hold, and have the right and power to act with respect to, the Guaranty and the Collateral on behalf of and as agent for the holders of the Related Obligations, but the Collateral Agents are otherwise acting solely as agent for the Lenders and the L/C Issuers and shall have no fiduciary duty, duty of loyalty, duty of care, duty of disclosure or other obligation whatsoever to any holder of Related Obligations, (ii) all matters, acts and omissions relating in any manner to the Guaranty, the Collateral, or the omission, creation, perfection, priority, abandonment or release of any Lien, shall be governed solely by the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and no separate Lien, right, power or remedy shall arise or exist in favor of any Finance Party under any separate instrument or agreement or in respect of any Related Obligation, (iii) each Finance Party shall be bound by all actions taken or omitted, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, by the Collateral Agents and the Required Lenders, the Required Senior Lenders or the Required Second Lien Lenders, as applicable, each of whom shall be entitled to act at its sole discretion and exclusively in its own interest given its own Commitments and its own interest in the Loans, L/C Obligations and other Senior Credit Obligation or Second Lien Obligation to it arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, without any duty or liability to any Swap Creditor or holder of Cash Management Obligations or as to any Related Obligation and without regard to whether any Related Obligation remains outstanding or is deprived of the benefit of the Collateral or becomes unsecured or is otherwise affected or put in jeopardy thereby, (iv) no holder of Related Obligations and no other Finance Party (except the Senior Lenders and the Second Lien Lenders to the extent set forth in this Agreement) shall have any right to be notified of, or to direct, require or be heard with respect to, any action taken or omitted in respect of the Collateral or under this Agreement or the Loan Documents and (v) no holder of any Related Obligation shall exercise any right of setoff, banker’s lien or similar right except to the extent provided in Section 10.09 and then only to the extent such right is exercised in compliance with Section 2.13 .

 

Section 9.13   Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers .   None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “co-agent,” “book manager,” “lead manager,” “arranger,” “lead arranger” or “co-arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement

 

136



 

other than, in the case of such Lenders, those applicable to all Lenders as such.  Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender.  Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

Section 9.14   Agents’ Fees; Arranger Fee .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account, to the Collateral Agents for their own account and to Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston, in its capacities as Joint Lead Arrangers, for their own accounts, fees in the amounts and at the times previously agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agents and such Joint Lead Arrangers, respectively, in each case with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01   Amendments, Etc .

 

(a)            Amendments Generally .  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and (i) in the case of any such waiver or consent, signed by the Required Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders), (ii) in the case of any amendment necessary to implement the terms of a Facilities Increase in accordance with the terms of Section 2.10(a) hereof, by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (iii) in the case of any other amendment, by the Required Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may, with the consent of the other, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement and any other Loan Document to cure any ambiguity, typographical error, defect or inconsistency if such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer.

 

(b)            Amendments and Waivers Pertinent to Affected Lenders .  Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above and in addition to any other consent that may be required thereunder, no amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

(i)             waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender, except with respect to a condition based upon another provision hereof, the waiver of which requires only the concurrence of the Required Lenders and, in the case of the conditions specified in Section 4.01 , subject to the provisions of Section 4.02 ;

 

(ii)            extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender;

 

(iii)           postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

 

137



 

(iv)           reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or unreimbursed L/C Disbursement, or (subject to subsection (e) below) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (A) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (B) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or any unreimbursed L/C Disbursement or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

 

(v)            except as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, change Section 2.13 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(vi)           change any provision of this Section or the definition of “ Required Lenders ,” “ Required Senior Lenders ,” “ Required Revolving Lenders , “ Required Term B Lenders ” or “ Required Second Lien Lenders ” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender which is a Lender of the applicable Class so specified, in each case other than as part of a Facilities Increase for which the conditions specified in Section 4.04 are satisfied (without amendment or waiver of Section 4.04(d) unless consented to by the Required Second Lien Lenders);

 

(vii)          release the Borrower or substantially all of the other Loan Parties from its or their obligations under the Loan Documents without the written consent of the Required Senior Lenders and, if and only to the extent so provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, the Required Second Lien Lenders ( provided that the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Lender, release any Guarantor (or all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor) that is sold or transferred in compliance with Section 7.05 );

 

(viii)         release all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Credit Obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Required Senior Lenders and, if and only to the extent so provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, the Required Second Lien Lenders ( provided that the Applicable Collateral Agent may, without consent from any Lender, release any Collateral that is sold or transferred by a Loan Party in compliance with Section 7.05 or released in compliance with Section 9.01(b) and exercise all rights and remedies against the Collateral as provided by the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or as otherwise permitted by Law);

 

(ix)            amend, modify or waive the conditions to funding any Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan or to issuing any Letter of Credit in each case after the Closing Date, without the written consent of Required Revolving Lenders;

 

(x)             (A) modify the application of payments to the Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(b) or the reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.10(c) or (d) without the written consent of the Required Revolving Lenders, (B) modify the application of payments to the Term B Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(b) without the written consent of the Required Term B Lenders or (C) modify the application of payments to Second Lien Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(b) , without the written consent of the Required Second Lien Lenders;

 

138



 

(xi)            (A) affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Request relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it, without the written consent of the L/C Issuer, (B) affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement, without the written consent of the Swing Line Lender or (C) affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, without the written consent of the Administrative Agent;

 

(xii)           amend, modify or waive Section 10.07(h) without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, modification or waiver;

 

(xiii)          amend or modify any Applicable Basket Amount applicable exclusively to the Senior Lenders, or waive or consent to any violation of any covenant or agreement of any Loan Party specified herein or in any other Loan Document by reference to an Applicable Basket Amount applicable exclusively to the Senior Lenders, without the written consent of the Required Senior Lenders;

 

(xiv)         amend or modify any Applicable Basket Amount applicable exclusively to the Second Lien Lenders, or waive or consent to any violation of any covenant or agreement of any Loan Party specified herein by reference to an Applicable Basket Amount applicable exclusively to the Second Lien Lenders, without the written consent of the Required Second Lien Lenders; or

 

(xv)          (A) other than as part of a Facilities Increase for which the conditions specified in Section 4.04 are satisfied (without amendment or waiver thereof unless consented to by the Required Second Lien Lenders), increase the sum of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loans (other than to permit the receipt, accretion or amortization of original issue discount or the receipt or accretion of interest paid in kind), (B) subordinate any Lien on the Collateral to the Lien of any other creditor of the Borrower or any other Loan Party except as contemplated in S ection 5.01 of the Intercreditor Agreement or (C) amend the Intercreditor Agreement (except for amendments contemplated therein to be made without the consent of the Required Second Lien Lenders), without the written consent of the Required Second Lien Lenders.

 

(c)            Amendments and Waivers Requiring Consent Solely of Required Senior Lenders .  Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, an amendment, modification or waiver of Section 7.17 (a) , (b) or (d) or of any covenant or agreement of any Loan Party specified herein by reference to an Applicable Basket Amount where such covenant or agreement is violated with respect to the Senior Lenders but not as to the Second Lien Lenders shall require only the written consent of the Required Senior Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Senior Lenders) and the Borrower.

 

(d)            Amendments and Waivers Requiring Consent Solely of Required Second Lien Lenders .  Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, an amendment, modification or waiver of Section 4.04(d) or Section 7.17(c) shall require only the written consent of the Required Second Lien Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Second Lien Lenders) and the Borrower.

 

(e)            Fee Letter Amendment; Defaulting Lenders .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights and privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto and (ii) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.

 

139



 

Each Lender and each holder of a Note shall be bound by any waiver, amendment or modification authorized by this Section 10.01 regardless of whether its Note shall have been marked to make reference therein, and any consent by any Lender or holder of a Note pursuant to this Section 10.01 shall bind any Person subsequently acquiring a Note from it, whether or not such Note shall have been so marked.

 

Section 10.02   Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies .

 

(a)            General .  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission).  All such written notices shall be mailed certified or registered mail, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or (subject to subsection (c) below) electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(i)             if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, a L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or a Collateral Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

(ii)            if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.

 

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient).  Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b) .

 

(b)            Electronic Communications .  Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

(c)            Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures .  Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile.  The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to requirements of Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agents and the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided , however , that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

 

140



 

(d)            Reliance by Administrative Agent and Lenders .  The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agents and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.  The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance in good faith by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower.  All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

Section 10.03   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

Section 10.04   Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes .   Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally agree (i) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs, and (ii) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, each Collateral Agent and each Lender for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Credit Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all Attorney Costs); provided that the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse the legal fees and expenses of more than one outside counsel (in addition to up to one local counsel in each applicable local jurisdiction) for all Persons indemnified under this clause (ii) unless, in the written opinion of outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, representation of all such indemnified persons would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent and the cost of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by or on behalf of any Agent or any Lender.  All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor.  The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Commitments and repayment of all Credit Obligations.

 

Section 10.05   Indemnification .   Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, Holdings and the Borrower, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and, in the case of any Funds, trustees and investment advisors and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (i) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan

 

141



 

Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or from a material breach by such Indemnitee of its obligations under the Loan Documents; and provided further that the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse the legal fees and expenses of more than one outside counsel (in addition to any reasonably necessary special counsel and up to one local counsel in each applicable local jurisdiction) for all Indemnitees unless, in the written opinion of outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, representation of all such Indemnitees would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee have any liability for any indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date).  All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor.  Each of Holdings and the Borrower agrees not to assert or to permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to assert any claim against any Agent, any Lender, any of their Affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents and advisers, and each of the Agents, and the Lenders agree not to assert or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to assert any claim against Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents or advisors, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Loan Documents, any of the transactions contemplated herein or therein or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans or of the Letters of Credit.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent and any Collateral Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Finance Obligations

 

Section 10.06   Payments Set Aside .   To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, any Collateral Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, a Collateral Agent or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Collateral Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (i) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (ii) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the

 

142



 

Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

 

Section 10.07   Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)            Generally .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of subsection (h) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Assignments .  Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Loans, its Notes, its Commitments and any Participation Interest in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans held by it); provided , however , that:

 

(i)             except in the case of an assignment to another Lender, an Affiliate of an existing Lender or any Approved Fund (A) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not, without the consent of the Administrative Agent and, if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower, be less than $5,000,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as shall equal the assigning Lender’s entire Revolving Commitment), (B) the aggregate amount of any Term B Loans or Second Lien Loans of an assigning Lender subject to each such assignments (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not, without the consent of the Administrative Agent and, if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower, be less (with respect to either Class of Term Loans) than $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as shall equal the assigning Lender’s entire Term Loans of the applicable Class owing to it) and (C) after giving effect to such assignment, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment of and Term Loans at the time owing to the assigning Lender shall not, without the consent of the Borrower if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (solely with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Term B Loans but not the Second Lien Loans as to which no consent by the Borrower shall be required), be less than $1,000,000 (unless the assigning Lender shall have assigned its entire Revolving Commitment and all the Term Loans at the time owing it pursuant to such assignment or assignments otherwise complying with this Section 10.07 executed substantially simultaneously with such assignment);

 

(ii)            each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders’ rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned;

 

143



 

(iii)           any assignment of a Commitment must be approved by the Administrative Agent unless the proposed assignee is itself a Lender (whether or not the proposed assignee would otherwise qualify as an Eligible Assignee);

 

(iv)           the parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and, only with respect to any assignment of all or a portion of the Revolving Committed Amount, the L/C Issuers for their acceptance an Assignment and Assumption in the form of Exhibit C , together with any Note subject to such assignment and to the Administrative Agent a processing fee of $3,500 (except, in the case of contemporaneous assignments by any Lender to one or more Approved Funds, only a single processing fee shall be payable for such assignments), payable as agreed between the assigning Lender and the assignee and which shall not be required to be paid by the Borrower; and

 

(v)            if applicable, the assignee shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the information referred to in Section 10.19(b) .

 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 , 10.04 , 10.05 and 10.22 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment).  Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note or Notes to the assignee Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

 

(c)            Register .  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or other substantive change to the Loan Documents is pending, any Lender wishing to consult with other Lenders in connection therewith may request and receive from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.

 

(d)            Participations .  Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance

 

144



 

of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement.  Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

 

(e)            Limitation on Certain Rights of Participants .  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.  A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 10.15 as though it were a Lender.

 

(f)             Other Assignments .  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(g)            Certain Definitions .  As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Eligible Assignee ” means (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund and (iv) any other Person (other than a natural Person) approved by (A) the Administrative Agent, (B) in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Commitment, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender and (C) unless (x) such Person is taking delivery of an assignment in connection with physical settlement of a credit derivatives transaction or (y) a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any assignment is effected pursuant to Section 10.07(b) , the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and any such approval required of the Borrower to be deemed given by the Borrower if no objection from the Borrower is received by the assigning Lender and the Administrative Agent within two Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has been provided by the assigning Lender to the Borrower); provided , however , that (i) if Bank of America, N.A. or one or more of its Affiliates is a L/C Issuer, any assignment of a Revolving Commitment (including any assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund) shall require its consent, (ii) none of Holdings and its Affiliates shall qualify as Eligible Assignees; and provided , further , that no Person shall be an Eligible Assignee if such Person appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons prepared by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or the purchase by such Person of an assignment or the performance by any Agent of its duties under the Loan Documents with respect to such Person violates or would violate any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

145



 

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (i) a Lender, its parent company or Subsidiary of either (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

(h)            Other Funding Vehicles .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof or, if it fails to do so, to make such payment to the Administrative Agent as is required under Section 2.03(b) .  Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.04 ), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder.  The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender.  In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other Senior Obligations of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or guaranty or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

 

(i)             Certain Assignments by Bank of America .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender.  In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be.  If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or purchase Participation Interests in Letters of Credit and L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 2.05 (e) ).  If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or Purchase Participation Interests in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(d)(vi) .

 

Section 10.08   Confidentiality .   Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that

 

146



 

Information may be disclosed (i) to its Affiliates and to it and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (in which case the Administrative Agent, such Collateral Agent or such Lender, as applicable, shall use reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower prior to such disclosure, in any case including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners); (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (iv) to any other party to this Agreement; (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (B) any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(f) or (C) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (vii) with the consent of the Borrower or (viii) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (B) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.  For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Agent and any Lender may place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and periodicals or on a home page or similar place for dissemination of information on the Internet or worldwide web as it may choose, and circulate similar promotional materials, after the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the form of a “tombstone” or otherwise describing the names of the Loan Parties, or any of them, and the amount, type and closing date of such transactions, all at their sole expense.

 

Section 10.09   Set-off .   In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable Law or otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender (and each of its Affiliates) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind (all of such rights being hereby expressly waived), to set-off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or specific) and any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender (including, without limitation, branches, agencies or Affiliates of such Lender wherever located) to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against obligations and liabilities of such Loan Party to the Lenders hereunder, under the Notes, under the other Loan Documents or otherwise, irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall have made any demand hereunder and although such obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness, and any such set-off shall be deemed to have been made immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default even though such charge is made or entered on the books of such Lender subsequent thereto.  The Loan Parties hereby agree that to the extent permitted by law any Person purchasing a participation in the Loans, Commitments and L/C Obligations hereunder pursuant to Section 2.01(d), 2.05(a) or (e) , 2.13 or 10.07(d) may exercise all rights of set-off with respect to its

 

147



 

participation interest as fully as if such Person were a Lender hereunder and any such set-off shall reduce the amount owed by such Loan Party to the Lender.

 

Section 10.10   Interest Rate Limitation .   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Law (collectively, the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) that may be charged or contracted for, charged or otherwise received by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 10.09 , shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such Lender shall have received such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of payment.

 

Section 10.11   Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

 

Section 10.12   Integration .   This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement.  Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

 

Section 10.13   Survival of Representations and Warranties .   All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.  Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Agents and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Credit Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

 

Section 10.14   Severability .   If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (i) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

148



 

Section 10.15   Tax Forms .

 

(a)            Certain Provisions Pertinent to Foreign Lenders .

 

(i)             Each Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ Foreign Lender ”) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, prior to receipt of any payment subject to withholding under the Code (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed completed copies of whichever of the following forms is applicable: (A) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, certifying that such Foreign Lender is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party that reduces to zero the rate of withholding on payments of interest; (B) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI; (C) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (including all appropriate attachments); (D) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (1) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN; or (E) any other form or certificate required by any taxing authority (including any certificate required by Section 871(h) of the Internal Revenue Code), certifying that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from tax on payments pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall (A) promptly submit to the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one of such forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from, United States withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, (B) promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (C) if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to or for the account of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 hereof, then such Lender will use reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending office if, in the judgment of such Lender, such change would (x) eliminate or reduce any such additional payment which may thereafter accrue, (y) not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and (z) not be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

(ii)            Each Foreign Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Lender under any of the Loan Documents (for example, in the case of a typical participation by such Lender), shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on the date when such Foreign Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Administrative Agent (in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to U.S. withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Lender chooses to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Lender.

 

(iii)           The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Foreign Lender under Section 3.01 (A) with respect to any Taxes required to be deducted or

 

149



 

withheld on the basis of the information, certificates or statements of exemption such Lender transmits with an IRS Form W-8IMY pursuant to this Section 10.15(a) or (B) if such Lender shall have failed to satisfy the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.15(a) ; provided that if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this Section 10.15(a) on the date such Lender became a Lender or ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Loan Documents, nothing in this Section 10.15(a) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.01 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender or other Person for the account of which such Lender receives any sums payable under any of the Loan Documents is not subject to withholding or is subject to withholding at a reduced rate.

 

(iv)           The Administrative Agent may, without reduction, withhold any Taxes required to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents with respect to which the Borrower is not required to pay additional amounts under this Section 10.15(a).

 

(b)            Certain Provisions Pertinent to US Lenders .  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Administrative Agent two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-9.  If such Lender fails to deliver such forms, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable back-up withholding tax imposed by the Code, without reduction.

 

(c)            Lender Indemnification .  If any Governmental Authority asserts that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any tax or other amount from payments made to or for the account of any Lender and such failure to withhold or backup withhold was directly caused by such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 10.15(a)(i) or (ii) hereof, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent therefor, including all penalties and interest, any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this Section, and costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) of the Administrative Agent.  The obligation of the Lenders under this Section shall survive the termination of the Commitments, repayment of all other Credit Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 10.16   Headings .   The headings of the sections and subsections hereof are provided for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.17   Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction .

 

(a)            THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.  EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR

 

150



 

IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1993 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 500 AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY SUCH UNIFORM CUSTOMS, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

 

(b)            Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be brought in the courts of the State of New York in New York County, or of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditional, the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts.  Each of Holdings and the Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

Section 10.18   Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury .   EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Section 10.19   USA Patriot Act Notice; Lenders’ Compliance Certification .

 

(a)            Notice to Borrower .  Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Holdings and the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the US Patriot Act it may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each of Holdings and the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each such Loan Party in accordance with the Act.

 

(b)            Lenders’ Certification .  Each Lender or assignee or participant of a Lender that is not incorporated under the Laws of the United States or a State thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement contained in Section 313 of the U.S. Patriot Act and the applicable regulations because it is both (i) an Affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the United States or foreign country and (ii) subject to supervision by a banking regulatory authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the certification or, if applicable, recertification, certifying that such Lender is not a “shell” and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the U.S. Patriot Act and the applicable regulations thereunder: (i) within 10 days after the Closing Date or, if later, the date such Lender, assignee or participant of a Lender becomes a Lender, assignee or participant of a Lender hereunder and (ii) at such other times as are required under the U.S. Patriot Act.

 

151



 

Section 10.20   Defaulting Lenders .   Each Lender understands and agrees that if such Lender is a Defaulting Lender then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.03 , it shall not be entitled to vote on any matter requiring the consent of the Required Lenders or to object to any matter requiring the consent of all the Lenders adversely affected thereby; provided , however , that all other benefits and obligations under the Loan Documents shall apply to such Defaulting Lender, except as provided in Section 2.03(e) .

 

Section 10.21   Binding Effect .   This Agreement shall become effective at such time when it shall have been executed by Holdings, the Borrower, the Collateral Agents and the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received copies hereof (telefaxed or otherwise) which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each Lender, and thereafter this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Holdings, the Borrower, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns; provided , however , unless the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 have been satisfied by the Loan Parties or waived by the Lenders on or before June 30, 2004, none of Holdings, the Borrower, any Agent or the Lenders shall have any obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 10.22   Judgment Currency .

 

(a)            The obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to make payments in a specified currency (the “ Obligation Currency ”) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any currency other than the Obligation Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by a Finance Party of the full amount of the Obligation Currency expressed to be payable to it under this Agreement or another Loan Document.  If, for the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against any Loan Party in any court or in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into or from any currency other than the Obligation Currency (such other currency being hereinafter referred to as the “ Judgment Currency ”) an amount due in the Obligation Currency, the conversion shall be made, at the rate of exchange (as quoted by the Administrative Agent or if the Administrative Agent does not quote a rate of exchange on such currency, by a known dealer in such currency designated by the Administrative Agent) determined, in each case, as of the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which the judgment is given (such Business Day being hereinafter referred to as the “ Judgment Currency Conversion Date ”).

 

(b)            If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Currency Conversion Date and the date of actual payment of the amount due, the Borrower covenants and agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, or remit, or cause to be remitted, such additional amounts, if any (but in any event not a lesser amount), as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial award at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Currency Conversion Date.

 

(c)            For purposes of determining any rate of exchange or currency equivalent for this Section 10.23 , such amounts shall include any premium and costs payable in connection with the purchase of the Obligation Currency.

 

Section 10.23   Conflict .  To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between any provision hereof, on the one hand, and any provision of any other Loan Document, on the other hand, this Agreement shall control.

 

152



 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

153



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

VERIFONE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald C. Campion

 

 

 

Name: Donald C. Campion

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VERIFONE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald C. Campion

 

 

 

Name: Donald C. Campion

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as L/C Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

 

Name: W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Swing Line Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

 

Name: W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

 

Name: W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Senior Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

 

Name: W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Second Lien Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

 

Name: W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

S-2



 

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON, acting through
its Cayman Islands Branch, as Syndication Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Hetu

 

 

 

Name: Robert Hetu

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vanessa Gomez

 

 

 

Name: Vanessa Gomez

 

 

Title: Associate

 

S-3



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
as Documentation Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason W. Weighter

 

 

 

Name: Jason W. Weighter

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

S-4



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason W. Weighter

 

 

 

Name: Jason W. Weighter

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

S-5




Exhibit 10.10

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

dated as of June 30, 2004

 

among

 

THE LOAN PARTIES FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

 

and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Senior Collateral Agent

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS *

 

 

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

 

Section 1.01

 

Terms Defined in the Credit Agreement

 

Section 1.02

 

Terms Defined in the UCC

 

Section 1.03

 

Additional Definitions

 

Section 1.04

 

Terms Generally

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II
SECURITY INTERESTS

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01

 

Grant of Security Interests

 

Section 2.02

 

Collateral

 

Section 2.03

 

Continuing Liability of Each Loan Party

 

Section 2.04

 

Security Interests Absolute

 

Section 2.05

 

Segregation of Proceeds; Cash Proceeds Account

 

Section 2.06

 

Reinvestment Funds Account

 

Section 2.07

 

L/C Cash Collateral Account

 

Section 2.08

 

Prepayment Account

 

Section 2.09

 

Investment of Funds in Collateral Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

 

Section 3.01

 

Title to Collateral

 

Section 3.02

 

Validity, Perfection and Priority of Security Interests

 

Section 3.03

 

Fair Labor Standards Act

 

Section 3.04

 

No Consents

 

Section 3.05

 

Deposit and Securities Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

 

Delivery of Perfection Certificate; Initial Perfection and Delivery of Search Reports

 

Section 4.02

 

Change of Name, Organizational Structure or Location; Subjection to Other Security Agreements

 

Section 4.03

 

Further Actions

 

Section 4.04

 

Collateral in Possession of Other Persons

 

Section 4.05

 

Books and Records

 

Section 4.06

 

Delivery of Instruments, Etc

 

Section 4.07

 

Notification to Account Debtors

 

Section 4.08

 

Disposition of Collateral

 

Section 4.09

 

Insurance

 

 


*               Table of Contents is not a part of the Security Agreement.

i



 

Section 4.10

 

Information Regarding Collateral

 

Section 4.11

 

Covenants Regarding Intellectual Property

 

Section 4.12

 

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

Section 4.13

 

Electronic Chattel Paper

 

Section 4.14

 

Claims

 

Section 4.15

 

Letter-of-Credit-Rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V
GENERAL AUTHORITY; REMEDIES

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

 

General Authority

 

Section 5.02

 

Authority of the Senior Collateral Agent

 

Section 5.03

 

Remedies upon Event of Default

 

Section 5.04

 

Limitation on Duty of the Senior Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral

 

Section 5.05

 

Application of Proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI
SENIOR COLLATERAL AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

 

Concerning the Senior Collateral Agent

 

Section 6.02

 

Appointment of Co-Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

 

Notices

 

Section 7.02

 

No Waivers; Non-Exclusive Remedies

 

Section 7.03

 

Compensation and Expenses of the Senior Collateral Agent; Indemnification

 

Section 7.04

 

Enforcement

 

Section 7.05

 

Amendments and Waivers

 

Section 7.06

 

Successors and Assigns

 

Section 7.07

 

Governing Law

 

Section 7.08

 

Limitation of Law; Severability

 

Section 7.09

 

Counterparts; Effectiveness

 

Section 7.10

 

Additional Loan Parties

 

Section 7.11

 

Termination

 

Section 7.12

 

Entire Agreement

 

 

ii



 

Schedules:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1.01

-

Claims

 

Schedule 3.05

-

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

Schedule 4.01

-

Filings to Perfect Security Interests of Senior Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

-

Form of Grant of Security Interest in United States Patents and Trademarks

 

Exhibit B

-

Form of Grant of Security Interest in United States Copyrights

 

Exhibit C

-

Form of Deposit Account Control Agreement

 

Exhibit D

-

Form of Consent to Assignment of Letter of Credit Proceeds

 

Exhibit E

-

Form of Collateral Description

 

 

iii



 

SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of June 30, 2004 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) among the LOAN PARTIES from time to time party hereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent for the Senior Finance Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors, the “ Senior Collateral Agent ”).

 

VeriFone, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Borrower ”), proposes to enter into a Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2004 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time and including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the obligations of the Borrower under such agreement or any successor agreement, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, “ Holdings ”), the Borrower, the banks and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), the Collateral Agents (as defined below), Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender (together with its successor or successors in each such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”, an “ L/C Issuer ” and the “ Swing Line Lender ”, respectively), and Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, as Syndication Agent (together with its successor or successors in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”).

 

Certain Lenders and their affiliates acting as Swap Creditors (as defined in the Credit Agreement) may from time to time provide forward rate agreements, options, swaps, caps, floors and other Swap Agreements (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to the Loan Parties (as defined below).  To induce the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined) and the Swap Creditors to enter into the Swap Agreements, and as a condition precedent to the obligations of the Senior Lenders under the Credit Agreement, VeriFone Holdings, Inc. (together with its successors and permitted assigns, “ Parent Holdings ”), Holdings and certain of the Subsidiaries of Holdings (each a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) have agreed, jointly and severally, to provide a guaranty of all obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.

 

As a further condition precedent to the obligations of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, the Borrower and each Guarantor (each a “ Loan Party ” and, together with each other person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 7.10 hereof and the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing, the “ Loan Parties ”) has agreed or will agree to grant a continuing security interest in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent in and to the Collateral (as hereinafter defined) to secure the Senior Obligations (as hereinafter defined).  Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01          Terms Defined in the Credit Agreement .  Capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for therein.

 

Section 1.02          Terms Defined in the UCC .  Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement or the context otherwise requires, the following terms, together with any uncapitalized terms used herein which are defined in the UCC (as defined below), have the respective meanings provided in the UCC:  (i) As-Extracted Collateral; (ii) Certificated Security; (iii) Chattel Paper; (iv) Documents; (v) Financial Asset; (vi) Instruments; (vii) Inventory; (viii) Investment Property; (ix)

 



 

Payment Intangibles; (x) Proceeds; (xi) Securities Account; (xii) Securities Intermediary; (xiii) Security; (xiv) Security Certificate; (xv) Security Entitlements; and (xvi) Uncertificated Security.

 

Section 1.03          Additional Definitions .  Terms defined in the introductory section hereof have the respective meanings set forth therein.  The following additional terms, as used herein, have the following respective meanings:

 

Account Control Agreement ” means (i) with respect to a Deposit Account, a deposit account control agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto or otherwise containing substantially similar terms and reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Senior Collateral Agent, among one or more Loan Parties, the Senior Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Collateral Agent and the bank which maintains such Deposit Account (execution of such agreement shall be conclusive evidence of such approval) and (ii) with respect to a Securities Account, a securities account control agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Senior Pledge Agreement or otherwise containing substantially similar terms and reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Senior Collateral Agent, among one or more Loan Parties, the Senior Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Collateral Agent and the Securities Intermediary which maintains such Securities Account (execution of such agreement shall be conclusive evidence of such approval), in each case as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Accounts ” means (i) all “accounts” (as defined in the UCC), (ii) all of the rights of any Loan Party in, to and under all purchase orders for goods, services or other property, (iii) all of the rights of any Loan Party to any goods, services or other property represented by any of the foregoing (including returned or repossessed goods and unpaid seller’s rights of rescission, replevin, reclamation and rights to stoppage in transit) and (iv) all monies due to or to become due to any Loan Party under any and all contracts for any of the foregoing (in each case, whether or not yet earned by performance on the part of such Loan Party), including, without limitation, the right to receive the Proceeds of said purchase orders and contracts, all Supporting Obligations of any kind given by any Person with respect to all or any of the foregoing.

 

Account Debtor ” means an “account debtor” (as defined in the UCC), and also means and includes Persons obligated to pay negotiable instruments and other Receivables.

 

Cash Management Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of cash management services (including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements) provided by any Lender or its Affiliates in connection with this any Loan Document, including obligations for the payment of agreed interest and fees, charges, expenses, Attorney Costs and disbursements in connection therewith.

 

Cash Proceeds Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a) of this Agreement.

 

Claims ” means all “commercial tort claims” (as defined in the UCC), including, without limitation, each of the claims described on Schedule 1.01 hereto, as such Schedule may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and also means and includes all claims, causes of action and similar rights and interests (however characterized) of a Loan Party, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, and whether or not subject to any action, suit, investigation or legal, equitable, arbitration or administrative proceedings.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.

 

2



 

Collateral Accounts ” means one or more of the Cash Proceeds Account, the L/C Cash Collateral Account, the Reinvestment Funds Account, the Prepayment Account and any other Securities Accounts or Deposit Accounts established with or in the possession or under the control of the Senior Collateral Agent into which cash or cash Proceeds (including cash Proceeds of insurance policies, awards of condemnation or other compensation) of any Collateral are deposited from time to time, collectively.

 

Collateral Agents ” means the Senior Collateral Agent and the Second Lien Collateral Agent, collectively.

 

Computer Hardware ” means all computer and other electronic data processing hardware of a Loan Party, whether now or hereafter owned, licensed or leased by such Loan Party, including, without limitation, all integrated computer systems, central processing units, memory units, display terminals, printers, features, computer elements, card readers, tape drives, hard and soft disk drives, cables, electrical supply hardware, generators, power equalizers, accessories, peripheral devices and other related computer hardware, all documentation, flowcharts, logic diagrams, manuals, specifications, training materials, charts and pseudo codes associated with any of the foregoing and all options, warranties, services contracts, program services, test rights, maintenance rights, support rights, renewal rights and indemnifications relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Copyright ” means any of the following, whether now existing or hereafter arising, created, owned or acquired by a Loan Party:

 

(i)            the United States and foreign copyrights described on Schedule V to any Loan Party’s Perfection Certificate (as each such schedule may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time) and any renewals thereof;

 

(ii)           all other common Law and/or statutory rights in all copyrightable subject matter under the Laws of the United States or any other country (whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published);

 

(iii)          all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental, derivative or collective work registrations and pending applications for registrations in the United States Copyright Office or any other country;

 

(iv)          all computer programs, web pages, computer data bases and computer program flow diagrams, including all source codes and object codes related to any or all of the foregoing;

 

(v)           all tangible property embodying or incorporating any or all of the foregoing, whether in completed form or in some lesser state of completion, and all masters, duplicates, drafts, versions, variations and copies thereof, in all formats;

 

(vi)          all claims for, and rights to sue for, past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing;

 

(vii)         all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof and payments and damages under all Copyright Licenses in connection therewith;

 

3



 

(viii)        all rights in any of the foregoing, whether arising under the Laws of the United States or any foreign country or otherwise, to copy, record, synchronize, broadcast, transmit, perform and/or display any of the foregoing or any matter which is the subject of any of the foregoing in any manner and by any process now known or hereafter devised; and

 

(ix)           the name and title of each Copyright item and all rights of any Loan Party to the use thereof, including, without limitation, rights protected pursuant to trademark, service mark, unfair competition, anti-cybersquatting and/or the rules and principles of any other applicable statute, common Law or other rule or principle of Law now existing or hereafter arising.

 

Copyright Agreement ” means a grant of Security Interest in United States Copyrights, substantially in the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement, between one or more Loan Parties and the Senior Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Copyright License ” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Loan Party any rights, whether exclusive or non-exclusive, to use another Person’s copyrights or copyright applications, or pursuant to which any Loan Party has granted to any other Person, any right, whether exclusive or non-exclusive, with respect to any Copyright, whether or not registered, including, without limitation, the Copyright Licenses described on Schedule V to any Loan Party’s Perfection Certificate (as each such schedule may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time by such Loan Party).

 

Credit Obligations ” means on any date the Senior Credit Obligations and the Second Lien Obligations.

 

Deposit Accounts ” means all “deposit accounts” (as defined in the UCC) and also means and includes all demand, time, savings, passbook or similar accounts maintained by a Loan Party with a bank or other financial institution, whether or not evidenced by an Instrument, all cash and other funds held therein and all passbooks related thereto and all certificates and Instruments, if any, from time to time representing, evidencing or deposited into such deposit accounts.

 

Direct Exposure ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07 of this Agreement.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person each Subsidiary of such Person which is organized under the Laws of the United States or any political subdivision or territory thereof, and “ Domestic Subsidiaries ” means any two or more of them.

 

Equipment ” means all “equipment” (as defined in the UCC), including all items of machinery, equipment, Computer Hardware, furnishings and fixtures of every kind, as well as all motor vehicles, automobiles, trucks, trailers, railcars, barges and vehicles of every description, handling and delivery equipment, all additions to, substitutions for, replacements of or accessions to any of the foregoing, all attachments, components, parts (including spare parts) and accessories whether installed thereon or affixed thereto and all fuel for any thereof and all options, warranties, service contracts, program services, test rights, maintenance rights, support rights, improvement rights and indemnifications relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Event of Default ” means one or more Events of Default, as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

4



 

Excluded Contract ” means at any date any rights or interest of a Loan Party in, to or under any agreement, contract, license, instrument, document or other general intangible (referred to solely for purposes of this definition as a “ Contract ”) to the extent that such Contract by the express terms of a valid and enforceable restriction in favor of a Person who is not a Group Company, (i) prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other condition for, an assignment thereof or a grant of a security interest therein by a Loan Party, (ii) would give any party to such Contract other than a Group Company an enforceable right to terminate its obligations thereunder or (iii) is permitted only with the consent of another Person, if the requirement to obtain such consent is legally enforceable and such consent has not been obtained; provided that (i) in the case of each such Contract in existence or the subject of rights in favor of a Loan Party as of the Closing Date the contravention or violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Contract is listed and designated as such on Schedule 5.03 to the Credit Agreement; (ii) rights to payment under any such Contract otherwise constituting an Excluded Contract by virtue of this definition shall be included in the Collateral to the extent permitted thereby or by Section 9-406 or Section 9-408 of the UCC, (iii) all Proceeds paid or payable to any Loan Party from any sale, transfer or assignment of such Contract and all rights to receive such Proceeds shall be included in the Collateral and (iv) the term “ Excluded Contract ” shall not include any rights or interest of a Loan Party in, to or under any Contract arising after the Closing Date which is material to the conduct of the business of a Loan Party or with respect to which a contravention or other violation caused or arising by its inclusion as Collateral under this Agreement could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect unless (A) the Loan Party shall have used, or shall be using, commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the other party to such Contract of all of such Loan Party’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Collateral Agents or their respective designees and (B) the Loan Party shall have given prompt written notice to the Senior Collateral Agent upon any failure to obtain such consent or approval.

 

Excluded Equipment ” means at any date any Equipment of a Loan Party which is subject to, or secured by, a Capital Lease Obligation or Purchase Money Indebtedness which is permitted under Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement if and to the extent that (i) the express terms of a valid and enforceable restriction in favor of a Person who is not a Group Company contained in the agreements or documents granting or governing such Capital Lease Obligation or Purchase Money Indebtedness prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other conditions for, an assignment thereof, or a grant of a security interest therein, by a Loan Party and (ii) such restriction relates only to the asset or assets acquired by a Loan Party with the Proceeds of such Capital Lease Obligation or Purchase Money Indebtedness; provided that all Proceeds paid or payable to any Loan Party from any sale, transfer or assignment or other voluntary or involuntary disposition of such Equipment and all rights to receive such Proceeds shall be included in the Collateral to the extent not otherwise required to be paid to the holder of the Capital Lease Obligation or Purchase Money Indebtedness secured by such Equipment.

 

Exempt Deposit Accounts ” means (i) Deposit Accounts the balance of which consists exclusively of (A) withheld income taxes and federal, state or local employment taxes in such amounts as are required in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower to be paid to the Internal Revenue Service or state or local government agencies within the following two months with respect to employees of any of the Loan Parties, (B) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan pursuant to DOL Reg. Sec. 2510.3-102 on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of one or more Loan Parties and (C) petty cash in an amount not exceeding, at any point in time, $250,000 per Deposit Account, and (ii) all segregated Deposit Accounts constituting (and the balance of which consists solely of funds set aside in connection with) taxes accounts, payroll accounts and trust accounts.

 

Finance Document ” means each Loan Document and each Swap Agreement between one or more Loan Parties and a Swap Creditor evidencing Swap Obligations permitted under the Credit Agreement, and “ Finance Documents ” means all of them, collectively.

 

5



 

Finance Obligations ” means:

 

(i)            all Senior Credit Obligations;

 

(ii)           all Second Lien Obligations;

 

(iii)          all Cash Management Obligations owed to a Senior Lender or one or more of its Affiliates; and

 

(iv)          all Swap Obligations permitted under the Credit Agreement owed or owing to any Swap Creditor;

 

in each case whether now or hereafter due, owing or incurred in any manner, whether actual or contingent, whether incurred solely or jointly with any other Person and whether as principal or surety (and including all liabilities in connection with any notes, bills or other instruments accepted by any Finance Party in connection therewith), together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not a Domestic Subsidiary of such Person.

 

General Intangibles ” means all “general intangibles” (as defined in the UCC) and also means and includes (i) all Payment Intangibles and other obligations and indebtedness owing to any Loan Party (other than Accounts), from whatever source arising, (ii) all Claims, Judgments and/or Settlements, (iii) all rights or claims in respect of refunds for taxes paid, (iv) all rights in respect of any pension plans or similar arrangements maintained for employees of any Loan Party or any member of the ERISA Group, (v) all interests in limited liability companies and/or partnerships which interests do not constitute Securities and (vi) all Supporting Obligations of any kind given by any Person with respect to all or any of the foregoing.

 

Intellectual Property ” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Software, Licenses, rights in intellectual property, goodwill, trade names, service marks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, trademark rights arising out of domain names, mask works, customer lists, vendor lists, subscription lists, databases and related documentation, registrations, franchises and all other intellectual or other similar property rights.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Administrative Agent, the Senior Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Collateral Agent, Holdings, Parent Holdings and the Borrower, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Judgments ” means all judgments, decrees, verdicts, decisions or orders issued in resolution of or otherwise in connection with a Claim, whether or not final or subject to appeal, and including all rights of enforcement relating thereto and any and all Proceeds thereof.

 

Letter-of-Credit Right ” means all “letter-of-credit rights” (as defined in the UCC) and also means and includes all rights of a Loan Party to demand payment or performance under a letter of credit (as defined in Article V of the UCC).

 

License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License, Software License or other license or sublicense as to which any Loan Party is a party (other than those license

 

6



 

agreements constituting Excluded Contracts; provided that rights to payments under any such license shall be included in the Collateral to the extent permitted thereby or by Section 9-406 and 9-408 of the UCC).

 

Liquid Investments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09 of this Agreement.

 

L/C Cash Collateral Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07 of this Agreement.

 

Loan Party ” means Holdings, Parent Holdings, the Borrower and each Guarantor, and “ Loan Parties ” means all of them, collectively.

 

paid in full ” and “ payment in full ” means, with respect to any Finance Obligation, the occurrence of all of the foregoing:  (i) with respect to such Finance Obligations other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, Swap Obligations and Cash Management Obligations not then due and payable and (B) to the extent covered by clause (ii) below, obligations with respect to undrawn Letters of Credit, payment in full thereof in cash (or otherwise to the written satisfaction of the Finance Parties owed such Finance Obligations), (ii) with respect to any undrawn Letter of Credit, the obligations under which are included in such Finance Obligations, (A) the cancellation thereof and payment in full of all resulting Finance Obligations pursuant to clause (i) above or (B) the receipt of cash collateral (or a backstop letter of credit in respect thereof on terms acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent) in an amount at least equal to 102% of the L/C Obligations for such Letter of Credit and (iii) if such Finance Obligations consist of all the Credit Obligations under or in respect of the Revolving Commitments, the Term B Commitments or the Second Lien Commitments, termination of all Commitments and all other obligations of the Lenders in respect of such Commitments under the Loan Documents.

 

Patent ” means any of the following, whether now existing or hereafter arising, invented, developed, reduced to practice, acquired or owned by a Loan Party:

 

(i)            the United States and foreign patents described on Schedule V to any Loan Party’s Perfection Certificate (as each such schedule may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time by such Loan Party) and any renewals thereof;

 

(ii)           all other letters patent and design letters patent of the United States or any other country;

 

(iii)          all applications filed or in preparation for filing for letters patent and design letters patent of the United States or any other country including, without limitation, applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States or any other country or political subdivision thereof;

 

(iv)          all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, renewals or extensions thereof;

 

(v)           all claims for, and rights to sue for, past, present or future infringement of any of the foregoing;

 

(vi)          all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages and

 

7



 

payments for past, present or future infringements thereof and payments and damages under all Patent Licenses in connection therewith; and

 

(vii)         all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing whether arising under the Laws of the United States or any foreign country or otherwise.

 

Patent and Trademark Agreement ” means a grant of Security Interest in United States Patents and Trademarks, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, between one or more Loan Parties and the Senior Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Patent License ” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Loan Party any right, whether exclusive or non-exclusive, with respect to any Person’s patent or any invention now or hereafter in existence, whether or not patentable, or pursuant to which any Loan Party has granted to any other Person, any right, whether exclusive or non-exclusive, with respect to any Patent or any invention now or hereafter in existence, whether or not patentable and whether or not a Patent or application for Patent is in or hereafter comes into existence on such invention, including, without limitation, the Patent Licenses described on Schedule V to any Loan Party’s Perfection Certificate (as each such schedule may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time by such Loan Party).

 

Perfection Certificate ” means with respect to each Loan Party a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-3 to the Credit Agreement, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby.

 

Permitted Lien ” means the Lien in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent securing the payment and performance of the Second Lien Obligations and any other Lien referred to in, and permitted by, Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Prepayment Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08 of this Agreement.

 

Receivables ” means all Accounts, all Payment Intangibles, all Instruments, all Chattel Paper, all Letter-of-Credit Rights and all Supporting Obligations supporting or otherwise relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Recordable Intellectual Property ” means Intellectual Property the transfer of which is required to be recorded in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office in order to be effective against subsequent third party transferees; provided that the following are not “ Recordable Intellectual Property ” hereunder:  (i) unregistered United States Copyrights and (ii) non-exclusive Licenses.

 

Reinvestment Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a) of this Agreement.

 

Reinvestment Funds Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a) of this Agreement.

 

Relevant Contingent Exposure ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07 of this Agreement.

 

Requisite Priority Lien ” means a valid and perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties and securing the Senior Obligations.

 

8



 

Second Lien Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent for the Second Lien Lenders under the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents, and its permitted successor or successors in such capacity and, if there is no acting Second Lien Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents, the Required Second Lien Lenders.

 

Second Lien Credit Party ” means each Second Lien Lender, the Second Lien Collateral Agent and each Indemnitee in respect of Second Lien Loans and their respective successors and assigns, and “ Second Lien Credit Parties ” means any two or more of them, collectively.

 

Second Lien Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

Second Lien Obligations ” means, with respect to each Loan Party, without duplication:

 

(i)            in the case of the Borrower, all principal of and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower to the extent allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on any Second Lien Loan under, or any Second Lien Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)           all fees, expenses, indemnification obligations and other amounts of whatever nature now or hereafter payable by such Loan Party in respect of any Second Lien Loan (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to such Loan Party to the extent allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(iii)          all expenses of the Second Lien Collateral Agent as to which the Second Lien Collateral Agent has a right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any and all sums advanced by the Second Lien Collateral Agent to preserve the Collateral or preserve its security interests in the Collateral to the extent permitted under any Loan Document or applicable Law;

 

(iv)          all amounts paid by any Indemnitee in respect of any Second Lien Loan as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.05 of the Credit Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document; and

 

(v)           in the case of Holdings, Parent Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor, all amounts now or hereafter payable by Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other obligations or liabilities now existing or hereafter arising or incurred (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower, Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on the part of Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor under or in respect of the Second Lien Loans pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document;

 

together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof.

 

Second Lien Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1B to the Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Holdings, Parent

 

9



 

Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Second Lien Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Security Interest ” means the security interest granted pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties securing the Senior Obligations.

 

Senior Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent for the Senior Finance Parties under the Senior Finance Documents, and its permitted successor or successors in such capacity and, if there is no acting Senior Collateral Agent under the Senior Finance Documents, the Required Senior Lenders.

 

Senior Credit Obligations ” means:

 

(i)            in the case of the Borrower, all principal of and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on any Revolving Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Term B Note or Swingline Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)           all fees, expenses, indemnification obligations and other amounts of whatever nature now or hereafter payable by such Loan Party in respect of any Revolving Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Term B Note or Swingline Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to such Loan Party, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(iii)          all expenses of the Administrative Agent or the Senior Collateral Agent as to which it has a right to reimbursement under Section 7.03(a) or (b) of this Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any and all sums advanced by the Senior Collateral Agent to preserve any Collateral or preserve its security interests in any Collateral;

 

(iv)          all amounts paid by any Indemnitee in respect of any Revolving Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Term B Note or Swingline Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement under Section 10.05 of the Credit Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document; and

 

(v)           in the case of Holdings, Parent Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor, all amounts now or hereafter payable by Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other obligations or liabilities now existing or hereafter arising or incurred (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower, Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor under or in respect of any Revolving Loan, Swing Line Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Swing Line Note or Term B Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on the part of Holdings, Parent Holdings or such

 

10



 

Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document;

 

together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof (including by virtue of any Facilities Increase under the Credit Agreement).

 

Senior Credit Party ” means each Senior Lender (including any Affiliate in respect of any Cash Management Obligations), each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, the Senior Collateral Agent and each Indemnitee in respect of Senior Loans and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and “ Senior Credit Parties ” means any two or more of them, collectively.

 

Senior Finance Documents ” means (i) each Loan Document, (ii) each Swap Agreement permitted under the Credit Agreement with one or more Swap Creditors and (iii) each agreement or instrument governing Cash Management Obligations between any Loan Party and a Senior Lender.

 

Senior Finance Party ” means each Finance Party other than a Second Lien Credit Party.

 

Senior Obligations ” means, at any date, all Finance Obligations, other than Second Lien Obligations.

 

Settlements ” means all right, title and interest of a Loan Party in, to and under any settlement agreement or other agreement executed in settlement or compromise of any Claim, including all rights to enforce such agreements and all payments thereunder or arising in connection therewith.

 

Software ” means all “software” (as defined in the UCC), and also means and includes all software programs, whether now or hereafter owned, licensed or leased by a Loan Party, designed for use on Computer Hardware, including, without limitation, all operating system software, utilities and application programs in whatever form and whether or not embedded in goods, all source code and object code in magnetic tape, disk or hard copy format or any other listings whatsoever, all firmware associated with any of the foregoing all documentation, flowcharts, logic diagrams, manuals, specifications, training materials, charts and pseudo codes associated with any of the foregoing, and all options, warranties, services contracts, program services, test rights, maintenance rights, support rights, renewal rights and indemnifications relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Software License ” means any agreement (including any agreement constituting a Copyright License, Patent License and/or Trademark License) now or hereafter in existence granting to any Loan Party any right, whether exclusive or non-exclusive, to use another Person’s Software, or pursuant to which any Loan Party has granted to any other Person, any right, whether exclusive or non-exclusive, to use any Software, whether or not subject to any registration.

 

Supporting Obligation ” means a Letter-of-Credit Right, Guaranty Obligation or other secondary obligation supporting or any Lien securing the payment or performance of one or more Receivables, General Intangibles, Documents or Investment Property.

 

Swap Agreement ” means (i) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (ii)

 

11



 

any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement.

 

Swap Creditor ” means any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender from time to time party to one or more Swap Agreements permitted under the Credit Agreement with a Loan Party (even if any such Lender for any reason ceases after the execution of such agreement to be a Lender thereunder), and its successors and assigns, and “ Swap Creditors ” means any two or more of such Swap Creditors.

 

Swap Obligations ” of any Person means all obligations (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect to such Person, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim under any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) of such Person in respect of any Swap Agreement, excluding any amounts which such Person is entitled to set-off against its obligations under applicable Law.

 

Trademark ” means any of the following, whether now existing or hereafter arising, used, acquired or owned by a Loan Party:

 

(i)            the United States and foreign trademarks described on Schedule V to any Loan Party’s Perfection Certificate (as each such schedule may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time) and any renewals thereof, excluding in all cases any United States intent-to-use trademark applications until and unless a Statement of Use or an Amendment to Allege Use has been filed and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office;

 

(ii)           all other trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, certification marks, collective marks, brand names, trademark rights arising out of domain names and trade dress which are or have been used in the United States or in any state, territory or possession thereof, or in any other place, nation or jurisdiction, along with all prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, package and other designs, and any other source or business identifiers, and general intangibles of like nature, and the rights in any of the foregoing which arise under applicable Law;

 

(iii)          the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby or associated with each of the foregoing;

 

(iv)          all registrations and applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, registrations and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof;

 

(v)           all reissues, extensions and renewals thereof;

 

(vi)          all claims for, and rights to sue for, past, present or future infringements of any of the foregoing;

 

(vii)         all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof and payments and damages under all Trademark Licenses in connection therewith; and

 

12



 

(viii)        all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing whether arising under the Laws of the United States or any foreign country or otherwise.

 

Trademark License ” means any agreement now or hereafter in existence granting to any Loan Party any right, whether exclusive or non-exclusive, to use another Person’s trademarks or trademark applications, or pursuant to which any Loan Party has granted to any other Person, any right, whether exclusive or non-exclusive, to use any Trademark, whether or not registered, including, without limitation, the Trademark Licenses described on Schedule V to any Loan Party’s Perfection Certificate (as each such schedule may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time by such Loan Party) and the rights to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all of the inventory now or hereafter owned by any Loan Party and now or hereafter covered by such license agreements.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of Law, the perfection, the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the Security Interests in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

 

Section 1.04          Terms Generally .  The definitions in Sections 1.02 and 1.03 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined, except for terms defined in both the singular and the plural form.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the word “day” means a calendar day.

 

ARTICLE II
SECURITY INTERESTS

 

Section 2.01          Grant of Security Interests .  To secure the due and punctual payment of the Senior Obligations, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing or due or to become due, in accordance with the terms thereof and to secure the performance of all of the Senior Obligations of each Loan Party, each Loan Party hereby grants to the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties a security interest in, and each Loan Party hereby pledges to the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties, all of such Loan Party’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral.

 

Section 2.02          Collateral All right, title and interest of each Loan Party in, to and under the following property , whether now owned or existing or hereafter created or acquired by a Loan Party, whether tangible or intangible, and regardless of where located, are herein collectively called the “ Collateral ”:

 

(i)            all Receivables;

 

(ii)           all Inventory;

 

(iii)          all General Intangibles;

 

(iv)          all Intellectual Property;

 

13



 

(v)           all Documents and all Supporting Obligations of any kind given by any Person with respect thereto;

 

(vi)          all Equipment;

 

(vii)         all Investment Property and all Supporting Obligations of any kind given by any Person with respect thereto;

 

(viii)        all Deposit Accounts;

 

(ix)           all As-Extracted Collateral;

 

(x)            the Collateral Accounts, all cash and other property deposited therein or credited thereto from time to time, the Liquid Investments made pursuant to Section 2.09 and other monies and property of any kind of any Loan Party maintained with or in the possession of or under the control of any Collateral Agent;

 

(xi)           all books and records (including, without limitation, customer lists, credit files, computer programs, printouts and other computer materials and records) of each Loan Party pertaining to any of the Collateral; and

 

(xii)          to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of all or any of the Collateral described in clauses (i) through (xi) hereof;

 

provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by Section 6.12(d) of the Credit Agreement, the Collateral shall not include shares of capital stock having voting power in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of a Foreign Subsidiary of any Loan Party if, and solely to the extent that, the inclusion of such shares of capital stock hereunder would cause the undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary as determined for United States federal income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed repatriation of the earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary to such Foreign Subsidiary’s United States parent for United States federal income tax purposes; and provided , further , that the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Contracts, Excluded Equipment, Exempt Deposit Accounts or assets or other property to the extent licensed or granted by a Loan Party to a Foreign Subsidiary (including a Foreign IP Holdco) as contemplated by clause (iii)(B) of the definition of “Foreign IP Transfer Transaction” in the Credit Agreement or licensed by a Loan Party (in accordance with clause (iii)(B) of the definition of “Foreign IP Transfer Transaction” in the Credit Agreement) to a Foreign Subsidiary under the Research and Development Cost Sharing Agreement permitted in the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 2.03          Continuing Liability of Each Loan Party .  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Loan Party shall remain liable to observe and perform all the terms and conditions to be observed and performed by it under any contract, agreement, warranty or other obligation with respect to the Collateral.  Neither the Senior Collateral Agent nor any Senior Finance Party shall have any obligation or liability under any such contract, agreement, warranty or obligation by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party of any payment relating to any Collateral, nor shall the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party be required to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of any Loan Party with respect to any of the Collateral, to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of the performance of any party’s obligations with respect to any Collateral.  Furthermore, neither the Senior Collateral Agent nor any Senior Finance Party shall be required to file any claim or demand to collect any amount due or to enforce the performance of any party’s obligations with respect to the Collateral.

 

14



 

Section 2.04          Security Interests Absolute .  All rights of the Senior Collateral Agent, all security interests hereunder and all obligations of each Loan Party hereunder are unconditional and absolute and independent and separate from any other security for or guaranty of the Senior Obligations, whether executed by such Loan Party, any other Loan Party or any other Person.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected or impaired by:

 

(i)            any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, acceleration, waiver or release in respect of any obligation of any other Loan Party under any Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or securing any Finance Obligation, by operation of Law or otherwise;

 

(ii)           any change in the manner, place, time or terms of payment of any Finance Obligation or any other amendment, supplement or modification to any Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or securing any Finance Obligation;

 

(iii)          any release, non-perfection or invalidity of any direct or indirect security for any Finance Obligation, any sale, exchange, surrender, realization upon, offset against or other action in respect of any direct or indirect security for any Finance Obligation or any release of any other obligor or Loan Parties in respect of any Finance Obligation;

 

(iv)          any change in the existence, structure or ownership of any Loan Party, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or other similar proceeding affecting any Loan Party or its assets or any resulting disallowance, release or discharge of all or any portion of any Finance Obligation;

 

(v)           the existence of any claim, set-off or other right which any Loan Party may have at any time against the Borrower, any other Loan Party, any Agent, any other Finance Party, or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or any unrelated transaction; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

 

(vi)          any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party for any reason of any Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or securing any Finance Obligation or any provision of applicable Law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any Finance Obligation;

 

(vii)         any failure by any Finance Party:  (A) to file or enforce a claim against any Loan Party or its estate (in a bankruptcy or other proceeding); (B) to give notice of the existence, creation or incurrence by any Loan Party of any new or additional indebtedness or obligation under or with respect to the Finance Obligations; (C) to commence any action against any Loan Party; (D) to disclose to any Loan Party any facts which such Finance Party may now or hereafter know with regard to any Loan Party; or (E) to proceed with due diligence in the collection, protection or realization upon any collateral securing the Finance Obligations;

 

(viii)        any direction as to application of payment by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Person;

 

15



 

(ix)           any subordination by any Finance Party of the payment of any Finance Obligation to the payment of any other liability (whether matured or unmatured) of any Loan Party to its creditors;

 

(x)            any act or failure to act by any Collateral Agent or any other Finance Party under this Agreement or otherwise which may deprive any Loan Party of any right to subrogation, contribution or reimbursement against any other Loan Party or any right to recover full indemnity for any payments made by such Loan Party in respect of the Finance Obligations; or

 

(xi)           any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by any Loan Party or any Finance Party or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this clause, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Loan Party’s obligations hereunder, except that a Loan Party may assert the defense of final payment in full of the Senior Obligations.

 

Each Loan Party has irrevocably and unconditionally delivered this Agreement to the Senior Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties, and the failure by any other Person to sign this Agreement or a security agreement similar to this Agreement or otherwise shall not discharge the obligations of any Loan Party hereunder.

 

This Agreement shall remain fully enforceable against each Loan Party irrespective of any defenses that any other Loan Party may have or assert in respect of the Finance Obligations, including, without limitation, failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury, except that a Loan Party may assert the defense of final payment in full of the Senior Obligations.

 

Section 2.05          Segregation of Proceeds; Cash Proceeds Account .

 

(a)           Creation of Cash Proceeds Account .  The Administrative Agent has established a Securities Account (the “ Cash Proceeds Account ”) at Bank of America, N.A., designated as “Bank of America, N.A. – VeriFone Cash Collateral Account” in the name of “Bank of America, N.A., as Senior Collateral Agent” and under the exclusive control of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties and the Second Lien Lenders.  Upon payment in full of all Senior Obligations, the Second Lien Collateral Agent shall assume exclusive control of the Cash Proceeds Account for the benefit of the Second Lien Lenders.  All cash Proceeds of the Collateral required to be delivered to the Senior Collateral Agent pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section shall be deposited in the Cash Proceeds Account.  Any income received by the Senior Collateral Agent with respect to the balance from time to time standing to the credit of the Cash Proceeds Account, including any interest or capital gains on Liquid Investments, shall remain, or be deposited, in the Cash Proceeds Account.  All right, title and interest in and to the cash amounts on deposit from time to time in the Cash Proceeds Account together with any Liquid Investments from time to time made pursuant to Section 2.09 and any other property or assets from time to time deposited in or credited to the Cash Proceeds Account shall vest in and be under the sole dominion and control of the Senior Collateral Agent until the Senior Obligations are paid in full, and, thereafter, shall vest in and be under the sole dominion and control of the Second Lien Collateral Agent, shall constitute part of the Collateral hereunder and shall not constitute payment of the Senior Obligations until applied thereto as hereinafter provided.

 

(b)           Deposits to Cash Proceeds Account .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06 or 2.07 , each Loan Party shall instruct all Account Debtors and other Persons obligated in respect of its Receivables and other

 

16



 

Collateral to make all payments in respect of its Receivables and other Collateral either (i) directly to the Senior Collateral Agent (by instructing that such payments be remitted by direct wire transfer to the Senior Collateral Agent at its address referred to in Section 7.01 or to a post office box which shall be in the name and under the control of the Senior Collateral Agent) or (ii) to one or more other banks in the United States (by instructing that such payments be remitted by direct wire transfer to, or to a post office box which shall be in the name and under the control of, such bank) under an Account Control Agreement duly executed by each relevant Loan Party and such bank or under other arrangements, in form and substance satisfactory to the Senior Collateral Agent, pursuant to which each relevant Loan Party shall have irrevocably instructed such other bank (and such other bank shall have agreed) to remit all proceeds of such payments directly to the Senior Collateral Agent for deposit into the Cash Proceeds Account or as the Senior Collateral Agent may otherwise instruct such bank.  All such payments made to the Senior Collateral Agent shall be deposited in the Cash Proceeds Account.  In addition to the foregoing, each Loan Party agrees that if the Proceeds of any Collateral hereunder (including the payments made in respect of Receivables) shall be received by it after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such Loan Party shall as promptly as possible deposit such Proceeds into the Cash Proceeds Account.  Until so deposited, all such Proceeds shall be held in trust by the relevant Loan Party for and as the property of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Finance Parties and shall not be commingled with any other funds or property of any Loan Party.  Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to such disbursement.  Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Senior Collateral Agent, its officers, employees and authorized agents, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to endorse and sign its name on all checks, drafts, money orders or other media of payment so delivered, and such endorsements or assignments shall, for all purposes, be deemed to have been made by the relevant Loan Party prior to any endorsement or assignment thereof by the Senior Collateral Agent.  The Senior Collateral Agent may use any convenient or customary means for the purpose of collecting such checks, drafts, money orders or other media of payment.

 

Section 2.06          Reinvestment Funds Account .

 

(a)           Creation of and Deposits to the Reinvestment Funds Account .  Promptly upon and at all times after the receipt by any Loan Party of any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Awards or other amounts required to be paid to the Senior Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 6.07(b) of the Credit Agreement, Section 4.11 hereof or pursuant to any similar provision of any other Loan Document (collectively, “ Reinvestment Funds ”), such Loan Party shall establish and shall thereafter maintain an additional Securities Account (the “ Reinvestment Funds Account ”) at the offices of the Senior Collateral Agent or such other bank or other financial institution as such Loan Party and the Senior Collateral Agent may agree, in the name and under the exclusive control of the Senior Collateral Agent.  If the Reinvestment Funds Account is not maintained at an office of the Senior Collateral Agent, then forthwith upon the establishment of such account, the applicable Loan Party shall notify the Senior Collateral Agent of the location, account name and account number of such account and shall deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent an Account Control Agreement with respect to such Reinvestment Funds Account duly executed by such Loan Party and the Securities Intermediary maintaining such Reinvestment Funds Account.  Each Loan Party hereby agrees to cause any Reinvestment Funds received from time to time after the establishment of the Reinvestment Funds Account to be deposited therein as set forth in this paragraph.  Any Insurance Proceeds exceeding $5,000,000 in respect of one or a series of related events or conditions giving rise thereto received from time to time by the Senior Collateral Agent in respect of which the Senior Collateral Agent is an insured party and loss payee shall be promptly deposited in the Reinvestment Funds Account as set forth in this paragraph.  Any income received with respect to the balance from time to time standing to the credit of the Reinvestment Funds Account, including any interest or capital gains on Liquid Investments, shall remain, or be deposited, in the Reinvestment Funds Account.  All right, title and interest in and to the cash amounts on deposit from time to time in the

 

17



 

Reinvestment Funds Account together with any Liquid Investments from time to time made pursuant to Section 2.09 and any other property or assets from time to time deposited in or credited to the Reinvestment Funds Account shall vest in the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Senior Obligations and shall constitute part of the Collateral hereunder and shall not constitute payment of the Senior Obligations until applied thereto as hereinafter provided.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall apply to repayment of the Senior Loans and, if necessary, to cash collateralization of L/C Obligations those amounts on deposit in the Reinvestment Funds Account which are required to be applied to the repayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.09(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement and the definition of “Reinvestment Funds” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement or any other applicable term of any Finance Document, and, unless a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, shall promptly in accordance with subsection (b) below release to, or upon the order of the Loan Party in respect of which such Reinvestment Funds were delivered, those amounts on deposit in the Reinvestment Funds Account which are not required to be so applied or retained in the Reinvestment Funds Account pursuant to any other provision of any Loan Document for application as provided in subsection (b) below.

 

(b)           Withdrawals from Reinvestment Funds Account .  The balance from time to time standing to the credit of the Reinvestment Funds Account (to the extent not applied pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.06(a) ) shall be subject to withdrawal only upon the instructions of the Senior Collateral Agent.  Except upon the occurrence and continuation of a Default or an Event of Default, the Senior Collateral Agent agrees to give instructions to distribute such amounts to the applicable Loan Party at such times and in such amounts as such Loan Party shall request for the purpose of repairing, reconstructing or replacing the property in respect of which such Reinvestment Funds were received or for the purpose of repaying indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien on, or meeting other liabilities in respect of, the property in respect of which such Reinvestment Funds were received.  Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to such distribution.  To the extent required by any Loan Document, any such request shall be accompanied by a certificate of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of such Loan Party setting forth in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Senior Collateral Agent the repair, reconstruction or replacement for which such funds will be expended.  If immediately available cash on deposit in the Reinvestment Funds Account is not sufficient to make any distribution to a Loan Party referred to in the previous sentence of this Section 2.06(b) , the Senior Collateral Agent shall cause to be liquidated as promptly as practicable such Liquid Investments in the Reinvestment Funds Account designated by such Loan Party and the Borrower as are required to obtain sufficient cash to make such distribution and, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article II , such distribution shall not be made until such liquidation has taken place.  Upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Senior Collateral Agent may apply or cause to be applied (subject to collection) any or all of the balance from time to time standing to the credit of the Reinvestment Funds Account in the manner specified in Section 5.05 hereof.

 

Section 2.07          L/C Cash Collateral Account .  All amounts required to be deposited by any Loan Party as cash collateral for L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 2.09(b) or Section 8.02(c) of the Credit Agreement, any similar provision of any other Loan Document or pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof shall be deposited in a Securities Account (the “ L/C Cash Collateral Account ”) established and maintained by such Loan Party at the offices of the Senior Collateral Agent or such other bank or other financial institution as such Loan Party and the Senior Collateral Agent may agree, in the name and under the exclusive control of the Senior Collateral Agent.  If the L/C Cash Collateral Account is not maintained at an office of the Senior Collateral Agent, then forthwith upon the establishment of such account, the applicable Loan Party shall notify the Senior Collateral Agent of the location, account name and account number of such account and shall deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent an Account Control Agreement with respect to such L/C Cash Collateral Account duly executed by such Loan Party and the Securities Intermediary maintaining such L/C Cash Collateral Account.  Any income received with respect to the

 

18



 

balance from time to time standing to the credit of the L/C Cash Collateral Account, including any interest or capital gains on Liquid Investments, shall remain, or be deposited, in the L/C Cash Collateral Account.  All cash amounts on deposit from time to time in the L/C Cash Collateral Account together with any Liquid Investments from time to time made pursuant to Section 2.09 and any other property or assets from time to time deposited in or credited to the L/C Cash Collateral Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Lenders, shall constitute part of the Collateral hereunder and shall not constitute payment of the Senior Credit Obligations until applied thereto as hereinafter provided.  If and when any portion of the L/C Obligations on which any deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account was based (the “ Relevant Contingent Exposure ”) shall become fixed (a “ Direct Exposure ”) as a result of the payment by the Issuing Lender with respect thereto of a draft presented under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Direct Exposure (but not more than the amount in the L/C Cash Collateral Account at the time) shall be withdrawn by the Senior Collateral Agent from the L/C Cash Collateral Account and shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for application pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and the Relevant Contingent Exposure shall thereupon be reduced by such amount.  If at any time the amount in the L/C Cash Collateral Account exceeds the Relevant Contingent Exposure, the excess amount shall, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, be withdrawn by the Senior Collateral Agent and paid to the applicable Loan Party or its order.  In addition, funds will be released from the L/C Cash Collateral Account at such times and in such amounts as provided in Section 2.05(j) of the Credit Agreement.  Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to each such distribution.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the excess of the funds in the L/C Cash Collateral Account over the Relevant Contingent Exposure shall be retained in the L/C Cash Collateral Account and, upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, may be withdrawn by the Senior Collateral Agent and applied in the manner specified in Section 5.05 .  If immediately available cash on deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account is not sufficient to make any distribution to a Loan Party referred to in this Section 2.07 , the Senior Collateral Agent shall cause to be liquidated as promptly as practicable such Liquid Investments in the Cash Collateral Account designated by such Loan Party as are required to obtain sufficient cash to make such distribution and, notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.07 , such distribution shall not be made until such liquidation has taken place.

 

Section 2.08          Prepayment Account .  All amounts required to be deposited by the Borrower as cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(ix) of the Credit Agreement shall be deposited in a Securities Account (the “ Prepayment Account ”) established and maintained by the Borrower at the offices of the Senior Collateral Agent or such other bank or other financial institution as the Borrower and the Senior Collateral Agent may agree, in the name and under the exclusive control of the Senior Collateral Agent.  If the Prepayment Account is not maintained at an office of the Senior Collateral Agent, then forthwith upon the establishment of such account, the Loan Party so required to make such deposit shall notify the Senior Collateral Agent of the location, account name and account number of such account and shall deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent an Account Control Agreement with respect to such Prepayment Account duly executed by the Borrower and the Securities Intermediary maintaining such Prepayment Account.  Any income received with respect to the balance from time to time standing to the credit of the Prepayment Account, including any interest or capital gains on Liquid Investments, shall remain, or be deposited, in the Prepayment Account.  All cash amounts on deposit from time to time in the Prepayment Account, together with any Liquid Investments from time to time deposited in or credited to the Prepayment Account, shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Senior Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the holders from time to time of the Senior Credit Obligations and shall constitute part of the Collateral hereunder and shall not constitute payment of the Credit Obligations until applied thereto as hereinafter provided.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall from time to time pay to the Administrative Agent for application to repayment of the Loans of the respective Class as required by Section 2.09(b)(ix) of the Credit Agreement those amounts on deposit in the Prepayment Account which are required to be applied to the repayment of the Loans of such Class in accordance with

 

19



 

Section 2.09(b)(ix) of the Credit Agreement.  If immediately available cash on deposit in the Prepayment Account is not sufficient to make any distribution referred to in this Section 2.08 , the Senior Collateral Agent shall cause to be liquidated as promptly as practicable such Liquid Investments in the Prepayment Account designated by the Borrower as are required to obtain sufficient cash to make such distribution and, notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.08 , such distribution shall not be made until such liquidation has taken place.

 

Section 2.09          Investment of Funds in Collateral Accounts .  Amounts on deposit in the Collateral Accounts shall be invested and re-invested from time to time in such Liquid Investments as the Borrower shall determine, which Liquid Investments shall be held in the name and be under the control of the Senior Collateral Agent; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Senior Collateral Agent may liquidate any such Liquid Investments and apply or cause to be applied the proceeds thereof in the manner specified in Section 5.05 .  For this purpose, “ Liquid Investments ” means Cash Equivalents maturing within 30 days after a Cash Equivalent is acquired by the Senior Collateral Agent.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each Loan Party represents and warrants that:

 

Section 3.01          Title to Collateral .  Such Loan Party has good and sufficient legal title to, or valid license or leasehold interests in, all of the Collateral in which it has granted a security interest hereunder, free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.  Such Loan Party has taken all actions necessary under the UCC to perfect its interest in any Receivables purchased by or assigned to it, as against its assignors and creditors of its assignors.  Other than financing statements or other similar or equivalent documents or instruments with respect to the Security Interests, Permitted Liens and Liens securing indebtedness to be repaid with the proceeds of the initial Loans under the Credit Agreement and in respect of which the Administrative Agent has received pay-off letters and instruments appropriate under local Law to effect the termination of such Liens, no financing statement, mortgage, security agreement or similar or equivalent document or instrument covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction in which such filing or recording would be effective to perfect a Lien on such Collateral.  No Collateral having a value individually or collectively in excess of $1,000,000 (other than Inventory in transit not covered by a negotiable document of title or Inventory in the possession of a carrier or similar bailee as to which the provisions of Section 4.04 of this Agreement have been complied with) is in the possession or control of any Person (other than a Loan Party) asserting any claim thereto or security interest therein, except that the Senior Collateral Agent or its designee, and the Senior Collateral Agent acting as bailee for the Second Lien Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, may have possession and/or control of Collateral as contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 3.02          Validity, Perfection and Priority of Security Interests .

 

(a)           The Security Interest constitutes a valid security interest under the UCC securing the Senior Obligations.

 

(b)           When Uniform Commercial Code financing statements stating that the same covers “all assets of the Debtor”, “all personal property of the Debtor” or words of similar import or containing the description of Collateral set forth on Exhibit E hereto shall have been filed in the offices specified in Schedule 4.01 hereto, the Security Interest will constitute a Requisite Priority Lien in all

 

20



 

right, title and interest of such Loan Party in the Collateral to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to the UCC.

 

(c)           When each Patent and Trademark Agreement has been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and each Copyright Agreement has been filed with the United States Copyright Office, the Security Interest will constitute a Requisite Priority Lien in all right, title and interest of such Loan Party in the Recordable Intellectual Property therein described to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by such filing pursuant to applicable Law.

 

(d)           When each Account Control Agreement has been executed and delivered to the Senior Collateral Agent, the Security Interest will constitute a Requisite Priority Lien in all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, as applicable, subject thereto, prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens and rights of others therein.

 

(e)           When each consent substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto has been executed and delivered to the Senior Collateral Agent, the Security Interest will constitute a Requisite Priority Lien in all right, title and interest of such Loan Party in the Letter-of-Credit Rights referred to therein, prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens and rights of others therein.

 

(f)            So long as such Loan Party is in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.13 , the Security Interest will constitute a Requisite Priority Lien in all right, title and interest of such Loan Party in all electronic Chattel Paper, prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens and rights of others therein.

 

The Security Interest created hereunder in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties shall be prior to all other Liens on the Collateral except for Permitted Liens (exclusive of those in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent) having priority over the Senior Collateral Agent’s Lien by operation of Law or otherwise as permitted under the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 3.03          Fair Labor Standards Act .  All of such Loan Party’s Inventory has or will have been produced in compliance with the applicable requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Section 3.04          No Consents .  No consent of any other Person (including, without limitation, any stockholder or creditor of such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries) and no order, material consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained by such Loan Party in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, or in connection with the exercise of the rights and remedies of the Senior Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, except (i) as may be required to perfect (as described in Schedule 4.01 hereto) and maintain the perfection of the security interests created hereby, (ii) with respect to vehicles represented by a certificate of title, (iii) with respect to Receivables subject to the Federal Assignment of Claims Act or (iv) in connection with the disposition of the Collateral by Laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally or as described in Schedule 5.03 to the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that (i) the registration of Copyrights in the United States Copyright Office may be required to obtain a security interest therein that is effective against subsequent transferees under United States Federal copyright Law and (ii) to the extent that recordation of the Security Interest in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office is necessary to perfect such Security Interest or to render such Security Interest effective against subsequent third parties, such recordations will not have been made with respect to the items that are not Recordable Intellectual Property.

 

21



 

Section 3.05          Deposit and Securities Accounts Schedule 3.05 hereto sets forth as of the date hereof a complete and correct list of each Loan Party’s Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, the name and address of the financial institution which maintains each such account and the purpose for which such account is used.

 

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that until the payment in full of all Senior Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and until there is no commitment by any Senior Finance Party to make further advances, incur obligations or otherwise give value, such Loan Party will comply with the following:

 

Section 4.01          Delivery of Perfection Certificate; Initial Perfection and Delivery of Search Reports .  On or prior to the Closing Date, such Loan Party shall (i) deliver its Perfection Certificate to the Senior Collateral Agent, (ii) deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent a fully executed Account Control Agreement with respect to each of its Securities Accounts, (iii) deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent a fully executed consent substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto with respect to each of its Letter-of-Credit Rights and (iv) authorize all filings and recordings specified in Schedule 4.01 hereto to be completed.  The information set forth in the Perfection Certificate shall be correct and complete as of the Closing Date.  Within 90 days following the Closing Date, each Loan Party shall deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent a fully executed Account Control Agreement with respect to each of its Deposit Accounts (other than Exempt Deposit Accounts).

 

Section 4.02          Change of Name, Organizational Structure or Location; Subjection to Other Security Agreements .  Such Loan Party will not change its name, organizational structure or location (determined as provided in Section 9-307 of the UCC) in any manner, and shall not become bound, as provided in Section 9-203(d) of the UCC, by a security agreement entered into by another Person, in each case, unless it shall have given the Senior Collateral Agent not less than 20 days’ prior notice thereof.  Such Loan Party shall not in any event change the location of any Collateral or its name, organizational structure or location (determined as provided in Section 9-307 of the UCC), or become bound, as provided in Section 9-203(d) of the UCC, by a security agreement entered into by another Person, if such change would cause the Security Interest in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent in any Collateral to lapse or cease to be perfected unless such Loan Party has taken on or before the date of lapse all actions necessary to ensure that such Security Interest in the Collateral does not lapse or cease to be perfected.

 

Section 4.03          Further Actions .  Such Loan Party will, from time to time at its expense and in such manner and form as the Senior Collateral Agent may reasonably request, execute, deliver, file and record or authorize the recording of any financing statement, specific assignment, instrument, document, agreement or other paper and take any other action (including, without limitation, any filings of financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code and any filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) that from time to time may be necessary or advisable under the UCC or with respect to Recordable Intellectual Property, or that the Senior Collateral Agent may request, in order to create, preserve, perfect or maintain the Security Interest or to enable the Senior Collateral Agent and the Senior Finance Parties to exercise and enforce any of its rights, powers and remedies created hereunder or under applicable Law with respect to any of the Collateral.  Such Loan Party shall maintain the Security Interests as a Requisite Priority Lien and shall defend such security interests and such priority against the claims and demands of all Persons to the extent adverse to such Loan Party’s ownership rights or otherwise inconsistent with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  To the extent permitted by applicable Law, such Loan Party hereby authorizes

 

22



 

the Senior Collateral Agent to file, in the name of such Loan Party or otherwise and without separate authorization or authentication of such Loan Party appearing thereon, such Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or continuation statements as the Senior Collateral Agent in its sole discretion may deem necessary or reasonably appropriate to further perfect or maintain the perfection of the Security Interest in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent.  Such Loan Party hereby authorizes the Senior Collateral Agent to file financing and continuation statements describing as the Collateral covered thereby “all of the debtor’s personal property and assets” or words to similar effect, notwithstanding that such description may be broader in scope than the Collateral described in this Agreement.  Such Loan Party agrees that, except to the extent that any filing office requires otherwise, a carbon, photographic, photostatic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of a financing statement is sufficient as a financing statement.  The Loan Parties shall pay the costs of, or incidental to, any recording or filing of any financing or continuation statements or other assignment documents concerning the Collateral.

 

Section 4.04          Collateral in Possession of Other Persons .  If any of such Loan Party’s Collateral having a value individually or collectively in excess of $1,000,000 is at any time in the possession or control of any warehouseman, vendor, bailee or any agents or processors of any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall (i) notify such warehouseman, vendor, bailee, agent or processor of the Security Interest created hereby, (ii) instruct such warehouseman, vendor, bailee, agent or processor to hold all such Collateral for the Senior Collateral Agent’s account and subject to the Senior Collateral Agent’s instructions, (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts (without incurring material obligations or foregoing material rights) to cause such warehouseman, vendor, bailee, agent or processor to authenticate a record acknowledging that it holds possession of such Collateral for the benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent and (iv) make such authenticated record available to the Senior Collateral Agent.  Such Loan Party agrees that if any warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature of a warehouse receipt is issued with respect to any of its Inventory, such warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature thereof shall not be “negotiable” (as such term is used in Section 7-104 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction or under other relevant Law).

 

Section 4.05          Books and Records .  Such Loan Party shall keep full and accurate, in all material respects, books and records relating to the Collateral, including, but not limited to, the originals of all documentation with respect thereto, records of all payments received, all credits granted thereon, all merchandise returned and all other dealings therewith, and such Loan Party will make the same available to the Senior Collateral Agent for inspection in accordance with Section 6.10 of the Credit Agreement, at such Loan Party’s own cost and expense, at any time during normal business hours.  Upon direction by the Senior Collateral Agent, such Loan Party shall stamp or otherwise mark such books and records in such manner as the Senior Collateral Agent may reasonably require in order to reflect the Security Interest.

 

Section 4.06          Delivery of Instruments, Etc .  Such Loan Party will immediately deliver each Instrument and each Certificated Security (other than (i) promissory notes having individually a face value not in excess of $500,000, (ii) Cash Equivalents held in a Deposit Account or a Securities Account and subject to an effective Account Control Agreement as required by Section 4.12 hereof and (iii) Instruments or Certificated Securities received in connection with bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business having individually a face amount of less than $500,000 in the case of Instruments or Certificated Securities subject to this clause (iii) (the Instruments and Certificated Securities described in clauses (i) , (ii) and (iii) above constituting “ Excepted Instruments ”)) to the Senior Collateral Agent, appropriately indorsed to the Senior Collateral Agent; provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and except as required by any other Loan Document, such Loan Party may (unless otherwise provided in Section 2.05(b) ) retain for collection in the ordinary course of business any checks, drafts and other

 

23



 

Instruments received by it in the ordinary course of business and may retain any Collateral which it is otherwise entitled to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Senior Pledge Agreement, and the Senior Collateral Agent shall, promptly upon request of such Loan Party, make appropriate arrangements for making any other Instrument or Certificated Security pledged by such Loan Party available to it for purposes of presentation, collection or renewal (any such arrangement to be effected, to the extent deemed appropriate to the Senior Collateral Agent, against trust receipt or like document).

 

Section 4.07          Notification to Account Debtors .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and if so requested by the Senior Collateral Agent, such Loan Party will promptly notify (and such Loan Party hereby authorizes the Senior Collateral Agent so to notify after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement or any other Event of Default which has resulted in the Administrative Agent or the Senior Collateral Agent exercising any of its rights under Section 8.02 of the Credit Agreement) each Account Debtor in respect of any Receivable that such Collateral has been assigned to the Collateral Agent hereunder for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties, and that any payments due or to become due in respect of such Collateral are to be made directly to the Senior Collateral Agent or its designee in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof.

 

Section 4.08          Disposition of Collateral .  Such Loan Party will not sell, lease, exchange, license, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any Collateral or create or suffer to exist any Lien (other than the Security Interest, the security interest in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent securing the Second Lien Obligations and other Permitted Liens) on any Collateral except that, subject to the rights of the Senior Collateral Agent hereunder and, if so provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, to the rights of the Second Lien Collateral Agent under the Second Lien Security Agreement if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Loan Party may sell, lease, exchange, license, assign, or otherwise dispose of, or grant options with respect to, Collateral to the extent expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, whereupon, in the case of any such disposition, the Security Interest created hereby in such item (but not in any Proceeds arising from such disposition) shall cease immediately without any further action on the part of the Senior Collateral Agent.

 

Section 4.09          Insurance .  Prior to the Closing Date, such Loan Party will cause the Senior Collateral Agent to be named as an insured party and loss payee, effective at all times on and after the Closing Date, on each insurance policy covering risks relating to any of its Inventory and Equipment.  Each such insurance policy shall include effective waivers by the insurer of all claims for insurance premiums against the Senior Collateral Agent and any Senior Finance Party, provide for coverage to the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties regardless of the breach by such Loan Party of any warranty or representation made therein, not be subject to co-insurance, provide that all insurance proceeds in excess of $5,000,000 per claim shall be adjusted with and payable to the Applicable Collateral Agent (for payment to the Administrative Agent for application as required by Section 2.09(b) or 6.07(b) of the Credit Agreement, if then in effect, or otherwise as contemplated by the other Loan Documents) and provide that no cancellation, termination or material modification thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days after receipt by the Senior Collateral Agent of notice thereof.  Such Loan Party hereby appoints the Senior Collateral Agent as its attorney-in-fact, effective during the continuance of an Event of Default, to make proof of loss, claims for insurance and adjustments with insurers, and to execute or endorse all documents, checks or drafts in connection with payments made as a result of any insurance policies.

 

Such Loan Party assumes all liability and responsibility in connection with the Collateral acquired by it and the liability of such Loan Party to pay the Senior Credit Obligations shall in no way be affected or diminished by reason of the fact that such Collateral may be lost, destroyed, stolen, damaged or for any reason whatsoever unavailable to such Loan Party.

 

24



 

Section 4.10          Information Regarding Collateral .  Such Loan Party will, promptly upon request, provide to the Senior Collateral Agent all information and evidence it may reasonably request concerning the Collateral to enable the Senior Collateral Agent to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.11          Covenants Regarding Intellectual Property .  Except in respect of subparagraphs (a) , (b) , (c) , (e) and (f) below where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)           Such Loan Party (either itself or through licensees) will, for each Patent, not do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Patent may become invalidated or dedicated to the public (except where the Loan Party has determined in its reasonable business judgment that such Patent is no longer reasonably necessary to the business of the Group Company), and shall continue to mark any products covered by a Patent with the relevant patent number or indication that a Patent is pending as required by the patent Laws.

 

(b)           Such Loan Party (either itself or, if permitted by Law, through its licensees or its sublicensees) will, for each Trademark, (i) maintain such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment or invalidity from non-use, material alteration, naked licensing or genericide except where the Loan Party has determined in its reasonable business judgment that such Trademark is no longer reasonably necessary to the business of the Group Company, (ii) maintain the quality of products and services offered under such Trademark in a manner substantially consistent with or better than the quality of such products and services as of the date hereof, (iii) display such Trademark with proper notice, including notice of federal registration to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (iv) not knowingly use or knowingly permit the use of such Trademark in violation of any third party rights, (v) not permit any assignment in gross of such Trademark and (vi) allow the Senior Collateral Agent and its designees the right, at any time and from time to time, to inspect such Loan Party’s premises and to examine and observe such Loan Party’s books, records and operations, including, without limitation, its quality control processes, upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested (but not more frequently than twice per year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

 

(c)           Such Loan Party (either itself or through licensees) will, for each work covered by a Copyright material to the conduct of its business, continue to publish, reproduce, display, adopt and distribute the work with appropriate copyright notice.

 

(d)           Such Loan Party shall promptly notify the Senior Collateral Agent if it knows that any Patent, Trademark or Copyright (or any application or registration relating thereto) necessary in its reasonable business judgment to the conduct of its business may become abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material potential or actual adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any court) regarding such Loan Party’s ownership of any Patent, Trademark, Copyright or Software necessary in its reasonable business judgment to the conduct of its business, its right to register the same or to keep, use or maintain the same.

 

(e)           Such Loan Party will take all necessary steps to file, maintain and pursue each material application relating to the Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights (and to obtain the relevant grant or registration) and to preserve and maintain all common Law rights in any Trademarks and each registration of the Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights in each instance which are material to the conduct of its business, including filing and paying fees for applications for renewal, reissues, divisions,

 

25



 

continuations, continuations-in-part, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and maintenance, and, unless such Loan Party shall reasonably determine that any such action would be commercially unreasonable, to initiate opposition, interference, reexamination and cancellation proceedings against third parties.

 

(f)            If any rights to any Patent, Trademark, Copyright, Software or License relating thereto reasonably necessary to the conduct of its business is believed infringed, misappropriated, breached or diluted by a third party, such Loan Party shall notify the Senior Collateral Agent promptly after it learns thereof and shall, unless such Loan Party shall reasonably determine that any such action would be commercially unreasonable, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation, breach or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as such Loan Party shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Patent, Trademark, Copyright, Software or License.

 

(g)           Within the time period specified in Section 6.01(i) and 6.12(b) of the Credit Agreement, each Loan Party will (i) inform the Senior Collateral Agent of all applications for Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights filed, acquired or registrations issued during such fiscal quarter by such Loan Party or by any agent, employee, licensee or delegate on its behalf with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office or any office or agency in any political subdivision of the United States or in any other country or any political subdivision thereof and (ii) upon request of the Senior Collateral Agent, execute any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Senior Collateral Agent may request to evidence the Security Interests in such application, any resulting Patent, Trademark or Copyright and the goodwill or accounts and general intangibles of such Loan Party relating thereto or represented thereby, and such Loan Party hereby appoints the Senior Collateral Agent its attorney-in-fact to execute and file such writings for the foregoing purposes.

 

(h)           As to all material Licenses (excluding non-exclusive Licenses of Software) entered into after the date hereof with any third party licensor, such Loan Party will use commercially reasonable and good faith efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the licensor to effect the assignment of all of such Loan Party’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Senior Collateral Agent or its designee and to effect the sub-license contemplated under Section 5.03(e) upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and such Loan Party shall provide prompt written notice to the Senior Collateral Agent upon failure to obtain any such consent or approval.

 

(i)            Such Loan Party shall take all actions (and cause all other Persons, including licensees, to the extent such other Persons are subject to its control) which are necessary or reasonably advisable to protect, preserve and maintain the validity, priority, perfection or enforcement of the rights granted to the Senior Collateral Agent under this Agreement and give the Senior Collateral Agent prompt written notice if, after the date hereof, such Loan Party shall obtain rights to any Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights (subject to the time periods specified in Section 4.11(g) , as applicable), or enter into any new license agreements regarding any of the foregoing, and such Loan Party hereby agrees that the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto except were prohibited thereby pursuant to a valid and enforceable restriction or Law.  Such Loan Party will use commercially reasonable efforts so as not to permit the inclusion in any contract or agreement governing or relating to any Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights obtained after the date hereof or any license agreements entered into after the date hereof relating to any of the foregoing of any provisions that could or might in any way impair or prevent the creation of a security interest in, or the assignment of, such Loan Party’s rights and interests therein, as contemplated by Sections 2.01 and 2.02 .  Such Loan Party will, upon request of the Senior Collateral Agent, execute any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Senior Collateral Agent may request to evidence the Security Interest hereunder in any Patent, Trademark or Copyright (or application therefor) and the goodwill or accounts and general intangibles of such Loan Party relating

 

26



 

thereto or represented thereby, and such Loan Party hereby appoints the Senior Collateral Agent its attorney-in-fact to execute and file such writings for the foregoing purposes.

 

Section 4.12          Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts .  Except as expressly contemplated by Section 4.01 hereof, no Loan Party shall establish after the date hereof or permit to exist any Deposit Account (other than Exempt Deposit Accounts) credited at any time with amounts in excess of $250,000 or any Securities Account (except any such account maintained with the Senior Collateral Agent or constituting Collateral Accounts) without promptly delivering to the Senior Collateral Agent a fully executed Account Control Agreement with respect to such account.  Subject to Section 2.05(b) hereof and the rights of the Senior Collateral Agent under Article V hereof, each Loan Party shall cause all Proceeds of Collateral hereunder to be deposited in a Deposit Account maintained with the Senior Collateral Agent or with respect to which an effective Account Control Agreement has been delivered to the Senior Collateral Agent.

 

Section 4.13          Electronic Chattel Paper .  Such Loan Party shall create, store and otherwise maintain all records comprising electronic Chattel Paper in a manner such that:  (i) a single authoritative copy of each such record exists which is unique, identifiable and, except as provided in clause (iv) below, unalterable, (ii) the authoritative copy of each such record shall identify the Collateral Agents as assignees thereof, (iii) the authoritative copy of each such record is communicated to and maintained by the Applicable Collateral Agent or its designee, (iv) copies or revisions that add or change any assignees of such record can be made only with the participation of the Applicable Collateral Agent, (v) each copy (other than the authoritative copy) of such record is readily identifiable as a copy and (vi) any revision of the authoritative copy of such record is readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision.

 

Section 4.14          Claims .  In the event any Claim constituting a commercial tort claim in excess of $500,000 arises or otherwise becomes known after the date hereof, the applicable Loan Party will deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent a supplement to Schedule 1.01 hereto describing such Claim and expressly subjecting such Claim, all Judgments and/or Settlements with respect thereto and all Proceeds thereof to the Security Interest hereunder.

 

Section 4.15          Letter-of-Credit-Rights .  If any Letter-of-Credit Rights are hereafter acquired by any Loan Party, the applicable Loan Party will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Applicable Collateral Agent a fully executed consent with respect thereto substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto or in such other form as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Senior Collateral Agent.  Absent the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the provisions of this Section 4.15 shall not apply to (i) Letter of Credit Rights arising in respect of letters of credit having a face or stated amount of less than $1,000,000 or (ii) letters of credit in respect of which a Loan Party, after using commercially reasonable efforts, fails to obtain from the issuer of such letter of credit the consent contemplated by the preceding sentence.

 

ARTICLE V
GENERAL AUTHORITY; REMEDIES

 

Section 5.01          General Authority .  Until such time as the Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and until there is no commitment by any Senior Credit Party to make further advances, incur obligations or otherwise give value, each Loan Party hereby irrevocably appoints the Senior Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in the name of such Loan Party, the Senior Collateral Agent, the Senior Finance Parties or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent and the Senior Finance Parties, but at such Loan Party’s expense, to the extent permitted

 

27



 

by Law, to exercise at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing all or any of the following powers with respect to all or any of the Collateral; such power, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until the Senior Obligations are paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and until there is no commitment by any Senior Credit Party to make further advances, incur obligations or otherwise give value:

 

(i)            to take any and all reasonably appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to carry out the terms of this Agreement;

 

(ii)           to receive, take, indorse, assign and deliver any and all checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, documents and other negotiable and non-negotiable Instruments taken or received by such Loan Party as, or in connection with, Collateral;

 

(iii)          to accelerate any Receivable which may be accelerated in accordance with its terms, and to otherwise demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all monies due or to become due on or by virtue of any Collateral;

 

(iv)          to commence, settle, compromise, compound, prosecute, defend or adjust any Claim, suit, action or proceeding with respect to, or in connection with, the Collateral;

 

(v)           to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal in or with the Collateral or the Proceeds or avails thereof, including, without limitation, for the implementation of any assignment, lease, License, sublicense, grant of option, sale or other disposition of any Patent, Trademark, Copyright or Software or any action related thereto, as fully and effectually as if the Senior Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof;

 

(vi)          to extend the time of payment of any or all of the Collateral and to make any allowance and other adjustments with respect thereto; and

 

(vii)         to do, at its option, but at the expense of the Loan Parties, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things which the Senior Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect or preserve the Collateral and to realize upon the Collateral.

 

Section 5.02          Authority of the Senior Collateral Agent .   Each Loan Party acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Senior Collateral Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by it or the exercise or non-exercise by the Senior Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Senior Collateral Agent and the other Finance Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Senior Collateral Agent and the Loan Parties, the Senior Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the other Senior Finance Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Loan Party shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

Section 5.03          Remedies upon Event of Default .

 

(a)           If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Senior Collateral Agent, upon being instructed to do so by the Required Senior Lenders, may, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and in any other agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Senior Obligations (including without limitation, the right to give instructions or a notice of sole

 

28



 

control under an Account Control Agreement, it being understood and agreed by the Loan Parties and the Senior Collateral Agent that, notwithstanding the provisions of any Account Control Agreement, the Senior Collateral Agent will not give a notice of exclusive control under an Account Control Agreement or other similar instruction except after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default):  (i) exercise on behalf of the Senior Finance Parties all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the jurisdiction where such rights are exercised) and, in addition, (ii) without demand of performance or other demand or notice of any kind (except as herein provided or as may be required by mandatory provisions of Law) to or upon any Loan Party or any other Person (all of which demands and/or notices are hereby waived by each Loan Party), (A) withdraw all cash and Liquid Investments in the Collateral Accounts and apply such cash and Liquid Investments and other cash, if any, then held by it as Collateral as specified in Section 5.05 , (B) give notice and take sole possession and control of all amounts on deposit in or credited to any Deposit Account or Securities Account pursuant to the related Account Control Agreement and apply all such funds as specified in Section 5.05 and (C) if there shall be no such cash, Liquid Investments or other amounts or if such cash, Liquid Investments and other amounts shall be insufficient to pay all the Senior Obligations in full or cannot be so applied for any reason or if the Senior Collateral Agent determines to do so, collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral and/or sell, assign, give an option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral (or contract to do so) or any part thereof at public or private sale, at any office of the Senior Collateral Agent or elsewhere in such manner as is commercially reasonable and as the Senior Collateral Agent may deem best, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, without assumption of any credit risk and at such price or prices as the Senior Collateral Agent may deem reasonably satisfactory.

 

(b)           If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Senior Collateral Agent shall give each Loan Party not less than 10 days’ prior notice of the time and place of any sale or other intended disposition of any of the Collateral, except any Collateral which is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market.  Any such notice shall (i) in the case of a public sale, state the time and place fixed for such sale, (ii) in the case of a private sale, state the day after which such sale may be consummated, (iii) contain the information specified in Section 9-613 of the UCC, (iv) be authenticated and (v) be sent to the parties required to be notified pursuant to Section 9-611(c) of the UCC; provided that, if the Senior Collateral Agent fails to comply with this sentence in any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any) imposed on it as a matter of Law under the UCC.  The Senior Collateral Agent and each Loan Party agree that such notice constitutes reasonable notification within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC.  Except as otherwise provided herein, each Loan Party hereby waives, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, notice and judicial hearing in connection with the Senior Collateral Agent’s taking possession or disposition of any of the Collateral.

 

(c)           The Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral so sold at any public sale (or, if the Collateral is of a type customarily sold in a recognized market or is of a type which is the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations, at any private sale).  Each Loan Party will execute and deliver such documents and take such other action as the Senior Collateral Agent deems necessary or reasonably advisable in order that any such sale may be made in compliance with Law.  Upon any such sale, the Senior Collateral Agent shall have the right to deliver, assign and transfer to the purchaser thereof the Collateral so sold.  Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Collateral so sold to it absolutely and free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind.  Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Senior Collateral Agent may fix in the notice of such sale.  At any such sale, the Collateral may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Senior Collateral Agent may determine.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any such sale pursuant to any such notice.  The Senior Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale

 

29



 

or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for the sale, and such sale may be made at any time or place to which the same may be so adjourned without further notice.  In the case of any sale of all or any part of the Collateral on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Senior Collateral Agent until the selling price is paid by the purchaser thereof, but the Senior Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in the case of the failure of such purchaser to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in the case of any such failure, such Collateral may again be sold upon like notice.

 

(d)           For the purpose of enforcing any and all rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Senior Collateral Agent may, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) require each Loan Party to, and each Loan Party agrees that it will, at its expense and upon the request of the Senior Collateral Agent, forthwith assemble, store and keep all or any part of the Collateral as directed by the Senior Collateral Agent and make it available at a place designated by the Senior Collateral Agent which is, in the Senior Collateral Agent’s opinion, reasonably convenient to the Senior Collateral Agent and such Loan Party, whether at the premises of such Loan Party or otherwise, it being understood that such Loan Party’s obligation so to deliver the Collateral is of the essence of this Agreement and that, accordingly, upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Senior Collateral Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by such Loan Party of such obligation; (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, enter, with or without process of Law and without breach of the peace, any premise where any of the Collateral is or may be located, and without charge or liability to any Loan Party, seize and remove such Collateral from such premises; (iii) have access to and use such Loan Party’s books and records relating to the Collateral; and (iv) prior to the disposition of the Collateral, store or transfer it without charge in or by means of any storage or transportation facility owned or leased by such Loan Party, process, repair or recondition it or otherwise prepare it for disposition in any manner and to the extent the Senior Collateral Agent deems appropriate and, in connection with such preparation and disposition, use without charge any Intellectual Property or technical process used by such Loan Party.  The Senior Collateral Agent may also render any or all of the Collateral unusable at any Loan Party’s premises and may dispose of such Collateral on such premises without liability for rent or costs.

 

(e)           Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing:

 

(i)            the Senior Collateral Agent may, subject to the express terms of any valid and enforceable restriction in favor of a Person who is not a Group Company (other than Foreign Subsidiaries only in connection with the Foreign IP Transfer Transaction or the Research and Development Cost Sharing Agreement as permitted in the Credit Agreement) that prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other conditions for, an assignment thereof, license, or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis, any Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights included in the Collateral throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions and in such manner as the Senior Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine;

 

(ii)           the Senior Collateral Agent may (without assuming any obligations or liability thereunder), at any time and from time to time, enforce (and shall have the exclusive right to enforce) against any Licensee or sublicensee all rights and remedies of any Loan Party in, to and under any License and take or refrain from taking any action under any provision thereof, and each Loan Party hereby releases the Senior Collateral Agent and each of the Senior Finance Parties from, and agrees to hold the Senior Collateral Agent and each of the Senior Finance Parties free and harmless from and against any claims arising out of, any lawful action so taken or omitted to be taken with respect thereto;

 

30


(iii)          upon request by the Senior Collateral Agent, each Loan Party will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the licensor or sublicensor of each License to effect the assignment of all of such Loan Party’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Senior Collateral Agent or its designee and will execute and deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent a power of attorney, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Senior Collateral Agent, for the implementation of any lease, assignment, License, sublicense, grant of option, sale or other disposition of a Patent, Trademark or Copyright; and

 

(iv)          the Senior Collateral Agent may direct any Loan Party to refrain, in which event each such Loan Party shall refrain, from using or practicing any Trademark, Patent or Copyright in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, and shall, if requested by the Senior Collateral Agent, change such Loan Party’s name to eliminate therefrom any use of any Trademark and will execute such other and further documents as the Senior Collateral Agent may request to further confirm this change and transfer ownership of the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and registrations and any pending applications therefor to the Senior Collateral Agent.

 

(f)            In the event of any disposition following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright pursuant to this Article V , each Loan Party shall supply its know-how and expertise relating to the manufacture and sale of the products or services bearing Trademarks or the products, services or works made or rendered in connection with or under Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights, and its customer lists and other records relating to such Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights and to the distribution of said products, services or works, to the Senior Collateral Agent.

 

(g)           If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Senior Collateral Agent, instead of exercising the power of sale conferred upon it pursuant to this Section 5.03 , may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose the Security Interest and sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, under a judgment or decree of a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, and may in addition institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as the Senior Collateral Agent may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Agreement.

 

(h)           If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Senior Collateral Agent shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, without notice to any Loan Party or any party claiming through any Loan Party, without regard to the solvency or insolvency at such time of any Person then liable for the payment of any of the Senior Obligations, without regard to the then value of the Collateral and without requiring any bond from any complainant in such proceedings, be entitled as a matter of right to the appointment of a receiver or receivers (who may be the Senior Collateral Agent) of the Collateral or any part thereof, and of the profits, revenues and other income thereof, pending such proceedings, with such powers as the court making such appointment shall confer, and to the entry of an order directing that the profits, revenues and other income of the property constituting the whole or any part of the Collateral be segregated, sequestered and impounded for the benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent and the Senior Finance Parties, and each Loan Party irrevocably consents to the appointment of such receiver or receivers and to the entry of such order.

 

(i)            If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Loan Party agrees, to the extent it may lawfully do so, that it will not at any time in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension, moratorium, turnover or redemption Law, or any Law permitting it to direct the order in which the Collateral shall be sold, now or at any time hereafter in force which may delay, prevent or otherwise affect the performance or enforcement of this Agreement, and each Loan Party hereby waives all benefit or advantage of all such Laws.  Each Loan Party covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power granted to the Senior

 

31



 

Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any other Senior Finance Party in any Senior Finance Document.

 

(j)            If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Loan Party, to the extent it may lawfully do so, on behalf of itself and all who claim through or under it, including, without limitation, any and all subsequent creditors, vendees, assignees and lienors, waives and releases all rights to demand or to have any marshalling of the Collateral upon any sale, whether made under any power of sale granted herein or pursuant to judicial proceedings or under any foreclosure or any enforcement of this Agreement, and consents and agrees that all of the Collateral may at any such sale be offered and sold as an entirety.

 

(k)           If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Loan Party waives, to the extent permitted by Law, presentment, demand, protest and any notice of any kind (except the notices expressly required hereunder or in the other Loan Documents) in connection with this Agreement and any action taken by the Senior Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral.

 

Section 5.04          Limitation on Duty of the Senior Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral .  Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, neither the Senior Collateral Agent nor any Senior Finance Party shall have any duty to exercise any rights or take any steps to preserve the rights of any Loan Party in the Collateral in its or their possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto, nor shall the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party be liable to any Loan Party or any other Person for failure to meet any obligation imposed by Section 9-207 of the UCC or any successor provision.  Each Loan Party agrees that the Senior Collateral Agent shall at no time be required to, nor shall the Senior Collateral Agent be liable to any Loan Party for any failure to, account separately to any Loan Party for amounts received or applied by the Senior Collateral Agent from time to time in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Senior Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Senior Collateral Agent accords its own property, and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any of the Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of the act or omission of any warehouseman, carrier, forwarding agency, consignee or other agent or bailee selected by the Senior Collateral Agent in good faith absent gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 5.05          Application of Proceeds .

 

(a)           Priority of Distributions .  The proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral and any cash held in the Collateral Accounts shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent for application as provided in the Credit Agreement, subject in all cases to the priorities set forth in Section 3.02 of the Intercreditor Agreement.  The Senior Collateral Agent may make distributions hereunder in cash or in kind or, on a ratable basis, in any combination thereof.

 

(b)           Distributions with Respect to Letters of Credit .  Each of the Loan Parties and the Finance Parties agrees and acknowledges that if (after all outstanding Loans and L/C Disbursements have been paid in full) the Lenders are to receive a distribution on account of undrawn amounts with respect to Letters of Credit issued (or deemed issued) under the Credit Agreement, such amounts shall be deposited in the L/C Cash Collateral Account as cash security for the repayment of Senior Credit Obligations owing to the Lenders as such.  Upon termination of all outstanding Letters of Credit, all of such cash security shall be applied to the remaining Senior Credit Obligations of the Lenders as such.  If there remains any

 

32



 

excess cash security, such excess cash shall be withdrawn by the Senior Collateral Agent from the L/C Cash Collateral Account and distributed in accordance with Section 5.05(a) hereof.

 

(c)           Reliance by the Senior Collateral Agent .  For purposes of applying payments received in accordance with this Section 5.05 , the Senior Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon (i) the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and (ii) the authorized representative (the “ Representative ”) for the Swap Creditors for a determination (which the Administrative Agent, each Representative for any Swap Creditor and the Finance Parties agree (or shall agree) to provide upon request of the Senior Collateral Agent) of the outstanding Credit Obligations and Swap Obligations owed to the Finance Parties, and shall have no liability to any Loan Party or any other Finance Party for actions taken in reliance on such information except in the case of its gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.  Unless it has actual knowledge (including by way of written notice from a Swap Creditor) to the contrary, the Senior Collateral Agent, in acting hereunder, shall be entitled to assume that no Swap Agreements are in existence.  All distributions made by the Senior Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section shall be presumptively correct (except in the event of manifest error, gross negligence or willful misconduct), and the Senior Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by the Finance Parties of any amounts distributed to them.

 

(d)           Deficiencies .  It is understood that the Loan Parties shall remain liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral and the amount of the Senior Obligations.

 

ARTICLE VI
SENIOR COLLATERAL AGENT

 

Section 6.01          Concerning the Senior Collateral Agent .  The provisions of Article IX of the Credit Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent in respect of this Agreement and shall be binding upon all Loan Parties and all Senior Finance Parties and upon the parties hereto in such respect.  In furtherance and not in derogation of the rights, privileges and immunities of the Senior Collateral Agent therein set forth:

 

(i)            The Senior Collateral Agent is authorized to take all such actions as are provided to be taken by it as Senior Collateral Agent hereunder and all other action reasonably incidental thereto.  As to any matters not expressly provided for herein (including, without limitation, the timing and methods of realization upon the Collateral), the Senior Collateral Agent shall act or refrain from acting in accordance with written instructions from the Required Senior Lenders or, in the absence of such instructions or provisions, in accordance with its discretion.

 

(ii)           The Senior Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Security Interest created hereunder in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of Law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder unless such action or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall not have a duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Agreement by any Loan Party.

 

Section 6.02          Appointment of Co-Collateral Agent .  At any time or times, in order to comply with any legal requirement in any jurisdiction, the Senior Collateral Agent may in consultation with the Borrower and, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) appoint another bank or trust company or one or more other persons, either to act as co-agent or co-agents, jointly with the Senior

 

33



 

Collateral Agent, or to act as separate agent or agents on behalf of the Senior Finance Parties with such power and authority as may be necessary for the effectual operation of the provisions hereof and may be specified in the instrument of appointment (which may, in the discretion of the Senior Collateral Agent, include provisions for the protection of such co-agent or separate agent similar to the provisions of Section 6.01 ).  Notwithstanding any such appointment but only to the extent not inconsistent with such legal requirements or, in the reasonable judgment of the Senior Collateral Agent, not unduly burdensome to it or any such co-agent, each Loan Party shall, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, be entitled to deal solely and directly with the Senior Collateral Agent rather than any such co-agent in connection with the Senior Collateral Agent’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.01          Notices .  (a)           Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices, and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) and mailed, faxed or delivered, to the address, facsimile number or (subject to subsection (b) below) electronic mail address specified for notices:  (i) in the case of Parent Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as set forth in Section 5.01 of the Guaranty; (ii) in the case of Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as specified in or pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement; (iii) in the case of the Senior Collateral Agent, as set forth in the signature pages hereto; (iv) in the case of any Swap Creditor as set forth in any applicable Swap Agreement; or (v) in the case of any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Senior Collateral Agent and each other party hereto.  All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of: (i) actual receipt by the intended recipient and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by the intended recipient; (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile transmission, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below), when delivered.  Rejection or refusal to accept, or the inability to deliver because of a changed address of which no notice was given, shall not affect the validity of notice given in accordance with this Section.

 

(b)           Except as expressly provided herein or as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, electronic mail and internet and intranet websites may be used only to distribute routine communications, such as financial statements and other information, and to distribute Finance Documents for execution by the parties thereto, to distribute executed Loan Documents in Adobe PDF format and may not be used for any other purpose.

 

Section 7.02          No Waivers; Non-Exclusive Remedies .  No failure or delay on the part of the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or any other document or agreement contemplated hereby or thereby and no course of dealing between the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party and any of the Loan Parties shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege hereunder or under any Finance Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder.  The rights and remedies provided herein and in the other Finance Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by Law.  Without limiting the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall impair the right of any Senior Finance Party to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim it may have and to apply the amount subject to such exercise to the payment of indebtedness of any Loan Party other than its indebtedness under the Finance Documents.  Each Loan Party agrees, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any holder, as to which the identity is disclosed, of a participation in a Senior Obligation, whether or

 

34



 

not acquired pursuant to the terms of any applicable Finance Document, may exercise rights of set-off or counterclaim or other rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such holder of a participation were a direct creditor of the Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

 

Section 7.03          Compensation and Expenses of the Senior Collateral Agent; Indemnification.

 

(a)           Expenses .  The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, agree (i) to pay or reimburse the Senior Collateral Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated), and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees, disbursements and other charges of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, counsel for the Senior Collateral Agent, (ii) to pay or reimburse the Senior Collateral Agent and the other Senior Finance Parties for all taxes which the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party may be required to pay by reason of the security interests granted in the Collateral (including any applicable transfer taxes) or to free any of the Collateral from the lien thereof and (iii) to pay or reimburse each Agent, any Representative of one or more Swap Creditors and each other Senior Finance Party for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement or preservation of any rights and remedies under this Agreement (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Senior Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated charges of internal counsel); provided that the Loan Parties shall not be required to reimburse the legal fees and expenses of more than one outside counsel (in addition to up to one local counsel in each applicable local jurisdiction) for all Persons indemnified under this clause (iii) unless, in the written opinion of outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Loan Parties and the Senior Collateral Agent, representation of all such indemnified persons would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent and the costs of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by or on behalf of the Agents and the Finance Parties.  The agreements in this Section 7.03(a) shall survive the termination of the Commitments and Swap Agreements and repayment of all Senior Obligations.

 

(b)           Protection of Collateral .  If any Loan Party fails to comply with the provisions of  any Senior Finance Document, such that the value of any Collateral or the validity, perfection, rank or value of the Security Interest is thereby diminished or potentially diminished or put at risk, the Senior Collateral Agent may, but shall not be required to, effect such compliance on behalf of such Loan Party, and the Loan Parties shall reimburse the Senior Collateral Agent for the out-of-pocket costs thereof within 10 Business Days of demand.  All insurance expenses and all expenses of protecting, storing, warehousing, appraising, handling, maintaining and shipping the Collateral, any and all excise, property, sales and use taxes imposed by any state, federal or local authority on any of the Collateral, or in respect of periodic appraisals and inspections of the Collateral, or in respect of the sale or other disposition thereof shall be borne and paid by the Loan Parties.  If any Loan Party fails to promptly pay any portion thereof when due, the Senior Collateral Agent may, at its option, but shall not be required to, pay the same and charge the Loan Parties’ account therefor, and the Loan Parties agree to reimburse the Senior Collateral Agent therefor on demand.  All sums so paid or incurred by the Senior Collateral Agent for any of the foregoing and any and all other sums for which any Loan Party may become liable hereunder and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, legal expenses and court costs) reasonably incurred by the Senior Collateral Agent in enforcing or protecting the Security Interest or any of its rights or remedies

 

35



 

under this Agreement, shall, together with interest thereon until paid at the rate applicable to Revolving Base Rate Loans plus 2%, be additional Senior Obligations hereunder.

 

(c)           Indemnification .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Senior Finance Documents are consummated, each Loan Party, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Senior Collateral Agent, the Representative, each other Senior Finance Party and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and, in the case of any Funds, trustees, advisors and attorneys-in-fact and their respective successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against: (i) any and all claims, demands, actions or causes of action that may at any time (including at any time following repayment of the Senior Obligations and the resignation or removal of any Agent or Representative or the replacement of any Senior Lender) be asserted or imposed against any Indemnitee, arising out of or in any way relating to or arising out of the manufacture, ownership, ordering, purchasing, delivery, control, acceptance, lease, financing, possession, operation, condition, sale, return or other disposition or use of the Collateral (including, without limitation, latent or other defects, whether or not discoverable), the violation of the Laws of any country, state or other Governmental Authority, or any tort (including, without limitation, any claims, arising or imposed under the doctrine of strict liability, or for or on account of injury to or the death of any Person (including any Indemnitee), or property damage) or contract claim; (ii) any administrative or investigative proceeding by any Governmental Authority arising out of or related to a claim, demand, action or cause of action described in clause (i) above; and (iii) any and all liabilities (including liabilities under indemnities), losses, costs or expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) that any Indemnitee suffers or incurs as a result of the assertion of any foregoing claim, demand, action or cause of action or proceeding, or as a result of the preparation of any defense in connection with any foregoing claim, demand, action or cause of action or proceeding, in all cases, and whether or not an Indemnitee is a party to such claim, demand, action or cause of action, or proceeding; provided that no Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification for any claim to the extent such claim is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment to have been caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct; and provided further that the Loan Parties shall not be required to reimburse the legal fees and expenses of more than one outside counsel (in addition to up to one local counsel in each applicable local jurisdiction) for all Indemnities unless, in the written opinion of outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Loan Parties and the Senior Collateral Agent, representation of all such Indemnitees would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 7.03(c) applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, shareholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person or any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.  Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Senior Finance Documents, the agreements and obligations of the Loan Parties contained in this Section 7.03(c) shall survive the repayment of the Loans, L/C Obligations and other obligations under the Senior Finance Documents and the termination of the Revolving and Term B Commitments.  Any amounts paid by any Indemnitee as to which such Indemnitee has a right to reimbursement hereunder shall constitute Senior Obligations.

 

(d)           Contribution .  If and to the extent that the obligations of any Loan Party under this Section 7.03 are unenforceable for any reason, each Loan Party hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under applicable Law.

 

Section 7.04          Enforcement .  The Senior Finance Parties agree that this Agreement may be enforced only by the action of the Senior Collateral Agent, acting upon the instructions of the Required Senior Lenders (or, after the date on which all Senior Credit Obligations (other than contingent

 

36



 

indemnification obligations) have been paid in full and all Commitments with respect thereto terminated, the holders of at least 51% of the outstanding Swap Obligations) and that no other Finance Party shall have any right individually to seek to enforce this Agreement or to realize upon the security to be granted hereby, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Senior Collateral Agent or the holders of at least 51% of the outstanding Swap Obligations, as the case may be, for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties upon the terms of this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Senior Finance Documents.

 

Section 7.05          Amendments and Waivers .  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, changed, discharged, terminated or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by each Loan Party directly affected by such amendment, change, discharge, termination or waiver (it being understood that the addition or release of any Loan Party hereunder shall not constitute an amendment, change, discharge, termination or waiver affecting any Loan Party other than the Loan Party so added or released and it being further understood and agreed that any supplement to Schedule 1.01 delivered pursuant to Section 4.12 shall not require the consent of any Loan Party) and (i) the Senior Collateral Agent (with the consent of the Required Senior Lenders or, to the extent required by Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, all or such lesser amount of the Lenders as may be specified therein), at all times prior to the time on which all Senior Credit Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and all Commitments with respect thereto have been terminated, (ii) the holders of more than 50% of all Swap Obligations then outstanding, at all times after the time at which the Senior Credit Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and all Commitments with respect thereto have been terminated or (iii) the Second Lien Collateral Agent (with the consent of the Required Second Lien Lenders) at all times after the time on which all Senior Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations); provided , however , that no such amendment, change, discharge, termination or waiver shall be made to Section 5.05 hereof or this Section 7.05 without the consent of each Finance Party adversely affected thereby except to the extent expressly provided in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Section 7.06          Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and inure to the benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent and the Senior Finance Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  In the event of an assignment of all or any of the Senior Obligations, the rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the indebtedness so assigned, may be transferred with such indebtedness.  No Loan Party shall assign or delegate any of its rights and duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders as provided in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.  Upon the payment in full of the Senior Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), the rights of the Senior Collateral Agent (in its capacity as collateral agent for the Senior Finance Parties other than in respect of outstanding Letters of Credit and cash collateral provided in respect thereof and for related fees, costs, indemnification and expenses) and the rights of the Senior Finance Parties under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been assigned, with the consent and at the direction of the Loan Parties, to the Second Lien Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Lien Credit Parties.

 

Section 7.07          Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT REMEDIES PROVIDED BY THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTIONS OTHER THAN NEW YORK ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTIONS.

 

37



 

Section 7.08          Limitation of Law; Severability .

 

(i)            All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Agreement may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of Law, and all the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of Law which may be controlling and be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Agreement invalid, unenforceable in whole or in part, or not entitled to be recorded, registered or filed under the provisions of any applicable Law.

 

(ii)           If any provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, (i) the other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent and the Senior Finance Parties in order to carry out the intentions of the parties hereto as nearly as may be possible, and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provisions in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.09          Counterparts; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  This Agreement shall become effective with respect to each Loan Party when the Senior Collateral Agent shall receive counterparts hereof executed by itself and such Loan Party.

 

Section 7.10          Additional Loan Parties .  It is understood and agreed that any Subsidiary of Holdings that is required by any Loan Document to execute a counterpart of this Agreement after the date hereof shall automatically become a Loan Party hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Loan Party hereunder by executing an instrument of accession or joinder satisfactory in form and substance to the Senior Collateral Agent and delivering the same to the Senior Collateral Agent.  Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such instrument, such Subsidiary shall take all such actions and deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent all such documents and agreements as such Subsidiary would have been required to deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent on or prior to the date of this Agreement had such Subsidiary been a party hereto on the date of this Agreement.  Such additional materials shall include, among other things, supplements to Schedules 1.01 , 3.05 and 4.01 hereto (which Schedules shall thereupon automatically be amended and supplemented to include all information contained in such supplements) such that, after giving effect to the joinder of such Subsidiary, each of Schedules 1.01 , 3.05 and 4.01 hereto is true, complete and correct with respect to such Subsidiary as of the effective date of such accession.  The execution and delivery of any such instrument of accession or joinder, and the amendment and supplementation of the Schedules hereto as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder.  The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.

 

Section 7.11          Termination .  Upon the full payment and performance of all Senior Obligations other than contingent indemnification obligations, the cancellation or expiration of all outstanding L/C Obligations and Swap Agreements and the termination of all Revolving and Term B Commitments under the Loan Documents, the Security Interest created hereunder shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall be deemed to have been assigned, with the consent and at the direction of the Loan Parties, to the Second Lien Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Lien Credit Parties.  In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to such termination of such Security Interest, the Senior Collateral Agent may release any of the Collateral as contemplated by the Credit Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement.  Upon any such release of Collateral contemplated by the immediately preceding

 

38



 

sentence, the Senior Collateral Agent will, upon request by and at the expense of any Loan Party, execute and deliver to such Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such Collateral.  Any such documents shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Senior Collateral Agent or the Senior Finance Parties.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Senior Finance Party as a result of any release of Collateral by it as permitted by this Section 7.11 .  Upon any release of Collateral pursuant to this Section 7.11 , none of the Senior Finance Parties shall have any continuing right or interest in such Collateral or the Proceeds thereof.

 

Section 7.12          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, in the case of the Swap Creditors, the Swap Agreements, constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supersede any and all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, and any contemporaneous oral agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

39



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

LOAN PARTIES:

 

 

 

 

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald C. Campion

 

 

 

Name: Donald C. Campion

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VERIFONE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald C. Campion

 

 

 

Name: Donald C. Campion

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VERIFONE, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald C. Campion

 

 

 

Name: Donald C. Campion

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

COLLATERAL AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Senior Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

 

Name: W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

40




Exhibit 10.11

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

dated as of June 30, 2004

 

among

 

THE LOAN PARTIES FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

 

and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Senior Collateral Agent

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS *

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Terms Defined in the Credit Agreement

 

Section 1.02

Terms Defined in the UCC

 

Section 1.03

Additional Definitions

 

Section 1.04

Terms Generally

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II
THE SECURITY INTERESTS

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Grant of Security Interests

 

Section 2.02

Collateral

 

Section 2.03

Security Interests Absolute

 

Section 2.04

Continuing Liability of the Loan Parties

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Title to Collateral

 

Section 3.02

Validity, Perfection and Priority of Security Interests

 

Section 3.03

Collateral

 

Section 3.04

No Consents

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Delivery of Collateral

 

Section 4.02

Delivery of Perfection Certificate; Filing of Financing Statements and Delivery of Search Reports

 

Section 4.03

Change of Name, Organizational Structure or Location; Subjection to Other Security Agreements

 

Section 4.04

Further Actions

 

Section 4.05

Disposition of Collateral

 

Section 4.06

Additional Collateral

 

Section 4.07

Information Regarding Collateral

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V
DISTRIBUTIONS ON COLLATERAL; VOTING

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Right to Receive Distributions on Collateral; Voting

 

 


*              The Table of Contents is not a part of the Pledge Agreement.

 



 

ARTICLE VI
GENERAL AUTHORITY; REMEDIES

 

 

 

Section 6.01

General Authority

 

Section 6.02

Authority of Senior Collateral Agent

 

Section 6.03

Remedies upon Event of Default

 

Section 6.04

Securities Act; Registration Rights

 

Section 6.05

Other Rights of the Senior Collateral Agent

 

Section 6.06

Limitation on Duty of the Senior Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral

 

Section 6.07

Waiver and Estoppel

 

Section 6.08

Application of Proceeds

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII
THE SENIOR COLLATERAL AGENT

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Concerning the Senior Collateral Agent

 

Section 7.02

Appointment of Co-Collateral Agent

 

Section 7.03

Appointment of Sub-Agents

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Notices

 

Section 8.02

No Waivers; Non-Exclusive Remedies

 

Section 8.03

Compensation and Expenses of the Senior Collateral Agent; Indemnification

 

Section 8.04

Enforcement

 

Section 8.05

Amendments and Waivers

 

Section 8.06

Successors and Assigns

 

Section 8.07

Governing Law

 

Section 8.08

Limitation of Law; Severability

 

Section 8.09

Counterparts; Effectiveness

 

Section 8.10

Additional Loan Parties

 

Section 8.11

Termination; Release of Loan Parties

 

Section 8.12

Entire Agreement

 

 

Schedules:

 

 

Schedule I

-

List of Pledged Shares

Schedule II

-

List of Pledged Notes

Schedule III

-

List of Pledged LLC Interests

Schedule IV

-

List of Pledged Partnership Interests

 

 

 

Exhibits:

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

-

Form of Issuer Control Agreement

Exhibit B

-

Form of Securities Account Control Agreement

 

ii



 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT dated as of June 30, 2004 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) among the LOAN PARTIES from time to time party hereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties referred to herein.

 

VeriFone, Inc, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Borrower ”), proposes to enter into a Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2004 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time and including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the obligations of the Borrower under such agreement or any successor agreement, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, “ Holdings ”), the Borrower, the banks and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), the Collateral Agents (as defined below), Bank of America, N.A., as L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent (together with its successor or successors in each such capacity, an “ L/C Issuer ”, the “ Swing Line Lender ” and the “ Administrative Agent ”, respectively), and Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, as Syndication Agent (together with its successor or successors in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”).

 

Certain Lenders and their affiliates (acting as “ Swap Creditors ”) (as defined in the Credit Agreement) may from time to time provide forward rate agreements, options, swaps, caps, floors and other Swap Agreements (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to the Loan Parties (as defined below).  To induce the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and the Swap Creditors to enter into the Swap Agreements, and as a condition precedent to the obligations of the Senior Lenders under the Credit Agreement, VeriFone Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, “ Parent Holdings ”), Holdings and certain of the Subsidiaries of Holdings (each a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) have agreed, jointly and severally, to provide a guaranty of all obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.

 

As a further condition precedent to the obligations of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, the Borrower and each Guarantor (each a “ Loan Party ” and, together with each other person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.10 hereof and the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing, the “ Loan Parties ”) has agreed or will agree to grant a continuing security interest in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent in and to the Collateral (as hereinafter defined) to secure the Senior Obligations (as hereinafter defined).  Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01          Terms Defined in the Credit Agreement .  Capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for therein.

 

Section 1.02          Terms Defined in the UCC .  Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement or the context otherwise requires, the following terms, together with any uncapitalized terms used herein which are defined in the UCC (as defined below), have the respective meanings provided in the UCC: (i) Certificated Security; (ii) Financial Asset; (iii) Investment Property; (iv) Payment Intangibles; (v) Proceeds; (vi) Securities Account; (vii) Securities Intermediary; (viii) Security; (ix) Security Certificate; (x) Uncertificated Security; and (xi) Security Entitlement.

 



 

Section 1.03          Additional Definitions .  Terms defined in the introductory section hereof have the respective meanings set forth therein.  The following additional terms, as used herein, have the following respective meanings:

 

Account Control Agreement ” means (i) with respect to a Deposit Account, a deposit account control agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Senior Security Agreement or otherwise containing substantially similar terms and reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Senior Collateral Agent (which approval shall be deemed given by execution of such agreement), among one or more Loan Parties, the Senior Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Collateral Agent and the bank which maintains such Deposit Account and (ii) with respect to a Securities Account, a securities account control agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto or otherwise containing substantially similar terms and reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Senior Collateral Agent (which approval shall be deemed given by execution of such agreement), among one or more Loan Parties, the Senior Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Collateral Agent and the Securities Intermediary which maintains such Securities Account, in each case as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Cash Management Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of cash management services (including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements) provided by any Lender or its Affiliates in connection with any Loan Document, including obligations for the payment of agreed interest and fees, charges, expenses, Attorney Costs and disbursements in connection therewith.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.

 

Collateral Agents ” means the Senior Collateral Agent and the Second Lien Collateral Agent, collectively.

 

Delivery ” and the corresponding term “ Delivered ” when used with respect to Collateral means:

 

(i)            in the case of Collateral constituting Certificated Securities, transfer thereof to the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery to the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian, such Collateral to be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or accompanied by undated stock or note transfer powers duly executed in blank;

 

(ii)           in the case of Collateral constituting Uncertificated Securities, (A) registration thereof on the books and records of the issuer thereof in the name of the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian (who may not be a Securities Intermediary) or (B) the execution and delivery by the issuer thereof of an effective agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (each an “ Issuer Control Agreement ”), pursuant to which such issuer agrees that it will comply with instructions originated by the Senior Collateral Agent or such nominee or custodian without further consent of the registered owner of such Collateral or any other Person;

 

(iii)          in the case of Collateral constituting Security Entitlements or other Financial Assets deposited in or credited to a Securities Account at the option of the applicable Loan Parties, (A) completion of all actions necessary to constitute the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian the entitlement holder with respect to each such Security Entitlement or

 

2



 

(B) the execution and delivery by the relevant Securities Intermediary of an effective Account Control Agreement pursuant to which such Securities Intermediary agrees to comply with all entitlement orders originated by the Senior Collateral Agent or such nominee or custodian without further consent by the relevant entitlement holder or any other Person;

 

(iv)          in the case of LLC Interests and Partnership Interests which do not constitute Securities, (A) compliance with the provisions of clause (i) above for each such item of Collateral which is represented by a certificate and (B) compliance with the provisions of clause (ii) above for each such item of Collateral which is not evidenced by a certificate;

 

(v)           in the case of Collateral which constitute Instruments, transfer thereof to the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery to the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian indorsed to, or registered in the name of, the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian or indorsed in blank;

 

(vi)          in the case of cash, transfer thereof to the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery to the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian; and

 

(vii)         in each case such additional or alternative procedures as may hereafter become reasonably appropriate to grant control of, or otherwise perfect a security interest in, any Collateral in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent or their nominee or custodian, consistent with changes in applicable Law or regulations or the interpretation thereof.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person each Subsidiary of such Person which is organized under the Laws of the United States or any political subdivision or territory thereof, and “ Domestic Subsidiaries ” means any two or more of them.

 

Event of Default ” means one or more Events of Default, as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

Federal Securities Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(a) of this Agreement.

 

Finance Obligations ” means:

 

(i)            all Senior Credit Obligations;

 

(ii)           all Second Lien Obligations;

 

(iii)          all Cash Management Obligations owed to a Senior Lender or one or more of its Affiliates; and

 

(iv)          all Swap Obligations permitted under the Credit Agreement owed or owing to any Swap Creditor;

 

in each case whether now or hereafter due, owing or incurred in any manner, whether actual or contingent, whether incurred solely or jointly with any other Person and whether as principal or surety (and including all liabilities in connection with any notes, bills or other instruments accepted by any Finance Party in connection therewith), together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof.

 

3



 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not a Domestic Subsidiary of such Person.

 

General Intangibles ” means all “general intangibles” (as defined in the UCC), including, without limitation, (i) all Payment Intangibles and other obligations and indebtedness owing to any Loan Party in respect of Collateral and (ii) all interests in limited liability companies and/or partnerships which interests do not constitute Securities.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit M to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among the Administrative Agent, the Senior Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Collateral Agent, Holdings, Parent Holdings and the Borrower, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Instruments ” means:

 

(i)            the promissory notes described on Schedule II hereto, as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time (the “ Pledged Notes ”), and all interest, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Notes;

 

(ii)           all additional or substitute promissory notes from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by any Loan Party in any manner in respect of Pledged Notes or otherwise, and all interest, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of such additional or substitute notes; and

 

(iii)          all promissory notes, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, negotiable certificates of deposit and other obligations constituting “instruments” within the meaning of the UCC; and

 

to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash Proceeds thereof.

 

LLC Interests ” means:

 

(i)            the limited liability company membership interests described on Schedule III hereto, as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time (the “ Pledged LLC Interests ”), and all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged LLC Interests;

 

(ii)           all additional or substitute limited liability company membership interests from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by any Loan Party in any manner in respect of Pledged LLC Interests or otherwise, and all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of such additional or substitute membership interests;

 

(iii)          all right, title and interest of any Loan Party in each limited liability company to which any Pledged LLC Interest relates, including, without limitation:

 

4



 

(A)          all interests of such Loan Party in the capital of such limited liability company and in all profits, losses and assets, whether tangible or intangible and whether real, personal or mixed, of such limited liability company, and all other distributions to which such Loan Party shall at any time be entitled in respect of such Pledged LLC Interests;
 
(B)           all other payments due or to become due to such Loan Party in respect of Pledged LLC Interests, whether under any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement or otherwise and whether as contractual obligations, damages, insurance proceeds or otherwise;
 
(C)           all of such Loan Party’s claims, rights, powers, privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies, if any, under any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement, or at Law or otherwise in respect of such Pledged LLC Interests;
 
(D)          all present and future claims, if any, of such Loan Party against any such limited liability company for moneys loaned or advanced, for services rendered or otherwise; and
 
(E)           all of such Loan Party’s rights under any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement or at Law to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, authority, option and privilege of such Loan Party relating to such Pledged LLC Interests, including any power to terminate, cancel or modify any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement, to execute any instruments and to take any and all other action on behalf of and in the name of such Loan Party in respect of such Pledged LLC Interests and any such limited liability company, to make determinations, to exercise any election (including, without limitation, election of remedies) or option to give or receive any notice, consent, amendment, waiver or approval, together with full power and authority to demand, receive, enforce, collect or give receipt for any of the foregoing or for any assets of any such limited liability company, to enforce or execute any checks or other instruments or orders, to file any claims and to take any other action in connection with any of the foregoing; and
 

to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash Proceeds thereof.

 

Loan Party ” means Holdings, Parent Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, and “ Loan Parties ” means any combination of the forgoing.

 

paid in full ” and “ payment in full ” means, with respect to any Finance Obligation, the occurrence of all of the foregoing:  (i) with respect to such Finance Obligations other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations, Swap Obligations and Cash Management Obligations not then due and payable and (B) to the extent covered by clause (ii) below, obligations with respect to undrawn Letters of Credit, payment in full thereof in cash (or otherwise to the written satisfaction of the Finance Parties owed such Finance Obligations), (ii) with respect to any undrawn Letter of Credit, the obligations under which are included in such Finance Obligations, (A) the cancellation thereof and payment in full of all resulting Finance Obligations pursuant to clause (i) above or (B) the receipt of cash collateral (or a backstop letter of credit in respect thereof on terms acceptable to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent) in an amount at least equal to 102% of the L/C Obligations for such Letter of Credit and (iii) if such Finance Obligations consist of all the Credit Obligations under or in respect of the Revolving Commitments, the Term B Commitments or the Second Lien Commitments, termination of all

 

5



 

Commitments and all other obligations of the Lenders in respect of such Commitments under the Loan Documents.

 

Partnership Interests ” means:

 

(i)            the partnership interests described on Schedule IV hereto, as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time (the “ Pledged Partnership Interests ”), and all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Partnership Interests;

 

(ii)           all additional or substitute partnership interests from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by any Loan Party in any manner in respect of Pledged Partnership Interests or otherwise, and all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of such additional or substitute partnership interests;

 

(iii)          all right, title and interest of any Loan Party in each partnership to which any Pledged Partnership Interest relates, including, without limitation:

 

(A)          all interests of such Loan Party in the capital of such partnership and in all profits, losses and assets, whether tangible or intangible and whether real, personal or mixed, of such partnership, and all other distributions to which such Loan Party shall at any time be entitled in respect of such Pledged Partnership Interests;
 
(B)           all other payments due or to become due to such Loan Party in respect of Pledged Partnership Interests, whether under any partnership agreement or otherwise and whether as contractual obligations, damages, insurance proceeds or otherwise;
 
(C)           all of such Loan Party’s claims, rights, powers, privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies, if any, under any partnership agreement, or at Law or otherwise in respect of such Pledged Partnership Interests;
 
(D)          all present and future claims, if any, of such Loan Party against any such partnership for moneys loaned or advanced, for services rendered or otherwise; and
 
(E)           all of such Loan Party’s rights under any partnership agreement or at Law to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, authority, option and privilege of such Loan Party relating to such Pledged Partnership Interests, including any power to terminate, cancel or modify any partnership agreement, to execute any instruments and to take any and all other action on behalf of and in the name of such Loan Party in respect of such Pledged Partnership Interests and any such partnership, to make determinations, to exercise any election (including, without limitation, election of remedies) or option to give or receive any notice, consent, amendment, waiver or approval, together with full power and authority to demand, receive, enforce, collect or give receipt for any of the foregoing or for any  assets of any such partnership, to enforce or execute any checks or other instruments or orders, to file any claims and to take any other action in connection with any of the foregoing; and

 

6



 

to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash Proceeds thereof.

 

Perfection Certificate ” means with respect to each Loan Party a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-3 to the Credit Agreement, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby.

 

Permitted Liens ” means the Lien in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent securing the payment and performance of the Second Lien Obligations and any other Lien referred to in, and permitted by, Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Pledge Agreement ” means this Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

Pledged LLC Interests ” has the meaning set forth in clause (i) of the definition of “LLC Interests”.

 

Pledged Notes ” has the meaning set forth in clause (i) of the definition of “Instruments”.

 

Pledged Partnership Interests ” has the meaning set forth in clause (i) of the definition of “Partnership Interests”.

 

Pledged Shares ” has the meaning set forth in clause (i) of the definition of “Stock”.

 

Requisite Priority Lien ” means a valid and perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties and securing the Senior Obligations.

 

Second Lien Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent for the Second Lien Lenders under the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents, and its permitted successor or successors in such capacity and, if there is no acting Second Lien Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents, the Required Second Lien Lenders.

 

Second Lien Credit Party ” means each Second Lien Lender, the Second Lien Collateral Agent and each Indemnitee in respect of Second Lien Loans and their respective successors and assigns, and “ Second Lien Credit Parties ” means any two or more of them, collectively.

 

Second Lien Lenders ” means each bank or other lending institution identified on Schedule 2.01 to the Credit Agreement as having a Second Lien Commitment and each Eligible Assignee which acquires a Second Lien Loan pursuant to Section 10.07(b) of the Credit Agreement and their respective successors.

 

Second Lien Obligations ” means, with respect to each Loan Party, without duplication:

 

(i)            in the case of the Borrower, all principal of and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower to the extent allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on any Second Lien Loan under, or any Second Lien Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)           all fees, expenses, indemnification obligations and other amounts of whatever nature now or hereafter payable by such Loan Party in respect of any Second Lien Loan

 

7



 

(including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to such Loan Party to the extent allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) pursuant to the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(iii)          all expenses of the Second Lien Collateral Agent as to which the Second Lien Collateral Agent has a right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any and all sums advanced by the Second Lien Collateral Agent to preserve the Collateral or preserve its security interests in the Collateral to the extent permitted under any Loan Document or applicable Law;

 

(iv)          all amounts paid by any Indemnitee in respect of any Second Lien Loan as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.05 of the Credit Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document; and

 

(v)           in the case of Holdings, Parent Holdings, and each Subsidiary Guarantor, all amounts now or hereafter payable by Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other obligations or liabilities now existing or hereafter arising or incurred (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower, Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on the part of Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor under or in respect of the Second Lien Loans pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document;

 

together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof.

 

Second Lien Pledge Agreement ” means the Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2B to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among Holdings, Parent Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Second Lien Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Second Lien Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1B to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among Holdings, Parent Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Second Lien Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Security Interest ” means the security interest granted in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties securing the Senior Obligations.

 

Senior Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent for the Senior Finance Parties under the Senior Finance Documents, and its permitted successor or successors in such capacity and, if there is no acting Senior Collateral Agent under the Senior Finance Documents, the Required Senior Lenders.

 

Senior Credit Obligations ” means:

 

(i)            in the case of the Borrower, all principal of and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under

 

8



 

any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on any Revolving Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Term B Note or Swingline Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)           all fees, expenses, indemnification obligations and other amounts of whatever nature now or hereafter payable by such Loan Party in respect of any Revolving Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Term B Note or Swingline Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to such Loan Party, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) pursuant to the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(iii)          all expenses of the Administrative Agent or the Senior Collateral Agent as to which it has a right to reimbursement under Section 8.03(a) or (b) of this Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any and all sums advanced by the Senior Collateral Agent to preserve any Collateral or preserve its security interests in any Collateral;

 

(iv)          all amounts paid by any Indemnitee in respect of any Revolving Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Term B Note or Swingline Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement by such Loan Party under as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement under Section 10.05 of the Credit Agreement or under any other similar provision of any other Loan Document; and

 

(v)           in the case of Holdings, Parent Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor, all amounts now or hereafter payable by Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other obligations or liabilities now existing or hereafter arising or incurred (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower, Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor under or in respect of any Revolving Loan, Swing Line Loan, Term B Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Note, Swing Line Note or Term B Note issued pursuant to, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on the part of Holdings, Parent Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document;

 

together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof (including by virtue of any Facilities Increase under the Credit Agreement).

 

Senior Credit Party ” means each Senior Lender (including any Affiliate in respect of any Cash Management Obligations), each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, the Senior Collateral Agent and each Indemnitee in respect of Senior Loans and their respective successors and assigns, and “ Senior Finance Parties ” means any two or more of them, collectively.

 

Senior Finance Documents ” means (i) each Loan Document, (ii) each Swap Agreement permitted under the Credit Agreement with one or more Swap Creditors and (iii) each agreement or instrument governing Cash Management Obligations between any Loan Party and a Senior Lender.

 

9



 

Senior Finance Party ” means each Finance Party other than a Second Lien Credit Party.

 

Senior Obligations ” means, at any date, all Finance Obligations, other than Second Lien Obligations.

 

Senior Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1A to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among Holdings, Parent Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Senior Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Stock ” means:

 

(i)            the shares of capital stock and other Securities described on Schedule I hereto, as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time (the “ Pledged Shares ”), and all dividends, interest, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Shares; and

 

(ii)           all additional or substitute shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any class of any issuer from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by any Loan Party in any manner in respect of Pledged Shares or otherwise, the certificates representing such additional or substitute shares, and all dividends, interest, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such additional or substitute shares; and

 

to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash proceeds thereof.

 

Supporting Obligation ” means a letter-of-credit right, Guarantee or other secondary obligation supporting or any Lien securing the payment or performance of one or more Instruments, Investment Property or other item of Collateral.

 

Swap Agreement ” means (i) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (ii) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement.

 

Swap Creditor ” means any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender from time to time party to one or more Swap Agreements permitted under the Credit Agreement with a Loan Party (even if any such Lender for any reason ceases after the execution of such agreement to be a Lender thereunder), and its successors and assigns, and “ Swap Creditors ” means any two or more of such Swap Creditors.

 

10



 

Swap Obligations ” of any Person means all obligations (including, without limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect to such Person, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim under any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) of such Person in respect of any Swap Agreement, excluding any amounts which such Person is entitled to set-off against its obligations under applicable Law.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of Law, the perfection, the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the Security Interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

 

Section 1.04          Terms Generally .  The definitions in Sections 1.02 and 1.03 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined, except for terms defined in both the singular and the plural form.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context, shall otherwise require.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the word “day” means a calendar day.

 

ARTICLE II
THE SECURITY INTERESTS

 

Section 2.01          Grant of Security Interests To secure the due and punctual payment of the Senior Obligations, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing or due or to become due, in accordance with the terms thereof and to secure the performance of all of the obligations of each Loan Party hereunder and under the other Finance Documents in respect of the Senior Obligations, each Loan Party hereby grants to the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties a security interest in, and each Loan Party hereby pledges and collaterally assigns to the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties, all of such Loan Party’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral.

 

Section 2.02          Collateral All right, title and interest of each Loan Party in, to and under the following property, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired by a Loan Party, created or arising, whether tangible or intangible, and regardless of where located, are herein collectively called the “ Collateral ”:

 

(i)            Stock;

 

(ii)           Instruments;

 

(iii)          LLC Interests;

 

(iv)          Partnership Interests;

 

(v)           Investment Property;

 

(vi)          Financial Assets;

 

11



 

(vii)         all General Intangibles; and

 

(viii)        to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of all or any of the Collateral described in clauses (i) through (vi) hereof;

 

provided , however , that the Collateral shall not include (x) cash or other distributions in respect of federal, state and/or local income taxes payable by any Loan Party or any direct or indirect equity holder of any Loan Party in respect of the income and profits of any limited liability company, partnership or other entity which is not a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes or (y) except as otherwise required by Section 6.12(d) of the Credit Agreement, shares of capital stock having voting power in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of a Foreign Subsidiary of any Loan Party if, and solely to the extent that, the inclusion of such shares of capital stock hereunder would cause the undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary as determined for United States federal income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed repatriation of the earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary to such Foreign Subsidiary’s United States parent for Untied States federal income tax purposes.

 

Section 2.03          Security Interests Absolute .  All rights of the Senior Collateral Agent, all security interests hereunder and all obligations of each Loan Party hereunder are unconditional and absolute and independent and separate from any other security for or guaranty of the Senior Obligations, whether executed by such Loan Party, any other Loan Party or any other Person.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected or impaired by:

 

(i)            any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, acceleration, waiver or release in respect of any obligation of any other Loan Party under any Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or securing any Finance Obligation, by operation of Law or otherwise;

 

(ii)           any change in the manner, place, time or terms of payment of any Finance Obligation or any other amendment, supplement or modification to any Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or securing any Finance Obligation;

 

(iii)          any release, non-perfection or invalidity of any direct or indirect security for any Finance Obligation, any sale, exchange, surrender, realization upon, offset against or other action in respect of any direct or indirect security for any Finance Obligation or any release of any other obligor or Loan Parties in respect of any Finance Obligation;

 

(iv)          any change in the existence, structure or ownership of any Loan Party, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or other similar proceeding affecting any Loan Party or its assets or any resulting disallowance, release or discharge of all or any portion of any Finance Obligation;

 

(v)           the existence of any claim, set-off or other right which any Loan Party may have at any time against the Borrower, any other Loan Party, any Agent, any other Finance Party or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or any unrelated transaction; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

 

(vi)          any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party for any reason of any Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument evidencing or securing any Finance Obligation or any provision of applicable Law or

 

12



 

regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any Finance Obligation;

 

(vii)         any failure by any Finance Party:  (A) to file or enforce a claim against any Loan Party or its estate (in a bankruptcy or other proceeding); (B) to give notice of the existence, creation or incurrence by any Loan Party of any new or additional indebtedness or obligation under or with respect to the Finance Obligations; (C) to commence any action against any Loan Party; (D) to disclose to any Loan Party any facts which such Finance Party may now or hereafter know with regard to any Loan Party; or (E) to proceed with due diligence in the collection, protection or realization upon any collateral securing the Finance Obligations;

 

(viii)        any direction as to application of payment by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Person;

 

(ix)           any subordination by any Finance Party of the payment of any Finance Obligation to the payment of any other liability (whether matured or unmatured) of any Loan Party to its creditors;

 

(x)            any act or failure to act by any Collateral Agent or any other Finance Party under this Agreement or otherwise which may deprive any Loan Party of any right to subrogation, contribution or reimbursement against any other Loan Party or any right to recover full indemnity for any payments made by such Loan Party in respect of the Finance Obligations; or

 

(xi)           any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by any Loan Party or any Finance Party or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this clause, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Loan Party’s obligations hereunder, except that a Loan Party may assert the defense of final payment in full of the Senior Obligations.

 

Each Loan Party has irrevocably and unconditionally delivered this Agreement to the Senior Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties, and the failure by any other Person to sign this Agreement or a pledge agreement similar to this Agreement or otherwise shall not discharge the obligations of any Loan Party hereunder.

 

This Agreement shall remain fully enforceable against each Loan Party irrespective of any defenses that any other Loan Party may have or assert in respect of the Finance Obligations, including, without limitation, failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury, except that a Loan Party may assert the defense of final payment in full of the Senior Obligations.

 

Section 2.04          Continuing Liability of the Loan Parties .  The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any obligation or liability of any Loan Party with respect to any of the Collateral or any transaction in connection therewith.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each Loan Party represents and warrants that:

 

 

13



 

Section 3.01          Title to Collateral .  Such Loan Party is the legal, record and beneficial owner of, and has good and sufficient legal title to, all of the Collateral pledged by it hereunder, free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens and Liens securing indebtedness to be repaid with the proceeds of the initial Loans under the Credit Agreement and in respect of which the Administrative Agent has received pay-off letters and instruments appropriate under local Law to effect the termination of such Liens.  Other than financing statements or other similar or equivalent documents or instruments with respect to the Security Interest and Permitted Liens, no financing statement, mortgage, security agreement or similar or equivalent document or instrument covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction in which such filing or recording would be effective to perfect a Lien on such Collateral.  No Collateral is in the possession or control of any Person asserting any claim thereto or security interest therein, except that the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee, custodian or a Securities Intermediary acting on its behalf, and the Senior Collateral Agent acting as bailee for the Second Lien Collateral Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, may have possession and/or control of Collateral as contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 3.02          Validity, Perfection and Priority of Security Interests .  The Security Interest constitutes a valid security interest under the UCC securing the Senior Obligations.  Upon Delivery of all Collateral to the Senior Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions hereof and the timely and proper filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements stating that the same covers “all assets of the Debtor”, “all personal property of the Debtor” or words of similar import in the offices specified on Schedule 4.01 of the Senior Security Agreement, the Security Interest shall constitute a Requisite Priority Lien in all right, title and interest of such Loan Party in the Collateral (subject to the requirements of Section 9-315 of the UCC with respect to any proceeds of Collateral and to the further requirement that additional steps may be necessary to perfect the Security Interest in dividends or other distributions in kind), and, to the extent control of such Collateral may be obtained pursuant to Article 8 and/or 9 of the UCC, the Senior Collateral Agent will have control of the Collateral subject to no adverse claims of any Person.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.01 of the Senior Security Agreement, on and as of the date hereof no registration, recordation or filing with any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution or delivery of this Agreement, or necessary for the validity or enforceability hereof or for the perfection of the Security Interest.  The security interest created hereunder in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties shall be prior to all other Liens on the Collateral except for Permitted Liens (exclusive of those in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent) having priority over the Senior Collateral Agent’s Lien by operation of Law or otherwise as permitted under the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 3.03          Collateral .

 

(a)           Schedules I, II, III and IV hereto (as such schedules may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time) set forth (i) the name and jurisdiction of organization of, and the ownership interest (including percentage owned and number of shares, units or other equity interests) of such Loan Party in the Shares, LLC Interests and Partnership Interests issued by each of such Loan Party’s direct Subsidiaries which are required to be included in the Collateral and pledged hereunder, (ii) all other Shares, LLC Interests and Partnership Interests directly owned by such Loan Party that are required to be included in the Collateral and pledged hereunder and (iii) the issuer, date of issuance and amount of all promissory notes having a face value in excess of $500,000 directly owned or held by such Loan Party that are required to be included in the Collateral and pledged hereunder.  Such Loan Party holds all such Collateral directly (i.e., not through a Subsidiary, Securities Intermediary or any other Person).

 

(b)           All Collateral consisting of Pledged Shares, Pledged LLC Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and with respect to capital

 

14



 

stock of a corporation, non-assessable and is subject to no options to purchase or similar rights of any Person.  Except as set forth on Schedules I , III and IV hereto, (i) such Collateral constitutes 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the respective issuers thereof, (ii) no issuer of Collateral has outstanding any security convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of its capital stock or other equity interests or any warrant, option, convertible security, instrument or other interest entitling the holder thereof to acquire any such shares or any security convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, (iii) there are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of such shares of its capital stock and (iv) there are no Liens or agreements, arrangements or obligations to create or give any Lien relating to any such shares of capital stock.  No Loan Party is now and or will become a party to or otherwise bound by any agreement, other than this Agreement or the Loan Documents, which restricts in any adverse manner the rights of the Senior Collateral Agent or any other present or future holder of any Collateral with respect thereto.

 

Section 3.04          No Consents .  Except for filings necessary to perfect the Security Interest, no consent of any other Person (including, without limitation, any stockholder or creditor of such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries) and no order, material consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained by such Loan Party in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, or in connection with the exercise of the rights and remedies of the Senior Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required by the Intercreditor Agreement or in connection with the disposition of the Collateral by Laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally.

 

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that until the payment in full of all Senior Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and until there is no commitment by any Senior Finance Party to make further advances, incur obligations or otherwise give value, such Loan Party will comply with the following:

 

Section 4.01          Delivery of Collateral .  All Collateral (other than “Excepted Instruments” as defined in Section 4.06 of the Senior Security Agreement) shall be Delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Senior Collateral Agent pursuant hereto; provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and except as required by the Senior Security Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Loan Party may retain any Collateral (unless otherwise provided in Section 2.05(b) of the Senior Security Agreement) (i) consisting of checks, drafts and other Instruments (other than Pledged Notes and any additional or substitute promissory notes issued to or otherwise acquired by such Loan Party in respect of Pledged Notes) received by it in the ordinary course of business or (ii) which it is otherwise entitled to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof, and the Senior Collateral Agent shall, promptly upon request of any Loan Party, make appropriate arrangements for making any Collateral consisting of an Instrument or a Certificated Security pledged by such Loan Party available to it for purposes of presentation, collection or renewal (any such arrangement to be effected, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Senior Collateral Agent, against trust receipt or like document).  All Collateral Delivered hereunder shall be accompanied by any required transfer tax stamps.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and upon notice to any Loan Party, to cause any or all of the Collateral to be transferred of record into the name of the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee.  Each Loan Party will promptly give the Senior Collateral Agent copies of any material notices or other material communications received by it with respect to Collateral registered in the name of such Loan Party, and the Senior Collateral Agent

 

15



 

will promptly give each Loan Party copies of any material notices and material communications received by the Senior Collateral Agent with respect to Collateral registered in the name of the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian.

 

Section 4.02          Delivery of Perfection Certificate; Filing of Financing Statements and Delivery of Search Reports .  On or prior to the Closing Date, such Loan Party shall deliver its Perfection Certificate to the Senior Collateral Agent and shall authorize all filings and recordings and other actions specified on Schedule 4.01 to the Senior Security Agreement to be completed.  The information set forth in the Perfection Certificate shall be correct and complete as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.03          Change of Name, Organizational Structure or Location; Subjection to Other Security Agreements .  Such Loan Party will not change the location of any Collateral or its name, organizational structure or location (determined as provided in Section 9-307 of the UCC) in any manner, and shall not become bound, as provided in Section 9-203(d) of the UCC, by a security agreement entered into by another Person, in each case unless it shall have given the Senior Collateral Agent not less than 20 days’ prior notice thereof.  Such Loan Party shall not in any event change the location of any Collateral or its name, organizational structure or location (determined as provided in Section 9-307 of the UCC), or become bound, as provided in Section 9-203(d) of the UCC, by a security agreement entered into by another Person, if such change would cause the Security Interest in any Collateral to lapse or cease to be perfected unless such Loan Party has taken on or before the date of lapse all actions necessary to ensure that the Security Interest in the Collateral do not lapse or cease to be perfected.

 

Section 4.04          Further Actions .  Such Loan Party will, from time to time at its expense and in such manner and form as the Senior Collateral Agent may reasonably request, execute, deliver, file and record or authorize the recording of any financing statement, specific assignment, instrument, document, agreement or other paper and take any other action (including, without limitation, any filings of financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code) that from time to time may be necessary or advisable, or that the Senior Collateral Agent may request, in order to create, preserve, perfect or maintain the Security Interest or to enable the Senior Collateral Agent and the Senior Finance Parties to exercise and enforce any of its rights, powers and remedies created hereunder or under applicable Law with respect to any of the Collateral.  Such Loan Party shall maintain the Security Interest as a Requisite Priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens (exclusive of those in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent) having priority by operation of Law over the Senior Collateral Agent’s Lien) and shall defend such security interests and such priority against the claims and demands of all Persons to the extent adverse to such Loan Party’s ownership rights or otherwise inconsistent with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  To the extent permitted by applicable Law, such Loan Party hereby authorizes the Senior Collateral Agent to execute and file, in the name of such Loan Party or otherwise and without separate authorization or authentication of such Loan Party appearing thereon, such Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or continuation statements as the Senior Collateral Agent in its sole discretion may deem necessary or reasonably appropriate to further perfect or maintain the perfection of the Security Interest.  Such Loan Party agrees that, except to the extent that any filing office requires otherwise, a carbon, photographic, photostatic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of a financing statement is sufficient as a financing statement.  The Loan Parties shall pay the costs of, or incidental to, any recording or filing of any financing or continuation statements concerning the Collateral.

 

Section 4.05          Disposition of Collateral .  Such Loan Party will not sell, exchange, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any Collateral or create or suffer to exist any Lien (other than the Security Interest, the security interest in favor of the Second Lien Collateral Agent securing the Second Lien Obligations and other Permitted Liens) on any Collateral except that, subject to the rights of the Senior Collateral Agent hereunder and, if so provided in the Intercreditor

 

16



 

Agreement, to the rights of the Second Lien Collateral Agent under the Second Lien Security Agreement if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Loan Party may sell, exchange, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant options with respect to, Collateral to the extent expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, whereupon, in the case of any such disposition, the Security Interest created hereby in such item (but not in any Proceeds arising from such disposition) shall cease immediately without any further action on the part of the Senior Collateral Agent.

 

Section 4.06          Additional Collateral .  Such Loan Party will cause each issuer of the Collateral that is a Subsidiary of such Loan Party not to issue any stock, other securities, limited liability company membership interests, partnership interests, promissory notes or other instruments in addition to or in substitution for the Pledged Shares, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged Notes issued by such issuer (in each case, to the extent that any of such instruments constitute Collateral), except to such Loan Party or pursuant to a Qualifying IPO or ratably to all then existing holders of Equity Interests of such issuer and, in the event that any issuer of Collateral at any time issues any additional or substitute stock, other securities, limited liability company membership interests, partnership interests, promissory notes or other instruments to such Loan Party, such Loan Party will promptly Deliver all such items (in each case, to the extent that such items constitute Collateral) to the Senior Collateral Agent to hold as Collateral hereunder and will within 30 days thereafter deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent a certificate executed by an authorized officer of such Loan Party describing such Pledged Shares, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and/or Pledged Notes, attaching such supplements to Schedules I through V hereto as are necessary to cause such Schedules to be complete and accurate at such time and certifying that such Pledged Shares, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and/or Pledged Notes have been duly pledged with the Senior Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

Section 4.07          Information Regarding Collateral .  Such Loan Party will, upon request, provide to the Senior Collateral Agent all information and evidence it may reasonably request concerning the Collateral to enable the Senior Collateral Agent to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE V
DISTRIBUTIONS ON COLLATERAL; VOTING

 

Section 5.01          Right to Receive Distributions on Collateral; Voting .

 

(a)           Unless and until (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) written notice thereof shall have been given by the Senior Collateral Agent to the relevant Loan Party (provided that if an Event of Default specified in Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement shall occur, no such notice shall be required):

 

(i)            Each Loan Party shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting, management, administration and other consensual rights pertaining to the Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that each Loan Party shall give the Senior Collateral Agent at least three days’ written notice of the manner in which it intends to exercise, or the reasons for refraining from exercising, any such right, and no Loan Party shall exercise or refrain from exercising any such right if, in the Senior Collateral Agent’s judgment, such action would violate or be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or would have the effect of impairing the position or interest of the Senior Collateral Agent hereunder or thereunder.

 

17



 

(ii)           Each Loan Party shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, distributions, cash, instruments and other payments and distributions made upon or in respect of the Collateral; provided , however , that any and all:

 

(A)          dividends, interest and other payments and distributions paid other than in cash or Cash Equivalents in respect of, and instruments and other property received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, any Collateral, except as expressly permitted by Section 7.07 of the Credit Agreement;
 
(B)           dividends and other payments and distributions paid in cash or Cash Equivalents in respect of any Collateral in connection with a partial or total liquidation or dissolution or in connection with a reduction of capital, capital surplus or paid-in-surplus (it being understood that the Equity Distribution shall not constitute a dividend, payment or distribution under this clause (B) );
 
(C)           additional stock, other securities, limited liability company membership interests, partnership interests, promissory notes or other instruments or property paid or distributed in respect of any Pledged Shares, Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests by way of share-split, spin-off, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar rearrangement (it being understood that common stock of Parent Holdings or Holdings issued in a Qualifying IPO shall not be subject to this clause (C) );
 
(D)          all other or additional stock, other securities, limited liability company membership interests, partnership interests, promissory notes or other instruments or property which may be paid in respect of the Collateral by reason of any consolidation, merger, exchange of shares, conveyance of assets, liquidation or similar reorganization; and
 
(E)           cash paid, payable or otherwise distributed in respect of principal of, in redemption of, or in exchange for, any Collateral;
 

shall be forthwith (i) Delivered to the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian to hold as Collateral hereunder or (ii) in the case of any amount referred to in this Section 5.01(a)(ii) paid or distributed in cash, forthwith deposited in a Deposit Account maintained with the Senior Collateral Agent or with respect to which an effective Account Control Agreement as contemplated by Section 4.12 of the Senior Security Agreement has been delivered to the Senior Collateral Agent and shall, if received by any Loan Party, be received in trust for the benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Loan Party and be forthwith Delivered, in the same form as so received, to the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian to hold as Collateral or deposited in a Deposit Account as contemplated by clause (ii) above.

 

(iii)          The Senior Collateral Agent shall, upon receiving a written request from any Loan Party accompanied by a certificate signed by an authorized officer of such Loan Party stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Loan Party or as specified in such request all proxies, powers of attorney, consents, ratifications and waivers and other instruments as such Loan Party may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Loan Party to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above and to receive the dividends, interest, distributions, cash, instruments or other payments or distributions which it is authorized

 

18



 

to receive and retain pursuant to paragraph (ii) above in respect of any of the Collateral which is registered in the name of the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee.

 

(b)           Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement or any other Event of Default in respect of which the Senior Collateral Agent has given the Loan Parties notice as required by Section 5.01(a) and notice to such Loan Party hereof:

 

(i)            All rights of each Loan Party to receive the dividends, interest, distributions, cash, instruments and other payments and distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(ii) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Senior Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, interest, distributions, cash, instruments and other payments and distributions; provided that all cash dividends and other cash distributions in respect of federal, state and/or local income taxes payable by any Loan Party or any direct or indirect equity holder of any Loan Party in respect of income and profits of any limited liability company, partnership or other entity which is not a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes shall be paid to the respective Loan Party free and clear of any Liens created hereby regardless of whether an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(ii)           All dividends, interest, distributions, cash, instruments and other payments and distributions which are received by any Loan Party contrary to the provisions of paragraph (i) of this Section 5.01(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Loan Party and shall be forthwith Delivered, in the same form as so received to the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian to hold as Collateral.

 

(c)           Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon reasonable notice by the Senior Collateral Agent to a Loan Party, all rights of such Loan Party to exercise the voting, management, administration and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(i) shall cease, all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Senior Collateral Agent, who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights, and such Loan Party shall take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such right of the Senior Collateral Agent.

 

ARTICLE VI
GENERAL AUTHORITY; REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01          General Authority .  Until such time as the Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and until there is no commitment by any Senior Credit Party to make further advances, incur obligations or otherwise give value, each Loan Party hereby irrevocably appoints the Senior Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in the name of such Loan Party, the Senior Collateral Agent, the Senior Finance Parties or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent and the Senior Finance Parties, but at such Loan Party’s expense, to the extent permitted by Law, to exercise at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all or any of the following powers with respect to all or any of the Collateral; such power, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until the Senior Obligations are paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and until there is no commitment by any Senior Credit Party to make further advances, incur obligations or otherwise give value:

 

19



 

(i)            to take any and all reasonably appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to carry out the terms of this Agreement;

 

(ii)           to receive, take, indorse, assign and deliver any and all checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, documents and other negotiable and non-negotiable Instruments taken or received by such Loan Party as, or in connection with, the Collateral;

 

(iii)          to accelerate any Pledged Note which may be accelerated in accordance with its terms, and to otherwise demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all monies due or to become due on or by virtue of any Collateral;

 

(iv)          to commence, settle, compromise, compound, prosecute, defend or adjust any claim, suit, action or proceeding with respect to, or in connection with, the Collateral;

 

(v)           to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal in or with the Collateral or the Proceeds or avails thereof, as fully and effectually as if the Senior Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof;

 

(vi)          to extend the time of payment of any or all of the Collateral and to make any allowance and other adjustments with respect thereto;

 

(vii)         subject to the giving of notice to the relevant Loan Party in accordance with Section 5.01(a) hereof, to vote all or any part of the Pledged Shares, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and/or Pledged Notes (whether or not transferred into the name of the Senior Collateral Agent) and give all consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Collateral; and

 

(viii)        to do, at its option, but at the expense of the Loan Parties, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things which the Senior Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect or preserve the Collateral and to realize upon the Collateral.

 

Section 6.02          Authority of Senior Collateral Agent .   Each Loan Party acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Senior Collateral Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by either of them or the exercise or non-exercise by the Senior Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Senior Collateral Agent and the other Finance Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Senior Collateral Agent and the Loan Parties, the Senior Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the other Senior Finance Parties it represents as collateral agent with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Loan Party shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

Section 6.03          Remedies upon Event of Default .

 

(a)           If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Senior Collateral Agent, upon being instructed to do so by the Required Senior Lenders, may, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and in any other agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Senior Obligations (including without limitation, the right to give instructions or a notice of sole control to an issuer subject to an Issuer Control Agreement):  (i) exercise on behalf of the Senior Finance

 

20



 

Parties all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the jurisdiction where such rights are exercised) and, in addition, (ii) without demand of performance or other demand or notice of any kind (except as herein provided or as may be required by applicable Law) to or upon any Loan Party or any other Person (all of which demands and/or notices are hereby waived by each Loan Party to the extent permitted by Law), (A) apply all cash, if any, then held by it as Collateral as specified in Section 6.08 and (B) if there shall be no such cash or if such cash shall be insufficient to pay all the Senior Obligations in full or cannot be so applied for any reason or if the Senior Collateral Agent determines to do so, collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral and/or sell, assign, give an option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral (or contract to do so) or any part thereof in one or more parcels (which need not be in round lots) at public or private sale or at broker’s board or on any securities exchange, at any office of the Senior Collateral Agent or elsewhere in such manner as is commercially reasonable and as the Senior Collateral Agent may deem best, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, without assumption of any credit risk and at such price or prices as the Senior Collateral Agent may deem reasonably satisfactory.

 

(b)           If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Senior Collateral Agent shall give each Loan Party not less than 10 days’ prior notice of the time and place of any sale or other intended disposition of any of the Collateral, except any Collateral which threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market.  Any such notice shall (i) in the case of a public sale, state the time and place fixed for such sale, (ii) in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or the portion thereof being sold, will first be offered for sale, (iii) in the case of a private sale, state the day after which such sale may be consummated, (iv) contain the information specified in Section 9-613 of the UCC, (v) be authenticated and (vi) be sent to the parties required to be notified pursuant to Section 9-611(c) of the UCC; provided that, if the Senior Collateral Agent fails to comply with this sentence in any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any) imposed on it as a matter of Law under the UCC.  The Senior Collateral Agent and each Loan Party agree that such notice constitutes reasonable notification within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC.  Except as otherwise provided herein, each Loan Party hereby waives, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, notice and judicial hearing in connection with the Senior Collateral Agent’s taking possession or disposition of any of the Collateral.

 

(c)           The Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral so sold at any public sale (or, if the Collateral is of a type customarily sold in a recognized market or is of a type which is the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations, at any private sale).  If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Loan Party will execute and deliver such documents and take such other action as the Senior Collateral Agent deems necessary or reasonably advisable in order that any such sale may be made in compliance with Law.  Upon any such sale, the Senior Collateral Agent shall have the right to deliver, assign and transfer to the purchaser thereof the Collateral so sold.  Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the Collateral so sold to it absolutely and free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind.  Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary bankers hours and at such place or places as the Senior Collateral Agent may fix in the notice of such sale.  At any such sale, the Collateral may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Senior Collateral Agent may determine.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any such sale pursuant to any such notice.  The Senior Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for the sale, and such sale may be made at any time or place to which the same may be so adjourned without further notice.  In the case of any sale of all or any part of the Collateral on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Senior Collateral Agent until the selling price is paid by the purchaser thereof, but the Senior Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in the case of the failure of such purchaser to take up

 

21



 

and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in the case of any such failure, such Collateral may again be sold upon like notice.

 

Section 6.04          Securities Act; Registration Rights .

 

(a)           Securities Act .  In view of the position of the Loan Parties in relation to the Collateral, or because of other present or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being herein called the “ Federal Securities Laws ”) with respect to any disposition of the Collateral permitted hereunder.  Each Loan Party understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Senior Collateral Agent if the Senior Collateral Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Collateral could dispose of the same.  Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Senior Collateral Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Collateral under applicable Blue Sky or other state securities laws or similar Laws analogous in purpose or effect.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 6.04 would apply if, for example, the Senior Collateral Agent were to place all or any part of the Collateral for private placement by an investment banking firm, or if such investment banking firm purchased all or any part of the Collateral for its own account, or if the Senior Collateral Agent placed all or any part of the Collateral privately with a purchaser or purchasers.

 

Each Loan Party expressly agrees that the Senior Collateral Agent is authorized, in connection with any sale of any Collateral, if it deems it advisable so to do, (i) to restrict the prospective bidders on or purchasers of any of the Collateral to a limited number of sophisticated investors who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale of any of such Collateral, (ii) to cause to be placed on certificates for any or all of the Collateral or on any other securities pledged hereunder a legend to the effect that such security has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and may not be disposed of in violation of the provision of said Act and (iii) to impose such other limitations or conditions in connection with any such sale as the Senior Collateral Agent deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with said Act or any other Law.  Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that it will execute and deliver such documents and take such other action as the Senior Collateral Agent deems necessary or advisable in order that any such sale may be made in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 and all other applicable Laws.  Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that such limitations may result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such limitations were not imposed, and, notwithstanding such limitations, agrees that any such sale shall not be deemed to have been made in a commercially unreasonable manner solely by virtue of such sale being private, it being the agreement of the Loan Parties and the Senior Collateral Agent that the provisions of this Section 6.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Senior Collateral Agent sells the Collateral.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any Collateral for a period of time necessary to permit the issuer of any securities contained therein to register such securities under the Federal Securities Laws, or under applicable state securities laws, even if the issuer would agree to do so.  Furthermore, each Loan Party acknowledges that it is aware that Section 9-610 of the UCC provides that the Senior Collateral Agent or a Senior Finance Party may purchase Collateral if it is sold at a public sale.  Each Loan Party also acknowledges that it is aware that staff personnel of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission have, over a period of years, issued various No-Action Letters that describe procedures which, in the view of the SEC staff, permit a foreclosure sale of securities to occur in a manner that is public for purposes of Part 6 of Article 9 of the UCC, yet not public for purposes of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.  Each Loan Party is also aware that the Senior Collateral Agent or one or more Senior Finance Party may wish to purchase Collateral that is

 

22


sold at a foreclosure sale, and such Loan Party believes that such purchases would be appropriate in circumstances in which the Collateral is sold in conformity with the principles set forth in the No-Action Letters.  Accordingly, each Loan Party specifically agrees that a foreclosure sale conducted in conformity with the principles set forth in the No-Action Letters:  (i) shall be considered to be a “public” sale for purposes of Section 9-610 of the UCC; (ii) will be considered commercially reasonable notwithstanding that the Senior Collateral Agent or other Senior Finance Party has not registered or sought to register the Collateral under the Securities Laws, even if one or more Loan Parties agrees to pay all costs of the registration process; and (iii) shall be considered to be commercially reasonable notwithstanding that the Senior Collateral Agent or one or more other Senior Finance Party purchases Collateral at such a sale.

 

(b)            Registration Rights .  If the Senior Collateral Agent shall determine to exercise its right to sell all or any of the Collateral and if in the opinion of counsel for the Senior Collateral Agent it is necessary, or if in the opinion of the Senior Collateral Agent it is reasonably advisable, to have all or any of the securities included in the Collateral or the portion thereof to be sold registered under the provisions of the Federal Securities Laws, each Loan Party agrees, at its own expense (including, without limitation, expenses relating to brokers commissions), (i) to execute and deliver, and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each corporation whose securities are to be sold and their respective directors and officers to execute and deliver, all such instruments and documents, and to do or cause to be done all other such acts and things, as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Senior Collateral Agent, reasonably advisable to register such securities under the provisions of the Federal Securities Laws and to cause the registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to remain effective for such period as prospectuses are required by Law to be furnished, and to make or cause to be made all amendments and supplements thereto and to the related prospectus which, in the opinion of the Senior Collateral Agent, are necessary or advisable, all in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, (ii) to use its best efforts to cause the corporation whose securities are to be sold to agree to prepare, and to make available to its security holders as soon as practicable, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least 12 months beginning with the first month after the effective date of any such registration statement, which earning statement will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, (iii) to use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify such securities under state Blue Sky or securities laws and to obtain the approval of any Governmental Authorities for the sale of such securities as requested by the Senior Collateral Agent and (iv) at the request of the Senior Collateral Agent, to indemnify and hold harmless the Senior Collateral Agent and any underwriters (and any person controlling any of the foregoing) from and against any loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) under the Securities Act of 1933 or otherwise insofar as such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or prospectus or in any preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, such indemnification to remain operative regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Senior Collateral Agent or any underwriters (or any person controlling any of the foregoing); provided that no Loan Party shall be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based on an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or an omission or an alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to such Loan Party by the Senior Collateral Agent or any underwriter expressly for use in such registration statement or prospectus.

 

Section 6.05          Other Rights of the Senior Collateral Agent .

 

(a)            If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Senior Collateral Agent, instead of exercising the power of sale conferred upon it pursuant to Section 6.03 , may proceed by

 

23



 

a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose the Security Interest and sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, under a judgment or decree of a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, and may in addition institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as the Senior Collateral Agent may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Agreement.

 

(b)            If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Senior Collateral Agent shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, without notice to any Loan Party or any party claiming through any Loan Party, without regard to the solvency or insolvency at such time of any Person then liable for the payment of any of the Finance Obligations, without regard to the then value of the Collateral and without requiring any bond from any complainant in such proceedings, be entitled as a matter of right to the appointment of a receiver or receivers (who may be the Senior Collateral Agent) of the Collateral or any part thereof, and of the profits, revenues and other income thereof, pending such proceedings, with such powers as the court making such appointment shall confer, and to the entry of an order directing that the profits, revenues and other income of the property constituting the whole or any part of the Collateral be segregated, sequestered and impounded for the benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent, and each Loan Party irrevocably consents to the appointment of such receiver or receivers and to the entry of such order.

 

Section 6.06          Limitation on Duty of the Senior Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral .  Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, neither the Senior Collateral Agent nor any Senior Finance Party shall have any duty to exercise any rights or take any steps to preserve the rights of any Loan Party in the Collateral in its or their possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto, nor shall the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party be liable to any Loan Party or any other Person for failure to meet any obligation imposed by Section 9-207 of the UCC or any successor provision.  Each Loan Party agrees to the extent it may lawfully do so that the Senior Collateral Agent shall at no time be required to, nor shall the Senior Collateral Agent be liable to any Loan Party for any failure to, account separately to any Loan Party for amounts received or applied by the Senior Collateral Agent from time to time in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Senior Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or control if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Senior Collateral Agent accords its own property, and (i) shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any of the Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of the act or omission of any agent or bailee selected by the Senior Collateral Agent in good faith (absent gross negligence and willful misconduct) or (ii) shall not have any duty or responsibility for ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not the Senior Collateral Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters.

 

Section 6.07          Waiver and Estoppel .

 

(a)            Each Loan Party agrees, to the extent it may lawfully do so, that it will not at any time in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension, moratorium, turnover or redemption Law, or any Law permitting it to direct the order in which the Collateral shall be sold, now or at any time hereafter in force which may delay, prevent or otherwise affect the performance or enforcement of this Agreement, and each Loan Party hereby waives all benefit or advantage of all such Laws to the extent permitted by Law.  Each Loan Party covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power granted to the Senior Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any other Finance Party in any Finance Document.

 

24



 

(b)            Each Loan Party, to the extent it may lawfully do so, on behalf of itself and all who claim through or under it, including without limitation any and all subsequent creditors, vendees, assignees and lienors, waives and releases all rights to demand or to have any marshalling of the Collateral upon any sale, whether made under any power of sale granted herein or pursuant to judicial proceedings or under any foreclosure or any enforcement of this Agreement, and consents and agrees that all of the Collateral may at any such sale be offered and sold as an entirety.

 

(c)            Each Loan Party waives, to the extent permitted by Law, presentment, demand, protest and any notice of any kind (except the notices expressly required hereunder or in the other Finance Documents) in connection with this Agreement and any action taken by the Senior Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral.

 

Section 6.08          Application of Proceeds .

 

(a)            Priority of Distributions .  The proceeds of any sale by the Senior Collateral Agent of, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral (including any proceeds received and held pursuant to Section 5.01 ) and any cash held by the Senior Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian hereunder shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent for application as provided in the Credit Agreement, subject in all cases to the priorities set forth in Section 3.02 of the Intercreditor Agreement.  The Senior Collateral Agent may make distributions hereunder in cash or in kind or, on a ratable basis, in any combination thereof.

 

(b)            Distributions with Respect to Letters of Credit .  Each of the Loan Parties and the Finance Parties agrees and acknowledges that if (after all outstanding Loans and L/C Disbursements have been paid in full) the Lenders are to receive a distribution on account of undrawn amounts with respect to Letters of Credit issued (or deemed issued) under the Credit Agreement, such amounts shall be deposited in the L/C Cash Collateral Account (as defined in the Senior Security Agreement) as cash security for the repayment of Senior Credit Obligations owing to the Lenders as such.  Upon termination of all outstanding Letters of Credit, all of such cash security shall be applied to the remaining Senior Credit Obligations of the Lenders.  If there remains any excess cash security, such excess cash shall be withdrawn by the Senior Collateral Agent from the L/C Cash Collateral Account and distributed in accordance with Section 6.08(a) hereof.

 

(c)            Reliance by the Senior Collateral Agent .  For purposes of applying payments received in accordance with this Section 6.08 , the Senior Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon (i) the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and (ii) the authorized representative (the “ Representative ”) for the Swap Creditors for a determination (which the Administrative Agent, each Representative for any Swap Creditor and the Finance Parties agree (or shall agree) to provide upon request of the Senior Collateral Agent) of the outstanding Credit Obligations and Swap Obligations owed to the Finance Parties, and shall have no liability to any Loan Party or any other Finance Party for actions taken in reliance on such information except in the case of its gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.  Unless it has actual knowledge (including by way of written notice from a Swap Creditor) to the contrary, the Senior Collateral Agent, in acting hereunder, shall be entitled to assume that no Swap Agreements are in existence.  All distributions made by the Senior Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section shall be presumptively correct (except in the event of manifest error, gross negligence or willful misconduct), and the Senior Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by the Finance Parties of any amounts distributed to them.

 

(d)            Deficiencies .  It is understood that the Loan Parties shall remain jointly and severally liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral and the amount of the Senior Obligations.

 

25



 

ARTICLE VII
THE SENIOR COLLATERAL AGENT

 

Section 7.01          Concerning the Senior Collateral Agent .  The provisions of Article IX of the Credit Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent in respect of this Agreement and shall be binding upon all Loan Parties and all Senior Finance Parties and upon the parties hereto in such respect.  In furtherance and not in derogation of the rights, privileges and immunities of the Senior Collateral Agent therein set forth:

 

(i)             The Senior Collateral Agent is authorized to take all such actions as are provided to be taken by it as Senior Collateral Agent hereunder and all other action reasonably incidental thereto.  As to any matters not expressly provided for herein (including, without limitation, the timing and methods of realization upon the Collateral), the Senior Collateral Agent shall act or refrain from acting in accordance with written instructions from the Required Senior Lenders or, in the absence of such instructions or provisions, in accordance with its discretion.

 

(ii)            The Senior Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Security Interest created hereunder in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of Law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder unless such action or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall not have a duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Agreement by any Loan Party.

 

Section 7.02          Appointment of Co-Collateral Agent .  At any time or times, in order to comply with any legal requirement in any jurisdiction, the Senior Collateral Agent may, in consultation with the Borrower and, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint another bank or trust company or one or more other persons, either to act as co-agent or co-agents, jointly with the Senior Collateral Agent, or to act as separate agent or agents on behalf of the Senior Finance Parties with such power and authority as may be necessary for the effectual operation of the provisions hereof and may be specified in the instrument of appointment (which may, in the discretion of the Senior Collateral Agent, include provisions for the protection of such co-agent or separate agent similar to the provisions of Section 7.01 ).  Notwithstanding any such appointment but only to the extent not inconsistent with such legal requirements or, in the reasonable judgment of the Senior Collateral Agent, not unduly burdensome to it or any such co-agent, each Loan Party shall, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, be entitled to deal solely and directly with the Senior Collateral Agent rather than any such co-agent in connection with the Senior Collateral Agent’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 7.03          Appointment of Sub-Agents .  The Senior Collateral Agent shall have the right to appoint one or more sub-agents for the purpose of retaining physical possession of the Pledged Shares, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged Notes, which may be held (in the discretion of the Senior Collateral Agent) in the name of the relevant Loan Party, indorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent or any nominee or custodian of the Senior Collateral Agent or a sub-agent appointed by the Senior Collateral Agent.

 

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.01          Notices (a)            Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices, and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile

 

26



 

transmission) and mailed, faxed or delivered to the address, facsimile number or (subject to subsection (b) below) electronic mail address specified for notices: (i) in the case of Parent Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor as set forth in Section 5.01 of the Guaranty; (ii) in the case of Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as specified in or pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement; (iii) in the case of the Senior Collateral Agent, as set forth in the signature pages hereto; (iv) in the case of any Swap Creditor as set forth in any applicable Swap Agreement; or (v) in the case of any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Senior Collateral Agent and each other party hereto.  All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of: (i) actual receipt by the intended recipient and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by the intended recipient; (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile transmission, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below), when delivered.  Rejection or refusal to accept, or the inability to deliver because of a changed address of which no notice was given shall not affect the validity of notice given in accordance with this Section.

 

(b)            Except as expressly provided herein or as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, electronic mail and internet and intranet websites may be used only to distribute routine communications, such as financial statements and other information, and to distribute Loan Documents for execution by the parties thereto, to distribute executed Loan Documents in Adobe PDF format and may not be used for any other purpose.

 

Section 8.02          No Waivers; Non-Exclusive Remedies .  No failure or delay on the part of the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any other Senior Finance Document or any other document or agreement contemplated hereby or thereby and no course of dealing between the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party and any of the Loan Parties shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege hereunder or under any Senior Finance Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder.  The rights and remedies provided herein and in the other Senior Finance Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by Law.  Without limiting the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall impair the right of any Senior Finance Party to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim it may have and to apply the amount subject to such exercise to the payment of indebtedness of any Loan Party other than its indebtedness under the Senior Finance Documents.  Each Loan Party agrees, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any holder, as to which the identity is disclosed, of a participation in a Senior Obligation, whether or not acquired pursuant to the terms of any applicable Senior Finance Document, may exercise rights of set-off or counterclaim or other rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such holder of a participation were a direct creditor of the Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

 

Section 8.03          Compensation and Expenses of the Senior Collateral Agent; Indemnification .

 

(a)            Expenses .  The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, agree (i) to pay or reimburse the Senior Collateral Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated), and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees, disbursements and other charges of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, counsel for the Senior Collateral Agent, (ii) to pay or reimburse the Senior Collateral Agent and the other Senior Finance Parties

 

27



 

for all taxes which the Senior Collateral Agent or any Senior Finance Party may be required to pay by reason of the security interests granted in the Collateral (including any applicable transfer taxes) or to free any of the Collateral from the lien thereof and (iii) to pay or reimburse each Agent, any Representative of one or more Swap Creditors and each other Senior Finance Party for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights and remedies under this Agreement (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Senior Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, (including the allocated charges of internal counsel); provided that the Loan Parties shall not, be required to reimburse the legal fees and expenses of more than one outside counsel (in addition to up to one local counsel in each applicable local jurisdiction) for all Persons indemnified under this clause (iii) unless, in the written opinion of outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Loan Parties and the Senior Collateral Agent, representation of all such indemnified persons would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent and the costs of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by or on behalf of the Agents and the Senior Finance Parties.  The agreements in this Section 8.03(a) shall survive the termination of the Revolving and Term B Commitments and Swap Agreements and repayment of all Senior Obligations.

 

(b)            Protection of Collateral .  If any Loan Party fails to comply with the provisions of any Senior Finance Document, such that the value of any Collateral or the validity, perfection, rank or value of the Security Interest is thereby materially diminished or materially put at risk, the Senior Collateral Agent may, but shall not be required to, effect such compliance on behalf of such Loan Party, and the Loan Parties shall reimburse the Senior Collateral Agent for the out-of-pocket costs thereof within 10 Business days of demand.  Any and all excise, property, sales and use taxes imposed by any state, federal or local authority on any of the Collateral, or in respect of periodic appraisals of the Collateral, or in respect of the sale or other disposition thereof shall be borne and paid by the Loan Parties.  If any Loan Party fails to promptly pay any portion thereof when due, the Senior Collateral Agent may, at its option, but shall not be required to, pay the same and charge the Loan Parties’ account therefor, and the Loan Parties agree to reimburse the Senior Collateral Agent therefor on demand.  All sums so paid or incurred by the Senior Collateral Agent for any of the foregoing and any and all other sums for which any Loan Party may become liable hereunder and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, legal expenses and court costs) reasonably incurred by the Senior Collateral Agent in enforcing or protecting the Security Interest or any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement, shall, together with interest thereon until paid at the rate applicable to Revolving Base Rate Loans plus 2%, be additional Senior Obligations hereunder.

 

(c)            Indemnification .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Senior Finance Documents are consummated, each Loan Party, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify save and hold harmless the Senior Collateral Agent, the Representatives, each other Senior Finance Party and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and, in the case of any Funds, trustees, advisors and attorneys-in-fact and their respective successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against: (i) any and all claims, demands, actions or causes of action that may at any time (including at any time following repayment of the Senior Obligations and the resignation or removal of any Agent or Representative or the replacement of any Senior Lender) be asserted or imposed against any Indemnitee, arising out of or in any way relating to or arising out of the ownership, purchasing, delivery, control, acceptance, financing, possession, sale, return or other disposition of the Collateral, the violation of the Laws of any country, state or other governmental body or unit, or any tort or contract claim; (ii) any administrative or investigative proceeding by any Governmental Authority arising out of or related to a claim, demand, action or cause of action described

 

28



 

in clause (i) above; and (iii) any and all liabilities (including liabilities under indemnities), losses, costs or expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) that any Indemnitee suffers or incurs as a result of the assertion of any foregoing claim, demand, action or cause of action or proceeding, or as a result of the preparation of any defense in connection with any foregoing claim, demand, action or cause of action or proceeding, in all cases, and whether or not an Indemnitee is a party to such claim, demand, action or cause of action, or proceeding; provided that no Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification for any claim to the extent such claim is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment to have been caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct; and provided further that the Loan Parties shall not be required to reimburse the legal fees and expenses of more than one outside counsel (in addition to up to one local counsel in each applicable local jurisdiction) for all Indemnities unless, in the written opinion of outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Loan Parties and the Senior Collateral Agent, representation of all such Indemnitees would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 8.03(c) applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, shareholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person or any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.  Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Senior Finance Documents, the agreements and obligations of the Loan Parties contained in this Section 8.03(c) shall survive the repayment of the Loans, L/C Obligations and other obligations under the Senior Finance Documents and the termination of the Revolving and Term B Commitments.  Any amounts paid by any Indemnitee as to which such Indemnitee has a right to reimbursement hereunder shall constitute Senior Obligations.

 

(d)            Contribution .  If and to the extent that the obligations of any Loan Party under this Section 8.03 are unenforceable for any reason, each Loan Party hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under applicable Law.

 

Section 8.04          Enforcement .  The Senior Finance Parties agree that this Agreement may be enforced only by the action of the Senior Collateral Agent, acting upon the instructions of the Required Senior Lenders (or, after the date on which all Senior Credit Obligations have been paid in full and all Commitments with respect thereto terminated, the holders of at least 51% of the outstanding Swap Obligations) and that no other Senior Finance Party shall have any right individually to seek to enforce this Agreement or to realize upon the security to be granted hereby, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Senior Collateral Agent or the holders of at least 51% of the outstanding Swap Obligations, as the case may be, for the benefit of the Senior Finance Parties upon the terms of this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Senior Finance Documents.

 

Section 8.05          Amendments and Waivers .  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, changed, discharged, terminated or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by each Loan Party directly affected by such amendment, change, discharge, termination or waiver (it being understood that the addition or release of any Loan Party hereunder shall not constitute an amendment, change, discharge, termination or waiver affecting any Loan Party other than the Loan Party so added or released) and (i) the Senior Collateral Agent (with the consent of the Required Senior Lenders or, to the extent required by Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, all or such lesser amount of the Lenders as may be specified therein), at all times prior to the time on which all Senior Credit Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and all Commitments with respect thereto have been terminated or (ii) the holders of more than 50% of all Swap Obligations then outstanding, at all times after the time at which the Senior Credit Obligations have been paid in full and all Commitments with respect thereto have been terminated; provided , however , that

 

29



 

no such amendment, change, discharge, termination or waiver shall be made to Section 6.08 hereof or this Section 8.05 without the consent of each Senior Finance Party adversely affected thereby except to the extent expressly provided in the Credit Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Section 8.06          Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and inure to the benefit of the Senior Collateral Agent and the Senior Finance Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  In the event of an assignment of all or any of the Senior Obligations, the rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the indebtedness so assigned, may be transferred with such indebtedness in accordance with the Credit Agreement.  No Loan Party shall assign or delegate any of its rights and duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Required Senior Lenders or all or such lesser number of the Lenders as provided in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.  Upon the payment in full of the Senior Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), the rights of the Senior Collateral Agent (in its capacity as collateral agent for the Senior Finance Parties other than in respect of outstanding Letters of Credit and cash collateral provided in respect thereof and for related fees, costs, indemnification and expenses) and the rights of the Senior Finance Parties under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been assigned, with the consent and at the direction of the Borrower, to the Second Lien Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Lien Credit Parties.

 

Section 8.07          Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT REMEDIES PROVIDED BY THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTIONS OTHER THAN NEW YORK ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTIONS.

 

Section 8.08          Limitation of Law; Severability .

 

(a)            All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Agreement may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of Law, and all the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of Law which may be controlling and be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Agreement invalid, unenforceable in whole or in part, or not entitled to be recorded, registered or filed under the provisions of any applicable Law.

 

(b)            If any provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, (i) the other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Senior Collateral Agent and the Senior Finance Parties in order to carry out the intentions of the parties hereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provisions in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 8.09          Counterparts; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  This Agreement shall become effective with respect to each Loan Party when the Senior Collateral Agent shall receive counterparts hereof executed by itself and such Loan Party.  This Agreement may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or Adobe PDF file and if so transmitted or signed, shall, subject to requirements of law, have the same force and effect as a manually signed original and shall be binding on the Loan Parties and the Senior Collateral Agent.

 

30



 

 

Section 8.10          Additional Loan Parties .  It is understood and agreed that any Subsidiary of Holdings that is required by any Loan Document to execute a counterpart of this Agreement after the date hereof shall automatically become a Loan Party hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Loan Party hereunder by executing an instrument of accession or joinder satisfactory in form and substance to the Senior Collateral Agent and delivering the same to the Senior Collateral Agent.  Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such instrument of accession or joinder, such Subsidiary shall take all such actions and deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent all such documents and agreements as such Subsidiary would have been required to deliver to the Senior Collateral Agent on or prior to the date of this Agreement had such Subsidiary been a party hereto on the date of this Agreement.  Such additional materials shall include, among other things, supplements to Schedules I , II , III and IV hereto (which Schedules shall thereupon automatically be amended and supplemented to include all information contained in such supplements) such that, after giving effect to the accession or joinder of such Subsidiary, each of Schedules I , II , III and IV hereto is true, complete and correct with respect to such Subsidiary as of the effective date of such accession or joinder.  The execution and delivery of any such instrument of accession or joinder, and the amendment and supplementation of the Schedules hereto as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder.  The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.

 

Section 8.11          Termination; Release of Loan Parties .

 

(a)            Termination .  Upon the full payment and performance of all Senior Obligations other than contingent indemnification obligations, the cancellation or expiration of all outstanding L/C Obligations and Swap Agreements and the termination of all Revolving and Term B Commitments under the Loan Documents, the Security Interest created hereunder shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall be deemed to have been assigned, with the consent and at the direction of the Loan Parties, to the Second Lien Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Second Lien Credit Parties to the extent such Second Lien Obligations are outstanding.  In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to such termination of such Security Interest, the Senior Collateral Agent may release any of the Collateral as contemplated by the Credit Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement.  Upon any such termination of the Security Interest created hereunder or release of Collateral, the Senior Collateral Agent will, upon request by and at the expense of any Loan Party, execute and deliver to such Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of the Security Interest created hereunder or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.  Any such documents shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Senior Collateral Agent or the Senior Finance Parties.  The Senior Collateral Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Senior Finance Party as a result of any release of Collateral by it as permitted by this Section 8.11 .  Upon any release of Collateral pursuant to this Section 8.11 , none of the Senior Finance Parties shall have any continuing right or interest in such Collateral or the Proceeds thereof.

 

(b)            Release of Loan Parties .  If any part of the Collateral is sold or otherwise disposed of or liquidated in compliance with the requirements of the Loan Documents (or such sale, other disposition or liquidation has been approved in writing by those Senior Finance Parties whose approval is required by the applicable Senior Finance Documents) and the proceeds of such sale, disposition or liquidation are applied in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Finance Documents, to the extent applicable, the Senior Collateral Agent, at the request and expense of such Loan Party, will duly release from the security interest created hereby and assign, transfer and deliver to such Loan Party (without recourse and without representation or warranty) such of the Collateral as is then being (or has been) so sold, disposed of or liquidated as may be in the possession or control of the Senior Collateral Agent and has not theretofore been released pursuant to this Agreement.

 

31



 

Section 8.12          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, in the case of the Swap Creditors, the Swap Agreements, constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supersede any and all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, and any contemporaneous oral agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

32



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

LOAN PARTIES:

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald C. Campion

 

 

 

Name: Donald C. Campion

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VERIFONE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald C. Campion

 

 

 

Name: Donald C. Campion

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

VERIFONE, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Donald C. Campion

 

 

 

Name: Donald C. Campion

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

SENIOR COLLATERAL AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

 

as Senior Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

 

Name: W. Thomas Barnett

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into with effect from July 1, 2004, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ VeriFone ”), and the executive named on such signature page (“ Executive ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, VeriFone considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of VeriFone and its stockholders; and

 

WHEREAS, VeriFone recognizes the possibility that it may experience a change in control and that such a change of control and its possibility subjects VeriFone to the risk of the departure or distraction of its key management; and

 

WHEREAS, VeriFone’s Board of Directors has determined that it is in the best interests of VeriFone and its stockholders to secure Executive’s continued services and to ensure Executive’s continued dedication to his duties notwithstanding the possibility or the occurrence of a change in control;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, VeriFone and Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

(a)           Board ” means the Board of Directors of VeriFone.

 

(b)           Bonus Amount ” means the greater of (i) Executive’s target incentive bonus for the fiscal year which includes Executive’s Date of Termination and (ii) Executive’s target incentive bonus for the fiscal year which included the date of a Change-in-Control.

 

(c)           Cause ” means (i) the willful and continued failure of Executive to perform substantially his duties with VeriFone (other than any such failure (x) resulting from Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or (y) subsequent to a Qualifying Termination) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Board which identifies the manner in which the Board believes that Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties, or (ii) the engaging by Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to VeriFone or its affiliates.  Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, based upon the advice of counsel for VeriFone or upon the instructions of VeriFone’s chief executive officer shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith

 



 

and in the best interests of VeriFone.  Cause shall not exist unless and until VeriFone has delivered to Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by two-thirds (2/3) of the entire Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board an event set forth in clauses (i) or (ii) has occurred.  VeriFone must notify Executive of any event constituting Cause within ninety (90) days following VeriFone’s knowledge of its existence or such event shall not constitute Cause under this Agreement.

 

(d)           Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:

 

(i)            any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 40% or more of the outstanding VeriFone Voting Securities; provided , however , that the event described in this paragraph (i) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control if it occurs by virtue of any acquisition:  (A) by VeriFone or any Subsidiary, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by VeriFone or any Subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter or broker temporarily holding securities in connection with an offering of such securities, (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (ii) below or (E) pursuant to any acquisition by Executive or any group of persons including Executive (or any entity controlled by Executive or any group of persons including Executive);

 

(ii)           the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving VeriFone or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of VeriFone’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “ Business Combination ”), unless immediately following such Business Combination:  (A) a majority of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of at least 95% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “ Parent Corporation ”), is represented by VeriFone Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such VeriFone Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), (B) no person (other than one or more Permitted Holders or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of

 

2



 

the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors (as defined below) at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for or recommendation of the offer to stockholders effecting such Business Combination(any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “ Non-Qualifying Transaction ”);

 

(iii)          individuals who, on the date hereof constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of VeriFone in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of VeriFone as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(iv)          a sale of all or substantially all of VeriFone’s assets other than in connection with a Non-Qualifying Transaction; or

 

(v)           completion of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of VeriFone.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control of VeriFone shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of a majority of VeriFone Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of VeriFone Voting Securities by VeriFone which reduces the number of VeriFone Voting Securities outstanding; provided , that if after such acquisition by VeriFone such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional VeriFone Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding VeriFone Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of VeriFone shall be deemed to occur at that time.

 

(e)           Date of Termination ” means (i) the effective date on which Executive’s employment by VeriFone terminates as specified in a prior written notice by VeriFone or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, delivered pursuant to Section 11 or (ii) if Executive’s employment by VeriFone terminates by reason of death, the date of Executive’s death.

 

(f)            Disability ” means termination of Executive’s employment by VeriFone due to Executive’s absence from Executive’s duties on a full-time basis for at

 

3



 

least ninety (90) consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least one hundred twenty (120) days during any twelve-month period as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to documented illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability.

 

(g)           Fully Vest ” means (i) any stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar rights granted under the Plan shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable, (ii) any restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based rights granted under the Plan will become fully vested, any restrictions applicable to such rights shall lapse, and (iii) any performance goals applicable to any such rights will be deemed to be fully satisfied.

 

(h)           Good Reason ” means, without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any of the following events during a Qualifying Termination Period:

 

(i)            any material and adverse change in the status, duties or responsibilities (including titles, offices and reporting responsibilities) of Executive that is inconsistent with Executive’s position, status, duties and responsibilities with VeriFone immediately prior to the commencement of such Qualifying Termination Period (including any material and adverse diminution of such status, duties or responsibilities;

 

(ii)           a reduction by VeriFone in Executive’s rate of annual base salary or annual target bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to the commencement of such Qualifying Termination Period;

 

(iii)          any requirement of VeriFone that Executive be based anywhere more than fifty (50) miles from the office where Executive is based at the time of the Change in Control;

 

(iv)          the failure of VeriFone to (A) continue in effect any employee benefit plan, compensation plan, welfare benefit plan or material fringe benefit plan in which Executive is participating immediately prior to such Change in Control or the taking of any action by VeriFone which would adversely affect Executive’s participation in or reduce Executive’s benefits under any such plan, unless Executive is permitted to participate in other plans providing Executive with substantially equivalent benefits in the aggregate, or (B) provide Executive with paid vacation in accordance with the policies of VeriFone as in effect for Executive immediately prior to the commencement of such Qualifying Termination Period, including the crediting of all service for which Executive had been credited under such policies; or

 

(v)           any purported termination of Executive’s employment which is not effectuated pursuant to Section 11(b) (and which will not constitute a termination hereunder).

 

4



 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, termination of employment by Executive for any reason during the 30-day period commencing six months after the date of a Change in Control shall constitute Good Reason.

 

Any action taken in good faith and which is remedied by VeriFone within ten (10) days after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive shall not constitute Good Reason.  Executive’s right to terminate employment for Good Reason shall not be affected by Executive’s incapacity due to mental or physical illness and Executive’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any event or condition constituting Good Reason; provided, however, that Executive must provide notice of termination of employment within ninety (90) days following Executive’s knowledge of an event constituting Good Reason or such event shall not constitute Good Reason under this Agreement.

 

(i)            Permitted Holder means (i) GTCR Fund VII, L.P. and its affiliates and (ii) VeriFone’s Chief Executive Officer in office as of the date hereof.

 

(j)            Plan ” means the VeriFone Holdings, Inc. New Founders Stock Option Plan (or any successor or replacement stock option plan) and any Stock Option Agreement entered into pursuant thereto.

 

(k)           “Qualifying Termination” means a termination of Executive’s Employment (i) during a Qualifying Termination Period (A) by VeriFone other than for Cause or (B) by Executive for Good Reason (ii) prior to the commencement of a Qualifying Termination Period for reasons that would have constituted a Qualifying Termination if they had occurred during a Qualifying Termination Period under clause (i) if (A) Executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination (or event constituting Good Reason) was at the request of a third party that had indicated an intention to, or had taken steps reasonably calculated to, effect a Change in Control or was otherwise intended to facilitate such Change in Control and (B) a Change in Control involving such third party occurs within 180 days thereafter (in such case, the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment or event constituting Good Reason shall be treated as the commencement of a Qualifying Termination Period). Termination of employment on account of death, Disability or Retirement shall not be treated as a Qualifying Termination.

 

(l)            Qualifying Termination Period ” means the period beginning ninety (90) days prior to a Change in Control and ending eighteen (18) months following such Change in Control.   For purposes of determining the timing of payments and benefits to Executive under Section 4, the date of the actual Change in Control shall be treated as Executive’s Date of Termination under Section 1(e), and for purposes of determining the amount of payments and benefits to Executive under Section 4, the date Executive’s employment is actually terminated shall be treated as Executive’s “Date of Termination”.

 

5



 

(m)          Retirement ” means Executive’s mandatory retirement (not including any mandatory early retirement) in accordance with VeriFone’s retirement policy generally applicable to its salaried employees, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or in accordance with any retirement arrangement established with respect to Executive with Executive’s written consent.

 

(n)           Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity in which VeriFone has a direct or indirect ownership interest of a majority of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding securities or interests of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or in which VeriFone has the right to receive a majority of the distribution of profits or a majority of the assets upon liquidation or dissolution.

 

(o)           VeriFone Voting Securities means securities of VeriFone having the right to vote for the election of the Board (with regard to the occurrence of any contingency).

 

2.             Obligation of Executive .  In the event of a tender or exchange offer, proxy contest, or the execution of any agreement which, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control, Executive agrees not to voluntarily leave the employ of VeriFone, other than as a result of Disability, Retirement or an event which would constitute Good Reason if a Change in Control had occurred, until the Change in Control occurs or, if earlier, such tender or exchange offer, proxy contest, or agreement is terminated or abandoned.

 

3.             Term of Agreement .  This Agreement shall be effective on the date hereof and shall continue in effect until VeriFone shall have given two (2) years’ written notice of cancellation; provided , that , notwithstanding the delivery of any such notice, this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of two (2) years after a Change in Control, if such Change in Control shall have occurred during the term of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, this Agreement shall terminate if Executive or VeriFone terminates Executive’s employment prior to the commencement of any Qualifying Termination Period.

 

4.             Payments Upon Termination of Employment .

 

(a)           Severance .  If the employment of Executive shall terminate pursuant to a Qualifying Termination, then VeriFone shall pay to Executive:

 

(i)            Earned Payments .  Within ten (10) days following the Date of Termination a lump-sum cash amount equal to the sum of (A) Executive’s base salary through the Date of Termination and any bonus amounts which have become payable, to the extent not theretofore paid or deferred, (B) a pro rata portion of Executive’s annual bonus for the fiscal year in which Executive’s Date of Termination occurs in an amount at least equal to (x) Executive’s Bonus Amount, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs

 

6



 

through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is three hundred sixty-five (365), and reduced by (z) any amounts paid from VeriFone’s annual incentive plan for the fiscal year in which Executive’s Date of Termination occurs and (C), any compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant to a tax-qualified plan (together with any interest and earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid; plus

 

(ii)           Severance Payments .  Within ten (10) days following the Date of Termination, a lump-sum cash amount equal to (A) Executive’s annual base salary during the 12-month period immediately prior to Executive’s Date of Termination, plus (B) Executive’s Bonus Amount.

 

(b)           Benefits .  If the employment of Executive shall terminate  pursuant to a Qualifying Termination, then VeriFone shall continue to provide, for a period of twelve months following Executive’s Date of Termination, Executive (and Executive’s dependents, if applicable) with the same level of medical, dental, accident, disability and life insurance benefits, upon substantially the same terms and conditions (including contributions required by Executive for such benefits) as existed immediately prior to Executive’s Date of Termination (or, if more favorable to Executive, as such benefits and terms and conditions existed immediately prior to the Change in Control); provided , that , if Executive cannot continue to participate in VeriFone plans providing such benefits, VeriFone shall otherwise provide such benefits on the same after-tax basis as if continued participation had been permitted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Executive becomes reemployed and becomes eligible to receive employee benefits from such employer, the employee benefits described herein shall be secondary to such benefits during the period of Executive’s eligibility, but only to the extent that VeriFone reimburses Executive for any increased cost and provides any additional benefits necessary such that Executive receives the employee benefits provided hereunder.

 

5.             Vesting

 

(a)           Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (other than pursuant to clause (ii) or (iv) of Section 1(d) above), and immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control under clause (ii) of Section 1(d) above, unless the applicable award agreement expressly provides otherwise, all outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to Executive under the Plan and all restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based rights granted to Executive under the Plan shall Fully Vest.

 

(b)           Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control specified in paragraph (d)(v) of the definition of such term, all outstanding options or rights granted under the Plan will terminate upon consummation of the liquidation or dissolution of VeriFone.  The Board may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instance, (i) provide that option or right shall Fully Vest as of any specified date prior to such

 

7


liquidation or dissolution and/or (ii) declare that any option or right shall terminate as of any specified date.

 

6.             Limitation on Payments by VeriFone .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it shall be determined that (i) any payment, award, benefit or distribution (or any acceleration of any payment, award, benefit or distribution) by VeriFone (or any of its affiliated entities) or any entity which effectuates a Change in Control (or any of its affiliated entities) to or for the benefit of Executive (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (the “ Payments ”) would be subject to the excise tax (the “ Excise Tax ”) under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) the reduction of the amounts payable to Executive under this Agreement to the maximum amount that could be paid to Executive without giving rise to the Excise Tax (the “ Safe Harbor Cap ”) would provide the Executive with a greater after tax amount than if such amounts were not reduced, then the amounts payable to Executive under this Agreement shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Cap.  The reduction of the amounts payable hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by reducing first the payments under Section 6(a) (ii), unless an alternative method of reduction is elected by Executive.  For purposes of reducing the Payments to the Safe Harbor Cap, only amounts payable to Executive under this Agreement (and no other Payments) shall be reduced, unless consented to by Executive.  If the reduction of the amounts payable hereunder would not result in a greater after tax result to Executive, no amounts payable under this Agreement shall be reduced pursuant to this provision.

 

(b)           All determinations required to be made under this Section 6 shall be made by a public accounting firm that is retained by VeriFone (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to VeriFone and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from VeriFone or the Executive that a payment is to be made hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event (i) the Board shall determine prior to the Change in Control that the Accounting Firm is precluded from performing such services under applicable auditor independence rules or (ii) the Audit Committee of the Board determines that it does not want the Accounting Firm to perform such services because of auditor independence concerns or (iii) the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Board shall appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  If payments are reduced to the Safe Harbor Cap, the Accounting Firm shall provide a reasonable opinion to Executive that he or she is not required to report any Excise Tax on his or her federal income tax return.  All fees, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, the costs of retaining experts) of the Accounting Firm shall be borne by VeriFone.  If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion to such effect, and to the effect that failure to report the Excise Tax, if any, on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return will not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty.  In the event the Accounting Firm

 

8



 

determines that the Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Cap, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion to such effect.  The determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon VeriFone and Executive (except as provided in paragraph (c) below).

 

(c)           If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court or the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) proceeding which has been finally and conclusively resolved, that Payments have been made to, or provided for the benefit of, Executive by VeriFone, which are in excess of the limitations provided in this Section 6 (hereinafter referred to as an “ Excess Payment ”), such Excess Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be an advance to Executive made on the date Executive received the Excess Payment and Executive shall repay the Excess Payment to VeriFone on demand, together with interest on the Excess Payment at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of Executive’s receipt of such Excess Payment until the date of such repayment. [As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the determination, it is possible that Payments which will not have been made by VeriFone should have been made (an “ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made under this Section 6.  In the event that it is determined (i) by the Accounting Firm, VeriFone (which shall include the position taken by VeriFone, or together with its consolidated group, on its federal income tax return) or the IRS or (ii) pursuant to a determination by a court, that an Underpayment has occurred, VeriFone shall pay an amount equal to such Underpayment to Executive within ten (10) days of such determination together with interest on such amount at the applicable federal rate from the date such amount would have been paid to Executive until the date of payment. ]   Executive shall cooperate, to the extent his or her expenses are reimbursed by VeriFone, with any reasonable requests by VeriFone in connection with any contests or disputes with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Excise Tax or the determination of the Excess Payment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that amounts payable under this Agreement were reduced pursuant to Section 6(a) and the value is stock options is subsequently redetermined by the Accounting Firm (as defined below) within the context of Treasury Regulation §1.280G-1 Q/A 33 that reduces the value of the Payments attributable to such options, VeriFone shall promptly pay to Executive any amounts payable under this Agreement that were not previously paid solely as a result of Section 6 (a) up to the Safe Harbor Cap.

 

7.             Withholding Taxes .  VeriFone may withhold from all payments due to Executive (or his beneficiary or estate) hereunder all taxes which, by applicable federal, state, local or other law, VeriFone is required to withhold therefrom.

 

8.             Reimbursement of Expenses .  If any contest or dispute shall arise under this Agreement involving termination of Executive’s employment with VeriFone or involving the failure or refusal of VeriFone to perform fully in accordance with the terms hereof, VeriFone shall reimburse Executive, on a current basis, for all reasonable legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred by Executive in connection with such contest or dispute (regardless of the result thereof), together with interest in an amount equal to the

 

9



 

prime rate of Wells Fargo Bank N.A. from time to time in effect, but in no event higher than the maximum legal rate permissible under applicable law, such interest to accrue from the date VeriFone receives Executive’s statement for such fees and expenses through the date of payment thereof, regardless of whether or not Executive’s claim is upheld by a court of competent jurisdiction/arbitration panel; provided, however, Executive shall be required to repay any such amounts to VeriFone to the extent that a court or arbitration panel issues a final and non-appealable order determining that the position taken by Executive was frivolous or advanced by Executive in bad faith.

 

9.             Scope of Agreement .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to entitle Executive to continued employment with VeriFone or its Subsidiaries, and if Executive’s employment with VeriFone shall terminate other than during a Qualifying Termination Period, Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement (except as otherwise provided hereunder); provided , however , that any termination of Executive’s employment during a Qualifying Termination Period shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.           Successors; Binding Agreement .

 

(a)           This Agreement shall not be terminated by any Business Combination.  In the event of any Business Combination, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Surviving Corporation, and such Surviving Corporation shall be treated as VeriFone hereunder.

 

(b)           VeriFone agrees that in connection with any Business Combination, it will cause any successor entity to VeriFone unconditionally to assume, by written instrument delivered to Executive (or his beneficiary or estate), all of the obligations of VeriFone hereunder.  Failure of VeriFone to obtain such assumption prior to the effectiveness of any such Business Combination that constitutes a Change in Control, shall constitute Good Reason hereunder and shall entitle Executive to compensation and other benefits from VeriFone in the same amount and on the same terms as Executive would be entitled hereunder if Executive’s employment were terminated by reason of a Qualifying Termination.  For purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such Business Combination becomes effective shall be deemed the date Good Reason occurs, and shall be the Date of Termination if requested by Executive.

 

(c)           This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If Executive shall die while any amounts would be payable to Executive hereunder had Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons appointed in writing by Executive to receive such amounts or, if no person is so appointed, to Executive’s estate.

 

10



 

11.           Notices .  (a)  For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive, as indicated on the signature page hereof:

 

If to VeriFone:

 

VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
2455 Augustine Drive
Santa Clara, CA  95054
Attention:  Chief Executive Officer
Facsimile:   (408) 330-6332

 

with copies to :

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
1870 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, California  94303
Attention:  Scott D. Miller
Facsimile:  (650) 461-5700

 

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

(b)           A written notice of Executive’s Date of Termination by VeriFone or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) specify the termination date (which date shall be not less than fifteen (15) (thirty (30), if termination is by VeriFone for Disability) nor more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by Executive or VeriFone to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or VeriFone hereunder or preclude Executive or VeriFone from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s or VeriFone’s rights hereunder.

 

12.           Full Settlement; Resolution of Disputes and Costs

 

(a)           VeriFone’s obligation to make any payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall be in lieu and in full settlement of all other severance payments to Executive under any other agreement between Executive and VeriFone, and any severance plan of VeriFone.  VeriFone’s

 

11



 

obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which VeriFone may have against Executive or others.  In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, except as provided in Section 4(b), such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not Executive obtains other employment.

 

(b)           Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Santa Clara County, California by three arbitrators in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.  VeriFone shall bear all costs and expenses arising in connection with any arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section except in the case of arbitration that is finally determined to have been commenced by Executive in bad faith.

 

13.           Employment with Subsidiaries .  Employment with VeriFone for purposes of this Agreement shall include employment with any Subsidiary.

 

14.           Survival .  The respective obligations and benefits afforded to VeriFone and Executive as provided in Sections 4 (to the extent that payments or benefits are owed as a result of a termination of employment that occurs during the term of this Agreement), 5, 6 (to the extent that Payments are made to Executive as a result of a Change in Control that occurs during the term of this Agreement), 7, 8, 10(c) and 12 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

15.           GOVERNING LAW; VALIDITY .  THE INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLE OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.  THE INVALIDITY OR UNENFORCEABILITY OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, WHICH OTHER PROVISIONS SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

 

16.           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17.           Miscellaneous .  No provision of this Agreement may be modified or waived unless such modification or waiver is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of VeriFone.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or

 

12



 

subsequent time.  Failure by Executive or VeriFone to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or to assert any right Executive or VeriFone may have hereunder, including without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the rights of, and benefits payable to, Executive, his estate or his beneficiaries pursuant to this Agreement are in addition to any rights of, or benefits payable to, Executive, his estate or his beneficiaries under any other employee benefit plan or compensation program of VeriFone.

 

13



 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CHANGE IN CONTROLSEVERANCE AGREEMENT]

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, VeriFone has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer of VeriFone and Executive has executed this Agreement with effect from the date first written above.

 

 

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

/s/ Doug Bergeron

 

 

Doug Bergeron

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Barry Zwarenstein

 

 

Barry Zwarenstein

 

Executive Address for Notices:

 

 

 

2099 Gateway Place, Suite 600

 

San Jose, CA 95110

 

14




Exhibit 10.14

 

PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This Patent License Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and effective as of the November 1, 2004 (“Effective Date”) by and between NCR Corporation, a Maryland corporation, having a principal place of business at 1700 S. Patterson Blvd., Dayton, Ohio 45479 (hereinafter “NCR”), and VeriFone, Inc., a California corporation having a principal place of business at 2099 Gateway Place, Suite 600, San Jose, CA 95110-1093, (hereinafter “VeriFone”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, NCR (defined below) is the owner of certain intellectual property described by the NCR Patents (defined below); and

 

WHEREAS, VeriFone (defined below) is, and has been, in the business of providing products and/or services relating to electronic signature capture; and the NCR Patents relate to methods, apparatus, and systems for providing signature capture; and

 

WHEREAS, VeriFone desires to obtain a fee-bearing license under the NCR Patents for selling Signature Capture Terminals (defined below) to all its customers; and

 

WHEREAS, NCR desires to grant VeriFone a non-exclusive license to the NCR Patents; and

 

WHEREAS VeriFone and NCR desire to minimize accountancy effort by agreeing to a fixed price for each model of Signature Capture Terminal that VeriFone sells or intends to sell, where the fixed prices will be used as the basis of fee calculations;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article 1

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

 

1.1                                  “Affiliate” shall mean any corporate entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another corporate entity.

 

1.2                                  “Agreed Selling Price” or “ASP” shall mean: (i) two hundred and ninety (290) U.S. dollars for each Omni 7000 (or its successor model) Signature Capture Terminal sold; (ii) four hundred (400) U.S. dollars for each Omni 7100 (or its successor model) Signature Capture Terminal sold; and (iii) four hundred and twenty five (425) U.S. dollars for each color display Signature Capture Terminal sold.  The ASP numbers provided in the preceding sentence shall be effective for

 

1



 

2004 and 2005, but shall be subject to a discount of five (5%) percent each subsequent year as set forth in Schedule 1, appended hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

1.3                                  “Attorneys’ Fees” shall mean the full and actual costs and expenses of any legal services actually rendered in connection with the matters involved, calculated on the basis of the usual fee charged by the attorneys performing such services, and shall not be limited to “reasonable attorneys’ fees” as defined by any statute or rule of court.

 

1.4                                  “License Fee” shall mean a quarterly payment for all Licensed Products sold during that quarter, where the License Fee is calculated as set out in Schedule 1, net of any Licensed Products returned for cash refund or credit by a customer.

 

1.5                                  “Licensed Products” shall mean (i) the Omni 7000 (or its successor model) Signature Capture Terminal; (ii) the Omni 7100 (or its successor model) Signature Capture Terminal; and (iii) any color display Signature Capture Terminal, and any Signature Capture Terminal that is not included in either category (i) or (ii) above.  Licensed Products are only those products that are sold in the United States, Germany, France, or the United Kingdom.

 

1.6                                  (a) “NCR” shall mean NCR Corporation and any of its subsidiaries, Affiliates and/or divisions.

 

(b) “VeriFone” shall mean VeriFone, Inc. and any of its subsidiaries, Affiliates and/or divisions.

 

1.7                                  “NCR Patents” shall mean U.S. Patent Number 6,539,363 and its Progeny (defined below).

 

1.8                                  “Non-Asserted Patents” shall mean all patents issued to or licensed by NCR (to which NCR has the right to sublicense without obligating NCR to further payments to the patent holder) worldwide during the term of this Agreement except for the NCR Patents.

 

1.9                                  “Progeny” when describing a patent shall refer to any parents, divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, reexaminations, reissues and foreign counterparts of such patent.

 

1.10                            “Proprietary Information” means technical, licensing and/or business information that is or has been disclosed to the receiving party by the disclosing party, whether orally, or in written or other tangible form.  Proprietary Information includes without limitation: research reports, information relating to products or manufacturing capabilities, costs, profits, sales, lists of customers, computer programs, business methods, and plans for future developments.  This Agreement and the terms hereof shall be considered Proprietary Information.  Proprietary Information does not include, and no obligation is imposed on, information which:

 

2



 

(a)                                   is already in or subsequently enters the public domain through no fault of the receiving party;

 

(b)                                  is supplied by the disclosing party to a third party without a duty of confidentiality to the disclosing party;

 

(c)                                   is known to the receiving party or is in its possession (as shown by tangible evidence) prior to receipt from the disclosing party;

 

(d)                                  is disclosed pursuant to the order or requirements of a governmental administrative agency or other governmental body provided that such disclosure is pursuant to a protective order and the disclosing party has been notified of such a disclosure request in advance.

 

1.11                            “Signature Capture Terminal” shall mean any products that include an electronic detector to record any type of electronic signature, handwritten mark, handwritten data entry, and/or handwritten data capture, and includes Signature Capture Terminals.

 

1.12                            “sold”, when referring to a product, shall mean product for which an invoice or other request for payment has been issued.

 

1.13                            “VeriFone Patents” shall mean all patents issued to or licensed by VeriFone (to which VeriFone has the right to sublicense without obligating VeriFone to further payments to the patent holder) worldwide during the term of this Agreement.

 

Article 2

LICENSE GRANT

 

2.1                                  NCR hereby grants to VeriFone, and VeriFone hereby accepts upon the terms and conditions hereinafter specified, a non-exclusive, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article 9), worldwide, non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 13.6), fee-bearing license under the NCR Patents during the term of this Agreement to use, make, have made, sell, offer to sell and import any product or service covered by the NCR Patents without the right to sublicense.  VeriFone acknowledges and agrees that NCR expressly reserves all rights to the NCR Patents, other than the licenses and rights expressly granted to VeriFone pursuant to this Article 2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, nothing herein shall be construed as providing a license to the NCR Patents to third party users of products (including, but not limited to, software) that are distributed, sold, or licensed by VeriFone, except for the implied license accompanying the purchase of a Licensed Product for which a fee has been paid by VeriFone to NCR.

 

2.2                                  VeriFone further acknowledges and agrees that NCR’s reserved rights include without limitation the right to further license the NCR Patents to VeriFone’s direct competitors.  VeriFone acknowledges and agrees that the license and rights to the NCR Patents granted to VeriFone pursuant to this Agreement are not transferable or assignable by VeriFone to any other individual or entity and

 

3



 

expressly excludes the right to make any sublicense of any of the licenses and rights granted to VeriFone under this Agreement except as set forth in Section 13.6.

 

2.3                                  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting a license to VeriFone under any other intellectual property right of NCR, tangible or intangible, including without limitation, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, except as specifically set forth herein.

 

2.4                                  Both parties agree that this Agreement, including its existence and its terms and conditions, will be subject to all evidentiary privileges (including but not limited to FRE 408) applying to compromises or offers to compromise and will not be admitted in any lawsuit, arbitration, or other litigation, except litigation regarding a breach of this Agreement or a litigation in which the scope of this Agreement is at issue, and that neither party will use this Agreement, including its existence and its terms and conditions, as evidence in such litigation, whether or not such information is publicly known or available.

 

Article 3

MARKING

 

3.1                                  To the extent that VeriFone manufactures a physical product that is sold under license granted from this Agreement for one or more NCR Patents including system or apparatus claims, VeriFone agrees to mark such products manufactured by it, or on its behalf, with the phrase “This product was produced under the following United States patents and their foreign equivalents:” immediately followed by a comma delimited list of United States patent numbers of the issued NCR Patents and the phrase “and patents pending,” if appropriate.

 

Article 4

RELEASES

 

4.1                                  Subject to VeriFone satisfying its obligations specified in Article 5 below for at least one calendar year, NCR and its Affiliates hereby release and forever discharge VeriFone from any and all claims, liens, demands, causes of action, obligations, losses, damages, and liabilities, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, that they have had in the past or now have under any of the NCR Patents based on or arising out of the making, having made, use, sale, offering for sale or importing of any products or services by VeriFone prior to and including the Effective Date in the United States and its territories and possessions, or in any foreign country in which the NCR Patents are in effect.

 

4.2                                  VeriFone and its Affiliates hereby release and forever discharge NCR from any and all claims, liens, demands, causes of action, obligations, losses, damages, and liabilities, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, that they have had in the past or now have

 

4



 

relating to the NCR Patents and the licensing thereof, or to the VeriFone Patents based on or arising out of the making, having made, use, sale, offering for sale or importing of any products or services by NCR prior to and including the Effective Dates in the United States and its territories and possessions, or in any foreign country in which the VeriFone Patents are in effect.

 

Article 5

CONSIDERATION

 

5.1                                  VeriFone shall pay to NCR a License Fee each quarter during the term of this Agreement.

 

5.2                                  Each License Fee shall be paid within fifteen (15) calendar days of the end of the quarter for which the License Fee is due.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the four quarters are: December 1 to February 28, March 1 to May 31, June 1 to August 31, and September 1 to November 30.  The first payment shall be payable on December 15 and, as an exception, shall only relate to Licensed Products sold during November 2004.  In the event that two different rates apply during one quarter, the higher rate shall prevail and shall be applied to all the Licensed Products sold during that quarter.

 

5.3                                  The License Fee payments shall not be suspended during any period when the validity of any of the NCR Patents is challenged.

 

5.5                                  The License Fee payments, or any portions thereof, paid hereunder are not refundable, even if the NCR Patents are subsequently determined to be invalid, not infringed, or unenforceable.

 

5.6                                  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, neither party shall enter into any transaction with any Affiliate that would circumvent its monetary or other obligations of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

PAYMENTS

 

6.1                                  All payments made by VeriFone to NCR are to be effected by transfer of U.S. Dollars to NCR as stated in Section 6.2 or to such other place or bank account which NCR may otherwise herein, or otherwise by written notice, designate.  Interest shall accrue on any payment that is not paid when due as provided herein at the lesser of (i) the rate of one and one-half (1.5%) percent per month, compounded quarterly, or (ii) the highest rate per month permitted by applicable law.

 

6.2                                  All payments due shall be made without deduction of taxes, assessments, or other charges of any kind that may be imposed by any government or any political subdivision thereof with respect to any amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement.  Absent advance written notice delivered by NCR or otherwise agreed

 

5



 

in writing by the parties, payments hereunder shall be made to NCR by wire transfer to:

 

For the benefit of NCR Corp.

Chase Manhattan Bank

4 New York Plaza, New York, NY 10004-2413

ABA #021000021

Bank Account Name:  NCR Domestic

Account No. 9102711091

 

or to such other bank accounts, and allocated in such percentages as NCR or its designee may from time to time designate in writing.

 

Article 7

REPORTING OF LICENSE FEE PAYMENTS

 

7.1                                  After execution of this Agreement, within fifteen (15) calendar days of the end of each quarter, VeriFone shall provide a written report, certified as to its correctness, to NCR, indicating the quantity of Licensed Products sold during the quarter including the quantity of each Licensed Product model, namely

 

(i) the quantity of Omni 7000 (or its successor) models sold,

 

(ii) the quantity of Omni 7100 (or its successor) models sold,

 

(iii) the quantity of color display Signature Capture Terminals, or other Signature Capture Terminals, sold.

 

The report shall be accompanied by payment of the License Fee computed thereon in accordance with the relevant entries from Schedule 1.

 

7.2                                  VeriFone agrees to make a similar written termination report to NCR within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of any termination by VeriFone of the license received by VeriFone under this Agreement, and within thirty (30) calendar days after expiration or termination of this Agreement howsoever arising.  The report shall cover all sales of Licensed Products which were previously unreported to NCR and shall be accompanied by payment of a License Fee computed thereon.

 

7.3                                  VeriFone shall retain for a period of three (3) years after making a License Fee report, the records, files, and books of account prepared in the normal course of business, which contain data reasonably required for the computation and verification of the amounts to be paid and the information to be given in such report. VeriFone shall permit the inspection, with reasonable advance notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours, of such records, files, and books of account by a certified public accountant to which VeriFone has no reasonable objection. Said auditor shall be permitted to inspect such records, files, and books and VeriFone shall give said auditor such other information as may be necessary and proper to enable the amounts of payments payable hereunder to be accurately ascertained. Such inspection shall be at NCR’s expense unless it is

 

6



 

determined by said auditor that the License Fee payments paid to NCR are deficient in excess of five percent (5%), in which case such inspection shall be paid by VeriFone and VeriFone, in addition to any other remedy provided NCR by law or by this Agreement, agrees and is hereby bound to pay NCR an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of that which VeriFone has failed to report or pay, with interest as described in Article 6 above calculated from the date each License Fee accrued to the date of payment under this Article. Neither NCR nor said auditor shall disclose to anyone, directly or indirectly, any of the information which they obtain as a result of any such inspection; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed in connection with litigation or proceedings among the parties, or in connection with any statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Internal Revenue Service, or other governmental agencies pursuant to any subpoena or judicial process or where otherwise required by law. NCR shall be entitled to receive only the results and conclusions of the auditor, and shall not be entitled to receive the raw data and materials on which those results and conclusions are based. NCR shall maintain in strict confidence and safeguard to the best of its ability any proprietary or confidential information it may receive as a result of such audits and shall not at any time disclose such information to others. Any payments due under this Section shall be due and payable sixty (60) days following notice from NCR of such failure, breach or default.

 

Article 8

COVENANT NOT TO ASSERT AND WAIVER

 

8.1                                  NCR, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns and its Affiliates, agrees that with respect to any Non-Asserted Patents, during the term of this Agreement, NCR will not assert such Non-Asserted Patents against VeriFone, directly or indirectly, for any claim of infringement based on the use, making, having made, sale, offer for sale, importing or distribution of any apparatus or product or of any method or service, except: making or having made Automated Teller Machines (ATMs); making or having made self-checkout systems, making or having made Point of Sale systems incorporating a cash drawer; making or having made printer cartridges, printer ribbons, printer paper, receipt/check paper, paper business forms, making or having made data warehouse systems or parts thereof, making or having made semiconductors, and use, making, having made, sale, offer for sale, importing or distribution of apparatus related to medical/pharmaceutical waste.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, this covenant not to assert shall not apply to third party users of products (including, but not limited to, software) that are distributed, sold, or licensed by VeriFone. This covenant shall run with the NCR Patents and shall terminate with this Agreement.

 

This NCR covenant not to assert includes an irrevocable present grant of immunity that will run with the Non-Asserted Patents and shall continue until termination of this Agreement.  Conditioned on VeriFone making the payments as set forth in Article 5, NCR, on behalf of itself, its successors, assigns and its Affiliates, irrevocably agrees that NCR, its successors, assigns and its Affiliates

 

7



 

do hereby waive, and at all times in the future shall waive, any and all claims to damages, license fees, royalties and any other form of payment based upon activities by VeriFone, directly or indirectly, which are covered by the scope of the NCR covenant not to assert (which is described in the preceding paragraph) and which occur or accrue before termination of this Agreement.

 

8.2                                  VeriFone, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns and its Affiliates, agrees that with respect to any VeriFone Patents, during the term of this Agreement, VeriFone will not assert such VeriFone Patents against NCR, directly or indirectly, for any claim of infringement based on the use, making, having made, sale, offer for sale, importing or distribution of any apparatus or product, or of any method or service implemented or used by NCR.  This covenant shall run with the VeriFone Patents and shall terminate with this Agreement.

 

This VeriFone covenant not to assert includes an irrevocable present grant of immunity that will run with the VeriFone P atents and shall continue until termination of this Agreement.  VeriFone, on behalf of itself, its successors, assigns and its Affiliates, irrevocably agrees that VeriFone, its successors, assigns and its Affiliates do hereby waive, and at all times in the future shall waive, any and all claims to damages, license fees, royalties and any other form of payment based upon activities by NCR, directly or indirectly, which are covered by the scope of the VeriFone covenant not to assert (which is described in the preceding paragraph) and which occur or accrue before termination of this Agreement.

 

Article 9

TERMINATION

 

9.1                                  Unless otherwise terminated as provided in this Article, this Agreement shall remain in force and effect until January 10, 2011, and shall thereupon terminate.

 

9.2                                  NCR may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to VeriFone if:

 

(a)                                   VeriFone remains in default in making any payment, purchase or report required under this Agreement for a period of sixty (60) days after written notice of such default or failure is given by NCR to VeriFone.  In such event, NCR shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement upon notice to VeriFone, unless a genuine and good faith dispute exists as to the amount due and any amounts not in dispute are timely paid.

 

(b)                                  Prior to VeriFone satisfying its obligations under Article 5, VeriFone (i) ceases conducting business in the normal course, (ii) becomes insolvent, (iii) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) suffers or permits the appointment of a receiver for its business or assets, (v) avails itself of or becomes subject to any proceeding under the applicable bankruptcy law or any other statute of any state or country relating to insolvency or the protection of rights of creditors, or (vi) receives any order for the compulsory liquidation of VeriFone made by any court.

 

8



 

(c)                                   VeriFone initiates a patent infringement action or suit against NCR in violation of section 8.2 above.

 

9.3                                  Any termination of this Agreement shall not relieve VeriFone of liability for any payments accrued or owed by VeriFone to NCR under this Agreement prior to the effective date of such termination subject to the provisions of Section 9.5(a).

 

9.4                                  Unless otherwise specified herein, if either NCR or VeriFone shall default in any material manner and in any material way in their performance of any of the material terms and provisions of this Agreement to be performed by it, and such default shall not be cured within sixty (60) days after written notice of such default is given by the non-defaulting party to the defaulting party, then at any time after the expiration of such sixty (60) days, the non-defaulting party may give written notice to the defaulting party of its election to terminate this Agreement.  Thereupon, this Agreement shall terminate on the date specified in such notice, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days following the receipt of such last mentioned notice.  Such right of termination shall not be exclusive of any other legal or equitable remedies or means of redress to which the non-defaulting party may be lawfully entitled, it being intended that all such remedies be cumulative.

 

9.5                                  Except where the contrary is specifically indicated, any termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to the following rights and obligations which shall survive any termination to the degree necessary to permit their complete fulfillment or discharge.

 

(a)                                   NCR’s right to receive or recover and VeriFone’s obligation to pay the License Fee payments, and any applicable interest accrued or accruable for payment at the time of any termination.

 

(b)                                  Any cause of action or claim of either party accrued or to accrue, because of any breach or default by the other party.

 

(c)                                   Either party’s obligation to indemnify the other party as provided in Article 12 hereof.

 

Article 10

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

10.1                            The receiving party will treat and safeguard Proprietary Information of the other party with the same standard of care (but at least a reasonable standard of care) that the receiving party employs for its own Proprietary Information and shall not, without the prior written approval of the disclosing party, (a) disclose any Proprietary Information to a third party except financial and legal consultants or advisors who agree in writing to not further disclose such information and have a need to know such information to perform their services, (b) use Proprietary Information in any way for the benefit of any third parties, and/or (c) use Proprietary Information in any way other than for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

9



 

The receiving party will limit access to Proprietary Information to only those employees who have a need to know of such Proprietary Information in order to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and who are aware of and have agreed to respect the relevant provisions of this Agreement, or third parties who have first executed a confidentiality agreement protecting against disclosure of such Proprietary Information.

 

10.2                            All Proprietary Information, unless otherwise specified in writing, shall remain the property of the disclosing party, and shall be promptly returned to the disclosing party at its request or destroyed after the receiving party’s need for it has expired, and in any event, upon termination of this Agreement.

 

10.3                            All duties of confidentiality shall extend until three (3) years after the date of disclosure by the disclosing party.

 

10.4                            If disclosure of this Agreement, any of the terms hereof or other Proprietary Information is required by applicable law, rule, or regulation, or is compelled by a court or governmental agency, authority, or body:  (i) the parties shall use all legitimate and legal means reasonably available to minimize the disclosure to third parties of the content of the Agreement, including without limitation seeking a confidential treatment request or protective order; (ii) the disclosing party shall inform the other party at least ten (10) business days (i.e., not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are not open for business in the geographic area in which the non-disclosing party’s principal office is located) in advance of the disclosure, or immediately upon becoming aware of such requirement, if less; and (iii) the disclosing party shall give the other party a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon the disclosure, and any request for confidential treatment or a protective order pertaining thereto, prior to making such disclosure.

 

10.5                            Because of the unique and proprietary nature of the Proprietary Information, it is understood and agreed that either party’s remedies at law for a breach by the other party of its obligations under Article 10 will be inadequate and that the non-breaching party shall, in the event of any such breach, be entitled to equitable relief (including without limitation preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without a requirement for a bond, and specific performance) in addition to all other remedies provided under this Agreement or available to such party at law.

 

Article 11

REPRESENTATIONS; DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

11.1                            Except as set forth herein, NCR makes no express or implied warranty or representation with respect to the NCR Patents and the Non-Asserted Patents, including without limitation any warranty or representation regarding the usefulness, merchantability, functional effectiveness, safety, performance or fitness for any particular use of any products or services covered by the license granted hereunder.

 

10



 

11.2                            EXCEPT FOR THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 12, IN NO EVENT SHALL NCR OR VERIFONE BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SUFFERED OR INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE LICENSES GRANTED HEREUNDER.

 

11.3                            No representation or warranty is made by NCR that any product or service manufactured, used, sold or otherwise disposed of by VeriFone under this Agreement will not infringe directly, contributorily or by inducement under the laws of the United States or any foreign country, any patent or other intellectual property right owned or controlled by any third party and NCR shall not be liable either directly or as an indemnitor of VeriFone as a consequence of any infringement of any such third party patents.

 

11.4                            NCR makes no express or implied warranty or representation as to the scope or validity of the NCR Patents.

 

11.5                            NCR represents and warrants that it is the sole exclusive owner of the NCR Patents.

 

11.6                            Each party represents and warrants (a) that it has the full power to enter into this Agreement; (b) that it has not entered into and shall not enter into any agreement with another party that is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement in any respect.

 

11.7                            Each party further represents and warrants that in executing this Agreement, it does not rely on any promises, inducements, or representations made by any party or third party with respect to this Agreement or any other business dealings with any party or third party, now or in the future.

 

11.8                            Each party represents and warrants that it is not presently the subject of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy or the equivalent thereof, does not presently contemplate filing any such voluntary petition, and does not presently have reason to believe that such an involuntary petition will be filed against it.

 

11.9                            Other than the express warranties of this Article, there are no other warranties, express or implied or statutory.

 

Article 12

INDEMNIFICATION

 

12.1                            VeriFone agrees to indemnify and hold NCR and, its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, and representatives (each an “NCR Indemnified Party”) harmless at all times from, against and in respect of any and all actions, suits, losses, costs, liabilities, claims, damages or any other expenses of any character or nature, including, but not limited to reasonable investigation and Attorneys’ Fees, arising as a result of or in connection with any third party claim

 

11



 

caused by or arising from (i) any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or non-fulfillment of any warranty, representation, covenant or agreement on the part of VeriFone, and/or (ii) VeriFone’s manufacture, use or sale of products or services under the NCR Patents other than for breach of NCR’s representations in Section 11.6, provided (i) NCR gives written notice of any claim to VeriFone; (ii) at VeriFone’s expense, the relevant NCR Indemnified Party provides any assistance which VeriFone may reasonably request for the defense of the claim, and (iii) VeriFone has the right to control of the defense of the claim, provided, however, that the relevant NCR Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in, but not control, any litigation for which indemnification is sought with counsel of its own choosing, at its own expense.

 

12.2                            NCR agrees to indemnify, defend and hold VeriFone, and its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, and representatives (each a “VeriFone Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all actions, suits, damages, claims, losses, costs, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable Attorneys’ Fees), arising as a result of or in connection with any third party claim caused by or arising from NCR’s breach of any of the representations or warranties of NCR in Section 11.6 herein provided: (i) the relevant VeriFone Indemnified Party promptly gives written notice of any claim to NCR; (ii) at NCR’s expense, the relevant VeriFone Indemnified Party provides any assistance that NCR may reasonably request for the defense of the claim; and (iii) NCR has the right to control of the defense or Patent License of the claim, provided, however, that the relevant VeriFone Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in, but not control, any litigation for which indemnification is sought with counsel of its own choosing, at its own expense.

 

Article 13

MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1                         Governing Law and Venue .  This Agreement and the rights of NCR and of VeriFone hereunder shall be interpreted, governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the laws (without regard to principles of conflict of law matters) of the State of New York or the United States of America, as applicable, regardless of (i) where this Agreement is executed or delivered; or (ii) where any performance required by this Agreement is made or required to be made; or (iii) where any breach of any provision of this Agreement occurs, or any cause of action otherwise accrues; or (iv) the nationality, citizenship, domicile, principal place of business, or jurisdiction or organization or domestication of NCR or VeriFone; or (v) whether the laws of a forum of applicable jurisdiction otherwise would apply the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of New York or the United States of America, as applicable; or (vi) any combination of the foregoing.  The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to any transactions under this Agreement.  Subject to the arbitration provisions in Section 13.15 of the Agreement, any party filing suit against the other hereunder hereby submits to jurisdiction as follows:  (i) the appropriate state or federal courts in Ohio, in the event that NCR is the non-filing

 

12



 

party, or (ii) the appropriate state or federal court in California, in the event that VeriFone is the non-filing party.

 

13.2                            Notice .  Any notice or request required or permitted to be given under or in connection with this Agreement or the subject matter hereof shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given when sent by registered air mail or overnight courier, postage or charges prepaid and address as follows:

 

If to NCR:

 

If to VeriFone:

Attn: General Counsel,

 

Attn: General Counsel

NCR Corp.

 

VeriFone, Inc.

1700 S. Patterson Blvd.

 

2099 Gateway Place

2455 Augustine Drive

 

Suite 600

Dayton, OH 45479

 

San Jose, CA 95110-1093

 

The date of receipt shall be deemed to be the date when such notice or request has been given.  Any party may give written notice of a change of address; and after notice of such change has been received, any notice or request shall thereafter be given to such party as provided above at such changed address.

 

13.3                            Independent Contractors .  NCR and VeriFone are strictly independent contractors and shall so represent themselves to all third parties.  Except as otherwise provided for herein, neither party has the right to bind the other in any manner whatsoever and nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to make either party the agent or legal representative of the other or to make the parties joint venturers.

 

13.4                            Recitals, Section Headings and Singular/Plural Terms .  The recitals to this Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference Singular terms shall be construed as plural, and vice versa, where the context requires.  Article and Section headings are a matter of convenience and shall not be considered part of this Agreement.

 

13.5                            Severability/Invalidity .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, inoperative, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any particular case in any jurisdiction, such holding shall not have the effect of rendering the provision or provisions in question invalid, inoperative, illegal or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction or in any other case or of rendering any other provision in this Agreement as being invalid, inoperative, illegal or unenforceable.  This Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, inoperative, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.  The parties shall substitute for the defective provision a valid, operative and enforceable provision which most closely approximates the economic effect and intent of the defective provision.

 

13.6                         Assignment .  This Agreement may, at any time, upon prior written notice to VeriFone but without VeriFone’s consent, be assigned by NCR without such

 

13



 

assignment operating to terminate, impair or in any way change any obligations or rights which NCR would have had, or any of the obligations or rights which VeriFone would have had, if such assignment had not occurred, unless there exists a license between VeriFone and the assignee, the scope of which covers the subject of this Agreement.  Should such a license agreement exist, said license agreement shall control the relationship between VeriFone and the assignee.  Regardless of the existences of such license agreement from and after the making of any such assignment by NCR, the assignee shall be substituted for NCR as a party hereto, and thus be subject to NCR’s obligations and undertakings herein.  In the event that the assignment is to a competitor of VeriFone, NCR will continue to receive the reports required by Article 7 made by VeriFone on a confidential basis and will not reveal the contents thereof to the assignee.

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors and assigns of all parties, but no purported assignment or transfer by VeriFone of this Agreement or any part thereof shall have any force or validity whatsoever, except, unless and until approved in writing by NCR, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, except in the case of the sale of all or substantially all of the business assets of VeriFone, in which case this Agreement may be assigned along with such assets without the prior approval of NCR provided, however, that the license shall (a) only apply to VeriFone’s products, services, offerings and lines of business as they existed one hundred eighty days prior to such disposition/combination; (b) be limited to covering such products, services, offerings and lines of business to the extent of the annual revenue volume achieved by VeriFone from its products, services, offerings and lines of business for the calendar year immediately preceding such disposition/combination, plus not more than fifteen percent (15%) annual revenue growth for each year during the License Period thereafter; (c) not apply to any pre-existing operations, products, services and offerings conducted by such third party assignee.  It shall be deemed reasonable hereunder to withhold such approval, inter alia , in the case of any attempted assignment or transfer to a competitor of NCR.  Any purported conveyance or other attempt by Verifone to confer or extend the benefits and privileges of this Agreement to any third party shall be void and ineffective.

 

13.7                            No Construction Against Drafter .  If an ambiguity or question of intent arises with respect to any provision of this Agreement, the Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring either party by virtue of authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

13.8                         Registration .  If the terms of this Agreement are such as to require or make it appropriate that the Agreement or any part thereof be registered with or reported to a national or supranational agency of any area in which VeriFone will do business under the Agreement, VeriFone will, within thirty (30) days of the effective date of the Agreement, and at VeriFone’s expense, undertake such registration or report.  Prompt notice and appropriate verification of the act of

 

14



 

registration or report or any agency ruling resulting from it will be supplied by VeriFone to NCR.

 

13.9                            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but both of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13.10                      Facsimile Original .  Except as otherwise stated herein, in lieu of the original documents, a facsimile transmission or copy of the original documents shall be as effective and enforceable as the original.

 

13.11                      Publicity .  Except to the extent necessary to implement the terms of this Agreement or as expressly set forth in this paragraph below, all terms herein shall be kept confidential in accordance with Article 10 of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and Article 10 hereof, (A) after the first payment is made hereunder or on January 1, 2005, whichever occurs first, VeriFone agrees to issue a press release announcing that VeriFone has licensed the NCR Patents, wherein said press release is to be approved by NCR in advance of issuing said press release, (B) either or both parties may disclose such to the extent required for legal, accounting, insurance, auditing, SEC disclosure and tax purposes, and (C) NCR may for purposes of other patent license negotiations, patent infringement litigation or patent license/infringement discussions in which NCR is involved, disclose (a) the existence of this Agreement, and (b) its general terms, including aggregate dollar value, provided that with respect to (b) the party to whom the general terms are to be disclosed has executed a confidentiality agreement with NCR or otherwise has agreed to keep such terms confidential and use such only for such purposes. VeriFone acknowledges that the general terms as described in subsection (b) above may be disclosed by providing a copy of this Agreement pursuant to the confidentiality agreement. Both parties shall refrain from any press releases or other publicity reflecting negatively on the other related to this Agreement, the negotiations leading up to this Agreement, the NCR Patents or the technology of the other.

 

13.12.                   Export Controls .  VeriFone shall comply with all export laws, restrictions, national security controls and regulations of the United States, and all other applicable foreign agencies and authorities, and shall not export or re-export any products or technical data or any copy, portions or direct product thereof (i) in violation of any such restrictions, laws, or regulation, (ii) without all required authorization into Cuba, Libya, North Korea, Iran, Iraq, or Rwanda or any other Group D:1 or E:2 country (or to a national or resident thereof); specified in the then current Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the U.S. Export Administration Regulations (or any successor supplement or regulations) or (ii) to anyone on the U.S. Treasury Department’s list of Specially Designated Nationals or the U.S. Commerce Department’s Table of Denial Orders.  VeriFone shall, at its own expense, obtain all necessary customs, import, or other governmental authorizations and approvals.  This paragraph shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

15



 

13.13                      Entire Understanding .  This instrument contains the entire understanding and the entire and only agreement between the parties and supersedes all pre-existing agreements between them respecting its subject matter.  Any representation, promise, or condition in connection with such subject matter which is not expressly incorporated in this Agreement shall not be binding upon either party.  No modification, renewal, extension, waiver, and no termination of this Agreement or any of its provisions shall be binding upon the party against whom enforcement of such modification, renewal, extension, waiver or termination is sought, unless made in writing and signed on behalf of such party by one of its executive officers.  As used herein, the word “termination” includes any and all means of bringing to an end prior to its expiration by its own terms this Agreement, or any provision thereof, whether by release, discharge, abandonment, or otherwise.

 

13.14                      Exclusivity .  This Agreement is not exclusive.  Either Party may enter into negotiations or agreements with any third parties concerning the subject matter hereof, without any accounting or liability to any other party, other than as expressly provided for herein.

 

13.15                      Dispute Resolution; Arbitration .  Any dispute regarding this Agreement shall be resolved as specified in this Section 13.15.  Upon the written request of either party, each party will appoint a designated representative who shall negotiate in good faith to attempt to resolve such dispute.  If the representatives do not resolve the dispute within thirty (30) days after the date a party requested the appointment of representatives, then a party may initiate arbitration or court proceeding, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 13.15.

 

Any disputes arising from or related to this Agreement that concern any payments or reports due hereunder, the breach of VeriFone’s covenants in Section 4.2 and the provisions of Articles 9, 11, 12, and 13 shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, as applicable, as in effect on the date of initiation of arbitration.  With respect to any dispute arising other than as set forth above, either party may file suit in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1.  Nothing in this Section 13.15 shall bar either party’s right to obtain injunctive relief or other equitable remedies against threatened or actual conduct that will cause it loss or damage in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1.  Any disputes arising from or related to this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Patent Arbitration and/or Commercial Arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, as applicable, as in effect on the date of initiation of arbitration proceedings shall be confidential, conducted in the English language and shall take place in the jurisdiction in which the non-initiating party maintains its principal place of business.

 

Judgment Final .  Any award rendered by an Arbitrator will be final and binding upon the parties.  Any judgment on the award may be entered in and enforced by any court having jurisdiction and shall be final and legally binding.

 

16



 

Fees and Expenses .  The fees of the arbitrators and the expenses incident to the arbitration proceedings shall be borne equally by the parties to such arbitration.  All other expenses shall be borne by the party incurring such expenses.

 

13.16                      Survival .  Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 9.5 and Articles 10 (Confidentiality), 11 (Representations; Disclaimer; Limitation of Liability), 12 (Indemnification), 13 (Miscellaneous) and any other parties’ other obligations which by their nature extend beyond termination shall survive termination and remain fully effective.

 

13.17                      No Waiver .  No failure or delay to act upon any default or to exercise any right, power or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver of any such default, right, power or remedy.

 

13.18                      Language .  The English language form of this Agreement shall control and determine its interpretation.

 

13.19                      Currency .  All payments specified by this agreement shall be made in United States currency.

 

13.20                      Bankruptcy .  The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is a contract under which NCR is a licensor of intellectual property as provided in Section 365(n) of title 11, United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”).  NCR acknowledges that if NCR, as a debtor in possession or a trustee in bankruptcy in a case under the Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Trustee”), rejects this Agreement, VeriFone may elect to retain its rights under this Agreement as provided in Section 365(n) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Upon written request of VeriFone to NCR or the Bankruptcy Trustee, NCR or such Bankruptcy Trustee will not interfere with the rights of VeriFone as provided in this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

 

NCR Corporation

 

VeriFone, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Egan

 

 

By:

/s/ Barry Zwarenstein

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print:

Greg Egan

 

 

Print:

Barry Zwarenstein

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP Software

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

1/14/05

 

 

Date:

10/15/04

 

 

17




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated December 20, 2004, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-121947) and related Prospectus of VeriFone Holdings, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

          

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California
February 18, 2005




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm